Home

EnSight 10 How To Manual

1. used at the current time Step Defn pickonet s Show Scale As Full time range i at lt The timeset is used by the variables or geometry All model geometry shown in this list Timeset C1ITL Mod Geo Var 5 Master timeline Defined For 5 8750e 002 0 0000e 000 9 3500e 001 Left of Step Defn Nearest W Between Steps Defn Nearest v Right of Step Dern Nearest Timeset C1371 Mod Geo Var Master timeline Defined For model variables m plastic i 5 8750e 002 displacement oe tctetinestejtote2ees Analysis Time 0 0000e 000 2 3500e 001 Left of Step Defn Nearest oo Between Steps Defn Interpolate v Right of Step Defr Nearest Update selected timeset s When the current time from the When the current time from the When the current time from the a Solution Time dialog and indicated Solution Time dialog and indicated in Solution Time dialog and indicated on aie in the upper left corner of this the upper left corner of this dialog is Pine UPPANE U COME ONNI dialog is set to a value that does tt ter th hat dialog is set to a value less than t J t for this
2. E a E Marran nanel mtertare aU W Ual lge ILE dLg EEE enSight Gold only 7 fined input device Zoom sensitivity 1 000000 Position translation sensitivity 1 000000 Valuator translation sensitivity 1 000000 Mixed mode z Rotate using the inputs larger while less than 1 0 will make eny 7 ae them smaller i f 7 Save to preference file 6 Mixed mode will use the input devices z rotate directly but use x and y translation values for x y rotations Direct mode will use ey O the rotation angles from the input device directly for all three axis 7 Sensitivity will set a scaling factor for the Tee pee rotation values a 8 Click here to save the preferences User Manual Page 413 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES f a o To Set Variable Preferences Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one 1 Select Variables from the Preferences Categories list ee 2 Turn this on if you want to be notified before a variable is activated Variable Preferences I Notify before activating a variable Select below to toggle visibility for a general function 3 Toggle to select visibility of functions in the Lambda2 General Functions list of the New Variable ag Kontena Judrmf_sum Calculator dialog Area v Save above item to general preference file o
3. n y redtion attributes gt j pd ated Interactive Domain Intersect SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution Tool Other clips How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Clip Lines How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Parts User Manual Page 237 How To CREATE IJK CLIPS 5 7 il f a z INTRODUCTION An IJK clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a structured mesh The resulting clip is a 1D line or 2D surface where one dimension e g is held fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g J and K vary The minimum and maximum range of the free dimensions can be set by the user as well as the step size IJK clips can be animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider Although planar clips can still be created through structured meshes it is often preferable to create IJK clips since they are faster to calculate and use less memory In addition IJK clips are often more intuitive for the user who typically built the mesh BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part s in the EnSight main part list of clips ea Create edit Parts 2 Click on the clip icon fla y Desc Y Creation attributes 3 Set Tool to IJK Interactive Apply tool change a 2 Tool LK Domain Intersect Clip Paramet
4. ee ee Currently selected part ea Parts a x fda Mme Ll O AAA T a Casel s Part being edited in the Computd Ft column widths Feature Panel is marked leosurtac with a pencil icon Part description Customize Display loadable parts a Show pa rent tooltips If you right click on any of the columns of the Parts list you can Customize which columns of data will be shown in the list In the resulting pop up dialog you can select attributes from either the left or right columns and use the left right Customize columns Available columns Current columns arrow buttons to add or remove the column to the Parts Bounding Rep Fast dE Description list You can also change the order of the columns in the cg mae aa Parts list by selecting the attribute in the right panel and Failure variable Color ae Hidden line Color by Restore Defaults using the up down arrows to change the order PEROM Resinre Defaults Line width s Node labels Save will keep the settings for the next time you run C ae EnSight while OK will apply the changes but not save Gpr them q i F i 4 Hon User Manual Page 200 HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION A 2608 The part list can be resized by grabbing the boundary between the panels the mouse cursor will change to show a resize handle if you re in the right spot You can also grab the P
5. inead E s Pick plane tool location 3 Position the mouse cursor on your model at the i Pick spline control poink desired location for the center of transformation tennen 2 gt Pick center of transform Pick elementis to blank W Pick look ak point 4 Press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard Your model will now rotate about the position on the model that you just picked You can also set or change the exact location of the center of transform by using the Transformation Editor 3 1 Click Graphics window transforms icon GH Rotate and select the Transformation editor Sees nee i Translate 2 Under Editor Function select Center of ig Rubberband Zoom Transform pipedieueeeaneaaanas Rubberband Selection l 3 Set of modify the x y z coordinate location gt Transformation editor Transformation Editor Glob of the center of transform in the dialog which f Reset ag Editor Furiction comes up iar 5ay ae Global transform gst Camera Tools Po Center of transform clip File Editor Function Help Look at look From Copy transformation state Paste transformation state Note clicking on the Fit icon ee or the Reinitialize transforms i
6. velocity 1 003e 000 7 5266 001 50176 001 2 509e 001 0 000e 000 B Ab amp AKE i K ee i Wh OP User Manual Page 194 How To USE THE SELECTION TOOL f 4 gt 3 a 4 gt j Element Blanking The selection tool can be used in the element blanking operation 1 Select the part s on which to do element 6 amp ss 10008 File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help DIANKINO eersesueerieenecceeeeees PEE i ar PEF i EDE SmAE ROY Z MMOSHAVARAD 2 Click on the Selection tool icon to turn on the tool ee gt 22 Isosurfa 2 Name Number Show Color 3 Position the tool as desired biii 4 Click on the element blanking symbol at 2 2 the upper left of the tool 7777777 7 Note in order for this to work the Element blanking allowed toggle needs to be on the d efau It 3 p an 0 000000 48 192001 To undo the blanking click the Clear or Clear oo eae all parts button velocity 1 003e 000 7 526e 001 5 017e 001 2 509e 001 a E aha SF i AA wh 7 A a Vari Anno Plots View 0 000e 000 f i QF 24 Uie ia AD i p P P amp RERUNS in the following Part Element of J I i r a J Element blanking allowed EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Selection tool GA Fa F hd A aeo ALLEO ROF ZS MOOSHAUAXAE gt Domain Inside
7. 7777 gt Refresh viewport 5 4 Hon User Manual Page 138 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A 2 6008 Set Viewport Attributes Viewports can be displayed with a variety of attributes 1 Click Viewports tab and select a viewport in the list to bring up the Viewport Quick Action icons You can alternatively click in the background of one of the viewports 2 Select the desired viewport s by any of the methods described above On 3 Set the desired attribute as described below 3 i as 4 i ge r A i lt ate B oessbev ke Pa Click the Selected viewport s visibility icon to 3 toggle display of the selected viewports on or off To y BeessmReekiva Off Click the Selected viewport s border icon to open the Border attributes section of the Create edit Viewports dialog eee eee eee eee TE eee Border attributes Click the Visible toggle to display a border gt y visible Enter values in the RGB fields and press return or x click the Mix button to open a Color Selector dalog nae E ee ee E ee ee ee A es a ee E Click the Select viewport s special attributes icon to open the View attributes section of the Create edit Viewports dialog TEPPERS TE TEREPE EEEE Each viewport has its own toggles for perspective bd o9 E Fi pE New z P Ti hidden surface and hidden line drawing st
8. Col Black and Whit buttons are clicked It allows for POWRAY Geometry 2 mo ad a emetic E options according to a specific file Microsoft AVI Movie Saturation Factor f t Th b nt Aton Microsoft Bitmap Image ormat he subsequent operations cet Envideo Movie Frame Rate will utilize this format The basic Flash video Movie dialog is shown here The options IF image Page orientation Portrait ie JPEG Image n i specific to the selected format are MPEG movie Fullpage scale Factor displayed on the right side of the PNG Image dialog Pressing the Ok button ae eae Output type Image pixels T selects the new format SGI RGE Image aT j file f T LLNL Streaming Movie Encapsulated postscript The file formats are actually provided f awe Flash Movie via plug in modules known as UDILS f TIFF Image windows eps preview It is possible for users to provide their Fixmap Image own formats but the options for ones shipped with EnSight are Elem visibility subdivision documented here f Common options There are a number of common options used by many but not all of the formats These are at the top of the dialog on the right and include Color Black and White Selects between RGB and Grayscale output Saturation Factor Set the saturation factor for color images Full saturation is 1 0 no saturation i e white is 0 0 Framerate Most animation formats allow for the rate of the frames in fra
9. number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT 5 Click Create query k Auto Plot queries Limited redraw Create query Update Query User Manual Show text Plot this query Save Query Help Page 308 How TO QUERY PLOT A e000 At IJK Over Time After selecting the part in the Parts list to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Create edit Query plot eS 1 Select Sample as At IJK Over Time s_ 22 2222 es 2 Select one variable to query in Variable 1 Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two ieee elon different variables over time DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOG1 RESIDU LOG2 3 Enter IJK for the point 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT ihe Sarpy 20 5 Click Create query __ ee ee 2 Sample by Value v Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Update Query Help At XYZ Over Time After selecting the part in the Parts list to query and clicking the Query Plot cresteredit Query piot icon query piot ry attributes 1 Select Sample as At XYZ Over Time we meya i i ns Samp At XYZ over time 2 Select one variable to quer
10. Fit the geometry to the viewport Reset To zoom A Click the zoom icon or use the middle mouse button in steps 2 through 5 default Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window Click and hold the left mouse button Drag down to zoom in or drag up to zoom out Hold down the Control key and move the mouse to pan To rubber band zoom 1 2 Click the rubber band zoom icon Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and position it at one corner of the desired viewing region Click and hold the left mouse button Drag to include the desired viewing region An outline of the region will appear as you drag To rubber band zoom using the selection tool 1 2 Click the Selection Tool Rubber band Positioning icon Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and position it approximately at one corner of the desired viewing region Click and hold the left mouse button Drag to include the desired viewing region An outline of the region will appear as you drag Manipulate the tool as desired by clicking at the center and dragging to a new position or clicking on any corner and resizing Note that the aspect ratio will be preserved as indicated by the dotted lines within the tool Click the zoom magnifying glass indicator at the top left of the tool Page 116 User Manual HOW TO ROTATE ZOOM TRANSLATE SCALE im 2 00e
11. Mame Coord Frame 0 Coord Frame 1 2 Right click on your selection and choose Delete ve Hide Show Edit ee eee gt Delete Mew Assign to d Selected Frame SEE ALSO How To Set Symmetry How To Rotate Zoom Translate and Scale How To Reset Tools and Viewports User Manual Frame Mode User Manual Page 159 HOW TO RESET TOOLS AND VIEWPORTS A 2 6000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides support for complex transformations of various entities e g the scene tools frames It is often necessary to clear all or part of the transformation associated with an entity the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog provides this capability BASIC OPERATION To clear global transformations or tool positions 1 Click the Graphics windows transform icon in the GF Rotate Transformation Control area of the Tools Icon Bar h Translate and select Reset to open the Reset Tools and Zoom Viewports dialog e ea cicada Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection Transformation editor Reset 3 Click Close ad wv 4 2 Perform the desired operation as described below Reset Tools and Viewport s Ed Transformations will only be reset for the current viewport s Click in a viewport to select it turns green Control click to extend the selection or de select a selected item Which iewports 4 4 Toggle selects whet
12. lt Save as Binary Filets 8 Enter a file root name T 9 Click Okay ave s 4 Single File Lr Begin Time Step 1 Maximum File Size tin MB End Time Step Step bw Brick of Bytes and Brick of Floats is intended to give you an interface mechanism to volume rendering codes When you click the Okay button the selected parts are discritized to the resolution indicated using the box tool as the bounds and orientation x y z resolution refers to the x y z directions for the box tool For Brick of Bytes BoB format a value of 0 is reserved for undefined i e the discritized point found no variable information The value of 1 is tied to all variable values less than or equal to the minimum palette value tied to the variable chosen while 255 is tied to all values greater to or equal to the maximum palette value For Brick of Floats BoF format undefined values are assigned the undefined value indicated in dialog Both BoB and BoF files are written out without any metadata only the values for the discritized points is written The order of the data is according to the following pseudo code num values 0 LOLI Z 07 ZZ PesOlurion TrZ 4 EOD yU y y resolution sry 4 LOL k U 7 X lt x roSolution rx value array num values value at this location write file name value array User Manual Page 103 How TO SAVE GEOMETRIC ENTITIES 0000 Saving Data in User Defined Writer
13. Threshold Variable 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the portion z gt Threshold filter Threshold value of the vortex core that is larger or less than the a specified threshold value 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold value f Or 3 Enter a threshold value pe Ae Peers on Raed pak Sea aye ct yp ea gchar a NYE Gardin a ape Min 7 7506e 001 Max 1 0000e 000 F Create with selected parts OTHER NOTES Extract Vortex Cores does not work with more than one case SEE ALSO User Manual Vortex Core Parts i 4 Hon User Manual Page 270 How TO EXTRACT SEPARATION amp ATTACHMENT LINES INTRODUCTION Separation and attachment lines are created on any 2D surface and show interfaces where flow abruptly leaves Separates or returns attaches to the surface For amore complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CElensight100 data plo Query View Tools Window Case Help 4A Contours H H Isosurfaces g clips Vector arrows olor Color by Particle traces k Subset parts Constant gt Profiles 1 Select the 2D parent part Flowfie 2 Select Create gt Separation Attachment iNOS 56 2b cee EA T Elevated surfaces W Developed surfaces of vortex COES 3 Shock regions surfaces e gt A Separation Attachm
14. README ami Simple interface Advanced interface J ami Case ami geo File C Program Filesi CEt ensight100datat ami ami case ami Pressure ami scl ami ct ami velocity dual gradient png Simple interface Advanced interface Or use the Advanced interface and control the Format and other options As well as being able to Select parts to load etc Data Format options Time options C Program Files cErensight i 00idatatamitami case Ensight case filet case required Comments Load all parts Select parts to load The EnSight client will now start the connection process for the new server Depending on the launch or connection settings chosen the new server will be started automatically or you will have to manually start another server The default is to start a new server automatically if your original connection was automatic or to cause you to start another server manually if your original connection was manual You can follow the progress of the connection in the Message area See the EnSight Getting Started Manual or How To Connect EnSight Client and Server for more information Once connected EnSight will also load all parts of this new case if you use this method is lw A A oD User Manual Page 44 How TO LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES A e000 Replace a Case You can replace an existing case This is most useful when you wish to load a new datas
15. Separation Attachment lines 3 Bring up the dialog defining the a Create edit Parts necessary variables by clicking here 2 Point p Extrud Shock Regions 4 Define either Density or Temperature eF Create Edit a and Pressure Energy or Pressure Momentum or Velocity and Ratio of Specific Bea o Heals seer este ee ee ee eee eee eee eee Y Creation attributes The variables can be set by either typing them e a into the fields or selecting them from the list and E clicking the Set button f Define shock variables Shock Variable Settings ud Ed a gt Method Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below Dantis k i Threshold variable Density I I DensityNorm F a m e a a r h h id Fil 1 Enthalpy ki i T Fesno I cer Enthalpy Norm i J EnthalpyNormStag i l E Min 1 0000e 007 Max 1 0000e 000 i Density Density Set r Energy Total Per Unit Yolume Energy i Threshold value l A000e O01 Tees Momentum a O Set Ratio of Specific Heats can be a scalar 1 4000e 000 Set Gas Constant can be a scalar 1 0000e 000 Temperature 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup 6 Choose the Variable to use 2 ooo Create with selected parts 7 Choose Region or Surface C Delay update Apply Changes m 8 Click Create 2 2
16. Sphere E i i J Cone Peete ee ete 2 gt Revolution The Revolution tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Revolution tool with the mouse Va 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool E Goeedeee ees A 2 Click and hold the left mouse button MN fe A 3 Drag the tool to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To reorient the Revolution tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoints 2222s eee eecee eens lt 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to achieve the desired orientation 4 Release the mouse button To rotate the Revolution tool with the mouse ft 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the p L AON N central axes ocorreron es ee ete E e e ee 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished x j 3 Release the mouse button bT A Note han Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis ee 4 Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Revolution tool moving and stretching
17. The Plane tool can be placed in three ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a part and typing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Plane with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool gt s rrr rrr rrr ree 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Plane to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch or scale the Plane about the plane s center with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over any of the corners 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the corner to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To rubber band a corner of the plane tool while the opposite corner stays fixed do the same as above but hold the Ctrl key down as you click and drag a corner To rotate the Plane tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over one of the axis labels X Y or Z 2124121 e 2 Click and drag to the desired orientation Grabbing the X Y label will rotate around the plane s Y X axis Grabbing the Z label enables free rotation about the Plane s center point Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Plane moving is restr
18. 3 Click in a green viewport to disable display of the selected part s in that viewport OR click in a black viewport to enable display of the selected part s in that viewport Note that a similar interface for setting this attribute appears in the General Attributes section of the Create edit Parts dialog Set Case Visibility Per Viewport If you have multiple cases in your session of EnSight you can set viewport visibility for all parts associated with a case This makes it easy to display one case per viewport To set case visibility per viewport 1 Select the desired case from the Case menu Case gt CASCNAING A reen eana e E E E geen a onentecreepeeees separ seas 2 Select Case gt Viewport Visibility to open the Case visible in Ea ele viewport s dialog ee Add Replace 3 Click in a green viewport to disable display of the selected case ie in that viewport OR click in a red viewport to enable display of at Gas aan the case in that viewport Connection details Job launch settings ase 1 W LASE 2 e OOE A User Manual Page 140 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A 2 00e Perform Transformations in Viewports You can transform objects in a user created viewport as easily as in the default viewport See How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale for details For precise viewport transformations you can use the Transformations Editor on
19. BASIC OPERATION The Views Manager dialog is displayed by right clicking on Viewpore 0 2 T i i Style the EnSight graphics area background and choosing 3 mab esse View gt Create New View Edit View Create Mew View OR by selecting the Views icon on the Tools Icon Bar Viewports d Reset View ee an OR in the main menu Windows gt Views Manager Part Select b Fit View aii The dialog will look similar to that shown here Quick Text Y i Quick Line Z Initially the Views Manager will not contain Background Color X any thumbnails of Views Theme d Y Send Image To H 7 Change to Orthographic Views t Standard Views Qf FOR IBwRHaaE X Case Help A w Et LE 4 j H X Welcometo 0 i Views manage User Defined Views W Toolbars 4 Language b New 2 Update all images Views Delete all Restore Kz Click on the New Button or right click on an empty O viewo O Viewt O area of the User Defined Views and select New to create a new view using the current orientation and viewing parameters in the main graphics window Right dick above for menu of options Left dick to set the view Save views Restore views The Save views button will display a file browser in which the user can select a directory The manager A hs ep will then write each View into a separate EnSight view file name
20. Color By Constant color R 1 00 G amp 100 Visual Symmetry Show Original Instance Type None Axis Surface W Hidden Surface Shading Gouraud 4 W Hidden Line Opaqueness 1 00 DIFF 0 20 Shin 6 00 Hint 0 00 Volume Rendering e 4 Ton i ality l esOuUCWIred ua LY l C Delay update Set part Fast display representation according to Global Viewing Detail Mode e Box part is represented as bounding box e Elements part is represented according to Element Representation e Points part is represented as a point cloud Set part reference frame Set part graphical symmetry set shading type e Flat color and shading are constant across elements e Gouraud color and shading vary linearly across elements e Smooth color and shading calculated based on surface normal interpolated across elements to simulate a smooth surface User Manual Page 333 How TO SET ATTRIBUTES A 2 66008 Node Element and Line Attributes Node element and line attributes control how a part s nodes and elements are displayed Nodes can be displayed as dots crosses or spheres If displayed as crosses or spheres the radius can be set by the value of a variable at that node To set attributes using the Node Element and Line Attributes section 1 Right click on the part name in the Parts list and choose Edit or right click on the part in t
21. EnSight provides a maximum of 16 viewports the main viewport which you cannot change and 15 additional viewports When EnSight saves one or more viewports it also includes the viewport number which is equal to the creation order as a tag When you request that one or more viewports be restored EnSight looks in the saved file and searches for tag numbers corresponding to the currently selected viewports If it finds a match it restores that viewport If there is no match for a selected viewport it is left unchanged Restoring Viewing Parameters Click the Graphics window transforms icon in the Transformations Control area of the Tools Icon Bar and select Transformation editor to open the Transformations dialog 1 Select the viewports you want to restore 2 Select Restore View from the File menu Select a file name in the file browser and click OK What is Saved Only global and local frame transformations are stored in a view parameters file No information is stored for viewport attributes look from look at points or Z clipping Other Notes By default the F5 F6 or F7 buttons restore a standard right top or front view respectively of the selected viewport However by holding down the Control key while pressing one of these keys the current view will be saved to that key Subsequent pressing of that key will restore the saved view Only Global transforms are saved restored by these operations not Frame transform
22. See How To Copy a Part for more information Group This operation will collapse the selected parts into a new umbrella part Grouping is most often used to combine a series of parts into a single entity for ease in handling No new part is created only a hierarchy in the Parts list The operation is reversible through the Ungroup command See How To Group Parts for more information Delete The delete operation completely removes not only the currently selected parts but also any parts derived from the selected parts See How To Delete a Part for more information Extract The extract operation is closely tied to part representations Extract creates a new dependent part using only the geometry of the current representation of the part For example if the current representation of a part consisting of 3D elements is Border the result of extraction will be a part consisting of all unshared 2D elements the surface Extract is most often used to reduce the amount of information for a part e g for faster display or for geometry output or to create a surface shell part perhaps for subsequent cutting of a 3D computational domain See How To Extract Part Representations for more information Merge Merge creates one new dependent part from one or more selected parts The original parts are unchanged If only a single part is selected for the operation merge will create a true copy of the part as opposed to the sh
23. The Main Graphics window updates the Macro Panel as defined in the EnSight Defaults Directory located at HOMEDRIVE gt AHOMEPATH usernam e ensight100 commonly located at C Users username ensight100 on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername ensight100 on older Windows and ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac as the following file hum define If you have not created this file an example is provided in SCEI HOME ensight100 src udi HUM hum define on your EnSight Client host system 3 Toggle Part Panel Interface if you desire a part list in the graphics window 4 Toggle User Defined Input Detailed steps to implement the User Defined Input Device are outlined in the file SCEI HOME ensight100 src udi README v3 on your EnSight Client host system SEE ALSO Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Mouse and Keyboard Parts Performance Plotter UEF variables WIE viewports User Defined Input Preferences Z gt Macro panel interface 42 gt Part panel interface E E e Gold onby e User defined input device Zoom sensitivity 1 000000 Position translation sensitivity 1 000000 valuator translation sensitivity 1 000000 Rotate using Mixed mode Sensitivity 1 QO0000 Save to preference File Set Zoom
24. line like CETResourceFile 2 0 SOS host bunker shell usr local bin ssh i 2 O User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 2 000e Note the new version number 2 0 and that the shell line string must be double quoted How to specify resources Resources can be specified via resource files environment variables and command line options Precedence rules determine which resources will be used Basically the last occurrence of a resource section e g SERVER will be used in its entirety For example if multiple SERVER resource sections are found only one will be used as determined by the precedence rules since the EnSight Client SOS and CollabHub start other EnSight processes they can use resources The EnSight server and distributed renderers do not start other EnSight processes that require resources While many ways exist to specify resources in practice only one or two will be used given the particular user s computational environment Client Resources The EnSight client supports the following ways for specifying resources the ENSIGHT10 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS environment variable the ENSIGHT10 RENDERER HOSTS environment variable the use lsf for servers command line option the use lsf for renderers command line option the use pbs for servers command line option the use pbs for renderers command line option the sosres file
25. nn File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Sets the current feature and opens pl 2 Eg lt LD pad A vp f the Feature Panel Player Solution Time Maximum d_ displacement vs ST Parts LIS lt s6sevectaversesewse mrs 500 Homec i All parts from your model as well as 2 g created parts e g clips isosurfaces s gt EES 5 200 are listed here Click an item to l F x select part s to operate on Colca Mat A Consta Consta Consta d displacement Mat ID 801 Mat ID 802 7 0 0 0 04 Lonsta ena Time Consta Consta Mat ID 804 Mat ID 805 Mat ID 806 Mat ID 807 Mat ID 901 Consta Mat ID 902 Consta Mat ID 903 Consta 7 4 F KP SEAM aeh ee iii t Variables oO x Name Range Location Variables Coordinates 0 000000 6486 33 Node Time 0 000000 0 076000 Case Scalars ci Delete FI TE Vectors 7 PS 0 000000 616 550 Node Annotato Variab Mat ID 804 12 client 1 server elements lt Message Area Graphics Window showing inset plot and viewport Information Button eee eee i eee reee Click to see information dialog Transformation Control Area ee Buttons that control the current transformation operation e g rotate or translate associated with mouse action in the Graphics Window Chapter 1 in the User Manual provides additional overview information on the us
26. 2 Hit the Load as new part button The part will be created and shown in the graphics window In the example below it is shown in border representation mode Feature angle oad as new park Close dialog after create User Manual How To Do STRUCTURED EXTRACTION A 2608 Extracting a complete zone at coarser resolution 1 Right click on the desired zone and click Load Part Optionally you can change the iblank domain choose the element representation and provide a part description 2 Modify the Step values These should be positive integer values A step of two means to deal with every other plane a step of four means every fourth plane etc 3 Hit the Load as new part button The part will be created and shown in the graphics window In the example below it is shown in border representation mode Note that it is considerably coarser than the previous because step values of 2 4 and 5 were used in the ijk directions respectively EnSight 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help REO 3 H 7A ra Parts f x Mame Mumber Show Color i ase 1 One hs Soe eee 3 Load Part Create new group From selected parts Fart Select Domain Inside Element visual rep Use Default ey Feature angle oad as new park Close dialog after create User Manual How To Do STRUCTURED EXTR
27. Hints and Tips With some datasets that contain many parts it is important to maintain the connection between a part as displayed in the Graphics Window and the corresponding item in the Parts List EnSight shows the selected parts as highlighted To toggle this feature on or off click on the Highlight Selected Parts toggle ee a You can rapidly cycle through items in the Parts List using the up down arrow keys on your keyboard Select any item in the list and then press the up arrow to move to previous entries or down arrow to move to subsequent entries This is particularly helpful when used in conjunction with the Part s Selected Highlighting as described above to quickly locate a part of interest You can select parts in the Parts List using a single left click on the part in the graphics window This should work unless your single click settings has been changed from the default Pick Part To change it back to Pick Part Edit gt Preferences and click on Mouse and Keyboard You can also select parts in the Graphics Window by picking using the p key Select Pick Part from the Pick pull down In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer over any portion of the desired part and press the p key If you hold down the control key at the same time the part is added to the list of currently selected parts Pick element s to blank Pick look at point Pick color palette band User Manual Page 205 HOW TO INTRODUCTION T
28. Palett Editor Sax i nse Scale Linear LI AJ 4 Palette temperature a Colors per level Em a 1 t Alpha volume scale 2 0 a Palette Editor aS 1 Use transient data for extrema histogram 0 0 Range used 48 192 0 Time range steps 0 Palette temperature i ti o A 0 0 i Variable extrema 45 192 _ a nied 7 R Simple e Markers Options Files Range used Editor type F Linear 0 0 Variable eee 48 192 Component Setrange to Select one 7 CR G B oA 1 Simple Advanced a s Options Files Location i value I Editor type Linear ad a Component k OR G CB A a Location 0 0 i Value 0 291339 L a f RGBA HSVA Update Mouse up ad Node locking Al channels z Il Lock levels to control points op f RGBA f HSVA Update Mouse up s l Node locking All channels ka termperature Il Lock levels to control points 4 619e 00 4 0 14e 00 24 10e 00 1 205e 00 0 000e 000 i Wh OP User Manual Page 296 How To USE VOLUME RENDERING A 2 66008 Structured Volume Rendering Unstructured volume rendering used above utilizes a large amount of memory on the desktop system and significantly taxes the graphics hardware Another option is to use structured volume rendering In this technique a box clip will be created using uniform spacing through the parent parts You control the number of samples that will be taken In
29. Parts Layers Top Name Number Show Color E Case 1 Isosurfa 2 Ezi Clear Clear all parts s 3 Clip_plane 3 mm Variables A x Name Min Max Variables temperature 0 000000 48 192001 veloci 0 000000 1 003407 Coordinates 0 000000 4 690416 Time 0 000000 0 000000 velocity Y 1 003e 000 7 526e 001 5 017e 001 X gt 2 509e 001 Vari Anno Plots View 0 000e 000 wy SB O A P A FAS a Isosurface part 1556 client 1556 server elements User Manual Page 195 How TO USE THE SELECTION TOOL im 2 e000 Part Selection To use the tool in the part selection process 1 Turn on the selection tool and manipulate it s location size until it overlaps the parts you whish to select 2 Right click the selection tool and Select Parts Note that the selected parts will now be highlighted in the parts list Selection Tool Create foom Hide Edit Select Parts SEE ALSO How To Do Element Blanking How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 196 How To USE THE SPLINE TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION Splines can be used for a the path of a camera b the path of a clip plane and c the input to a distance vs variable query Splines can be defined and edited as well as saved and restored from disk Further the splines have attributes such as visibility line width and color in order to
30. Visualize Data Introduction to Part Creation Create Contours Create Isosurfaces Create Particle Traces Create Clips Create Clip Lines Create Clip Planes Create Box Clips Create Quadric Clips Create IJK Clips Create XYZ Clips Create RTZ Clips Create Revolution Tool Clips Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips Create General Quadric Clips Create Clip Splines Create Vector Arrows Create Elevated Surfaces Extrude Parts Create Profile Plots Create Developed Unrolled Surfaces Create Subset Parts Create Tensor Glyphs Display Displacements Display Discrete or Experimental Data Change Time Steps Extract Vortex Cores Extract Separation amp Attachment Lines Extract Shock Surfaces Create Material Parts Remove Failed Elements Do Element Blanking Use Point Parts Create and Manipulate Variables Activate Variables Create New Variables Extract Boundary Layer Variables Edit Color Palettes Use Volume Rendering Query Probe Plot Get Point Node Element amp Part Info Probe Interactively Query Plot Change Plot Attributes Query Datasets Manipulate Parts Change Color User Manual How To TABLE OF CONTENTS A e000 Copy a Part Group Parts Merge Parts Extract Part Representations Cut Parts Delete a Part Change the Visual Representation Set Attributes Display Labels Set Transparency Select Parts Set Symmetry Map Textures Animate Animate Transient Data Create a Flip
31. Animated Traces If you display animating particle traces during keyframe animation you may have noticed that the trace animation always resets at the beginning of the keyframe animation However in most cases it is desirable to have the trace animation fully in progress when the animation begins This can be accomplished by creating an additional keyframe at the beginning of the animation Set the number of sub frames between keyframes 1 and 2 to a value high enough to yield the desired tracer saturation When you run the animation set the Run From field to 2 so that the animation begins generating frames with keyframe 2 At that point the tracer animation process will have executed once for each sub frame between keyframes 1 and 2 Color The color gamut the range of colors a device is capable of displaying of video especially NTSC is significantly less than that of your workstation monitor The result is that certain colors that look fine on your workstation cannot be reproduced on video Fully saturated colors especially red and blue which bleed across the screen are particularly troublesome However it is quite easy to de saturate your images prior to recording There are actually three ways to do this 1 Modify all of the colors in use to de saturate them For example if a color is pure red 1 0 0 change it to be a more pastel red 85 1 1 2 Modify the saturation factor in the Image Format Options A factor of
32. Case 1 mae Particle traces Compu b Subset parts Constant gt Profiles T Elevated surfaces W Developed surfaces gt Vortex cores 4 Shock regions surfaces rvs Ez Separation Attachment lines Point Parts Create 9 4 Edt Advanced 7 Bint parts Y Creation Points Add point at cursor Load paints From file Delete pointts Create with selected parts Delay update Apple changes m2 66008 ai Extrude OR 4 Click the Load points from file button Which will bring up the file select dialog and select a file that contains the desired points See Section 9 17 Point Part File Format in the User Manual A simple sample of a Point Part file Version 1 0 EnSight Point Format 5 5 5 5 5 6 Os G20 al 5 5 4 1 5 1 5 5 120 1 9 ao 2 25 2 1 1 5 6 To create a mesh from a point part click on the Advanced button User Manual Page 281 How To USE POINT PARTS f T J A i n T 7 SEE ALSO User Manual Point Parts User Manual Page 282 How TO ACTIVATE VARIABLES A 2 00e INTRODUCTION When a results dataset is read into EnSight associated variables are noted and listed in the Variables List Panel However a variable will remain deactivated not loaded into memory until some operation requires it or it is explicitly activated read into memory If an active variable is no
33. FILE 2 EXT RESULTS KLEMENT REP 3D feature 2D T ll Definition for STL files READER NAME STL NUM FILE 1 4 FILE 1 EXT stl FILE 1 EXT STL FILE 1 EXT xct FILE 1 EXT XCT ELEMENT REP 3D feature 2D full Definition for Dytran files READER NAME MSC Dytran NUM FILE 1 2 FILE 1 EXT dat FILE 1 EXT ARC ELEMENT REP 3D border 2D full READ AFTER read alter dytran enc User Manual HOW TO READ DATA Advanced Interface When using the advanced method the user similarly specifies the files but can also specify the format and other format and time options He then has control over whether all parts will be loaded into EnSight or whether EnSight will be informed of their existence but not actually be loaded yet 1 Select File gt Open lt Open Sle 2 Toggle Advanced nio race if not already B Lookin C Program Files CETyensight1 00 other_data carayvan_small i set Rin ee ae DE epee File type All Files J aa g 3 Navigate to the desired 7 directory using typical ae more_d3files navigation methods bjn sos cdfapp benchmarks txt 4 Filter the list using the 7 ental File type if desired ro 3plot 1 ld 5 Select the desired file d3plotoz oe a dsplotos This file s extension is what will 1 d3ploto4 be mapped to a reader in the Ispost db ensight_reader_extension map sos res localhost WE L E E
34. Found in structured part 2 Found in element 168379 Closest node 1782 within the element Value for Variable density is 9 96230e 01 Values for Variable momentum are x 3 03989e 01 y 1 42727e 02 z 8 51241e 02 mag 3 16005e 01 Show Node Information To show information about a specific node you must have either given or automatically assigned node labels for your data You must also know the number of the node of interest If you do not know the number you can display node labels for the part or if you know an element that contains the node you can display element information for the element as described in the next section All active variables for the node specified will be shown To show node information 1 If your data is transient set the desired time in the Solution Time Panel 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part s in the Part List The query will only be successful if the specified node is found in a selected part 4 Select Query gt Show Information gt Node The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the ID number of the desired node in the text field and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon AEE gt i The following shows sample output from a node query Node 123 Query Information Coordinates In Frame 0 ar
35. Freestream Mach 3 0000e 001 Gas Constant 1 0000e 000 Freestream density 1 0000e 000 Freestream Speed of Sound 1 0000e 000 Show extended CFD variables ok Cancel User Manual Variable Creation General Functions and Math Functions Page 288 User Manual How TO EXTRACT BOUNDARY LAYER VARIABLES 0000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can compute many boundary layer variables via the variable calculator It can also compute the following variables in bulk at essentially the same compute costs boundary layer thickness named bl thickness displacement thickness bl displ_ thickness momentum thickness bl momen_ thickness shape parameter bl shape parameter skin friction coefficient ol skin_ friction You must have a 2D surface in a 3D field and specify the 2D surface as the parent part s For a complete description of these variables refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the 2D parent part s TETTES ag 2 Right click on any variable in the Variables Hame Range Locatia i di T Variables list and choose Boundary Layer variables ore Coordinates 0 000000 3 623262 Node from the pulldown EN Time 0 000000 0 000000 Case _ amp Scalars E New group from selection Boundary Layer Variable Settings Select a variable and click the appropriate SET button below Activate Density Energy DensityLogNorm DensityNorm DensityNormStag DensityStaq Extended CFD variables
36. Interactive Apply tool change Tool Plame Clip Parameters OTHER NOTES If you have a clip defined by three node ids and you attempt to use the interactive mode which makes no sense for the 3 node option the interactive movement of the clip will occur according to the plane tool but will go back to the 3 node representation when you release the mouse button Use clipping planes to create planar clips through arbitrary meshes If you have a structured mesh such as those in PLOT3D format you may wish to use IJK clips instead An IJK clip displays a plane of constant J or K An interactive IJK clip will sweep through the range of for example displaying the JK plane at each value See How to Create IJK Clips for more information 5 4 Hon User Manual Page 233 How TO CREATE CLIP PLANES im 2 000 SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Plane Tool How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How To Create Clip Lines How To Create IJK Clips How To Create Quadric Clips How To Create XYZ Clips How To Create RTZ Clips How To Create Box Clips How To Use the Spline Tool User Manual Clip Parts i 4 Hon User Manual Page 234 How To CREATE Box CLIPS INTRODUCTION A Box clip is a 3D volumetric hexahedral shaped clip or cut This clip uses the box tool which can be manipulated anywhere in space and the result can be the surface intersection of the box tool walls
37. Mirror X Mirror XY Mirror Y Mirror XZ Mirror YZ Mirror XYZ 4 Select the desired octant s from the menu Mirror Z Part Visual Symm Show Original Instance Te laini Visual Rotational Symmetry Tm Angle 45 00 3 Select Rotational from the Type oa pulldown menu l Instances 2 4 Select rotational axis instance angle and number of instances Recall that symmetry is performed with respect to the reference frame of the part The frame s axes define the partitioning of space into the octants that attached parts are mirrored into or the rotational axis If the symmetry operation did not produce the desired effect it is probably due to the fact that the part s frame is not aligned with the plane of symmetry or the rotational symmetry axis as designed for the model The solution is to create a new frame assign the part s to the new frame and position the frame such that two of its axes lie in the plane of symmetry or one of its axes align with the rotational axis There operations are discussed in How To Create and Manipulate Frames User Manual Page 341 How To SET SYMMETRY A 2608 Computational Symmetry Computational symmetry can be used for unstructured and structured model parts with periodic boundary conditions Note it does not work for created parts Computational symmetry can handle rotational translational and mirror symmetry Unlike
38. Server data directory Alternate server login ID Path to server s binary file Wed Apr 2 1l13731 51 1997 client ensight0402 153151 clientbkup e ae Case internal number O server for Case Warning Don t Modify The Internal Number case name Case l case Connect type auto case connect machine indigo2 case connect executable usr local bin ensight server ensight server case connect directory usr people joe data Case CODO login 1d server ensight c1 0402 153151 serverbkup Note that there will be a section for all the case variables for each current case in the EnSight session See How To Load Multiple Datasets for more information on cases OTHER NOTES Important note Archives are typically not upwardly compatible with new major and some minor releases of EnSight For this reason the complete current command file is also saved as part of the clients binary dump If you attempt to restore an archive and EnSight determines that the archive is not compatible with the current release the command file will be restored to a default location and you can get back to your state by playing that command file SEE ALSO User Manual Saving and Restoring a Full backup User Manual How TO RECORD AND PLAY COMMAND FILES A e000 INTRODUCTION Most powerful software systems have a built in language that provides additional levels of power and functionality to complement and enhance a graphical user interfa
39. left and choose duplicate This will duplicate _ a configuration setting which you can then edit then Save your changes A Remote directory is used when the serveris first started and the browser is opened e g for case add or case replace If the working directory is not set EnSight uses the preferences directory If that is not set then the current working directory will be dependent on the platform operating system and user settings If a numerical field has a 1 in it or if a string field is empty then it uses the default setting for that field User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER gt amp e e CONNECTING MANUALLY ensight100 client cm will start a client that expects a manual connection and will prompt the user to start the server SOS manually You can do something like the following Note the machine you are running the client on will be referred to as CLIENT HOST the machine you desire to run the server on will be referred to as SERVER HOST In a second window log onto the SERVER HOST machine using telnet or ssh or equivalent The SERVER HOST does not have to be of the same operating system as the CLIENT HOST BPEARSA o Example of doing a telnet from a linux machine to a unix machine Session Edit View ae EE sais myc Lient gt gt telnet myserver Connectel to myserver Login good user Password ings hb telnet E MYSE rvVErT gt gt lUe lcome
40. list then ENE E T E E ES Tick marks To change visibility A ro Radius Toggle Visible on or off oe _ Jt origin x 0 850 Y 0 150 To change whether border is drawn e Background Toggle Border on or off To change the number of tick marks Enter the number of tick marks To change the size of the dial Enter a value for the dial radius or use the slider Values are 0 to 1 Min 0 000000 Range 60 000000 To change location Either select the dial and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the Origin X Y fields The origin of a dial is the center Limited redraw To delete a dial Right click the dial in the Annotations list and select Delete from the Example pulldown The Big hand Little Hand Value and Background area is explained on the next page 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 382 How To CREATE DIALS Attributes for the Big hand The dial big hand points straight up at the minimum value Bighand Littehand Value Background and has a range specified If the variable being tracked exceeds the range the modulus of the variable and the range M B Mim jg E BOE E SEE SnMmmm 1 00 Ene a Is shown To change any of the Big hand attributes click the Big hand tab To change the minimum value Enter the minimum value in the field B 0 00 4 ARE ae ot eee oon Mm r a a To change the range roa A Enter t
41. p 0O strip 1f key compute SCli COMpPULe Seli Params else exec d p 1 seli params key d except Exception e print Error handling the command str e it Construct a list of tool objects to be added to the global list of user defined tools def ctor parent list obj snapshot tool list append obj return list User Manual Page 430 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A 2 00e Other examples The example source code shown here is included in the SCEI HOME ensight100 src user defined ext examples directory but many other examples exist The source code to all of the built in tools is included in the SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined directory perhaps most notably the QuickTools subdirectory Other example objects are included in SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined Tools QuickTools Examples There are a number of user defined menu examples included as well While these may not be tools the extension mechanisms for both tools and menus share a large number of common features and techniques often work in both There are a pair of worked tools examples located in the user defined tool Advanced Usage that demonstrate the ability of all user defined extensions to be able to create object hierarchies and to include multiple objects inside of a single Python module To get the most out of this mechanism me
42. video recording to refine your rates use the method described here to derive good starting values Define all the keyframes Set up the animation to play back at full screen Set up the animation to play only from the first to the second keyframe set the number of sub frames between keyframes 1 and 2 to be 300 Select View gt Bounding Box gt Static Box O O AWON Using a watch with a second hand time how long it takes to play the animation Call this time T We know that it will take 10 seconds to play 300 frames on video Compute the following factor T 10 For example if you find T to be about 12 seconds then factor is 1 2 which means that the rate you see on the screen is 1 2 times slower than what you will see on video 7 lteratively adjust the number of sub frames between keyframe 1 and 2 running the animation after each adjustment until you like the rate you see on the screen 8 Finally adjust the number of sub frames by the factor found in step 6 For example if 150 sub frames were required for a good rate of speed then change the number of sub frames to 150 factor to see the same rate on video 9 Perform steps 3 through 8 for the next set of keyframes Transient Data Animation is particular useful for presenting transient data However since both viewing parameters and time can change simultaneously the potential for confusing viewers is very high In general you should never change
43. 12 Click Save current view button You can repeat steps 10 through 12 as desired wawo Bp gt Save current view 13 To save notes click the Notes tab a Se ae ochre nae Save Scenario File Variables Time Gnirnation Views Motes PackMao 14 Enter a subject for the note Subject y 15 Type in the text of the note eae 16 Click Save note button 2 a pian Sees You can repeat steps 14 through 16 as desired yy Save note 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 109 How TO SAVE SCENARIO 17 If the Format is Reveal variables can be saved in the scenario file under the Save Scenario Variables tab File N Time 4nimation Views Motes Terro Gr Select variables to save displacement Coordinates Time Select all Deselect all Save Scenario 18 Select the output architecture for the PackNGo scenario file Note that this list reflects which platforms of Reveal you have installed on the computer currently running EnSight s_ eee eee peteeeete sss s ee File Variables Time Gnirnation VIEWS Motes PackMiao 19 Click Save packed scenario executable to be presented with the Save As dialog where you can specify the name of the PackNGo file that will be created OTHER NOTES EnLiten and Re
44. Allows user specification of socket communication port passes on to servers in Has the effect of setting cports and sports to be the same readerdbg Prints user defined reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passes on to servers Create SOS logfile Forces the server to use a socket connection soshostname lt host gt Allows different name for servers to connect back to Server of Servers with passes on to servers sports Allows specification of socket communication port to the servers See also ports cports Prints out timing information passes on to servers User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS A 00A writerdbg Prints user defined reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passes on to servers SOS Server of Servers Examples when started manually ensight100 sos c clientmachinename soshostname sosmachinename Specifies clientmachinename as the machine on which the client is running and that the individual servers should connect back to sosmachinename ensight100 sos readerdbg gdbg Specifies that the sos and any servers print out user defined reader library loading information and that the servers print out EnSight data format geometry loading information User Manual How TO USE ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES A 2 2608 INTRODUCTION There are a number of environment variables that can be set to c
45. Boundary layer variables Color Parts Isosurface Contour Enthalpy EnthalpyNorm EnthalpyNormStaq Enthalpystaq Entropy Note All fields are required except one may specify either Density 3 Define the required variables by selecting them in the list WOCITYy an ee T and clicking the Set button Density Density Dynamic Viscosity can be a constant menam eh The variables can be set by either typing them into the fields or Velocity Energy led selecting them from the list and clicking on the Set button Sas 4 Define either Density and Momentum or velocity eens OEH 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup Freestream Velocity 3 0000e 001 Determine velocity outside boundary layer by Convergence criteria 6 Choose the method that will be used to determine the velocity outside the boundary layer Close Create update Help 7 Click Create Update This will create the five new variables which can be used for further operations such as part coloring and queries OTHER NOTES These variables and more are also individually available in the Variable calculator See the Boundary Layer Variables section of Chapter 4 in the User Manual Note that the Freestream Density and Freestream Velocity fields are for constant upstream density and velocity magnitude values near flow inlet They are only used for skin friction coefficient Cf Boundary Layer variables
46. Click Create with selected parts Get Tool Coords Set Tool Coords Create with selected parts Delay update 8 Click on the Advanced toggle 3 to see More OPtionS eee eee ee en eee E enter eee e teen E n ee eneees Note To quickly create a line clip right click on the line tool and choose Clip This will create a line clip using the default settings User Manual Page 227 How To CREATE CLIP LINES al T k h ADVANCED USAGE Like the other clipping tools in EnSight clip lines can be interactive as you drag rotate or stretch the Line tool with the mouse the clip line is automatically recalculated and re displayed If a query has been created from the clip line the plotted curve will automatically re display as well To perform interactive line clips 1 Double click the desired clip line part in the parts list Create edit Parts 2 Toggle on Interactive Tool in the Feature Panel eo om zg clips 9 Create Edit Advanced Desc Clip_mesh_line Y Creation attributes 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Click on T a Interactive Apply tool change one of the Line tool hotpoints either endpoint or oe m E center axis origin or axes and drag the tool to the EE iets Domain Aani desired location Note that the line tool itself will be made invisible while moving the tool interactively so as not to obscure the clip It will reappear when the mouse is released Creat
47. Desktop Dims 267 200 Transparent res Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 Texture Operations s ar Usetexture 5 Repeat mode Repeat and Parameters ae Texture mode Decal Interpolation Linear r Compute testure coordinates by Projection oF af Y ca Offset 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 2 vector 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Texture Projections T vector 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proj Projection Absolute r Origin E 5 5 T Ei Node IDs S variable lt none gt const 0 5 T variable nones const 0 5 F Apply Close save Default Textures Help User Manual Page 344 How TO MAP TEXTURES Setting the texture map image EnSight supports up to 8 different textures which are displayed as A number of operations can be thumbnails at the top of the dialog k performed on the textures by right i clicking on the thumbnail image and E Textures SEI selecting from the menu Loaded textures j A new image or movie e g EVO J MPEG etc can be set for the texture Load texture lt amp 5F using the Load texture file option niin oa A texture can be reverted back to the Set border color f 16x16 transparent checkerboard ee default pattern using the Clear texture Display RGBA mciill ispla iq _ ess i Each texture has a border color that is File
48. Edit W Advanced Desc Y Creation attributes Apply tool change Tool General quadric Domain Intersect Clip Parameters _ y pr Pot yaz z 2 3 Choose the General Quadric Tool 7 L0000e 000 1 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 4 Choose the desired Domain Intersect 77 vz XZ Crinkly Inside Outside or In Out 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 x Y Z EEE E a eee P gt 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 5 Edit the coefficients 1 0000e 000 3 Click the Create button x Y z jo T 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Note The Animation Delta is not available for general quadric clips SSS rr Delay update Apply Changes SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create Revolution Tool Clips User Manual Clip Parts 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 247 How TO CREATE CLIP SPLINES INTRODUCTION In addition to clipping along a line EnSight also provides clipping along a defined spline Spline clips will query the 2D or 3D parent parts at samples taken along the spline at evenly spaced intervals Values along a spline clip can be visualized using profiles queried and sent to a plotter or used in further computations for example a line
49. Interactive Manual a 3 Crinkly Tool XYZ Domain inside Outside Clip Parameters In Out gt Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an XYZ clip through a mesh it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of XYZ clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Parts gt iW 4 How User Manual Page 242 How To CREATE RTZ CLIPS A 2 00e INTRODUCTION An RTZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g R radial component is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g T theta component and Z z axis component vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh RTZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user BASIC OPERATION
50. Many operations in EnSight such as loading data require that you specify a file EnSight uses a standard file open dialog that lets you quickly search through directories to find the desired file BASIC OPERATION By default the File Open dialog opens with the directory from which the EnSight client was started as the current directory The following shows the basic components of the File Open dialog The Look in pulldown displays the current directory Note that the parent of the current directory is shown Standard up and listing icons ending with standard UNIX nomenclature can be used gt To change to a directory double click it The File type pulldown controls _ the listing of files in the Files list You can filter what is shown based on the selection here E README cube circle png The Files list displays the list of subdirectories and files contained in the current directory possibly modified by the wildcard in the cube temp File type filter field cube velo To make a file the current sphere png Selection click it To accept a file and close the dialog double click it cube geo cube res I 2 i I Simple interface Advanced interface The File field contains the full f File C Program Files CETensight100 dataicube cube case path name of the file currently the file that will be chosen if OK is clicked Chang
51. Node tracking mack OF User Manual Page 122 How TO SET DRAWING MODE igs il a OTHER NOTES When a part is drawn in shaded mode with or without hidden line overlay the surface is displayed with light source shading enabled EnSight uses two pre defined light sources one at the look from point the camera and one on the opposite side of the model for back lighting The location of one of the light sources can be changed see How To Control Lighting Attributes In computer graphics the appearance of a shaded surface is governed by a lighting model controlled by various parameters In EnSight these parameters are part of the part s attributes and can be changed on a per part basis see How To Set Attributes for more information SEE ALSO How To Control Lighting Attributes User Manual Global Shaded Global Hidden Line User Manual Page 123 How To SET GLOBAL VIEWING PARAMETERS 000A INTRODUCTION EnSight provides various modes that control global viewing behavior Three of these modes are discussed here perspective orthographic projection bounding box display modes and static lighting EnSight can display viewports in either perspective or orthographic projection A perspective projection is how we normally view the world objects that are farther away appear smaller An orthographic projection removes this effect objects appear the same size regardless of distance The projection setting ca
52. Pon on E Left and middle Nothing 5 Set the action for the keyboard P key see 9 Left and right Translate below oS eS Se Oa Se eee ee See ees Middle and right mar 5 Set desired Zoom Style 22 i Si lick setti Automatic slide will zoom based on the direction and pele i distance the mouse is moved To the right or up zooms O Baa away while to the left or down zooms towards The Dod Middle Selected pick action distance the mouse is dragged determines the rate of Right Liser defined menu continuous zoom aoe B F key Selected pick action Manual drag zooms in the same directions butonlya _ Zoom Style Manual drag distance relative to the distance the mouse Is dragged Band zoom expand from Corner 6 Click Save To Preference File to save your f J changes if you want these changes to be the L c E default for future sessions of EnSight and Close to exit the dialog The new settings will take effect as soon as you hit the close button If you clicked Save To Preference Files your changes are also written to a file and automatically loaded during future EnSight sessions 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 399 How TO CUSTOMIZE MOUSE BUTTON ACTIONS A 2608 Each mouse button or combination of mouse buttons can have one of the following associated behaviors Selected transform action Rotate Translate Zoom R
53. The only other option is the ability to set the maximum bitrate for the MJPEG4 compression scheme On Win32 the system installed AVI codecs will be listed as compression options along with options to specify the rate of keyframing a general quality factor 0 100 and the desired bit rate in kilobits second Print save Image Format Postscript FOYRAY Geometr Microsoft AVI Movie Microsoft Bitmap Image CEI Envideo Movie Flash Video Movie Pabst GIF Image JPEG Image Stream bitrate Kbits sec MPEGS Movie PMs Image PPM Image QuickTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image Uncompressed AVI files can be quite large for even small animations You can compress these files on your Windows PC using the EnVe 2 0 utility It is capable of reading an AVI file or any other animation file written by EnSight and translating it to another format including recompressing any AVI files The AVI file format can have problems porting from platform to platform as the compression schemes are not always supported on all platforms The MJPEG scheme is fairly well supported Windows users need to install the latest DirectX runtime for it and the RAW format has size limitation for 640x480 on some platforms In general the Indeo Video formats e g I1V41 and cvid are fairly portable and can be played by Apple s QuickTime player as well Options for Windows BMP Format There are no
54. These attributes will only be applicable to structured parts e Model Parts Create Edit MW Advanced b Creation attributes General attributes Node element and line attributes Toggle IJK Axis Visible to display an IJK axis for the part ad b Displacement attributes The scale factor for the IJK Axis triad can be modified in this field LIK axis display attributes IJK Axis Visible Scale 1 ra 003 SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Parts Quick Action Icons i 4 Pow User Manual Page 335 How TO DISPLAY LABELS A e000 INTRODUCTION It is often useful to be able to identify specific nodes or elements within your model EnSight can display node and element labels in the Graphics Window If your data provides explicit node or element labels or you are using EnSight data formats and have asked EnSight to assign ids EnSight will be able to display those values Only model parts and clips through model parts can have labels Displaying labels on parts with thousands of nodes or elements can obscure both the geometry as well as the labels of interest as well as degrading display performance EnSight provides a filtering mechanism to display only selected ranges of labels BASIC OPERATION Displaying Node and or Element Labels To display labels and to control filtering and coloring 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts list 2 Click the Node Element Label icon to d
55. User Manual HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A e000 Options for TIFF Format Tiff is a very portable lossless image file format Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry zs a Microsoft AVI Movie Microsoft Bitmap Image l CEI Envideo Movie Frame Rate 30 Flash Video Movie aIF Image Compression method PackBits JPEG Image MPEG Movie PMs Image PPM Image QuickTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image The format has one option and that is the compression method All the supported methods are lossless Options for XPM Format This format is popular on Unix platforms and is generally used for icons but can be used for any image Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVl Movie Microsoft Bitmap Image CEI Envideo Movie Frame Rate 30 Flash Video Movie aIF Image Transparent red value JPEG Image MPEG Movie Pts Image Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPicmap Image The transparent options allow for the specification of R G B values 0 255 of a pixel color that should be set to transparent in the image For example setting these to 0 0 0 will cause all black pixels in the image to be made transparent 1 values select that no pixel is transparent Saturation Factor 1 OU Transparent green value 1
56. You will see the element under the mouse General User Interface Image Saving and Printing disappear as You do the picking Interactive Probe Query Mouse and Keyboard n Fart 4 To cause the elements to reappear click ne eninance the Element blanking visibility icon and dates click the clear button in the dialog which Mouse and Keyboard Preferences comes up Click and drag settings Left Selected transform action bl ot L ia i A 1 2 A Middle Translate ha RPMOSEHQVAAAT elas E M a ol OT a_i M n Right Zoom w Left and middle Mothing w Left and right Translate w Middle and right Nothing w Note that blanking can be done directly using the all Nothing 8 mouse if you change the mouse and keyboard Single click settings settings For example the preferences can be set to blank using a middle mouse button click f Pierot CC UU_oC on the part Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and dde Soren ts Bo Dak Keyboa rd Right User defined menu w F key Selected pick action w zoom Style Manual drag w Band zoom expand From Corner w User Manual Page 279 How To DO ELEMENT BLANKING 1 Select the part s on which to do element blanking I I ee ee eee E r m j P n mes me tare IF Ensieht 10 0 0 a C Wrogram Filesi ciensighit U0 idatatc ur File Edit Create Query wiew Tools Window Case Help Mame Id Show Color Color by y E 2
57. below batch gl A 3 Click here to add the parameter It will be placed in the edit area Save to preference file If you make a mistake and add an unwanted aes parameter simply highlight it in the feedback area and i l Close delete it If additional information is required a note will be posted here to help you 4 lf you need to add additional information add any text needed into the edit area 5 Click here to save the preferences 2 2 User Manual Page 408 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES 0000 To Set Data Preferences Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one 1 Select Data from the Preference Categories list Specify it here tee ddd 3 You can specify the default binary file type here 4 When transient data is loaded into EnSight 7 you can choose to specify a beginning time step If you do not specify a beginning time step either the first or the last time step will be loaded depending on this preference 5 After successfully reading data into EnSight you are presented for most data formats with a part loader if this attribute is set to No Parts _ If set to any other attribute the parts specified will be loaded and displayed without intervention from the part loader 6 Sets the n faced polyhedron decomposition E algorithm for detailed description see User Manual Edit M
58. mee e D e E den 20 e To control what happens when playing and the limit is reached The Beg and End fields control the available time range and also the range of the slider action You can enter new values To stop when it reaches the limit into the fields and press return To cycle starting at the first again The Cur field sets the current time step Either move the To reverse order and continue center slider or enter a new value in the field and press bounce back and forth return To open the Create edit Transient Animation dialog for eee additional controls Same as hitting the Solution time icon User Manual Page 265 How TO CHANGE TIME STEPS You control more by opening the Create edit Transient Animation dialog Q Click either the Solution time icon 7 or the button ccccccccceccccccecccceeee anoa aaa Laaa bebe eee eee eben ee cence eee eeeeee scenes hashes on iia so o Jola la E Click to display time as annotation in the graphics window be Set Scale Type to Discrete or Continuous see above for details EN Set Units to Step or Sim Time see above for details Set the number of time cycles in the time range ee eee Click to view modify timeset details see Advanced Usage below wo set the step increment size for the slider arrows Must be an integer if Scale Type
59. or situation i 2 O User Manual How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES A e000 SEE ALSO How To Read Data How To Setup for Parallel Computation How To Use Resource Management User Manual Server of Server Casefile Format User Manual Page 66 How TO READ USER DEFINED A 2 00e INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a mechanism for users to write their own readers and have the code automatically link and execute at run time using a shared library This capability is documented in the EnSight Interface Manual As indicated in that manual sample readers as well as the code for several actual readers are provided below the following directory SCEI HOME ensight100 src readers In subdirectories underneath there may exist other README files that contain additional information on using existing user defined readers Also as explained in that manual be aware that a udr_checker c file is provided in SCEI_ HOME ensight100 src readers checker directory This can be used to debug your User defined reader before using it with EnSight OTHER NOTES When starting EnSight ensight100 or ensight100 server you can use the command line option readerdbg to echo user defined reader loading status This will allow you to see what readers are actually being loaded Set the environment variable ENSIGHT10 READER to point to the path where additional user defined readers exist and then start up with the readerdbg
60. reader mapping file ensight_reader_extension map This file can reside in the site_preferences directory and or each user can have his own personal one in his personal EnSight defaults directory located at HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 commonly located at C Users username ensight100 on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername ensight100 on older Windows and ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac A sample of this file is shown below The mapping file associates file extensions to readers If this file is not provided or an association is not Known or the format doesn t allow it due to required intermediate information such as Plot3D currently the simple interface method cannot be used and the OK button will not be active One is then required to use the advanced Interface method 1 Select File gt Open 2 If not already selected toggle Simple Interface l Look in C Program Files cEnensight100datatcube w A Gall v aze Z 3 Navigate to the desired directory using typical a README cube navigation methods f circle prig 4 Filter the list using the aan 2 CUDE Qeo File type if desired oe siete 5 Select the desired file 4 cube temp This file s extension is what cube velo will be mapped to a reader apatite in the ensight_reader_extension map 6 Click Okay tee BW Simple in
61. small_bjn_ascii cubi O02 geo EB cube 02 geo n3s gold_s J small bjn_binary cubi O24 temperature EB cub O02 temperature small tar E bjn _4 case J cubi O velocity EB cube O02 velocity J 505 Ccase J bjn_4 case cubil_ tran case EB cube tran case sos 1 f4 c amp cubl case cube case cube sos sos 4 case E cubi geo cube geo cube_i0sos 2 sos 4 cas C Simple interface f Advanced interface Then under File gt Open Data Formatoptions Time options SOS options set the sos casefile under the data tab with a format Set case home bjn dat sos cube_10 so0s of Case SOS Format Case SOS Y Ensight case file case required User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 2 0000 Under the SOS options tab you can verify that Auto distribute is set to Don t decompose because the data is already decomposed C Simple interface f Advanced interface Data Format options Time options SOS options Set resource file Pass wild cards to server Auto distribute Dont decompose hr Load all parts Cancel Select parts to load Help Using the command in this way runs the SOS on the same machine as the client If you want to control where the SOS runs connect manually instead a manual example will be shown later in this article Also note that if you want to load all parts you could have simply included the sos casefile on the command line like ensight100 sos h
62. the Transformation Control area To perform a different transformation you have to click on this icon and select Gh Rotate Pe Translat the new Operation 2c eee eee eee eee eee eee eens i g anpare SS Zoom To avoid this you can redefine how the left mouse works as well as map oi nuie ond scan additional transformation operations onto the middle and right mouse buttons Rubberband region combinations of mouse buttons and double clicking of mouse buttons Ton onma onedkar This customization only effects the mouse usage while in the Graphics Window DR The left button is still used for other user interface actions ri vi BASIC OPERATION To change the behavior of mouse buttons in the Graphics Window 1 Select Edit gt Preferences then click on Mouse and Keyboard 2222 eee e eee eee ees Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one Annotation Color Palettes Command Line Parameters Data General User Interface Triage Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Quer Mouse and Keyboard Parts Performance 2 Set each click and drag mouse button pulldown i Left Middle Right and combinations of such as COSTCO ces E E E Mouse and Keyboard Preferences Click and drag settings Left Selected transform action 3 Set the two button click and drag for each mouse TA Middle Translate 4 Set the single click action for each mouse button
63. user interface you will see a space open up where the panel E E Eee could dock itself Release the mouse button and the panel will doc in the space provided dip Showy Colors The blue rectangle indicates where the panel could be docked en a i windshields windows bumpers hood mounts desail comenete i 9 96 96 96 96 9e 36 96 96 96 90 3 PUR URREDOEaE pa 4 gt Variables 4 Panels can be stacked on top a m me of each other In which case you This panel is being dragged Variables amp Constants will get a tab for each panel i 0 000000 114508 Node occupying the same space By nc ee aoe Oe default for example the Variables Plots Queries Annotations and 7 Viewports panels are stacked 77 gt wees lt Sepp Varia Plots Quer Viewpo Annotati ADVANCED USAGE The layout and position of the icon bars and panels are saved and will be restored next time you run EnSight The easiest way to restore the default configuration is to start EnSight with a no__prefs start parameter SEE ALSO User Manual Icon Bars 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 398 How TO CUSTOMIZE MOUSE BUTTON ACTIONS 0000 INTRODUCTION When the mouse pointer is in the Graphics Window clicking and holding the left mouse button as you drag will perform the current transformation e g rotate or Zoom as selected under the Graphics window transforms icon in
64. 0000 0 0000 And the component or magnitude if a Creation attributes vector eee eee o gt 3 Toggle off Sync To Palette serrr f 2 gt Syne to Palette _ Color by creation variable 4 Specify the Min and Max Range y Fange Min 5 Specify the Distribution method for the paugenas Range seeeeetconreeenteenenesinge PE EE gt Distribution Linear B TAT Levels visible 6 Specify the number of Levels and SUDIC VOUS gcc sees hese EREE Display Offset 0 0000e 000 7 Set the Visibility Spacing Color and HS Format of the contour labels EEES E EE visible Spacing 1 5418e 000 Note that only the main contour levels not x the sublevels are labeled Mix By default changes to the displayed contours E ponential E occur as you edit the various attributes Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 209 How TO CREATE CONTOURS A e000 Shortcut Parts eo Name Casel gt Computational mesh al Right click on a part in the Parts ld Show Color Calor by list or in the graphics window came TIC Contour part Delete t Edit Create i Hide Color By Choose a variable In th it iid Part Select n the resulting pulldown Select a variable to use choose Contour JP ee eee Clips variable Contour Isosurface LETE l Vect
65. 2 6 il 2 1 2 3 4 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 part e EF Do gt vertical block uniform range A 11 2 1 2 5 q 1 2 0 00000e 00 2 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 50000e 00 1 Q00000e 00 Curvilinear and rectilinear descriptions for block parts are of course also valid This same file using ghost cells is Uniform Block Continuation Test set 3 node id assign element id assign extento 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 bare 1 Horizontal block uniform with ghost range 2 2 6 1 2 1 2 2 5 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 ghost flags 1 0 1 FPRROO part User Manual How To USE BLOCK CONTINUATION A 2 66008 vertical block uniform with ghost range 2 11 2 1 2 4 8 1 2 0 00000e 00 1 50000e 00 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 50000e 00 1 00000e 00 ghost flags i O O 1 Transient Example lf we change our example to be a simple transient model using the same sets but now with two time steps Sel VUseCaee Sel 2 UU ecas eee So PU Case Se 2 UU Ceo SCC gt VC set 1 VO gSo set 2 U00 ge0 Set 3 U0 g6eC set 4 00 geo Seu 2 Ogo Sel 1 Ulssel Set 2 00 501 set 3 00s8C1 get 4 00 ec1 Seu 2 0U Sel ser l O0l case See 2 VlCase Set 3 Ul Case get 4 Ol Gdse BBeC Viscose set L Ol sge0 Set 2 Ulsgeo set 3 UlLegeo set 4 Q1 geo Set o UL geo see L Ul scl Set 2 UlLsocl Set 3 Uleocl Set
66. 235000 Casi 2 Each list panel will have a different set of attributes that can ea _ be shown The figure at right shows the choices for the Variables list Similar to the Feature Bar discussion above you can add or remove new columns and modify the order of the columns using the left right and up down arrows Customize columns Available columns Current columns Activated Descr ption Constant value Range Exists in case Location Type ave Computed Le Restore Defaults ee ee SS ae a To move the Icon bars g EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CEensight100 data quard_ra 1 Right click on any icon bar In the resulting pulldown File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Hel the Lock toolbars should be unchecked i e toolbars yf fis th Gab are allowed to be moved ital pari A E A an Eih ESS M Customize Feature Toolbar Display icon text 2 The icon bars have a handle Click and drag the Lock toolbars handle and the icon bar will come out of the user Lock dock widgets interface and will follow the mouse as you move it 3 If you release the mouse button outside of the user interface m OR gti zs AA ar the icon bar will be free floating 3 OR 3 As you drag the icon bar to the various docking locations in the user interface you will see a space open up where the bar could dock itself Release the mouse
67. A e000 ADVANCED USAGE 1 Bring up the Color Editor then click on the Palettes button 2 Select Advanced Tab A color palette is composed of color and opacity information at a set number of control points By default EnSight creates the control points to be uniformly spaced and to have the same number as the number of levels in the palette You can decouple the control points from the levels by changing the Node Locking option at the bottom of the dialog The background of the control point graphic contains a histogram distribution for the variable tied to the palette The small horizontal handle at the left of the image will scale the histogram information Now manipulate the Control Points Palette Editor palette EERE 3 Select which component Red Green Blue or Alpha to manipulate LE Change the value of the Control Points 0 0 Range used 48 192 aa oo ere erie nate 4 Click ona Control Point and type in a value in Set range to ect one ee ra the Value field simple Advanced erkers Options Fies 4 OR Click on the Control Point and drag it to a Editor type Linear 2 Conroe z new value By default the movement of the eR rie oe control point is limited such that only the Location E value can be changed If you wish to move the control points location you must unlock it by untoggling the Node Locking option in the Options tab Add or Delete a Control Point 5 Ri
68. Calc b Calculate the pressure net force and moment and find center of pressure c Use a python calculator Fy simple cal AY Timestep Sampling EnSight Interfaces ali Example Visualizations File Import Export amp Fresentation Tools t tte gt Ey visualize d Resample transient data to a uniform timestep e View alternative EnSight Graphical User Interfaces d Export data in OpenJT format f Import a CSV text file as an EnSight Query g Click on the Presentation Tools to quickly create output and launch the CEI post processing tools E Movie Image Annotati E h Submit a bug or support request to CEI and browse our FAQs 2 Rigid Body Motion m Skybox i learn how to make your own Python GUI for your python routines 4 Column sort j Import an image or movie as an annotation k Modify Case Gold file to include rigid body motion I Generate a skybox texture around your data User Manual A Query Constant on 4 Ee Query a Constant on Find the min and max of the selected part Find the Moment on the selected 2D parts Find the Net Pressure Force on the selecte Python Calculator InterFace Query a Constant on a Plane Varying Size Create a Query From Plane movement alor Simplified Calculator Set the sampling rate based on mean mec Alternative interfaces For the EnSight GUI Basic EnSight example visualizations Complex import and export operati
69. Click on the Selection tool icon to turn on the tool a sree Ble 7 B velocity 3 Position the tool as desired y 1 003e 00 al 7 526e 01 4 Click on the blanking icon 5 017 01 oe 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 a ry ae A DOS aet 5 MA f ee 5 Choose the criteria to use for blanking inside or outside inside or outside the box and top or all top is just the first visible layer all is to blank all elements in a direction perpendicular to box nn pT EIS AM RA SS eh oR a ies Oe ee ee Ge A Mart tlement Bla a xt Element blanking allowed p 0 Domain Inside Lavers Top Clear Clear all parts 6 Click on the element blanking eraser symbol at the upper left of the tool Results In this velocity L 003e 00 7 526e 0l 5 01 7e 0 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 To undo the blanking click the Clear or Clear all parts button Note The element IDs are used to tag visibility These tags are preserved through timestep changes If the elements change IDs perhaps changing connectivity then EnSight will continue to use those same IDs which may result in invisible elements at different locations SEE ALSO mh in ea Eee J 4 Ag 4 k P H k ome YN Page 280 How To USE POINT PARTS INTRODUCTION A point part is a part composed only of nodes It can be read in as a model part or can be created through the use of the Point Part feature In order to crea
70. Create edit Keyframe Animation W Keyframing Create Delete aS Quick Predefined Animations Total frames 200 4 Accelerate at first keyframe Accelerate at last keyframe Select any combination of predefined animations Fly around Starting direction Right Rotate objects Dreisl ARmoit Y a OS Wye y AWOL AL Y Explode view a m Sa oe oo ll Unan A 5000e 001 orm Center am l p S Lee ee mn Listance 7 5000e 00 1 Create predefined animation b Speed and Actions Transient Data Settings 2S User Manual 9 Click Create predefined animation to create the keyframes which will transform according to the selections made Page 362 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION b 2 000A The following sections provide details on the animation control turndowns in the Keyframe Animation Feature Panel Speed Actions The Speed Actions turn down exposes attributes allowing you to set the number of sub frames between each pair of consecutive keyframes as well as specify run attributes such as acceleration and commands to execute Create edit Keyframe Animation 1 Click on the Speed and Actions turndown to open the section a 7 Keyframing Create Delete 2 Select the desired keyframe to edit tes E Quick Predefined Animations either enter the value or use the up Wises oman d b
71. Display Which Compression Tension 4 Select which eigenvectors to display D 3 Major oa a 5 Click Create 0 2 0 22222 4 Ss Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes User Manual Page 258 How TO CREATE TENSOR GLYPHS i 2 ap a Display Attributes The glyph s attributes to indicate tension or compression can be modified in several ways Put the Tensor Glyph Feature Panel into Advanced mode to open the Tensor Display Attributes Create fedit Parts x gt K Tensor Glyphs Create Edit Advanced 1 Select the desired tip shape from the Tip Shape pulldown oe T Tensor Glyph O Tip Shape Choices f varia None No tip default Creation attributes a Normal Single wedge Good for 2D eeri problems Plane of the wedge is based on the i relative magnitudes of the Compression Tension components p Major Middle Minor Display Which Triangles Two intersecting triangles l ad Good for 2D 3D problems Display Attributes 2 The glyph can either be colored by the part color or show a specified color for compressions and tension ft Z 3 The glyph can either be shown with the line width attribute of the glyph or show a different line width for tension and A compression i Tension Line Width P General attributes P Node element and line attributes P Displacement attributes Create with s
72. Display component normal to surface element Component Display both the normal and tangential components User Manual Page 250 How TO CREATE VECTOR ARROWS f T J A i n iy OTHER NOTES Vector arrows can be animated by animating the parent part e g a clip plane over space or time using flipbook or keyframe animation See How To Create a Flipbook Animation or How to Create a Keyframe Animation for more information lf vector arrows are created on a clip through an unstructured mesh the resulting arrows can be difficult to visualize if the resolution of the underlying mesh varies substantially or is highly irregular One solution is to create the vector arrows on a grid clip rather than the default mesh clip See How to Create Clip Planes for more information Unlike most part creation operators vector arrows are created from the client s representation of the part not the server s For example if you have a clip plane that is displayed using a feature angle or border representation only those elements comprising the reduced display will yield vector arrows even though all elements of the clip plane reside on the server See How to Change Visual Representation for more information Vector arrows with a tangential projection can sometimes by occluded by the surface on which the arrows are defined To solve this problem use the Display Offset field to add a small displacement to move the arrows away from the surf
73. File Selection dialog 22 22 e eee eee 4 If desired select a directory for the server s binary dump file by either entering the directory in the Server Directory field or clicking the Server Directory button to open a standard File Selection dialog ss tt cttc ttt ttre 5 Click Okay User Manual How TO SAVE OR RESTORE AN ARCHIVE A e000 You also have the option of saving an archive as you exit EnSight 1 Select File gt Quit to open the Quit Confirmation Suititeninonien Sel dialog _ Save command backup file to 2 Click the Save full backup archive to toggle l and either enter a new name for the Archive information file or browse to the desired location Save Full backup archive File to file by clicking the Browse button 0 O Do you really wank bo guit My Recent Derek Documents I Downloads gegl 0 0 My Downloads Desktop My eBooks a My Music Gk 92922bd9c1 jpg bwi A little history on t _ aazz enc My Documents Ea ddr Idif f Attention Michelle PE FA bal j 2 bebsnic_1 pdf My Computer TE bcbsnc_2 pdf My Network File name myarchive a A Places nave as type Any files a Cancel 3 If you browsed to the file click Save once you have selected or entered the desired filename 1 e This will place the filena
74. File gt Restore gt Restore Context Context Select Casets to restore to 2 Select the case to restore the context to Note If the context file contains information for multiple cases ignores the selection r E 3 Enter or select the Context File wp ifDacuments and Settings Bruce My Documents bjn_testltry ckx Select File desired context file Sue 4 Cok OK oon lp case 1 B 4 Pow User Manual Page 106 How TO SAVE RESTORE CONTEXT A 2 66008 OTHER NOTES The same part names and variable names do not have to exist in the new case If this situation arises a pop up dialog will appear where you will be asked to match the part names or variable names from the context file with the parts or variables from the new case This dialog is not available in batch mode Therefore you can t use a context file that needs matching in batch mode If the number of parts between the two datasets match then no mapping of parts occurs and the parts will end up renamed to match the original case When restoring context files with multiple cases the needed cases will be started if needed according to the connection scheme of the current run of EnSight Flipbook animations are not restored using the context file because it is unknown at the time the context file is created what state existed
75. Flipbook Animation Play settings 2 Under the Load settings Be sure the Load Type is set to Create data oo E Display Cycle 3 Select the desired page type Object a Speed 1 00000 or Image 2 202ee eee eee ee eee ee eects bee Pees eee eee sete ee eee 4 Set the desired number of pages The delta value will be added to the Daimin appropriate entities for each page Record Interactive Iso Cligge Start Stop ee eed 5 Click Start to begin recording SESE eE ho gl 1 2 interactive part manipulations l Regenerate All Delete 6a For clipping plane parts return to the Create edit Parts dialog for clips double click on the part in the Main Parts list 6b Toggle on Interactive Tool move the mouse into the Graphics Window and interactively position the tool to the desired location for the end of the flipbook 6a For isosurface parts return to the Create edit Parts dialog for isosurfaces double click on the part in the Main Parts list MEE 6b Change the Interactive Pulldown to Manual and adjust the slider until the isovalue is as desired for the end of the 7 Return to the Create edit flipbook 26 e eee Flipbook Animation dialog i e oo perform step 1 again lt Create edit Parts x EAEE Sai x 8 Click Stop to end recording Create Edit 7 Advanced interactive Iso Clip T 9 Click
76. Help Mame Id Shor Color Color by Case 1 F Computational 1 x L Constant Particle trace part 2 Constant 1 Double click the desired particle trace part in the Main Parts list Which will bring up the Parts Feature Panel Create Edit _ Advanced Create fedtt Parts 2 Toggle on Animate Creation attributes 3 Click Animation settings to open Type Streamline Animate Animation settings the Trace Animation Settings dialog g g Emit From im tine MoO Urkiri Emitters Show As Ribbon width 1 54182 001 _ Surface Restrict Pick Surface Direction Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 369 How TO ANIMATE PARTICLE TRACES A e000 Make changes as desired remember to press return for changes to text fields Set the color of the tracers to either Trace Color i e the same color as the parent trace part or Constant and set the desired color using the i Trace Animation Settings Mix button or the RGB Set the line width of the tracers f If transient traces pathlines set the Start Time and or Max Time Pulse Interval Set the tracers length eet soli Speed oe 73 factor see below Tracer a Representation Set the tracers speed 3 P Detail factor see below w Get Defaults Set
77. If Inside or Outside was used one new part is created with added to the beginning of the name OTHER NOTES A part copy cannot be cut However if the parent of the copy is cut the copy will be cut as well since part copies share geometry with the parent The cut operation maintains the order of the elements e g 3D elements yield 3D elements and 3D quadric elements yield 3D quadric elements The cut algorithm breaks elements intersecting the cutting surface into tetrahedrons Since there is no transition zone created between these tetrahedrons and their non cut neighbors non shared element faces are possible These non shared faces can result in undesired lines and or elements during border and or feature angle representations If you cut a structured IJK part the resulting parts will be unstructured Cuts with the Box are not true cuts but simply a division of all elements that fall completely within the box or not SEE ALSO User Manual Clip Parts User Manual Page 327 How TO DELETE A PART INTRODUCTION The delete operation removes selected parts and any parts dependent on them All information associated with the parts on both the client and server is removed Deletion cannot be undone BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List EnSight 10 0 0 a File Create Query View Tools Window Case Help ba Part d Select all Flipbook animation editor select Keytrame
78. In a Command Prompt window on myclient In a Command Prompt window that is telneted into the george machine myclient gt gt ensight100 client cm If george is a non windows machine george gt gt ensight1l00 sos c myclient If george is a windows machine george ensi0gnll00 sos c myclient In either case you would enter the all sos command as the file to read in the Data Reader dialog once EnSight is up 7J CG and connected And the servers on joe sally and bill would be started and used automatically ENVIRONMENT Variables The following Environment variables will directly affect the SOS performance see How To Setup for Parallel Computation ENSIGHT10 MAX _ THREADS ENSIGHT10_MAX_SOSTHREADS Optional NETWORK_INTERFACES section notes If the machine named george had more than one network interface say it had its main one named george but also had one named george2 we could add the section shown below to our casefile example NETWORK_INTERFACES number of network interfaces 2 network interface george network interface george2 This would cause machine joe to connect back to george machine sally to connect back to george2 and machine bill to connect back to george This is because the sos will cycle through its available network interfaces as it connects the servers Remember that this is an optional section and most users will probably not use it Also the contents of this
79. Introduction to Part Creation How To Edit Color Maps User Manual Contour Parts i 4 Hon User Manual Page 210 How TO CREATE ISOSURFACES A 2 00e INTRODUCTION An isosurface is a surface of constant value in a three dimensional field It is the 3D counterpart to the contour loop the region on one side of the isosurface has values greater than the isovalue the region on the other side has values less than the isovalue In EnSight an isosurface can be generated from a scalar variable a component or magnitude of a vector variable or a component of the model coordinates An isosurface of a scalar or vector variable is typically a complex surface reflecting the distribution of the underlying variable lsosurfaces of coordinates however are typically regular geometric shapes such as planes cylinders cones or spheres BASIC OPERATION Create edit Parts 1 Select the parent part Advanced 2 Click the Isosurface Feature icon vp 3 Select the variable to USG se eeesieee ee eee eee re Variable temperature Y Creation attributes 4 Select an appropriate isovalue i i _ Maluga ID RANGE Set To Mid Rang the default will be a mid range value Sa Set To Mid Range of surfaces 1 Delta 1 0000e 000 Interactive By Value H 66 33 5 Click Create with selected parts l iteracion type Of Create with selected parts Shortcut Right click on a part in the graphics window In the resulting pulldown
80. J Create Edit C Advanced 2 Toggle on Interactive Tool in the Feature Panel Desc Clip_cylinder Y Creation attributes 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics E Interactive Apply tool change Window Click on one of the tool hotpoints see the How to for the Tool Cylinder Domain applicable tool and drag the tool to the desired location Intersect Page 236 User Manual How TO CREATE QUADRIC CLIPS A e000 Cutting with Quadric Tools A quadric tool can be used to create parts which are the result of a cut of its parent domain into inside and or outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts 1 Select the desired parent Create edit Parts parts in the Parts list w Clips Simple Advanced 2 Click the Clip feature icon Desc 3 Select the desired Quadric Creation attributes Tool PE E E Interactive 4 Set the Domain to Inside Outside or In Out both inside and outside oe 5 Click Create with selected parts at the bottom of the dialog Crinkly Quadric Clips You can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a Crinkly Domain results in a part composed of all the elements of the mesh that intersect the quadric tool g Cli ps Simpe Advanced 4 Change the Domain to Crinkly and clip is automatically
81. Modify extended CFD variable Settings a Save to extended CFD preference file 4 Save this notification request and function a visibilities to the preference file by clicking here 5 Brings up the dialog for setting extended 7 Pa CFD settings a Save these settings by clicking here a User Manual Page 414 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES 0000 To Set View Preferences 1 Select View from the Preferences Categories list 2 Turn on if you want the plane tool to be shown as a transparent plane or off if you want it shown in line drawing mode l 3 There are two offsets employed in EnSight This one hardware offset is perpendicular to the monitor screen and done in hardware if this toggle is on This will allow for example contour lines to appear closer to the viewer than their parent part so they are visible no matter what orientation the part is viewed from The second offset is the display offset The display offset can be set in the feature panel for line parts such as contour lines particle trace lines vector arrows and separation attachment lines The display offset is the distance in the direction of the element normal perpendicular to the surface 4 Select the default viewing orientation 7 5 For newer graphics cards leave as hardware and EnSight will attempt to use hardware picking and if not available will use software picking For older graphics cards with
82. OT about axis OX OY OZ Oal To translate the frame interactively move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and click and drag the left mouse button To rotate the frame interactively click and hold the left mouse button on one of the frame axes and drag the mouse Clicking on the X axis will rotate the frame about its Y axis Clicking on the Y axis will rotate the frame about its X axis Clicking the Z axis will rotate about both X and 4 Use the Transform Action in the General attributes section to rotate about the Z axis only 0 000000 Increment Limit Origin Orientation Yectors X 1 0000e 000 o 0000e 000 o ooo0e 000 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 o o000e 000 Z 0 0000e 000 o 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 Page 156 User Manual How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A 2 00e You can also edit the frame s definition explicitly using the Transformation Editor dialog Pess IAA 1 Click the Frame Location Attributes icon ee ee eee eee ee This opens the Create edit Frames dialog in Frame Definition mode Createfedit Frames Define Frame Transform Frame General attributes Transform Action G About axis x OY Oz Oal 2 Select the desired frame s 0 000000 Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 Origin 4 If desired enter new value s in the XYZ X 1 9200e 002 Y 6 3140e 001 Z 1 4400e 002 eee fields to chang
83. Quick Action Icons available You can alternatively click in the background of one of the viewports 2 Click the New Viewport icon ee OR Bosak oe mdPAN 2 Click the Viewports Layout pull down icon to select at 4 Full any of the standard viewport layouts A T 2 vertical A 2 horizontal Note you can also right click in the viewport list and J 4 equal select New g 4 with 3 equal vertical Fy 4 with 3 equal horizontal Select Viewports When you create a new viewport it automatically becomes the currently selected viewport Any action to change viewport attributes always operates on the currently selected viewport s To select viewports 1 Click Viewports tab and select the desired viewport s in the Viewports list panel You can alternatively click in the background of the desired viewport Note that the typical multiple selection Viewports et a techniques can be used Control i saa Mame Show click to append additional x i i i Main viewport 3 viewports to the selection Shift Viewourt1 X 2 click to select a range of viewports EUESTITAEX viewport 3 x viewport 4 x Note that the selected viewport is also changed in other modes such as View any time you perform some action in a viewport such as rotation There is however no visual feedback of this change unless or until you have the Viewport list visible User Manual Page 135 How TO DEFINE AND CH
84. Revolution tool and update your clip by clicking Apply Tool Change You can also change the domain and the clip will change SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips User Manual Clip Parts i 4 Hon User Manual Page 245 HOW TO CREATE REVOLUTION OF 1D PART 2 0000 INTRODUCTION A Revolution of 1D Part clip can be made using a 1D part and a user specified axis It can be the surface created by the intersection of the 1D part about the axis and the model the elements intersected by the 1D part about the axis crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the 1D part about the axis This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However if the 1D part is capable of being moved you can move it and the revolution clip will update BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part s in the main EnSight part list 2 Click the Clip Icon ig 3 Select Revolve 1D Part from the Tool pulldown 4 Enter the 1D part to use 5 Select the desired Domain aaa a g 6 Set the desired origin and axis of the revolution 7 Click create Note that you can manipulate the 1D part or the orig
85. Simple interface 9 Advanced interface and set the needed information for the 57777777 g meshed geometry Be N Set Set geometry E C Program Files Files CETensight100 other _data n3sindsflow geo including the Format a geometry file and if Set Set results B Program Files CETensight100other_datainasinastow res licable the resul Sea Mara ormat Geometrytrequired Resulsireguiredi EnSight measured mres optional a LLLE LLLE ACCCCECOCCCoOBR we Data Format options Time options Comments options tab and select and set the measured i result file 577777557757 tiata P Format options Time options TTT eee eee eee eee eee eee binary files are little endian Ww 9 Now you can continue C Program Files CETiensight 100 other_data n3s n3stlowS mres the normal process of either Load all parts or Select parts to load 222222 c cere c eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eet ee 5 Open the Format Load all parts Select parts to load User Manual Page 263 How To DISPLAY DISCRETE OR EXPERIMENTAL DATA A e000 Measured data is represented as a single part In the Main Parts list you should see a part named Measured Particle after loading Measured data is represented as a set of unconnected nodes You can use EnSight s ability to display nodes in various ways to accentuate measured data visualization To change node display EC
86. Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image Options for MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG4 Format MPEG is a very portable standard for animations MPEG1 files are the most portable MPEG2 is essentially the basis of DVDs and requires the licensing of a player codec to play them back although most DVD players include the necessary licensed codecs MPEG4 is the basis of formats like QuickTime and WMV It is not yet a very portable format but it provides much better quality than MPEG1 or MPEG2 for the same bandwidth Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft Bitmap Image L CET Envideo Mowie Elash videa Mavic Compression method MPEG1 Ww Stream bitrate kbits sec 8000 4 PPM Image QuickTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image APismap Image Two options exist for MPEG The specific sub type of MPEG 1 2 4 can be selected as well as a target bitrate in kilobits per second 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 97 HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A e000 Options for PNG Format The PNG format is a lossless image format supported by many platforms and most web browsers Print save Image Format Postscript e Color a Black and White POVRAY Geometry i d Microsoft Av Movie Microsoft Bitmap Image CEI Envideo Movie Frame Rate 30 Flash video Movie GIF Image Compression method Default JPEG Image Quic
87. T 5 g n iy ADVANCED USAGE The spline by definition starts at the first control point spline value of 0 and ends at the last control point spline value of 1 If the spline is used for camera clip plane path or distance vs variable query the direction along the spline is always in the positive direction If you wish to use the spline in reverse you simply Invert the spline SEE ALSO Create Clip Splines User Manual Page 199 HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION A 2 6600 INTRODUCTION Much of the strength of EnSight derives from it s flexible and powerful part creation mechanism Since virtually every task you perform in EnSight will involve some form of part manipulation it is vital to understand these concepts In EnSight a part is a named collection of elements or cells and associated nodes The nodes may have zero or more variables such as pressure or stress currently defined at the node positions All components of a part share the same set of attributes Such as color or line width Parts are either built during the loading process based on your computational mesh and associated surfaces or created during an EnSight session Parts created during loading are called model parts Model parts can also be created during an EnSight session by performing a copy on other model parts or performing a load operation on the part All other parts are created during an EnSight session and are called crea
88. TR ae i E TANI i Wy 1 n U ip amp oOo 5 PPE Gk gt O BP search Folders 23 ce ie VA AA DY 2 lt E G AIT pA i DES zl Address Q and Settings rjfrank ensight90 extensions user_defined examples w gt co E Case 1 Folders x Name Size Type i 1 external flow field G Documents and Settings a hello_menu py 2KB Python File B Administrator FF hello_menu pyc 2KB Compiled P G All Users hello_tool py 2KB Python File Default User FP hello_tool pyc 2KB Compiled P ensight 4 hello_world png 23KB Portable Ne 4 LocalService Eoo 4KB Python File 2 B nayo part_menu pyc NetworkService a sphere_query png Command fox F Bac ay rE fc rifrank sphere_query py Execution Macros Python O assistant O designer Hello these parts are selected O enliten ami x hypersonic body ensight8 Model part specific hello ensight90 Part ami x hypersonic body B extensions 3 user_defined Edit O examples Hide O launch_configs sis meat Color By O palettes v lt a g Background gt Place Tool Clips Contour Isosurface Vector Arrows Hello menu All part menu Simple part tools gt O 72 72 C OS Model part menu part menu Clear log Log font Edit Python file New Python file F reset Trans Fit x 2 x v z views Undo T
89. User Manual Mouse and Keyboard Preferences Page 400 User Manual How To SAVE GUI SETTINGS 3 7 4 gt erT T INTRODUCTION The default size and position of the EnSight user interface windows was chosen to try to minimize window overlap When you move and resize windows EnSight saves this information such that the next time you start EnSight the layout should be the same as when you left it last ADVANCED USAGE If you want to get back to the default layout for the windows start EnSight with the no_ prefs start parameter SEE ALSO User Manual Page 401 How To DEFINE AND USE MACROS 2 0000 INTRODUCTION Advanced users of EnSight often find themselves performing repetitive tasks EnSight s macro facility lets you save a sequence of commands and then assign a keyboard key to those commands such that they are executed when the key is pressed Pressing a key assigned to a macro causes the associated command file to be read and executed Depending on how it is set up a macro can execute It s file in one of three ways 1 The command file is executed once for each key press This mode is useful for one time operations such as cut ting flipbook animation on off or saving an image 2 The command file repeatedly executes as long as the key is held down This is useful for operations that are con tinuous in nature such as rotating around the Y axis by 5 degrees 3 Multiple command file
90. Using to the appropriate type of input device you are using to record zoom transformations adjusting the Sensitivity as needed i e 0 lt slower lt 1 faster Set Rotate Using to the appropriate type of input device you are using to record rotation transformations adjusting the Sensitivity as needed i e 0 lt slower lt 1 faster User Manual User Defined Input Preferences User Manual How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight includes pop up menus invoked via the right mouse button The menus are specific to each object part annotation plot etc They are written as Python objects that are dynamically loaded when EnSight starts up Menus can implement any function that can be built on top of command language or Python Most menus use Python to query EnSight state and perform customized actions based on that state There is a formal mechanism through which EnSight users may add additional customized menus to the existing pop up menus with all of the same capabilities The mechanism opens up EnSight to specific customization to meet a particular site or individual user s needs BASIC OPERATION This section describes the default EnSight menu usage with no additional customization To use the capability included with EnSight simply right click on a part on some text or on the background as shown below By default the pop up menus are tied to the right mouse button s
91. When printed the pixels will be scaled to fit the page Since the printer resolution is higher 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 94 HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE i 5 a than the screen resolution each pixel must be printed larger than it appeared on the screen resulting in visible pixels and jagged edges To improve the quality of image PostScript output EnSight will print only 3D geometry as pixels the remaining objects annotation text color legends and plots will be output as move draw instructions and will overlay the image Options exist for the generation of EPS format Postscript as well as the embedding of a Window preview image for import into PC Windows applications ONLY see Other Notes below Element visibility can be used to reduce the number of primitives in the Postscript output The subdivision option can be used to subdivide geometry for smooth color and shading output Portrait or Landscape output orientation may be selected The page can be scaled by an arbitrary page scale factor Options for POVRAY Geometry Format There are no options for the POVRAY file format Options for Microsoft AVI Format Note AVI files are a Microsoft standard format for movies audio icons and other data types and are based on the RIFF core file format The options for this format are a little different for Unix and 32bit Windows For Unix and Windows 64 the only Compression options are MJPEG RAW and MPEG4
92. Z CLIPPING A e000 Each viewport maintains it s own independent Z clipping planes The operation described above will change the planes for the current viewport as set by clicking in the desired viewport in the Graphics Window clipping planes of the current viewport based on the Z extent of all objects currently Note that clicking the Reinitialize transforms icon on the Tools Icon Bar will reset the Z Gr a Fi g visible in that viewport sus Epaia et ee ee ee ee ENE EEEE A You can also reset by clicking the Graphics window transforms icon and clicking Reset to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog Then click the Reinitialize button OTHER NOTES EnSight uses your workstation s graphics hardware to implement Z clipping The same hardware is used for Z buffering determining which objects are visible based on Z depth values The Z buffer typically provides 24 bits of resolution EnSight attempts to make the best use of this limited resolution by setting the front and back clipping planes reasonably close together Ifthe planes are too far apart relative Z resolution is reduced and the hardware may not be able to accurately determine surface visibility If you see artifacts like this move the clipping planes closer together EnSight also provides an additional clipping plane the auxiliary clipping plane Unlike the Z clipping planes which are always perpendicular to your line of sight the auxiliary clipping
93. a Spline Over Distance Create edit Query plot a After selecting the part to query in the Parts list and clicking the Query Query lala Plot icon ms Query attributes 1 Select Sample as At spline over distance 77 gt denice amei aeniemrndstonee PRESSION 2 Select the variable to query along the spline 00 ae ee eae TEMPS_CPU 3 Select the spline to query 2 22 202 eee eee eee eee caer RESIDU LOG2 4 Optionally select the Distance option desired and the number of points along the spline TEE wee eee eee o SppDistance Arclength Samples 20 5 Click Create query a 4 sai 0 new_spined Spline location W Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query User Manual Page 307 How TO QUERY PLOT l Over Time Queries For transient dataset EnSight can query the variable values over a range of time at a particular node element or specific IJK coordinate for structured data or an arbitrary point You can also search the minimum or maximum of a variable over all nodes over a time range At Node Over Time After selecting the part to query in the Parts list and clicking the Query i Create edit Query plot Plot icon Query Plot Query attributes 1 Select Sample as At Node Over T
94. a number of file formats common in computational analysis In addition CEI has defined generic data formats in both ASCII and binary versions that can be used for both structured and unstructured data In many cases analysis codes output this data directly i e FLUENT STAR CD KIVA etc Reading data into Ensight can be accomplished with a simple interface if an association is known for the data EnSight 10 0 0 a format type and you wish to load all parts wie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Otherwise the more traditional method for loading data Ganniene gt into EnSight can be accomplished with the advanced gt Open A interface It provides more control over the reading of Print image data files and the part creation process The first step is Save i sis the selection of appropriate files The second step is the Export t er Show Color k loading of parts Both steps have many similarities Restore i regardless of the data format These basic steps are l Open recent data file described below Variations from the methods shown will Quit be described in Chapter 2 Reader Basics of the User Manual for the various formats Both of these methods are accessed under File gt Open Sent eeeeeeeee BASIC OPERATION Simple Interface The simple interface method of reading data into EnSight works for most formats and requires a file extension to
95. a particle trace in the local a flow field Scale Factor becomes Time and controls py Ese oie tee ea the duration stopping criteria for each trace Scale Factor DEFAULT ra Set to default WARNING This can take a great deal of time for Eee en large numbers of vector arrows and or long Time Type Rectiline ar Location Vertices k values DETE CZN 4 Select the desired arrow Location of the origin said cae a E Choices are k Node Arrows originate from each node of the parent part s Vertices Arrows originate only from those nodes that are also vertices of the parent part s Projection ANI oE i Element Center Arrows originate from the geometric center of all X 100 Y 100 gt Ws elements of the parent part s Arrow Tip E H JeeShape Cone 7 5 Select the desired filter type from the Filter Te pulldown R 1 00 G 0 00 ee Choices are Size Proportional x 2 0000e 001 os None No filtering all vector arrows appear Low Display only those arrows with magnitude above the Create with selected parts T value in the Low text field Delay update Apply Changes gt Hep Band Display only those arrows with magnitude below 7 Low and above High opposite of Low High s High Display only those arrows with magnitude below the 6 Select the desired tip shape An value in the High text field None No tip default a o Low High Display only those arrows with magnitude betw
96. a per viewport basis a Rotate i Translate E Zoom Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection l gt Transformation editor 1 Click the Graphics window transforms icon eo eee alee Resel then select Transformation editor wv 4 2 To perform precise transformations ina viewport click the desired viewport in the Which viewport s window and perform the transformation Transformation Editor Global trans SRE File Editor Function Help To select more than one viewport simultaneously hold down the control key and click on additional viewports Transform Action Note that this action will change the currently spac ele Pye Pie Pye selected viewport s nt Which viewportis Scale Settings Increment 1 000000 90 000000 User Manual Page 141 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A 2 6008 Reset Viewport Transformations The transformations for one or more viewports can be reset at any time in the Reset Tools and Viewport s dialog GH Rotate i Translate Fa Foom E Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection Transformation editor 1 Click the Graphics window transforms icon then select we Reset Reset 2 Select the viewport s on which the reset will act Reset Tools By Global 27 Space By Selected Viewport 3 Click on the appropriate button to perform the reset l Reset Line TESSE
97. a scalar variable defined as Speed Speed_of_sound AP where Speed_of_sound is computed from the ratio of specific heats ad A description of the function parameters appears SESE directly below the function list Predefined function parameters l l l Mach part s density total energy velocity ratio In the Predefined function parameters section m ree l l enter float value density you are presented with the required inputs to the SEE expression Select total energy For each required input you are presented with l the valid choices For example in the functionin Select velocity the figure at right density can be either a floating rato point value or it can be a scalar If you wish to enter float value specify a scalar you would click on the radio button and find the required scalar in the pulldown list which will only be showing you scalar variables If you wish to enter a floating point value you would enter it into the field that currently indicates enter float value by double clicking and overwriting it with the appropriate value Evaluate for selected parts 3 When all of the parameters have been set make sure you have the correct parts selected in the Parts list then click on the Evaluate for selected parts button User Manual Page 285 How TO CREATE NEW VARIABLES A 2 00e Calculator Tool Box Variable name Expr
98. action desired You can reset the selected action only all rotates translates Reset Quadric Select region and scales at once or do a complete reinitialization of the viewport Reset Yiewports Reset By Selected Reset Rotates Transform Only Translates Scale Reinitialize Close User Manual Page 142 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS H008 Setting Changing Viewport Part Bounds Part bounds can be displayed within a viewport This is useful for understanding the size of the model domain EnSight 10 0 0 a Edit Create Query Tools Window Case File E iiini pari PAS Fast display Li ip lw Shaded Ll Hidden line W Perspective D uxiiary clipping Mame Mur ic ase 1 Sd space Frame 1 Bgl Highlight selected parts C green arrow Axis triad visibilit t F blue arrow 3 L r 7 u C Bounds visibility 1 To turn on part bounds globally toggle the peamieraaee tr i Er Ni Bounds visibility under the View menu aaan eee aaan anaana n ENER J Legend H TextiLinefLoga W Camera visibility Fullscreen This will display the bounds around the parts in the viewports 2 To control the attributes of these bounds click the Selected viewport s part bounds QUrIDULCS ICON aerer o tee cee EEE EE E eemameetes ener E eee eee Which will open the Bounds attributes section of the Viewports Feature Panel see next page User Manual Page 143 How TO D
99. are always on top never hidden by geometry or occluded by geometry that Is closer 1 00 Ba a 1 00 mix gt Set the radius of all probe markers Create edit Probe Query Probe Create Display Style Display ID Display expansion factor 0 ss Will only expand if the picked part contains element labels Label 4 Visible Always On Top R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 a F Format Exponential Decimal places 5 Marker V Visible Size 1 0000 R 1 00 G 100 B 100 Farts 2s Mame Id jz Case l 1 3 putational mesh A Query show expand User Manual Page 302 How TO PROBE INTERACTIVELY A 2 00e OTHER NOTES Note that interactive query actions do not generate corresponding command language While doing queries and using the p key to pick a query location other picking options that use the p key are disabled such as Part Cursor Line Plane and LookAt Point Even though it is not shown in the dialogs above the Time variable is also available This time variable is the integration time for particle traces Thus it is only defined and useful when probing particle traces For other part types it will be undefined SEE ALSO How To Query Plot User Manual Interactive Probe Query User Manual Page 303 How TO QUERY PLOT INTRODUCTION EnSight can perform a number of different kinds of queries over time
100. are located in the doc Manuals directory of the EnSight installation CEIl HOME ensight100 doc Manuals Installation pdf CEIl_ HOME ensight100 doc Manuals GettingStarted pdf CEI_HOME ensight100 doc Manuals HowTo pdf CEIl_ HOME ensight100 doc Manuals UserManual pdf CEIl HOME ensight100 doc Manuals InterfaceManual pdf You can open these manuals in the pdf reader and print any or all pages or send them to an outside source for printing User Manual How TO ENSIGHT OVERVIEW ENSIGHT OVERVIEW EnSight is a powerful software package for the postprocessing visualization and animation of complex datasets Although EnSight is designed primarily for use with the results of computational analyses it can also be used for other types of data Please note that EnSight CFD is a separate product This document provides a very brief overview of EnSight Consult Chapter 1 in the User Manual for additional overview information This article is divided into the following sections Graphical User Interface Client Server Architecture EnSight s Parts Concept Online Documentation Graphical User Interface The graphical user interface GUI of EnSight contains the following major components Note This whole upper level of the GUI is referred to as the Desktop Quick Action Icon Bar eee eee eee Features and Actions relevant to the last sedea object Main Menu UU U Us Feature Icon Bar
101. available to EnSight Namely how will one need to specify the path to the data since the whole idea is that the number of servers may vary and Ensight will determine which casefiles go to which servers there are really only two possibilities for paths A There is a global path for all of the data And thus each server needs to know this global path which it will prepend to each casefile B Each casefile has its own path And each server needs to know the path for each User Manual How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES hm 260080 Available Section lines Comments MULTIPLE CASEFILES Required for all methods total number of cfiles n Used for method 1 and 2 cfiles global path global_ path Optional used for methods 1 and 2 cfiles partition 1 case Used for method 1 partition 2 case partition _n case cfiles pattern partition case Used for method 2 cfiles start number Used for method 2 cfiles increment Used for method 2 cfiles file filename Used for method 3 Example Method 1 Specify the number of and the actual files in the sos casefile A Using global path MULTIPLE CASEFILES total number of cfiles 3 cfiles global path home bjn data cfiles file1 case file _b case bruce case B Using path per casefile MULTIPLE _CASEFILES total number of cfiles 3 cfiles home bjn data1 file1 case nome bjn data2 file_b case home bjn data3 bruce case Method 2 Specify the number of th
102. bjn3 case bjn4 case bjn1 geo0000 bjn2 geo0000 bjn3 geo0000 bjn4 geo0000 bjn1 geo0001 bjn2 geo0001 bjn3 geo0001 bjn4 geo0001 bjn1 scalar0000 bjn2 scalar0000 bjn3 scalar0000 bjn4 scalar0000 bjn1 scalar0001 bjn2 scalar0001 bjn3 scalar0001 bjn4 scalar0001 bjn1 evector0000 bjn2 evector0000 bjn3 evector0000 bjn4 evector0000 bjn1 evector0001 bjn2 evector0001 bjn3 evector0001 bjn4 evector0001 Using Method 1 If they all reside in the same directory home bjn a method 1 SOS casefile that will use just 2 servers perhaps named bjn_4x2 sos should look like FORMAT type master_server gold MULTIPLE CASEFILES total number of cfiles 4 cfiles global path home bjn cfiles bjn1 case bjn2 case bjn3 case bjn4 case SERVERS number of servers 2 repeat i 2 O User Manual How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES machine id gun executable ensight100 server Using Method 2 If they all reside in the same directory nome bjn a method 2 SOS casefile that will use just 2 servers should look like FORMAT type master_server gold MULTIPLE _CASEFILES total number of cfiles 4 cfiles global path home bjn cfiles pattern bjn case cfiles start number 1 cfiles increment 1 SERVERS number of servers 2 repeat machine id gun executable ensight100 server Using Method 3 For this one lets change things and say that they reside in separate directories like Iscratch portion1 Iscratch portion2 Iscratch portion3
103. button and the icon bar will doc in the space provided d Ensight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CEyensight100 data gquard_rail crash case File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help BH PEA O Ma A a ROd Zs Oo Tg y AzA deo The blue rectangle indicates hN where the bar could be This bar is being dragged docked User Manual Page 397 How TO CUSTOMIZE ICON BARS AND PANELS ies gt 2 4 Ki 4 gt To move the panels amp EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CEensight100 data quard_ra 1 Right click on any icon bar or the header of any panel In the resulting pulldown the Lock dock widgets should be unchecked i e widgets are allowed to be gt e ar moved File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help pari UA g A AN Sh a eS i cy Customize Feature Toolbar Meee Display icon text ia gt Lock toolbars 2 The panels can be dragged by their header Click and Lock dock widgets drag the header and the panel will come out of the user interface and will follow the mouse as you move it 3 If you release the mouse button outside of the user interface EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CENensight100 data quard_rail crash cz the panel will be free floati ng Fedi estima View tanks Window Gareth w E e M A O A i a amp OR eee Bx a CEN MiCiCiem 3 As you drag the panel to the various docking locations in the
104. by x Constant x Constant Createfedit Parts Create Edit _ Advanced vr Creation attributes Type Animate Animation settings a z Emit From Interactive Emitters Show As Ribbon width gt Surface Restrict 3 12 3e 000 Direction Pick Surface Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes Note that in Advanced mode you have control over the various other attributes of the trace including variable offset display offset trace direction etc m2 e000 User Manual Page 220 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES A 2 66008 Interactive Particle Tracing lf a particle trace was created from one of the tool emitters Cursor Line or Plane and the trace is a streamline trace the emitter can be made interactive When interactive the tool that created the particle trace part can be moved with the mouse As the tool is moved new particle traces are automatically recalculated and redisplayed This option is not available for surface restricted Particle traces traces emitted from a Part in Server of Server mode or to Pathlines To trace interactively 1 Either create a particle trace part as described above based on a tool or double click an existing particle trace part to open the Parts Feature Panel and turndown the Creation attributes 2 Toggle on Interactive Emitter Creation attributes ee Se Type Streamline Animate Animation settings Emit Fr
105. change EnSight s menus How menus get loaded By default EnSight scans the Python files found in subdirectories of the site specific SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined directory and in the user specific extensions user defined subdirectory under the EnSight Defaults Directory The EnSight Defaults Directory varies per platform Linux ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools Mac Library Application Support EnSight100 extensions user_defined Tools Windows Vista Windows 7 C Users username ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools Windows XP HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools Specific details of this process are covered in How To EnSight extension mechanism When EnSight finds a Python file it calls a factory function specified in the file The factory function returns a list of objects that are registered with EnSight The objects can be user defined menus tools and GUIs based on the extension class they subclass from Whenever a pop up menu is invoked by the user normally though the right mouse button EnSight will filter the list of registered menu objects display them as a pop up menu and will invoke the run method when selected by the user In the next two sections we walk thought two simple examples of writing custom EnSight user defined menus Hello world menu Shown below is a simple example menu extension It can serve as a template fo
106. clients r isa lt Number baa Ton havadan is Kee i naman wa Guentine font characters to keep in memory at a given time default 500 Increasing this number will use more memory but may increase rendering speed if many different characters are in use CEI FONT NOSYSTEMFONTS Client Font Disable the loading of fonts from the system directories and use only the fonts provided by CEI CEI FONTPATH Client Font A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for ttf and ttc font ves ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT Specify family to be used for annotation defaults ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_ANNOT_STYLE Specify style to be used for annotation defaults ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_OUTLINE Specify family to be used for ID and axis defaults ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE SCALE Client Font Specify the relative scale for the outline font The value 100 0 is the default 200 0 is 2x larger 50 0 is 1 2 size ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_OUTLINE_STYLE Specify style to be used for ID and axis defaults ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL Specify family to be used instead of the symbol font ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_SYMBOL_STYLE Specify style to be used with the symbol font nn eel CVF_NO WM OVERRIDE Client Change the behavior of detached displays so that the OverrideRedirect attribute is not used on the Windows ENSIGHT PICK SCALE If gt 1 modifies the scaling of the GL viewport User Manual How TO USE ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES A 2
107. continuously as you move the mouse If Query is set to Node Element IJK or XYZ enter ID or values needed followed by Enter Create edit Probe Query 5 6 T If Query is set to Cursor move the cursor tool to desired location and press the p keyboard key while the mouse is in the graphics window Enter a value controlling the number of simultaneous probe markers displayed Once this number has been reached the oldest marker is replaced by each new marker If the selected variable is a vector variable you can specify which component or the magnitude of the variable is displayed In addition to having the results displayed on the model in the graphics window you can open a table that displays the results 8 When done change the Query to None to disable interactive probing User Manual Probe Create Display Style Which variables Density Energy Momentum Coordinates Time Show components Page 301 How TO PROBE INTERACTIVELY A 2608 Probe Display Attributes Probes are displayed as a marker Sphere and the query text label The appearance of the marker and label can be changed 1 Click the Display Style tab _ Probe Ee Display Style v Display ID lt Display expansion factor 0 a F Toggle visibility for the id label Node id element id etc sss Will only expand if
108. created easily by setting these values Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an XYZ clip at any time with the Mesh Slice pulldown Shortcut Right click on a part in the graphics window In the resulting pulldown choose Clip and in the further pulldown choose X Y or Z This then automatically creates an X Y or Z clip part with the default settings using the right clicked part as the parent part and location indicated by the right click User Manual Page 241 How To CREATE XYZ CLIPS ADVANCED USAGE Interactive XYZ Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse 1 Double click the desired XYZ clip G Create edit Parts part in the Parts list Create Edit 2 Change Interactive to Manual to enable sweeping Bese X dip 0 RE ses Creation attribut 3 If desired enter values for the Min rondo Step to override the nz aes Intersect Clip Parameters 4 Adjust the slider with the mouse ___ ma gt Min Max step 4 971 e 001 3 1069e 000 L8021e 001 Crinkly XYZ Clipping You can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a crinkly domain results in a part composed of all the elements that intersect the mesh slice value 1 Change the Domain to Crinkly Create edit Parts So Simple Advanced a Desc Clip_plane Y Creation attributes
109. current display parameters do not allow for stereo viewing Below are example instructions for various platform configurations which have been tested and confirmed to work with EnSight When in doubt refer to your system documentation for OpenGL as well as the X server Unix or video adapter device driver Windows Linux Professional graphics cards generally support stereo OpenGL under Linux Documentation is included with the drivers which may be downloaded from the card vendors web sites MS Windows Configuration of stereo under Microsoft Windows is dependent upon the graphics card driver which is installed Right click on the background and choose Properties to open to Display Properties dialog Look for a tab which such as OpenGL Properties or Advanced and search for a stereo option In many cases there is a toggle button for enabling stereo display You will usually need to restart the machine in order for changes to take effect If stereo still does not work try changing the display resolution as stereo may not be available at higher resolutions User Manual Page 163 How To PICK CENTER OF TRANSFORMATION A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows you to pick where you would like the center of transformation to be for the model BASIC OPERATION 1 Click the Pick button on the Tools Icon Bar E E ah on Pick part i i Pick cursor tool location 2 Toggle on Pick Center of Transformation
110. disk available to each server machine EnSight will distribute the data to the 3 servers defined IO will not necessarily be great since each server will be reading from the same file but execution will be enhanced by the partitioning We will use the same machines used in the previous examples FORMAT type master_server gold auto_ distribute on do_ ghosts on buffer_ size 10000 want_ metric on SERVERS number of servers 3 S5erver 1 machine id joe executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case Server 2 machine id sally executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case 5erver 3 machine id bill executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case Special Case If using auto_ distribute and thus each server will be accessing the same data files and the servers will all be run on the same machine then one can add the word repeat to the end of the number of servers num line and then only define one set of Server info For example FORMAT type master_server gold auto distribute on SERVERS number of servers 3 repeat Server 1 machine id joe executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case Structured Auto Distribute Note If using structured auto distribute the default decomposition scheme is to do so in the i j or k direction that has the largest
111. do not work with multiple cases ie Wb oP User Manual Page 289 How TO EXTRACT BOUNDARY LAYER VARIABLES Q 00e SEE ALSO How To Create New Variables User Manual Boundary Layer Variables User Manual Page 290 How To EDIT COLOR PALETTES 2 6608 INTRODUCTION All scalar and vector variables have an associated color palette that defines the mapping from variable values to colors These palettes can be easily edited to customize the mapping Color palettes can also be saved to disk and restored during a subsequent session BASIC OPERATION The default color palette created for each variable has five Levels with the minimum and maximum set to the range of the variable at the time step selected when the variable was activated The color ramp is a standard spectrum with the five Levels set to from min to max blue cyan green yellow and red Active scalars and vectors have color palettes A scalar has a single palette while vectors have 4 palettes one for magnitude and one for each component An active variable has a solid color in the Variables List Panel while an inactive variable not yet read by EnSight is grayed out To activate an inactive variable you can right click on the item in the list and Activate it flame Min Max T Name Show Color E Variables Pens Text 5 se Lines a n 0 000000 0 470262 0 2397 Logos Legends Coordinates Time ee Momentum ia Coordinat
112. down arrows 4 Change the selected color by either entering new values in the RGB fields and pressing return or clicking the Mix Color button to open the Color Selector dialog hahaa m Riom 6 oo 5 You can also change the relative vertical if Pasition 0 00 3 position of a level by either clicking on the level number with the left mouse button and Image file dragging up or down OR by entering a new value in the Position field and pressing PO select return o oo ooo cece cece eee cece eee e teense 6 Click Refresh viewport if needed AE fer w Inherit The selected viewports inherit the background type and color from the default viewport To set an Create edit Viewports x inherited background OA Background attributes 1 Select Inherit from the Type pull down F Type 2 Click Refresh Viewport if needed Image The image specified will be used as the background for the selected viewports To set an image Create edit Viewports background A Background attributes 1 Select Image from the Type pull down ieee Type Image 2 Enter the filename for the background image lt to use or click the Select button and navigate to Its cence neinn soso rien Note that the image must be a format that is recognized but most common image formats are 2 Click Refresh Viewport if needed
113. editor to Plane mode by Editor Function gt Tools gt Plane e Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 Cartesian Coordinates of Plane Tool in Frame 0 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the origin the components of the normal vector and the x and y size and press return Xoi Y Z _ OR _ Origin 3 0000e 000 y 1 6991e 001 1L 0000e 000 i Normal 3 7084e 002 1 0000e 000 1 6991e 001 3 Enter the id of three nodes and press H a t rn X Size 2 5000e 000 Y 5ize 2 5000e 000 EES TS Plane by 3 node IDs OR D1 12 D3 3 Enter the plane equation parameters Ax ee ES miai on By Cz D and press return Plane Equation x ra 7 R 7 0 037084 i 1 000000 0 169910 3 Enter the desired coordinates forthree OR aes corner points into the X Y and Z fields and press r eturn Plane Corner Points x Z i 1 7900e 000 3 42046 001 2 27726 000 LLL LLL LL 2 4 2871e 000 4 19135e 001 2 1858e 000 3 4 2100e 000 2 22598 0053 2 7718e 001 l G rD You can also rotate translate or scale the Plane by selecting the desired transform action setting the desired axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Plane since the X Y Z numeric values always update to
114. enter RGB values in the fields Relative to viewport Entire view area or click More to open the Color a a Selector dialog EEE Origin by Screen coordinates To change location Coase eT x 9750 Y 0 250 set the Origin by to Screen coordinates or 3D coordinates You can drag the endpoints specified by 3D origin ref frame 0 screen coordinates in the graphics window You can also specify the X Y and Z if 3D coordinates by typing into l the fields S L Relative to viewport Entire view area To change line width Click the Width Pulldown and select the desired line width To change Arrowhead status Click the Arrows Pulldown and select the desired state To laheltha line e ss eseeesceears cee specify Text Annotation from the pulldown to align it with line annotation To delete a line Select the item in the list and right click to Delete SEE ALSO User Manual Line Annotation User Manual Page 376 How To CREATE 2D SHAPES A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display 2D shapes arrow rectangle and circle in present release These 2D shapes overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION amp EnSight 10 0 0 a File Create Edit Eam View Tools Wir 1 Click the Annotation feature icon 2 Click 2D Shap
115. except if a python startup file is specified via qtguipy in which case that filename becomes sys argv 0 Note pyargv will swallow arguments up to the end of the argument list or endpyargv whichever comes first rsh lt cmd gt Remote shell program to use for automatic connection passed on to server or sos security Forces a handshake between the client and server using the provided or a random number Set up to connect to the Server of Servers ensight100 sos instead of normal server soshostname lt host gt Host name to force server s to use to connect to Server of Servers Force the license manager to look for a standard token timeout lt gt Number of seconds to wait for server connection default 60 infinite 1 token_try_again lt gt If can t obtain a license token try again in minutes where Is a float value If neither token_wait_for nor token_wait_until is specified will try for 1 hour If can t obtain a license token try again for minutes where is a float value If token_try_again is not specified sets token_try_again to 10 Supersedes token_wait_until token_wait_until If can t obtain a license token try again until the time is hour minute If token_try_again is not specified sets token_try_again to 10 Output verbosity 0 to 10 Prints out EnSight s version number Does not start EnSight Section 2 EnSight Client GUI Options E lt extension_name gt Call a method on a r
116. extensions at startup They specify the name of the function to call when this file is loaded That factory function is responsible for creating instances of the tool objects and returning them to EnSight This comment block is required to identify the file for loading at startup by EnSight The function named by FACTORY in this case ctor is called by EnSight on startup Note the file is loaded as a module in EnSight and the path to this file is added to sys path OEE it ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN FACTORY ctor ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END Import the parent class for all user defined tools and the generic dialog from cei qtgenericdlg import from cngignt cCore tool extension Import tool extension it t Define a tool Glass a subclass of the Tool extension class it Class hello tooltool extension it Construct the menu and set up common information it def nit ecli perecnt None z Cool extention 2h _ 56Lf nello ool rile plU self setText Hello world tool self setDesc Say hello to the world from a tool self setTooltip Say hello to the world from a tool i 4 Pow User Manual Page 426 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A 2 66008 if parent parent addChild self We have a PNG icon in the same directory as this file dir O8 pauhsGitneme tale Sel7 96CUClCOn OS Dati O1n air nelle world pug Method that is called when
117. from the Load Type pulldown Load settings Load Type Mc ade s shapes Load 45 4 Enter the desired number of Flipbook pages to create y Number of Pages to Create 5 Click Load cccccccccccececee Neco foe 6 Once loading is complete it will automatically start running The first page of the animation shows the full displacement as it is shown in the Graphics Window without the Flipbook while the last page shows full displacement in the opposite direction Intermediate pages show displacements as driven by the cosine function Note that you can create copies or extracts of parts and simultaneously display them with different mode shape variables or to show the initial static state along with the mode shape animation SEE ALSO see How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information on Flipbooks User Manual Flipbook Animation 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 262 How To DISPLAY DISCRETE OR EXPERIMENTAL DATA f T 5 iy z INTRODUCTION In addition to meshed data consisting of nodes and elements EnSight also supports discrete or measured data A measured dataset consists of a series of arbitrary points in space with no connectivity Measured data can have associated variable data and can vary over time Examples of measured data include fuel sprays multi phase flows and experimental data Measured data cannot be loaded by itself you
118. full screen image Annotation The smallest annotation text that can be clearly read on video has a font size of 40 For title sequences use a size of about 65 If you display parts colored by variables you should always include the applicable color legend so viewers understand what the coloration represents For color legends it is often sufficient to display just one value at the top the maximum and one at the bottom the minimum in addition to the name of the variable In fact sometimes just using High and Low are sufficient if only the relative magnitudes of the variable are important User Manual Page 367 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION A 2 66008 Screen Space The region of a video display that is safe for viewing is typically smaller than your animation display window You should plan your scenes such that objects of interest especially annotation entities do not come too close to the edge If you keep these objects within the range in EnSight viewport coordinates 06 to 94 for X width and 05 to 95 for Y height you should be safe Introductory Sequence Your animation should begin with some title slides explaining the problem domain to your viewers Try not to put too many words on any one slide and display each one for at least four seconds Next before displaying your results provide a sequence that introduces viewers to your model This sequence should be long enough and co
119. globals inc reu debug n debug W DKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKK end camera ifdef camera location location camera location else Location lt 0 0 0o77 J47 end ifdef camera look at look at camera look at else look at x U 0 0 gt end ifdef camera angle angle camera angle else angle 28 000000 end tigt SOULCEe ifdef light location LOM Location else lt 14334 10667 6 78331 gt end ifdef light color Color Light Color else color red 1 green 1 blue 1 end ifndef Part 1 material declare Part 1 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 1 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 gt Tanish 4 ambient 0 300000 diffuse 1 0 specular 0 300000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value tet lection reflect Value else reflection el end end ifndef Part 2 material declare Part 2 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 1 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 gt ELAS ambient 0 300000 diffuse 1 0 specular 0 300000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value reflection reflect Value i Wh OP User Manual Page 114 How TO OUTPUT FOR POVRAY telse reflection 1 end end filename pov A text file that has a statement including filename inc to define camera lightsource and Part properties The remainder of the file contains coordinates and connectivity defining the surface of the Ensight
120. h Beg End time 3 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to pume of FI sone lee gt time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT w gt v Auto Plot queries Plot thisquery si 4 Cl ick C re ate q uery a C Limited redraw Show text Save query ae as RUE ear Beeraete aeianags SSS Update Query Help By Scalar Value This query you select two variables the first will be plotted on the y axis rie and the second is plotted on the x axis Further you specify another variable can be the same as one of the two previous variables and a value The x and y variables will be extracted for all nodes elements that match the value indicated It s best to view the results as a scatter plot Variable 1 PRESSION VITESSE After selecting the part in the Parts list to query and clicking the Query Plot j ICON DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOG 1 Select Sample as By Scalar Value 2 22 22eeeeee he F 2 Select the two variables you wish to form the query from 27 ppa n ae Value 35 3 Select the desired scalar variable and value pee ee 4 C I i c k c C rea te q ue ry 55 v Auto Plot queries Flot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Update Query Help Scatter Query Example A scatter query is a query of
121. i 2 O User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A 2608 Note that the casefile line must appear before the other lines for that server when using resources 2 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEITResourceFile 1 0 DOS Bst DOr SERVER host dronel host drone2 host drone3 host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line SnSsignelOD res my hosts res Sos The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight100 sos will run on computer borg 3 In the File gt Open dialog the SOS Case file big data sos is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start two EnSight Servers on computers dronel and drone2 Only two servers are used since two casefile lines occur in the SOS Case file The number of servers 2 line is ignored as are the machine id lines Each of the servers will read half of the data set due to the line auto distribute on in big_data sos Another SOS Case File Example 1 The file SOS case file big data sos is modified Two lines are added to the FORMAT section use resources on and auto distribute on The number of servers line is modified One server subsection Is specified FORMAT type master server LS DYNA3D Wee Lesolces on auto Gisteribuve On SERVERS number of servers 4 repeat Server 1 PONPON ee ee casefile d
122. ia disable hidden line mode Unhidden Hidden Note that enabling shaded mode for a part has no effect unless the global shading toggle is also enabled on the Tools Icon Bar or under the View menu The same is true for hidden line unless the global hidden line toggle is enabled the part will be drawn without hidden lines 2 4 Hon User Manual Page 121 How To SET DRAWING MODE h 4 gt 5 T 7 ADVANCED USAGE Drawing modes can also be set on a per viewport basis As with per part settings these toggles require that the corresponding global toggle is also set to have any effect viewports A x Mame Show Main viewport 3 3 viewport 1 x Create edit Viewports 1 Double click or right click gt Edit the desired viewport in Viewport list panel Background attributes This will open the Viewport Feature Panel Type Mix color Constant R Blended of levels 3 Edit level 1 B R G B ie g Position 0 00 Image file Refresh viewport H Border attributes H Bounds attributes amp Lighting attributes 2 Open the Viewport Attributes turndown if Location attributes it isn t already open Y View attributes 3 Click the Shaded button to disable View Dimension 3D shading in the current viewport PEE 4 Click the Hidden Line button to disable Shaded hidden line in the current viewport ee
123. if you had done cfiles home bjn data1 file1 case nome bjn data2 file_b case home bjn data3 bruce case APPENDED_CASEFILES Variation If you desire to use all casefiles on one server you can obviously do so with the above option by using the SOS with one server However there is a variation on this option that can be used without using the SOS It can be used with a client and server alone It is very similar to the MULTIPLE _CASEFILES option in an SOS casefile except that it is placed in the first regular casefile of the series the one that you will read It uses APPENDED CASEFILES as the section header and lists just the additional casefiles not the one that this is placed in So instead of using the SOS with an SOS casefile like FORMAT type master_server gold MULTIPLE CASEFILES total number of cfiles 4 cfiles global path home bjn cfiles bjn1 case bjn2 case bjn3 case bjn4 case SERVERS number of servers 1 machine id gun executable ensight100 server You could place the following in bjn1 case FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model bjni geo VARIABLE scalar per node scalar bjn1 scl APPENDED_CASEFILES total number of cfiles 3 cfiles global path home bjn cfiles bjn2 case bjn3 case bjn4 case Note that all current limitations for the MULTIPLE_CASEFILES option which were enumerated above also apply to the APPENDED_CASEFILES option The two options cannot be used in combination It is an either
124. information on Cases see How To Load Multiple Datasets Cases i Wh OP User Manual Page 14 How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER Other Auto connection requirements The auto connect mechanism requires that certain conditions exist in your computing environment for auto connections to work when running the EnSight server or SOS process on a different computer Specifically EnSight depends on a correctly working ssh command that doesn t require passwords The notes below assume using the default ssh command Alternatively EnSight can use a replacement command for ssh as long as that replacement command follows ssh syntax or rsh syntax i e rsh l username hostname command Should you wish to use an alternative command for ssh you may specify this command in the Job Launch Configuration Setting dialog or on the EnSight command line with the rsh alternative _ command_name command line option where alternative _ command_name is the replacement command Typically one of these mechanisms is used in computing environments that use either ssh or korsh On Unix Systems 1 You have a cshrc file even if you are running some other command shell such as bin sh in your home directory on the EnSight server host that contains valid settings for CEI HOME and that your path variable includes the bin directory of CEI HOME For example if your EnSight distribution is installed in usr local CEI an
125. integral BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part 2 Click the Clip icon ft 3 Select Spline from the Tool pull down 4 Select the desired Spline to create a Spline see How To Use the Spline Tool Create edit Parts i g Clips Create Edit M Advanced Desc Y Creation attributes Apply tool change Tool Domain Intersect Clip Parameters Spline Fofpoints 20 5 Set the number of evenly spaced points on the line Animation Delta X Y ra 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 6 Create using selected parts Create with selected parts Delay update Apply Changes Note To adjust the clip you can grab the spline knot points and adjust The clip will update OTHER NOTES It is sometimes useful to display just the nodes of a spline clip Using the Feature Panel you can change the display such that only nodes not lines are displayed The nodes can be shown as dots crosses or spheres If displayed as crosses or spheres the size radius can be constant or scaled by the value of a variable See How to Set Attributes for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Spline Tool How to Create Profile Plots How to Query Plot Other clips How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips User Manual Clip Parts User Manua
126. is Discrete 2 eee ee Pee ee eee eee ee Recording an Animation of your data Player Solution Time You can stream data from disk by using the VCR type controls Namely hit the Play button _ __ Beg 0 While this is occurring you can click the l Record current graphics window animation variables Annotations Plots Queries viewports Frames ICON EEE o eee ee in guardrail 1666 client 1668 server elements Note This is similar to a flipbook animation loaded as images but does not require additional workstation memory Thus it is a simple way to record an animation of your transient data This recording process is explained in How To Print Save an Image User Manual Page 266 How TO CHANGE TIME STEPS A 2608 ADVANCED USAGE EnSight allows geometry and variables to behave in a transient manner on different timelines i e a variable called Temperature can be defined at t 0 3 and 6 while a variable called Pressure can be defined at t 0 2 and 5 5 The Timeset Details button will bring up the Timeset Details dialog which allows the user to view the various timelines as well as specify how the variables will behave when they are not defined The EnSight case file defines the timesets name and associated time values and associates a timeset with each of the variables and geometry By default the Solution Time player will show a composite of all of the
127. is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Revolution tool in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes to manipulate the tool Note that the Revolution tool will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer User Manual Page 191 How To USE SURFACE OF REVOLUTION TOOL A 2608 To set the Revolution tool by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by be 3 clicking Tool location editor from the a F E gt pa Tool Locations settings ICON 52 re J Tool location editor 2 If the dialog is not set to Revolution Tool a Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Revolution Transformation Editor Revolution tool l o File Editor function Help The dialog displays the profile curve as a series Of connected line segments with stars L positioned at the curve points You can edit the curve by clicking and dragging the points or by manually entering distance radius pairs You About Axis X Fd All can also add or delete points As you make j 2 changes the tool in the graphics window z gt 3 updates interactively Which Frame _ Scale Settings Coord frame 0 To edit points with the mouse Increment 1 000000 1 Click on the point and drag to the desired Li
128. it Import the parent class for all user defined menus and the ensight module import ensight from ensight core menu extension import menu extension it t Define a menu class a subclass of the menu extension class Class hello menu menu extension Construct the menu with reasonable defaults it det nic Delf neue paren vex lLOoOlLi pe de CST CON None menu extension init self names tile p10 if parent parent addChild self if icon self setIcon icon self setText text self setDesc text self setTooltip text Method that is called when the menu is selected def run self it 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 419 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A 2 00e Do whatever operation this menu should do replace with your own code print Hello these parts are selected EO Dart tm ens giu query Parts Clienec 1 print part s Construct a list of menu objects to be added to the global list of user defined menus def ctor parent list Create the actual menu object giving it a unique name an onscreen name and a text description i p Hello menu hello menu parent Hello menu Menu description list append p return list Context sensitive Hierarchial Menus Shown below is a more complex menu example Again it can be installed in the same manner as described above and the resulting menus are illustrated in the following image r
129. level ACFE delta 6 level ACF D_ simple palette bobs rainbow carnation red white DEM screen earth EnsightColorDet Fa5TDeFaultPalette grayscale grayscale_banded grayscale inverted hot_ metal lava WAVES Magma morning glory blue tan peanutbutter and jelly Ps rainbow banded reverse_rainbow J saturn pastelyellow bo purple 7 StarCDpalette14 StarCDpalettelSBand StarCDpaletbealke0 7 StarCDpaletteslt20Bart Undo restore OTHER NOTES SEE ALSO EnSight includes a number of predefined palettes available for loading _ 18 Choose a palette 19 Click restore to load it lf the new number of levels do not match the current number of levels a dialog will pop up to ask whether you want the new number of levels or the current How To Create Color Legends How To Create New Variables How To Create Contours User Manual Variable Summary amp Palette User Manual Page 294 How To USE VOLUME RENDERING 2 6eee INTRODUCTION Most of the visualization techniques in EnSight use points lines and surfaces to represent data requiring volumetric data to be subsampled in some way Volume rendering is a visualization technique that allows the user to view an entire volume of data at once without having to slice the data in any way The process involves finding all cells that overlap each pixel and accumulating a color for that pixel from the color and transparency of each cell Volumes can be cons
130. load into the new server and what optional settings to use as the case is created One of the helpful uses of the replace case option is to load a new dataset into EnSight without re starting the client You can of course also delete cases you no longer need User Manual How To LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES A e000 BASIC OPERATION Once an existing case has been loaded in the normal manner further case operations can be accessed through File gt Open EnSight 10 0 0 a Edit Create Query Command Print image Save Export i Restore Open recent data file Quit or through Case gt Add Replace Delete EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query See Help Odd Replace viewport visibilitw Mame Number Show Color Connection details Case 1 Job launch settings Computational mesh 1 x C Case Add a Case To add a case to a running EnSight session Do File gt Open or Case gt Add 1 Select Keep currently loaded data This will add rather than replace the Keep currently loaded data case ES O EE O 7 Replace currently loaded data 2 If desired enter a name for the case other than the default Case name The name will be displayed in the Case Server launch configuration menu 3 Set other optional settings Optional Settings l o 3 gt _ Create new viewport for this case Select Server launch con
131. manual mode and then click on the flipbook icon click on the more detail icon choose Load Type Create Data then click on the Start button move the isosurface then click on the stop button and choose your number of pages and click Load Creating Multiple Offset lsosurfaces You can have EnSight create multiple isosurfaces at a specified delta value The results is a group of isosurfaces 1 Select the parent part Create edit Parts i ep Isosurfaces Create Edit Advanced 2 Click the Isosurface Feature icon Desc 3 Select the variable to use PEETI a 4 Select an appropriate isovalue S Creation attributes the default will be a mid range value So Set To Mid Range of surfaces y Delta 1 0000e 000 5 Set the number of surfaces and the E r emerson Ee vane delta between them _ TE Ta Jee Interaction type LOF l 0000 i Min Max Step 6 Click Create with selected parts Isovolume Creation An isovolume is a volume whose constituents e g nodes and elements are constrained to a constant interval range in a scalar field In EnSight you can constrain the isovolume to ranges less than an interval minimum greater than an i le O A oD User Manual Page 213 How TO CREATE ISOSURFACES A e000 interval maximum or between the interval minimum and maximum Create edit Parts 1 In the Ilsosurface Feature Panel toggle on W Isosurface Create Edit Pen
132. maximum displacement vector field value This article covers only the Create Data type of flipbook See How To Animate Transient Data for details on transient flipbooks See How To Display Displacements for details on mode shape flipbooks For more sophisticated animations use EnSight s keyframe animation capability BASIC OPERATION For each page of the flipbook a delta value will be applied to all active clip parts and isosurfaces For clips the delta represents a translation vector for isosurfaces it is an increment to the isovalue There are two ways to specify these delta values either through interactive manipulation or via the applicable Feature Panel for the part The former method is discussed below the latter in the Other Notes section at the end Prior to loading the flipbook you should create all parts that you wish to animate clips and or isosurfaces and manipulate the part so that it is in the desired location for the start of the flipbook To load the flipbook 1 Click the Flipbook Animation icon e E E A Which will open the Flipbook Animation Feature Panel EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA TVCENEN6E81 1 data cube cube case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Wy iydow Case Help Mame Id Shor Color Color by F GASE re Computational mesh 1 x C Constant Isosurface part 2 x C Constant User Manual Page 357 How TO CREATE A FLIPBOOK ANIMATION 2 0000 Create edit
133. more easily select and manipulate them The splines are defined as piece wise cubic The spline is thus always guaranteed to pass through the control points which you define The definition of the control points can come from a part such as a particle trace perhaps be picked in the graphics window be input via x y z coordinates or from the position of the cursor tool BASIC OPERATION There are several ways to define a spline and it s control points To create a spline via picking on surfaces 1 Click the Pick button on the Tools Icon Bar z 2 Com 2 Select Pick spline control point from the l v Pick part pop up menu and select the required option Pick cursor tool location l l Pick line tool location 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on a part near a desired location and EN press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard A spline control point marker will appear where you pressed the p key if you chose Using surface pick or at the center of the part if you chose At center of picked part If more than one control point has been created you will also see the spline being constructed Pick plane tool location Pick spline control point Using surface pick Pick center of transform At center of nice part Pick elementis to blank Pick look at point User Manual Page 19
134. must also specify a regular geometric mesh BASIC OPERATION Measured data is read into EnSight naturally via the casefile for EnSight6 and Ensight Gold formats or can be read with other mesh formats via the Format options tab in the Open dialog as shown below 1 Select File gt Open to open the dialog for data file selection Ek 2 Find the directory containing the data see How To Read Data for MOE information on File type All Files AIFS e o l v Be BEE using File Selection particle mgeo0 6 particle mgeo0 7 particle mgeo0 s particle mgeo0 9 particle mgeo030 particle mgeo031 particle mgeo03s particle mgeo033 particle mgeots4 particle mgeo035 particle mgeo036 particle mgeo015 particle mgeo016 particle mgeo01 7 particle mgeo01s particle mgeo019 particle mgeoo2o particle mgeot 1 particle mgeolz particle mgeo0 3 particle mgeol 4 particle mgeo0 5 particle mqec004 particle mqec00S particle mqec006 nsstlow gea particle mqec00 nsstlow mres particle mqec008 _ E E a E nsstlow res particle mqec009 E E E L E README n s nas emitter nasflowg mres particle mgeoi particle mqec000 particle mgeo i 1 particle mqec001 particle mgeoli z particle mqecl0 particle mqeo01 3 particle mqec00s particle mgeo i 4 3 Click Advanced interface PPe eee 4 In the Data tab select
135. name command line option the chres file name command line option and 10 the res file name command line option OMONOARWN gt If multiple resources are specified to the client then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section The ENSIGHT10 RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the client reads ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS and ENSIGHT10 RENDERER HOSTS specify quoted strings of space delimited host names e g hostl host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight servers and distributed renderers respectively The host names are used in the order they occur A host name may occur multiple times If either the use lsf for servers or use lsf for renderers command line options are specified then the client will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU_ HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such as host1l 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion If either of the use pbs for servers or use pbs for renderers command line options are specified then the client will evaluate the environment variable PBS NODEFILE for the resources The environment variable specifies a filename in which the file contains list of line delimited host names that were a
136. nature of the model However if the original model had changing geometry or if variables have been activated the number of geometry variable files saved will be according to the rigid body timeset This timeset often has many more steps than the original time sets so be wise about the number of steps you write It is often important to use the Step by option to control this 3 Because of the things mentioned in 1 and 2 above if you want to use the save geometric entities option in EnSight to translate a rigid body model from a different format into the EnSight format you may want to consider the follow ing process First read in the model without the rigid body transformations activate the desired variables and save the model Second read in the model with the rigid body transformations do not activate any variables and save the model with a different name Edit the Casefile of the first model to use the model and rigid body lines of the second casefile instead of the first casefile SEE ALSO User Manual Saving Geometric Entities Readme file is CEl_ HOME ensight100 src writers README txt User Manual Page 105 How TO SAVE RESTORE CONTEXT A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight context files can be used to duplicate the current EnSight state with the same or a different but similar dataset The context file works best if the dataset it is being applied to contains the same variable names and parts but can
137. node 1 perpendicular to the screen When another instance is created node 2 matches with 6 and node 3 matches with 7 When instances are added to a part it is desirable to eliminate these duplicate nodes Without a match file EnSight will attempt to find and remove them using a hashing scheme This method works quite well but may not find all duplicates Remaining duplicates are usually noticed when the part is in feature angle representation since EnSight treats elements with duplicate nodes as separate even if they are coincident Note that if you have a periodic match file you do not need to specify the rotation axis and angle in the Frame Computational Symmetry Attributes dialog the value is provided in the file A user supplied matching file can be used to quickly find and remove all duplicates The match file is a simple ASCII text file The file for the example above would be the text in italics is not part of the file rotate Z specifies rotational symmetry and the applicable axis 52 34 the angle of rotation in degrees 3 the number of node pairs to follow 11 first node pair 26 second node pair 37 see Periodic Match File for more information on periodic match files SEE ALSO How To Create and Manipulate Frames User Manual Page 343 How TO MAP TEXTURES A e000 INTRODUCTION Texture mapping is a mechanism for placing an image on a surface or modulating the colors of a surface by various
138. not enabled by default no_stencil_buff Assumes there is not a working stencil buffer some Windows video cards double_buffer Use double buffering for the graphics window defaul Do not use double bufeing gt gt Sets the default parallel rendering sorting method to be the sort first method Sets the default parallel rendering sorting method to be the sort last method Dont map the detached display on startup Specifies the maximum number of vertices between begin end pairs in a OpenGL display list object This option is useful for certain graphics cards most modern Nvidia based when dealing with large display objects it will usually impact the performance of creating the display list objects Every graphics card driver will be optimal at a different vcount value so testing is necessary to achieve maximum performance X Starts the X version of EnSight uses Mesa OpenGL instead of native OpenGL bypassing the hardware graphics card This is the same as glsw sla lalale e 3 4 4 2 AEE 4 e 2 a Section 6 Resource Options Collab hub resource filename Resource filename SOS resource filename use _Isf for renderers Evaluate environmental variable LSB MCPU HOSTS for renderer resources See Client Resources in How To Use Resource Management use_Isf for servers Evaluate environmental variable LSB MCPU HOSTS for server resources See Client Resources in How To Use Resource Management use pbs for renderers Evalu
139. olort machine id executable ensight100 server directory tmp Login 1d data path tmp 2 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEITResourceFile 1 0 DOS host borg SERVER host dronel host drone2 host drone3 host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A 2608 ensronclo0 res My nostres sos The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight100 sos will run on computer borg 3 In the File gt Open dialog the SOS Case file big data sos is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers dronel drone2 drone3 and dronel Since the number of servers line has the word repeat the servers specified in the SERVERS resource is used to determine the number of servers used and their host names All server subsections after the first in big data sos are ignored due to number of servers 4 repeat Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader A PRDIST Example 1 The following resource file my hosts res is created CETResourceFile 1 0 SOs nosti DOG SERVERS host dronel nost drone host drone3 host dronel COLLABHUB nosti Curly RENDERER prologue
140. on a given server so it is possible to run the model on fewer servers than the number of partitioned datasets And the number of those fewer servers is easily changed See How To Load Spatially Decomposed Case Files Included in the EnSight distribution is an unsupported utility that will take most EnSight Gold binary unstructured datasets and partition it externally for you The source for this utility called chopper can be found in the SCEI HOME ensight100 unsupported partitioner directory You should place each partitioned portion of the model on the machine that will compute that portion On the machine where the EnSight SOS will be run you will need to place the sos casefile Partitioning done by a reader This method requires that the reader be based on our 2 0 User defined reader API which is server aware and that it does its own determination of what data goes to each server Some multiblock formats for example can easily distribute certain blocks to certain servers And they can do so based on the number of servers that are being used at the time There is still the requirement that each server be informed of the same number of total parts But the reader can return different portions of a given part based on which server is querying And yes a given part can be empty for some servers This type of partitioning reader has the advantage of being adaptable to the number of servers used It does require the developme
141. one variable aT against another Query Plot F Query attributes Desc Everything is done likea regular query Sample At line tool over distance n variable 1 PRESSION except you select another variable in the ESS Variable 2 field instead of leaving it as PAS_DE_TEMPS TEMPS_CPU None rrr ree eee DIVERGENCE TERRE ta Sat at oo RESIDU_LOGI NOT ate RESIDU LOG2 Distance Arc length Samples 20 Tool location W Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Update Query Help User Manual Page 310 How TO QUERY PLOT By Operating on Existing Queries You can perform a scaling of an existing query or a scaling and algebraic addition of two queries or an integration or differentiation of a query 1 Select Sample as By Operating On Existing Queries amp Create edit Query plot 2 Select the operation Eo Query piot Combine Scale Integrate or Differentiate _ 7 4l Y Query attributes T Dese For Combine Scale shown et _ Sample By operating on existing queries 3 Select the Query Item and the set the Scale Factor if you wane Operation Combine Scale to scale a single query or Select both Query Items and set Sere 0000 000 Query item PRESSION vs Distance for line tool Added with Scale factor 1 0000e 000 bo
142. options Specify starting step Starting time step 0 Use the Following constants to scale time in the server Tnew 1 0 Torig 0 0 J 0 0 Load all parts Cancel Select parks bo load Help 10 Click Select parts to load ee ee ee ee eee If you want to pick and choose which parts get loaded or click Load all parts If you want to have all parts loaded The parts in the model will now appear in the Parts list in EnSight If you did a Load all parts the parts will be loaded and active and will also be visible in the Graphics window a enSignt 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Beg 0 Cur 4 End 4 Farts of x Mame Number Show Color A i Case 1 Mat ID 1 1 x C Mat ID 2 2 x Mak ID 3 3 x Mak ID 4 4 x C Mak ID 5 5 x C Mat ID 7 6 x E Mak ID amp Fi x C Mat ID 3 g x Mak ID 10 J x C Mat ID 11 10 x CJ Mat ID 12 11 x C Mat ID 13 lz x C Mat ID 14 13 x Mak ID 15 14 x z Mat ID 16 15 x C Mat ID 17 16 x C Mat ID 18 17 x CJ Mat I 19 16 x Mak ID 20 19 x Mat ID 21 z0 x C Mat ID 22 cal x C Mat ID 23 ee x C Mak ID 24 oo x C Mat ID 25 ot x Ea Mat ID 28 25 x a 3 lt gt Variables a x Name MiniMax Location A El D 0000 User Manual HOW TO READ DATA m 2 eee If you instead clicked Select parts to load the parts will show up in the Parts list but are in a not loaded state
143. or areal close the command dialog and answer Yes to the Command Files save Changes query message Add menu Remove Move up OTHER NOTES A common use of tying more than one command file to the same key is to create a toggle Make the first command file turn the option on and the second command file turn the option off Then tie both of these to the same key You will now cycle through the two command files effectively creating a toggle situation SEE ALSO How To Record and Play Command Files User Manual Macros Tab 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 404 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES 2 0000 INTRODUCTION Nearly every operation and function in EnSight is initially set to a default value Preferences allow you to set these initial values as well as set some default behaviors such as which time step to initially load for transient data how the mouse buttons are defined etc When EnSight starts the preference settings are read from the CEl HOME ensight100 site_preferences directory and then overlaid by the preference settings found in your EnSight defaults directory located at HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 commonly located at C Users username ensight100 on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername ensight100 on older Windows and ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac BASIC OPERATION 1 Bring up the Preferences dialog by selecting Prefer
144. part consisting of all unshared 2D elements the surface Extract is most often used to reduce the amount of information for a part e g for faster display or for geometry output or to create a surface shell part perhaps for subsequent cutting of a 3D computational domain BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List amp EnSight 10 0 0 a C File Create Part d Select all Se lect ben Keyframe animation editor Delete Del Solution time editor N Assign to single new viewport Transformation editor Assign to multiple new wiewports Preferences ee ee Copy Copy image Ctrl C Eee Extract Merge 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Extract a Se eee nese The new part is added to the end of the Parts List with the description Extract of parts where are the part numbers of the originally selected parts SEE ALSO see How To Change Visual Representation User Manual Part Operations User Manual Page 326 How TO CUT PARTS A e000 INTRODUCTION It is sometimes desirable to cut parts to for example reveal the interior of a solid or remove unwanted or unneeded portions of a model EnSight can cut any server based part and either keep both sides or discard one Any of the 3D tools Plane Quadric or Box can be used as the cutting surface The cut operation produces dependent copies of the parent part The part s resu
145. parts as Povray surface triangular elements This file shouldn t be edited by the user FIT II TI TIAA TTI sem le fi lenane poy 7 7 1777 777077700777 77777 Ver iON Ovo include carapov00 inc declare Part 1 mesh2 VETLGxX Vectors i 297 Leo FLG 3a RT 2 56802 ty SAL ay lZ9 20002 lt 731l 815 205 655 144 313 gt lt 740 0l 197 2 503 Llig Ty CIAo LUG S169 ol o oOlLe lt I22 4048 203 2160 123 2117 KT S024 y HLS cZo1g Los o lt 30 004 7 lei 2o9 o J face 1ndlices 490 lyer lt 1 6 gt gt lt 2 3 17 gt Lip T pOr Sop apor declare Part 2 mesh2 vertex VeECtors 2001 Selor SM LVOZeOZ 244030077 lt 190e2N0 7 1308402 241 140 gt So Lelo SL eoU y 220 0 ary face indices 490 Arpa LLO y ore er Soy eo g Op apo g object Part I LexXLUre Part material scale lt 1 1 1 gt object Part 495 text re Part 495 material scale lt 1 1 1 gt User Manual Page 115 HOW TO ROTATE ZOOM TRANSLATE SCALE 2 000A INTRODUCTION EnSight provides global transformations rotation translation and zooming to permit user manipulation of objects in the Graphics Window The transformations can either be performed interactively with the mouse or precisely by entering explicit values The mouse buttons can be user programmed to perform different transformations BASIC OPERATION The Graphics window transforms icon on th
146. pdf CEIl_ HOME ensight100 doc Manuals UserManual pdf CEIl HOME ensight100 doc Manuals InterfaceManual pdf You can open these manuals in the pdf reader and print any or all pages or send them to an outside source for printing or order printed copies from our website CONTACTING CEI If you have questions or problems please contact CEI Computational Engineering International Inc 2166 N Salem Street Suite 101 Apex NC 27523 USA Email support ceisoftware com Hotline 800 551 4448 U S 919 363 0883 Non U S Phone 919 363 0883 FAX 919 363 0833 WWW http www ceisoftwarel com User Manual How To USE THE How To MANUAL A 2 6000 INTRODUCTION The How To documentation provides quick access to various topics of interest The topics provide basic and some advanced usage information about a specific tool or feature of EnSight Each topic will provide links to the appropriate section of the EnSight User Manual as well as links to other applicable How To articles When you hit a Help button within the various dialogs in EnSight you will generally be taken to one of the topics in the How To manual Topics typically contain the following sections Introduction Introduction to the topic Basic Operation Quick steps for simple usage Advanced Usage Detailed information on topic Other Notes Other items of interest See Also Links to related topics and documentation See below for how to quickly jum
147. plane can be placed at any location in any orientation The Plane Tool specifies the location of the auxiliary clipping plane By default all geometry on the negative Z side of the Plane Tool is removed However you can specify auxiliary clipping on a per part basis some parts are clipped while others are not See How To Set Auxiliary Clipping for more information SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports How To Set Auxiliary Clipping User Manual Page 128 How TO SET LOOKFROM LOOKAT A 2 a2608 INTRODUCTION In addition to providing control over model manipulations EnSight also provides control over the virtual camera used to view the scene in the Graphics Window while in Global Transform Mode If a viewport is being viewed through a camera this section is not applicable The two control parameters are the ook from point the position of the camera and the ook at point a point on the camera s line of sight vector The Global Axis is positioned at the look at point and is always in the center of the Graphics Window Initially the look at point is set to the geometric center of all visible objects and the look from point is set to a point on the positive Z axis such that all visible objects fit in the Graphics Window as shown in the top image below The white axis triad is the Global Axis and can be displayed by selecting View gt Axis triad visibility gt Global The bottom image shows the view after the look from
148. point has been repositioned between the X and Z axes The diagrams to the right of each image show a top down schematic of each viewing case rad BASIC OPERATION The look from look at points are controlled via the Transformation Editor dialog 1 Click the Graphics window transforms icon on the Tools Icon Bar and select Transformation editor 2 Select Editor Function gt Look At Look From Transformation Editor Look at look from Sl File Editor Function Help Viewer Area for Look At Look From interactive 5 0000e 001 X 5 0000e 001 manipulation Aaa Text fields for SSS entering numeric 5 0000e 001 Y S 0000e 001 values L QU00e OU 1 6459e 001 Text field for moving look from by setting an explicit distance Viewer Area plane xY Plane Distance 1 5459e 001 toggles gt z Plane Viewer Grea Control Lack None x z Plane Redraw Viewer Area Above Close User Manual Page 129 How To SET LOOKFROM LOOKAT 2 000A The Transformation Editor dialog provides two methods for setting the look at and look from points Numeric values can be entered directly into the X Y Z Look At Look From text fields remember to press return You can also enter a value in the D
149. produce the following files Samples of which are given in the Other Data section below filename pov filename inc ensight_to_pov_globals inc 3 Edit ensight_to_pov_globals inc as desired to control global information You may also edit the filename inc file which contains information for each part 4 Run POVRAY povray width 800 height 600 filename pov This will produce the file filename png 5 Run envideo100 using this file envideo100 filename png EnSight Images which have been run EnSight Images No POVRAY through POVRAY User Manual Page 112 How TO OUTPUT FOR POVRAY OTHER DATA ensight_to_pov_globals inc This is the editable text file to be used to customize the camera and lightsource information and the part by part color and material properties ambient diffuse specular roughness and reflectivity This file will be included into filename inc and parameters in this file will supersede the default values in filename inc II sample ensight to pov globals ine This file is useful in controlling multiple file outputs i e output from the keyframe animator Uncomment edit items and they will be used instead of the settings in the inc file Uncomment this next line if you uncomment anything declare display warning 1 declare camera location lt 0 0 8366 19 gt declare camera look at lt 0 0 16 701277 declare camera angle 200
150. query entities that were attached to the plotter SEE ALSO How To Query Plot 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 319 How TO QUERY DATASETS INTRODUCTION Results datasets often consist of multiple files EnSight provides a mechanism to quickly ascertain basic information about dataset files BASIC OPERATION To display dataset information 1 Select Query gt Dataset File Edit Create Show information 1 Over time distance Interactive probe Dataset The Associated Files section displays all dataset files giving the size in bytes and last modification date G amp Query Dataset Associated Files crash case 602 ue 25 42 26 crash geo 219700 ue 23 42 76 e crash plastic 01 35252 e 23 42 26 The File Specific Information section E ri Aianei D meee as ey displays information about the file ra crash plastic 03 35252 ue 23 42 26 currently selected in the Associated Files lt a u list The information presented varies gt File Specific Information based on the file type and format BESS C Binary s EnsSight Model Geometry Output File Cutput from EnSight 8 0 7 The General Geometric section displays Sores een whether the geometry is static time element id assign invariant changing coordinates nodal So coordinates update each timestep or E General Geometric changing connectivity coor dinates plus Coordinate System Type Rectangular connectivity update every timestep Stat
151. r o Click it to open the Save Animation dialog This is explained in How To Print Save an Image User Manual Page 370 How TO ANIMATE PARTICLE TRACES ies i fy P DP f 1 ADVANCED USAGE If you have time dependent data and have calculated transient particle traces pathlines you can enable trace animation load a transient flipbook and view the animating pathlines simultaneously with the dynamic flipbook See How To Create Particle Traces and How To Animate Transient Data for more information OTHER NOTES The parameters in the Trace Animation Settings dialog are not specific to the currently selected particle trace part the settings apply to all currently animating particle trace parts SEE ALSO User Manual Particle Trace Animation User Manual Page 371 How TO CREATE TEXT ANNOTATION A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight has comprehensive features for text annotation Not only can you display and position user specified text you can also display text contained in the description lines of some data formats as well as dynamic text that changes over time BASIC OPERATION 1 Click Text icon from the Feature Icon Bar to open the Annotation Feature Panel 2 Click the Text tab 7 3 Click the Create button which will create a Create edit Annotation Text Ed New Text annotation pores e sees Ab on ze Na Q i aL on z D 4 Click
152. reflect the current location If you are positioning the Plane interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released The Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Shortcut If you right click on center selection point of the line tool you can do quick x or y rotates increase or decrease the size of the tool hide the tool or open the transformation editor You can also use this right click to quickly create a plane clip or do a particle streamline trace with the plane tool as the emitter ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Plane center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and parallel to the X Y plane The coordinates of the Plane are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Plane relative to the 5 4 Hon User Manual Page 180 How To USE THE PLANE TOOL f T e A i n T 7 origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Plane tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information By default the plane tool will be displayed in line mode You can display the tool as a transparent plane by changing the s
153. routines or structured reader cinching capability to take advantage of this option Format of the SOS casefile The format for this file is as follows Note that indicates optional information and a blank line or a line with in the first column are comments FORMAT Required type master_server datatype Required where datatype is required and is one of the formats of EnSight s internal readers which use the Part builder namely gold ensight6 ensight5 plot3d or it can be the string used to name any of the user defined readers Note For user defined readers the string must be exactly that which is defined in the USERD_get_name_of_reader routine of the reader which is what is presented in the Format pulldown of the Data Reader dialog If datatype is blank it will default to EnSight6 data type User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 2 000e auto distribute on off use_resources onloff Optional for structured or unstructured data EnSight will automatically distribute data to the servers specified below if this option is present and set to on This will require that each of the servers have access to the same data or identical copies of it For structured data use only if the datatype is gold plot3d or a 2 06 or greater user defined reader which has implemented structured cinching For unstructured data use only if the datatype Is gold or a 2 08 or greater user defined reade
154. save MTM files based on detached displays Number of passes sets the amount of multi pass anti aliasing to use higher is better quality Stereo The current scene can be rendered in stereo even if the target system is not capable of displaying it Current is the default and picks stereo or mono display depending on the current display mode Mono and Interleaved select mono or traditional dual image stereo The remaining options allow for the saving of anaglyph stereo images seen through red cyan or other glasses Screen tiling if these are set to values other than 1 the image will be saved as an MTM file The numbers specify the number of tiles in X and Y that the saved image will be subdivided into Window Size 6 Select OK or Print to save and or print the image ee a ere eee eee err User Manual HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE Saving Animations The current keyframe flipbook animated trace or solution time animation can be saved to disk by following these steps File Player Solution Timet 1 Use the record button to bring up the Save animation dialog Variables 2 Select the format of the file to save See Changing the Save File Format below 3 Set the base filename for the image The Prefix select option will allow a standard file save dialog to be used to fill this field in 4 For various types of animations f flipbooks solution time
155. section will be ignored if the soshostname command line option is used User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS A 2608 Example SOS Casefile for PLOT3D Using structured auto_distribute This example shows a plot3d dataset post x and post q that has not been partitioned but is on an nfs mounted disk available to each server machine EnSight will distribute the data to the 3 servers defined IO will not necessarily be great since each server will be reading from the same file but execution will be enhanced by the partitioning We will use the same machines used in the previous example FORMAT type master_server plot3d auto distribute on plot3d_iblanked true plot3d_multi_ zone false plot3d_ dimension 3d plot3d_ source cbin plot3d_grid_double false plot3d_results double false SERVERS number of servers 3 Server 1 machine id joe executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q Server 2 machine id sally executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q Server 3 machine id bill executable ensight100 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS A 2608 Example SOS Casefile for EnSight Gold Using unstructured auto_distribute This example shows an EnSight Gold dataset trial case that has not been partitioned but is on an nfs mounted
156. see the most current listing for any of these issue one or more of the following Linux Unix Mac Windows ensight100 help ensight100 client help ensight100_client help ensight100 server help ensight100_server help ensight100 sos help ensight100_sos help BASIC USAGE ensight100 options or ensight100 client options Section 1 EnSight Startup Client Server Options Restore from specified archive file f C lt host gt lt exe gt Do an auto connection with optional host machine and executable f only c is used the auto connection will be according to the values set in your ensight_conn_settings file which is created in your EnSight Defaults directory located at HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 commonly located at C Users username on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername on older Windows ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac if you connect via the Connect dialog EnSight server will run on host if you include it after the c And you can also optionally specify the server executable to run on said host Read EnSight casefile name f and display part loader Connect auto and ignore errors Cip Send client s IP address to the server for auto connect The IP address will be used instead of the internet hostname This can be useful for clients which use dynamic IP address assignment i e dhcp However it may no
157. segment attributes i SENES RESIDU_LOG1L RESIDU LOG2 4 Click Create query _ a sse oe Distance Arclength gt Query origin Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query 4 Create query Update Query Help For the two over distance query types the variable is plotted against the selected Distance metric The node with the lowest node ID number is queried first Since the nodes for 1D part over distance are not necessarily evenly spaced the reported distance is one of the following Distance In Setting Reported Distance Arc Length The distance along the part from the first node to each subsequent node i e the sum of the 1D element lengths X Arc Length The X coordinate value of each node accumulated from the start Y Arc Length The Y coordinate value of each node accumulated from the start Z Arc Length The Z coordinate value of each node accumulated from the start From Origin The distance from the origin X From Origin The X distance from the origin Y From Origin The Y distance from the origin Z From Origin The Z distance from the origin If the 1D part contains more than one set of contiguous 1D elements such as a particle trace from a Line emitter the resulting query will contain one plot entity for each set 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 306 How TO QUERY PLOT a 3 s j i a r On
158. self setSeparator True if parent parent addChild self it Define a menu class a subclass of the menu _ extension class Class part men menu extension Construct the menu with reasonable defaults it dem Ae echt lane pero Gee a OL e Cesc 2Con One menu extension init self name file 1 0 if parent parent addChild self if icon self setIcon icon self setText text self setDesc text self setTooltip text self setVendor John Q Public it Method that is called when the menu is selected it def run self it We are constructing two instances of this class They differ by name We use the name to perform different operations for each Of the instances This could also be done with any other class data including user defined data members it 1 if self name allpart menu print All parts hello else print Model part specific hello Construct a hierarchy of menus A parent roll over menu and two children with a separator between them These menus use context sensitive filtering The parent is only displayed in EnSight Part mode One child is always display and the other is only displayed when the currently selected part is a Model part Note this filtering could also be performed by overriding the validFilter method on the menu object to perform any custom filtering operation EHHH H H H H User Manual How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A
159. sluggish performance choose software picking 6 Click to bring up dialog controlling selection feedback in the graphics window 7 Click to bring up dialog controlling the anti aliasing parameters 8 Click to bring up dialog controlling the click n go preferences 9 Click here to save the preferences Caution if you save software picking and later change to a newer graphics card you must change this back to hardware to take advantage of the new card SEE ALSO User Manual Edit Menu Functions Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one View Preferences Plane tool filled Use graphics hardware to offset geometry Default Orientation Look from z axis J v a oe Picking method Hardware Set hiliting preferences Set anti aliasing preferences would prefer ran eked sui to ao file ni 7 i Save to preference file User Manual How TO ENABLE USER DEFINED INPUT DEVICES A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight offers user defined input devices that have been specifically designed for but not limited to typical input devices used in VR environments Implementation of these input devices requires adherence to the instructions outlined in the respective reference files listed below BASIC OPERATION Manual Panel Interface 1 Select Edit gt Preferences and click User Defined Input 2 Toggle Macro Panel Interface
160. sorting is performed between every redraw of the view In Delayed mode sorting is not performed while the user is interacting with the view while the mouse button is held down NOTE Hidden line overlay does not work with either Interactive or Delayed In Depth peeling mode which is only available on graphics cards that support the OpenGL Shading Language sorting is done by the graphics card on a per pixel basis by rendering the view repeatedly This mode scales better as the number of polygons increases and it does not suffer a performance hit when multiple parts are Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one x A Performance Ja gt Performance Preferences Transparency sorting Depth peeling Number of peels 4 16 5 Minimize redraw events Static fast display a Ss Fast display mode settings Xr Point resolution 1 100 l Sparse model resolution 1 100 Abort server operations after 0 I by the Number of peels field 5 If using point display for fast display mode set the point resolution here 6 If using sparse geometry display for fast display mode set the percent of the model to show here Only used if immediate mode is being used e e e ese se se P a a a a a
161. special options other than the Common options for this format User Manual HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A e000 Options for EnVideo Format This format has the advantage of being one of the few that natively supports stereo image streams It also has a number lossless compression options and is recommended by CEI for archival original animation output EVO files can be converted to any other supported format using the EnVe 2 0 tool without loss of quality This cannot be said for other formats Print save Image Format Postscript Color POYVRAY Geometry Microsoft Av Movie samen Racker Microsoft Bitmap Image CEI Envideo Mowie Flash Video Movie GIF Image JPEG Image MPEGS Movie PMs Image PPM Image QuickTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image There are four compression options Raw lossless no compression very large files RLE lossless run length encoded imagery GZ lossless uses the zlib compression scheme good balance for machines with faster processors JPEG lossy compression that uses the quality option 0 100 Best compression ratio but sacrifices some quality Options for GIF Format This format is intended for simple low quality output for Web pages Most browsers will automatically playback gif animations without the need of any plug in modules The format is limited to 256color images so the quality of the ima
162. texture onto the isosurface In this case use the circle texture and modulate texture mode and set the repeat mode to clamp The texture will clip through the isosurface as a projected circle from the circle in the texture to view parts interior to it The sphere texture provides a smoother clip Experiment with other textures and repeat modes for other effects Remember that each part can have its own texture each with a different set of projection settings for highly expressive visual options Here is an example of a clipping texture applied to dynamic particle traces The tracer pulses are not clipped but the traces are clipped to a projected circle texture as in the example ITAIT 7 A Aa TAA velocity 1 003 000 7 526e 001 5 01 7e 001 2 509 001 0 000e 000 Wy Ny E i ra a f User Manual Page 352 How TO MAP TEXTURES OTHER NOTES Texture implementation limitations Texturing in EnSight is done using OpenGL and the multi texture extension If your graphics card driver does not support this extension texturing will not be allowed in EnSight and the button used to bring up the Textures dialog will be removed OpenGL works best with textures that are powers of two in size and every graphics card has a different limit on the maximum size of a texture EnSight will internally scale any input texture via bilinear interpolation to fill the nearest power of two sized rectangle This can resu
163. that one can easily set the light s back to the default settings blot Set lights to default The effect of using a Relative position is that when the model is rotated the light source does not rotate so lighting changes on the model The effect of using an Absolute position is that when the model is rotated the light source rotates with the model so lighting on the model does not change SEE ALSO User Manual Lighting Attributes User Manual Page 146 How TO DISPLAY REMOTELY A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight does not support the running of the client on one machine and setting the system display environment back to a different machine Not all of the features of OpenGL are supported on all platforms in this mode which can conflict with EnSight s graphics It is intended that you actually run the client from the console of the client machine If you run the client on a remote machine and display back you will see the following warning displayed on the console machine Warning EnSight has detected indirect OpenGL rendering This could be caused by remote display using X11 by an incorrect setting of the DISPLAY environment variable or by a bad driver installation When running using indirect OpenGL you will notice a performance degradation and loss of some rendering features If you are running over a network we strongly recommend that you install EnSight directly on the client m
164. that you use frequently that are not represented in the color grid you can save them to one of the Custom colors grids by clicking Add to Custom Colors button Your custom colors are automatically saved for future sessions To set custom colors The color information is saved in EnSight defaults directory located at HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 commonly located at C Users username ensight100 on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername ensight100 on older Windows and ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac with the following filename ensight colpal default SEE ALSO User Manual Color Selector 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 162 How TO ENABLE STEREO VIEWING A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight supports active stereo display on workstations with quad buffered OpenGL stereo capability in addition to passive polarized stereo support for detached displays see How To Setup Parallel Rendering Active stereo works by rapidly displaying alternating left and right eye views on the screen An emitter which sits on top of your display monitor sends an infrared signal to special glasses worn by the viewer s The glasses contain liquid crystal shutters that alternately open and close the left and right eye lenses in response to the signal from the emitter in sync with the monitor display The update frequency is such that the viewer effectively fuses the left and
165. the currently selected frame s 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 151 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A e000 The EnSight positioning tools Cursor Line Plane and Quadric tools are always positioned with respect to the currently selected frame If more than one frame is selected frame 0 is the reference frame for tools If you have tools visible you will notice them changing position as the selected frame is changed EnSight implements computational periodicity such as rotational symmetry as an attribute of frames If a frame has symmetry enabled all parts assigned to the frame will be duplicated as specified by the particular type of symmetry A frame axis triad consists of three lines representing the X Y and Z orientation vectors plus labels Selected frames are highlighted in the Frames list EnSight does not support hierarchical frames you cannot assign a frame to another frame to implement nested transformations All frames are embedded in the same world coordinate system i e frame 0 Create a New Frame In general you have to explicitly create new frames However EnSight will automatically create a new frame each time you create a copy of a part and assign the copy to the frame To create a frame 1 Decide if you want the new frame to be set to the default 0 0 0 position same as the model coordinates or whether you would like to have it centered on some selected part s If the former make sure no
166. the first texture button and select Load po toxu tile eee a R E E S pe Browse to the image file containing your logo image File C Program Files CEl ensight82 freedesktop ensight82 png A good example is the CEI logo found in CE HOME ee ensight92 freedesktop ensight92 png This image includes Usetexture 1 Repeat mode an alpha channel that is zero outside of the logo pixels the Texture mode Decal gt Interpolation Linear gt Display Alpha menu option will display only this channel ee mA Associate this texture with the part by depressing the icon Ofset 2 8986e 01 64395e 00 3 9525e 00 that has this image on it gee ces ee ase ak eee cite ene ese be ye ents tees S vector 3 1847e 00 0 0000e 00 1 3288e 02 T vector 3 0479e 03 2 125e 00 7 3093e 01 The hypersonic body will get a tiling of CEI logos over it Set plane tool to proj since we only want a single logo change the Repeat mode EE E to Clamp the logos will likely disappear eee z Apply Close Save Default Textures Help 3 Finally we need to set up the transform necessary to place the logo Bring up the plane tool and size position it as illustrated The key here is to think of the plane tool as a flashlight that shines down the plane tool s Z axis and the light is bounded by the plane rectangle Once you have the plane positioned click on Get proj from plane tool eee ee ee ee
167. the next two sections we walk thought two simple examples of writing custom EnSight user defined tools User Manual Page 425 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES Hello world tool Shown below is perhaps the simplest example tool extension implementation It can serve as a template for more useful tools This example Python file is included with your EnSight installation in the following folder SCEI HOME ensight100 src user defined ext examples Copy the entire folder to the extensions user defined subfolder under your user specific EnSight Defaults Directory see above and restart EnSight The figure that follows shows the new tool item generated from this Python code as well as the dialog it generates It also illustrates the directory structure for placing the files into the user specific EnSight startup path examples EnSight 10 0 0 e Early release C PROGRA 1 CEINEN6E81 1 data guard_railfcrash case File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help GS 2S BOW eE4OURBE A User Defined Tools fx Ee File Edit view Favorites Tools Help a Back T Pi ps Search Wey Folders EBk Address B C Program Files CETensight100 src user_defined_ext examples Folders x Mame Size a eS 3 hello_menu py 2 KE z A i E ensight9Zlang ll ae f Tool Description 0 ensight
168. timesteps that exist across all of the timesets This can however be changed to show just the time values associated with a particular timeset In the Timeset Details dialog shown below multiple timesets exists Two timesets from the Which Timeset s list are selected and are thus shown in detail The graphics for each timeset shows a the minimum and maximum overall time value b green tick marks indicating the time values defined for the timeset c the current time value indicated with the long green line associated with the timeset To modify all the timelines to The timeset can either be The current solution time as behave the same way select shown having a time range set in the Solution Time dialog which range is to be modified over the total number of time l By default the Solution Select the timeline to b then select how they will be values or can be shown Timediniog ehoweine SSB yur sneer Un tae displayed according to the timeset s g viewed i composite timeline l This button will modify the Solution Time Pinssit Darl x dialog s Beg and End values to those of the selected timeset SE Corrent Simulation Time 0 058750 HEE Master timeline convergence time o 000024 Which Timesetis Set Selected Timesteys l fiICLeTL eE Set Solution Time to Timeset Range i i AT ae 3 f Shows the time value being 2 C13 11 Mod Geo Var Banas Between steps W
169. to Microsoft Telnet tervice login good user Example of doing a telnet Eo from a windows machine to a windows machine Documents and ett iings good_user B Start the ensight server on the SERVER HOST machine using the appropriate script and the c option enc LONLO server C CLIENT NOST or for SOS ensighnt100 60s C CLIENT HOST The c c IENT Host Option tells the EnSight Server to connect to the EnSight Client listening on CLIENT HosT Example if doing a Gy telnet into a SERVER HOSTWhichisa windows machine ____ _ _ _ SS SS LS SS SS Ses sion Edit View OF eae ae Settings Help myc Lient gt gt telnet myserver Connec tefl to myserver Example if doing a telnet into a SERVER HOST which is a linux machine Login good user Password myserver gt gt ensight8 server c mycLient The Server should now make the connection To see if the connection is successful you can click on the Information button in the Tools Icon Bar on the Desktop You should see Connection accepted in the EnSight Message Window RAILI User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER A 2608 which comes up You can also check the Connection Details under the Case menu Licensing information should also appear in the Graphics Window If the connection failed please consult Manual Connection Troubleshooting below and Troubleshooting the Connection in the Installation Guide before contacting CEI suppo
170. to the value to their left Note lt co 0 5 gt changes just the opacity of the text on ae Explicitly move to the next line This is the same as pressing enter in the textfield Note that text shown in the Annotation dialog list for text annotations is displayed with lt cr gt in place of all new lines User Manual Page 394 How TO MANIPULATE FONTS im 2 0008 A simple example The following is an example of a text annotation that utilizes multiple fonts multiple lines of text symbols and the store recall feature This is dynamically updated multi line text A symbol Stored location The string entered into the View Text Create Edit Dialog to create this annotation is This is lt fo Arial Bolditalic gt dynamically updated lt fo Courier New BoldiItalic gt multi line lt fo gt text A symbol lt sy gt 120 lt st 1 gt Stored location lt re 1 gt The first few words are in normal text followed by a font change and a new line Midway through the second line the font changes again and at the end of that line it changes back to the default font and style The third line ends with a glyph from the symbol font The last line starts by storing the location of the S character in slot 1 It then draws Stored location before the lt re 1 gt command recalls current output to the S location Finally a row of underscores are drawn that overstrike the words Stored location A more comple
171. tt Use interactive Iso Clip gf aise utLONS Animate transparency change 3 Enter the desired number of sub frames Spine the translations and Look From points between the keyframe selected in step 1 oes 1 and the next the default is 20 a re el gt Sub Frames to the nextkeyframe 20 Hold 1 Acceleration lt 4 If desired set the number of frames to ee Commands to execute at keyframe hold for the keyframe default is 1 5 If desired enter EnSight commands to execute when the selected keyframe is reached The command s will be executed before the frame is displayed Ber A E ransient Data Settings Update commands 6 If you added or changed the commands to be executed at a keyframe click Update Commands Saves Restores Use Interactive lsoClip 40000000000000000 00000000110 eee By turning this toggle on any clip or isosurface interactively moved during the keyframe will animate Animate Transparency Change By turning this toggle on transparency changes to 7 If you want the transformation to accelerate out parts during the definition of the keyframes will be or into the keyframe toggle Acceleration on part of the animation 8 Continue by selecting a new keyframe to edit and click Close when done The number of sub frames controls the speed with which objects transform between keyframes More sub frames yields slower motion You can insert any val
172. view through a camera Limit 90 000000 Link Interactive Transforms Tie viewports to camera None 3 Select the camera from the Tie viewport s to camera pulldown When set to None the camera model is not used and the Global transformation model is active If a viewport is being viewed through a camera the interactive transformations when you click and drag the mouse buttons in the viewport affect the camera position and orientation By default the visibility of the cameras are off There are eight total cameras available that can be manipulated By default they are positioned at the XYZ axis locations plus two more cameras showing a view of 1 1 1 and 1 1 1 To position orient a camera interactively 1 If you click drag for a transform in a viewport being tracked by a camera the camera will transform OR 1 In viewports that are not being viewed through a camera you will see a camera icon if camera visibility is on You can click drag the center of the camera to drag the camera to a new position Clicking dragging the axis of the camera rotate the camera OR 1 You can set the Pick option on the tool ribbon to position orient the camera 2 Place the mouse pointer over the desired location on a part in any of the viewports in the graphics window and press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt
173. visibility r errr rrr rrr V Visible R 1 00 G 100 B 1 00 Set border color either enter new values in the RGB fields or click the Mix button to oe open the Color Selector dialog 7 H Legend attributes b Position attributes Marker attributes L Limited redraw Show text Save query Help The Legend section controls the plotter legend text The actual text in the legend is specific to the individual curves displayed in the plotter See Set Curve Attributes below oe 6 Create edit Query plot You can display the curve min max and Toggle legend visibility ae i Query Ho b Title attributes Set text size dca cccautneeceusohtenessauen b Axis attributes b Background attributes P Border attributes Se i Y Legend attributes Set origin with respect to lower left corner 7 Visble of plotter E ee Se Textsize 40 000 Se ES eee eer Origin X 0 685 Y 0 814 The legend text can be constant colored or Color by Gurwen the color of the curves If set to constant w Rioo Gl1oo alsoo fii color set text color either enter new values 77 a in the RGB fields or click the Mix button to TA jL open the Color Selector dialog Limited redraw Show text Save query Help 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 315 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES 4 4 gt f
174. want to insert a new point and select the io Paste button eee 0 new splined To edit the control points of a spline 1 Move the mouse pointer to a control point you wish to move in the Graphics Window Click and drag the control point OR 1 Select the point from the Points list and edit it via the Ae If a XY Z fields r Create from selected part s Load from file OR Description new_splined 1 Select the point s you wish to edit and select the Offset button 2 In the resulting pop up enter a delta x y z value to add 7 to all of the selected points e 7 Visible Width 2 pixels v Show points Size 4 0402e 002 Control point s can be deleted by 1 Select one or more points in the Points list _ _ 2 Select the Delete button Hence eee eee e adh To edit the spline attributes 1 The Visible toggle will turn the spline on off i in all viewports there are no per viewport controls 2 You may choose to show the control points If visible T TE aets then the size of the control point glyph is controlled m here 3 Adjust the Line width and Color here be ooo eee eee ee eee 4 Invert the spline to use it in reverse dose User Manual Page 198 How To USE THE SPLINE TOOL f
175. ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the origin corner of the tool 2 22 e rere eee ees 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Box to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over any of the corner points except the origin i 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to produce the desired Stretched size 4 Release the mouse button 3 To rotate the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the x y or z edge not at the endpoints 2 Click and drag to rotate Note Selection of the X axis edge will rotate the box about the Y axis edge Selection of the Y axis edge will rotate about the X axis edge Selection about the Z axis edge will rotate about the origin Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint if you are in Part or Frame mode Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Box tool moving and stretching is in 3 space Note the Box may not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer User Manual Page 182 How To USE THE
176. writer outputs a binary file containing a single border of the multiple parts The STL writer only saves the beginning timestep and ignores the End Timestep and Step By fields The STL writer ignores the Parameter field User Manual Page 104 How TO SAVE GEOMETRIC ENTITIES There are some important differences in how EnSight saves parts according to format chosen User Defined Writers UDW Which parts are available to the UDW All parts currently selected in the Main Parts List except those indicated below Where are the available parts located EnSight server Which parts are unavailable to the UDW Any client based part contours vector arrows particle traces profiles More user defined writers may be distributed with EnSight in the future ADVANCED USAGE Created Parts Created parts are saved as changing connectivity One situation where this might become important is if you choose to save some very large model parts that happen to be static and some created parts that are changing connectivity parts together into one case gold file All of the parts must be saved as changing connectivity because the changing geometry attribute is global Thus you will find that the combined geometry file for all parts is saved for every timestep even though the large static model parts don t really change Also when this saved file is reloaded every model part is reconstructed at every timestep as if it were changing connectivity greatl
177. xhost nost Larry host moe 2 The following prdist resource file my conf with _res prdist is also created ParallelRender EnSight 1 0 LOUGeL pc client 3 EnSight is started with this command line eno IignCLOU res My NeSvs 1e gt O tse My CONTO With Peer Cie The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight100 sos will run on computer borg The EnSight CollabHub will run on computer curly Two distributed renderers will start on hosts larry and J MOG The my_conf_with_res prdist file here specifies both router and client followed by blank names which indicate to use the my_hosts res file The pc option indicates to use parallel compositing which removes the GUI from the composited display NOTE if pc is not specified then a GUI will wrap the composited display which is a testing and debug mode In addition no display sync will be used during interactive transformations producing a lag effect which is quite annoying 4 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3plot is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers dronel drone2 drone3 and dronel presumably dronel might be a SMP Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader i
178. your data You must also know the number of the element of interest If you do not know the number you can display element labels for the part To show element information 1 If your data is transient set the desired time in the Solution Time Panel 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part s in the Part List The query will only be successful if the specified element is found in a selected part 4 Select Query gt Show Information gt Element The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the ID number of the desired element in the text field and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up lt can also be accessed from the Info icon All active per element variables found on the element will be displayed Element 321 Query Information Found in unstructured part 2 Type of element is 6 Noded triangle Number of nodes is 6 Node IDs are 1050 910 1054 1052 1053 1055 Neighboring Element Information is Element neighbor 318 is of type 6 Noded triangle Element neighbor 322 is of type 6 Noded triangle User Manual Page 299 How To GET POINT NODE ELEMENT amp PART INFO A e000 Show Part Information To show information about a part 1 If your data is transient set the desired time in the Solution Time Panel 2 Select the desired part in the Part List 3 Select Query gt Show Information gt Part
179. 0 85 is usually good 3 Create your animation then de saturate the images using an image tool such as the one available from the San Diego Supercomputing Center it s free This will only work of course if you are saving animation images to disk files Dark backgrounds work much better than light backgrounds Black is often the best choice Lines Moving single width lines have a tendency to crawl on video Use a minimum line width of 2 Anti aliasing Without correction computer generated imagery exhibits aliasing artifacts that typically show up as jagged edges For our purposes it is sufficient to say that aliasing results from sampling at a resolution too low to capture the signal represented by the underlying geometry We can only sample our geometry at the available pixels Since the effective number of pixels in the NTSC video signal is only one quarter the number of your workstation screen what looks fine on your workstation may be less than acceptable on video EnSight provides direct anti aliasing support through its multipass capability There are also some other ways to mitigate this problem If you are recording images to disk files record them at full screen resolution and then use an image re scaling tool such as EnVe to down sample the images to the desired video resolution This down sampling averages several pixels to yield one output pixel effectively preserving much of the resolution contained in the original
180. 00 The following are the available Emit From options Note that traces will only be generated for those emitter points that actually lie within an element of the selected flow field part s Cursor A single trace will be emitted from the Cursor tool Line Multiple traces will be emitted from evenly spaced points along the Line tool Enter the desired number of traces in the Points field and press return Plane Multiple traces will be emitted from evenly spaced points in a grid pattern over the Plane tool Enter the desired number of traces in the X and Y direction with respect to the Plane tool s axis in the Points X Y fields and press return The total number of traces will be the product of X and Y Part One trace will be emitted from the number of nodes of the part you specify This number of nodes will be randomly selected Enter the number from the Main Parts list of the part you wish to use as an emitter and the number of nodes File Traces will be emitted from the locations and at the times specified in an EnSight Particle Emitter file See EnSight Particle Emitter File Format in Chapter 11 of the User Manual Shortcut To quickly create a particle trace Right click on a tool cursor line or plane 22eee eee eee eee eee ee Cursor Tool Choose a variable Style Select a variable to use PE eee Farticle Trace Hide Edit and choose Particle Trace 7777777 Va
181. 00000 declare light location lt 15241 7 15241 7 76191 9 gt declare light color Hob lt i 1 1 gt This will set reflective value for all parts declare reflect value 1 If you want to set the color for a part you would do this useful if you have many pov files since all the inc files ji include this fide declare Part 1 material texture Jf pigment color rgbt lt l 02 O O gt Jf Lome ambient 0 3 diffuse 1 0 fi specular 0 0 roughness 0 2 ifdef reflect value Ii roilection rerlecit value else a rerlecrion d end fe declare Part 495 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 0 600000 0 600000 0 600000 0 000000 gt finish ambient 0 300000 diffuse 1 0 specular 0 000000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value reflection 2 else reflection 2 end User Manual Page 113 How TO OUTPUT FOR POVRAY filename inc This text file has a statement that includes ensight_to_pov_globals inc and then has the default global camera and lightsource information as well as default Part by Part values of color and material properties PALILI CII IIIT IT 1777 sample filenames ine 7 7 7777 7770777 IIIT ITI aT include ensight to pov globals inc ifdef display warning A debug W nk KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK debug E a debug Have applied settings for ensight to pov
182. 1 Select the parent part Create edit Parts a 2 Click the Clip Or cg T Clips Create Edit Advanced 3 Select RTZ from the Tool s l pulldown TN Desc 4 Select the desired fixed dimension of Y Creation attributes the slice R T or Z TETEE ane Interactive Off ne Apply tool change DE i A i ia a E 5 Select the Axis that describes th e Tool RTZ v Domain Intersect cylindrical length a z ce Clip Parameters 6 Enter the value for the slice the value of R T or Z or leave MID RANGE and 2 2078e 00 press return d Mesh Slice R value MID RANGE Axis x 7 Create using selected 5 parts or select parts to use Create with selected parts Delay update Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an RTZ clip at any time with the Slice pulldown If you change the numeric value remember to press return for the change to take effect ADVANCED USAGE Interactive RTZ Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse i i i Q Create edit Parts a 1 Double click the desired RTZ clip part in the main parts list g Clips Simple Advanced 2 Change Interactive to Manual to Desc Clip_rtz enable sweeping i ae Y Creation attributes 3s Interactive Manual Tool RTZ Domain Intersect Apply tool change 3 Adjust the slider with the mouse a a Clip Parameters 4 If de
183. 1 00 represents full hardware speed with no delays a value of 0 5 is half of full speed 6 To cycle the page display click Cycle Cycle will replay the pages in reverse order when the last page is reached 7 To stop the animation click the stop DURON sarearen Dea e 8 When done set the Display to original model instead of flipbook pages Record Once a flipbook is loaded it can be recorded The Record current graphics window animation Off On icon will be on e Click it to open the Save Animation dialog This is explained in How To Print Save an Image User Manual Page 359 How TO CREATE A FLIPBOOK ANIMATION A 2608 Delete Any type of flipbook can be deleted 1 Click Delete in the Create edit Flipbook Animation dialog 2 Confirm the deletion All memory associated with the flipbook is freed OTHER NOTES Rather than specify the part delta values through interactive part manipulation as described above you can set the values explicitly in Advanced mode in the Create edit Parts dialog for the part For clip parts 1 Double click on the part in the Parts list or right click and choose Edit to open the Create edit Parts dialog Clips 2 In the Animation Delta section enter the desired values in the X Y and Z fields and press return For isosurfaces 1 Double click on the part in the Parts list or right click and choose Edit to open the Create edit P
184. 1 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 conical half angle in degrees and Axis 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 press r tu lt erressenmsnenspenednmen meaane Angle 2 0000e 001 You can also rotate translate or scale the Cone by setting the desired transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cone since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Cone interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released The clip cut from the cone tool will extend infinitely from the tip outwards To limit the extent of the cone clip cut use the plane tool and cut the cone clip cut as desired ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cone center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Cone are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cone relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Cone too
185. 2 O User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A e000 Note that a prdist file can be specified as an option to the prdist command line option However if the defaults are adequate or overridden with command line options then a prdist file is no longer needed Furthermore specifying the command line option prdist automatically implies the command line option sos previous versions required the user to specify it Chapter 11 Distributed Memory Parallel Rendering of the User Manual for prdist file documentation including default values and manual connect support OTHER NOTES Chapter 8 Resource File Format of the User Manual for details on the resource file syntax see the EnSight User s Guide for details on relevant SOS Case file modifications as they pertain to resources Also see that section regarding details on which file formats support auto distribution Note that not all Case files i e non gold can be auto distributed The default SOS and server entries in the Connections Setting dialog will be used as the template for SOS and server computers not specifically listed in the dialog This is useful for specifying defaults such as to use ssh in place of rsh or to specify a default path SEE ALSO How To Read Data How To Read User Defined How To Setup for Parallel Computation User Manual Resource File Format Shared memory parallel rendering Distributed Memory Parallel Rende
186. 2 66008 def ctor parent The factory method always returns a list of object to be added In this example we only return menu _ extension subclass instances but the list can include any combination of object subclassed from cme Core Or CONDON Close ob fl Create the parent roll over menu Menu extens on placenolder Nons access one of the icons embedded in EnSight itself See the Qt resource management documentation for details setIcon ensight ens icn small Set the EnSight mode filter to only display in Part mode setMode Part setText Simple part tools setTooltip Example part tools if parent parent addChild p list append p F Create the anstence OF the part menu Class that should be displayed for any part that is selected m part menu allpart menu pr All part menu Menu description list append m tt li pP tt Create an icon for the menu this is optional In this case we tt pP i pP p p it Add a horizontal separator line between the child menus it m sep menu sepi p list append m Greate an Instance OF th part Menu Class Chat 19 Only displayed when a Model part is selected part menu modelpart menu p Model part menu Menu description Set the EnSight part type filter to Model parts F DOS H SHE m setPartType Model list append m return list Other examples T
187. 2 2220 eee eee eee e eee eee eeeee a S 4b op User Manual Page 273 How TO EXTRACT SHOCK SURFACES im 26000 ADVANCED USAGE The resulting shock can be filtered by any of the threshold variables Create fedtt Parts y Shock Regions Surfaces Y Creation attributes 1 Select the variable to filter by gt Threshold Variable 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the oy Threshold filter portion of the shock surface or region Min ee ooode oo1 e that is greater or less than the specified threshold value Threshold value 3 Enter a threshold value 1 Or 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold WANG yeesteceentceorsosemensseusceneesenrerome as 2 Pea Aa Rename eters rates O Create Edit Advanced 4 The shock is usually defined in a very narrow band so the slider min max values may need to be adjusted by either entering new values in the min max fields e eee eee eee Create with selected parts OTHER NOTES see Other Notes in the Shock Surface Region Create Update section of the User Manual for options on how to pre filter flow field regions and or post filter shock regions via a specified mach number Also to apply the transient correction term for moving shocks when using the shock Region method Shock Surface feature extraction does not work with multiple cases SEE ALSO User Manual Shock Regions Surfaces Parts Us
188. 3 X 3 xZ Unstructured Part quad4 elements found Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 Part 4 Description is 3 x 3 45 Unstructured Part quad4 elements found Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 gt lt gt GEOMETRY section OKAY lt gt lt scalar per node scalar Filename is 3by3 scl Non transient variable m2 e000 quad4 elements found at line 8 User Manual How TO USE ENS_ CHECKER Opened 3by3 scl successfully Description 3by3 scalar variable Global section 64 Nodal scalar values for unstructured nodes found vector per node vector at line 9 Filename is 3by3 vct Non transient variable Opened 3by3 vct successfully Description 3by3 vector variable Global section 192 Nodal vector values for unstructured nodes found 2S SS SS SS SS SS SS lt gt VARIABLE section OKAY lt gt lt P aaa HOOL Sesen lt gt lt gt Data verification SUCCESSFUL lt gt lt gt with No Warnings lt gt lt P SSS SSS SS SS eS SS SS Se lt And here is a sample run with a problem namely a block line is missing P eMs CNSCKGr SOY oS Case KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker z Currently i le MUSC De rUn from directory in Which GasefLlle 16 1O0Cated a Ax Henoles Bao tognte and Ens
189. 3 is mapped to 0 3 or it can clamp to the border color of the texture If repeat mode is set to repeat the border color of the texture is not used Clamping is often used for logos and explicit texture coordinates see Texture projections tee The texture mode determines how a texture is combined with the natural coloring scheme in EnSight It has three values Replace Decal and Modulate In replace mode the base colors provided by EnSight are ignored and the texture is used as the only source of color for the part note this has the side effect of disabling any lighting In decal mode the alpha channel of the texture is used to select between the texture color and the base color of the part If the texture alpha value is 0 the base color of the part is displayed while locations where the texture alpha value is 255 the texture color will be used exclusively All alpha values in between 0 and 255 will result in an interpolation between the texture and base colors Note that the default texture uses an alpha channel with values 255 and 80 In modulate mode the base color is multiplied by the texture color and the resulting texture is used Modulate mode is commonly used with a texture that has a color of white and some pattern in the alpha channel This allows the base color to show through but varies the transparency of the part Arbitrary clipping operations can be set up this way Modulation of the color channels can be confusing a
190. 4 UlL sel Seu Ulescl The contents of the first of these casefiles set_1_00 case would now look something like FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model L Sel a geo Changing coords only VARIABLE Scalar per node L Set rn Ol TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment time values 0 0 1 0 FONE With the contents of each of the other casefiles differing only in the digit following the first underscore To cluster these as described two sets in the first case and 3 sets in the second case we would need to create the following two casefiles cluster_1 case would contain FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model SCE e Changing coords only VARIABLE scalar per node ew to scr TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment O e N e time values BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets filename start number 1 filename increment 1 cluster_2 case would contain User Manual How To USE BLOCK CONTINUATION m 2 00e FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model i BCG o 8290 Changing Coordi only VARIABLE scalar per node L EOL a AeL TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment O He O Ne time values BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets 5 filename start number 3 filename increment 1 And we could then use the same SOS casefile that we showed in the static exampl
191. 7 How To USE THE SPLINE TOOL i i wie 24 Gr Rotate i Translate To create a spline via the Transformation editor dialog Zoom 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog from the Tools Rubberband Zoom Icon Bar by selecting Transformation editor fromthe re Rubberband Selection transform icon pulldown Transformation 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Spline _ Reset o G Transformation Editor Global transform Editor function Help Global transform J Camera n l E sal L Tools 4 Cursor Center of transform Line 4 3 clip Plane _ i Look at look from Box 3 Select New to create a new spline and if you wish oe eee SR a Copy transformation state Select region rename it by editing the Description EA a T Paste transformation state Jo 4 If you want to create control points from all of the Cylinder coordinates of a 1D part select the part in the part list Increment Sphere and then select Create from selected part s Limit 90 000 Cone OR Revolution 4 If you know the exact location for the control point select New at cursor then edit the X Y Z fields to reflect the correct control point location OR r Transformation Editor Spline 4 Select an existing control point in the Points list Select a the Copy button Then select the line in the Points list Tl after which you
192. A P A Pa Y About Axis X MY OZ Tool location editor All Which Frame Scale Settings 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Sphere if Coord frame 0 the panel is not set to Sphere tool Increment 1 000000 Limit 90 000000 Cartesian Coordinates 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the of Sphere Tool in Frame 0 Origin location of the center point the Axis direction vector and or the x Y Z Radius tree rere weet eee ees r Origin 5 0000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 Axis 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 if you are going to create a developed surface from a spherical clip you need to be aware of how the spherical axis orientation affects this operation See How To Create a Developed Surface Radius 1 2500e 000 You can also rotate translate or scale the Sphere by setting the desired transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Sphere since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Sphere interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Sphere center is set to the look at point the geometric c
193. ACTION A 2608 Extracting portions of a zone 1 Right click on the desired zone and lt EnSight 10 0 0 a click Load Park t226 lt cccaseeeseeecneersenneeesere aj File Edit Create Query mem H A E EEF Parts Mame Number Show Color Case One R a C y Load Part Optionally you can change the iblank domain choose the element representation and provide a part description Fart Select i 2 Modify the From and To values ay Create new group From selected parts These can be anything between the ranges shown in the Min and Max columns By default they will be the entire range but you a can modify them Structured Part Builder 3 Hit the Load as new part button Fror gt o To fO lt ll Step Defined Defined o I All 1 Min Max Se e E yea ts te k 1 38 1 1 36 Domain Inside v Element visual rep Use Default oe Description The part will be created and shown in the graphics window In the example below it is shown in border representation mode Note that you now get a portion instead of the whole Note also that we got original resolution because we set step values back to one The step values can be other than one and your portion will be at the coarser resolution oad as new park Close dialog after create User Man
194. ADVANCED USAGE There are also some excellent public domain i e free tools for manipulating images ImageMagick is a public domain X windows based program for displaying both images and animations loaded as sequences of images ona wide variety of platforms Visit the Web site http www wizards dupont com cristy ImageMagick html for more information One of the most popular cross platform tools is the GIMP This tool has nearly the full functionality of Photoshop and can read write all the image formats EnSight can It is often installed by default on Linux platforms but OSX Windows and other platforms are supported as well www gimp org 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 100 HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A 2 00e OTHER NOTES Almost all desktop publishing page layout or word processing packages permit importation of Encapsulated PostScript files Macintosh packages recognize files by explicit file typing based on a four letter code unlike UNIX which has no intrinsic file typing This code is not stored in the file itself but in an information file used by the Finder the Mac OS to handle files EPS files are recognized by the code EPSF There are various methods of setting this code File transfer utilities such as fetch can set the code during the transfer process The FileTyper utility can be used to directly edit the Finder Information File Unless this file type is set properly it is likely that applicat
195. ANELS im 26000 INTRODUCTION EnSight uses several sets of icons to group functionality The Feature Icon bar can be customized in terms of which features are available and what order they will be presented All of the icon bars can be moved and docked or undocked In addition all of the list panels part variable viewports annotations query plots and frames can customize the columns of data displayed in the panel The icons can have text sub titles under the icon Many users find it useful to turn this text one while they learn the system and turn it back off once mastered BASIC OPERATION To turn on Icon text 1 Right click in the Feature Icon bar then select Display icon text from the pulldown fl EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CEensight100 data quard_ra File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help 20 gO on ee P EE cy Customize Feature Toolbar l Display icon text Lock toolbars Lock dock widgets To customize the Feature Icon Bar 1 Right click in the Feature Icon bar then select Customize Feature Toolbar from the pulldown EnSight 10 0 0 3 C Program Files x86 CE ensight100 data quard_ra File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help IE 2 In the resulting dialog you can Ld 2 pms 4 AA ih eats oft a Select features from the available list on the 3 Customize Feature Toolbar left and use the right a
196. ANGE VIEWPORTS A 2 6008 Move and Resize Viewports Viewports can be easily moved and resized You can either reposition a viewport with the mouse in the Graphics Window or precisely by entering exact values To move or resize a viewport 1 Get the move and resize hotpoints to appear by clicking in the background or hovering the mouse over the border of the desired viewport 2 To move a viewport click and hold on the move hotpoint as you drag the viewport to the desired location peewee 5 3 To resize a viewport click and hold on the resize hotpoint as you drag the corner to the desired location To precisely reposition a viewport 1 Click the Selected viewport s position icon to open the Create edit Viewports dialog rreee ee ee rete eens Alternatively you can double click or right click and select Edit on the viewport in the list Then open the Location Attributed area Createfedit Viewports Background attributes H Border attributes H Bounds attributes amp Lighting attributes Y Location attributes 4 Enter new values in the Origin X Y Width Values are given as a Fraction 0 0 1 0 of and Y or Height fields and press return 7 gt J Origin You can alternatively use the sliders to change the Width and Height Height The origin at 0 0 is the lower left corner of the Graphics Window Note that the val
197. Area as follows None No constraints are placed on movement of either the look from point or the look at point Distance Movement of the look from look at point is restricted to a circle whose radius is the current Distance value and whose center is the look at look from point Together The movement of both points is locked such that movements applied to one are applied to the other You can easily reset the look from and look at points such that all currently visible parts are displayed Click the Graphics window transforms icon and Click Reset to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog Click the Reinitialize button to reset the currently selected viewports OTHER NOTES You can also set the look at point by picking an object with the mouse in the Graphics Window 1 Click Reinitialize in the Reset Tools and Viewport s dialog to clear all global transformations 2 Click the Pick icon on the Tools Icon Bar ee 3 Select Pick Look At Point from the Pick Pull down y icon a m 4 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Place the 3 Pick part mouse pointer over the point you wish to set to the Pieter LOU Ea look at point and press the p key or whatever PrE ORES mouse button you have set for Selected Pick Aei a Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Pick spline control point Keyboard Pick center of transforrn Pick elementis to blank TEET ye w Fick look at point User Manual Page 130
198. Box TOOL A 2608 To set the Box Tool by specifying coordinate 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking on the Tools icon then selecting the Tool location editor option 2 If the dialog is not set for Box tool look at the title of the dialog then switch the dialog to the Box tool by Editor Function gt TOOIS gt BOX 262424214255005264c4ecdeneees 3 To place and size enter the desired coordinates for the Origin corner and the length in each of the directions S e ee ee P E Transformation Editor Box tool File Editor function Help Tool location editor Transform Action About Axis X Which Frame O ts A 2s Z All Coord frame 0 and press return Scale Settings Increment 1 000000 Limit 90 000000 Cartesian Coordinates of Box Tool in Frame 0 4 To orient enter the components of the orthogonal axis orientation vectors Vx Length 7 1072e 001 Origin 3 9464e 001 Orientation Vectors X 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 zZ 0 0000e 000 7 1072e 001 3 5936 001 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 0 0000 e 000 Fa 7 1072e 001 3 5536e 001 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 You can also rotate translate or stretch the Box Tool by selecting the desired Transform Action setting the desired axis and then manipulating the slide
199. C Documents and Setting frank CEI DSWWIMAT BO Deskop _ sate en i used for colors outside of the texture Dims 267 200 T tY 3 Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 r l lt lt i bounds This color RGB and opacity a A can be set explicitly using the Set Use textures a as Repeat mode Repeat border color menu _ te 1 Advanced options for loaded texture The eight textures are numbered one images and animations can be set through eight Each part in EnSight can using the Set texture options have one of the eight texture menu associated with it This can be done by 2s The basic information for the currently selecting the part s and either clicking TE selected texture is displayed in the text on the appropriate button thumbnail or sE field below the thumbnails The size of SelecNne the number from the Use EE the texture its source border color and texture option menu oo the nature of its transparency A channel and border color is displayed Apply Close Save Default Textures Help F 2 ee el ll lc re lc lc lc lel re llc hl lr lr All textures have both a color RGB and an opacity A component By default the thumbnait is drawn using the full RGBA pixel value Options at the bottom of the menu allow the user to select which channels to draw EEEE Seeon eree The lo
200. Cylinder with the mouse oe 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool 7 Ao 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Cylinder to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Cylinder with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoints e oe 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To change the Cylinder radius with the mouse a i 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center ring res TT eee F 2 Click and drag to the desired radius NS ff f 3 Release the mouse button To rotate the Cylinder with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the SO N 3 central AXES lt 2osee need ecaneearessete spaces as seweesecsereen menses ee 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished p 3 Release the mouse button Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is Note over a hotpoint if in Part or Frame mode Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation User Manual Page 185 How To USE THE CYLINDER TOOL A 2 66008 Cylinder mo
201. DUCTION EnSight provides an interactive query capability that displays variable data in the Graphics Window as you move the mouse pointer over geometry as you move the cursor tool within the model or at specified node element ijk or xyz locations The probe can display the value directly under the mouse pointer by interpolating the nodal values of the applicable element or search for and display the value at the node closest to the mouse pointer BASIC OPERATION To probe interactively 1 Click the Probe Feature Icon gt 2 Create edit Probe Query or select Query gt Interactive Probe Probe Create Display Style Which variables Density Energy Momentum 2 Set the Query pulldown to desired operation Surface Pick Interpolate to any picked position on the surface of the model Coordinates Cursor Interpolate to location of cursor tool within the U Tame model Node At a specific node number IJK At a specific IJK location Element At a specific element number XYZ At a specific XYZ location Show components Clear selection 3 Select the desired variable s to display ah Probe count 1 4 If Query is set to Surface Pick you can select a whether the probe will snap to closest node or b use exact location And whether the information will be sampled c when you click the p keyboard key or d
202. Dialog items None Save a snapshot 2 lo A A OP User Manual Page 429 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A 2 66008 ret dlg doit it If the user pressed ok we will continue it if ret gt 0 it Build a dictionary of output values LOr key n seli parans Sell params key dlgg tvalus KEy it Try to perform the operation it Selr compuce selt params The operation succeeded so we need to record custom command language to place the operation into the journaled output gelT cmdRkec rd xsize lt a lt Selt params xsize Sselt CmOReCOTO ysize sd eli Params ysize self cmdRecord file self params file self cmdRecord compute All extensions include the ability to record custom command language and play it back Remember that extensions should be able to play back their operations in batch mode This mechanism allows for an extension developer to break GUI interaction and the actual operation into two parts The cmdExec method is passed all of the custom command language for this tool Here we use a trick where we assume that the recorded command language takes the form of actual Python assignment statements We break up the passed line and use the Python exec method to recover the information back into a dictionary E FF OFF HES ESSE a H def cmdExec self str gt Str soli Ery key
203. E E E E Simple interface AS Advanced interface Data Format options Time options 6 Click the applicable Set Button s in this case the set d3plot C Program Files CEIensight100 other_datalcarayvan_srmallid3plot Set d3plot button es etke Jo If a mapping is Known the automatically chosen for you Booo sages 7 Select the correct Format 4 if not already correct CSPLOT file reader 3 09 07 13 2009 Put First OSPLOT File in Set d plot and KEY file in Seb key The list shown is dependent on Comments the presence of internal and user defined readers at your site and in your preference settings For the list of available readers please see Native EnSight Format Data Format options Time options i z l 8 Optionally set any Binary files are Format options Note the options presented will vary according to the data F format All but the Casefile format will allow input of C T measured data See EnSight5 Use ALE variables Measured Particle File keyfile IDs Mat ID w Format Plot3d Casefile and Special HDFS structured dopot 1 Mt formats will provide a field for a boundary file See EnSight Console Output Normal o O Boundary File Format ASCII File Inpt Remove Failed Elems i Continued on next page User Manual HOW TO READ DATA A 000e 9 Optionally set any Time _ ______ ODMIONS rreri eeban eriin ani y Data Format options Time
204. E ENS_ CHECKER INTRODUCTION This program attempts to check the integrity of the EnSight Gold or EnSight6 file formats Most files that pass this check will be able to be read by EnSight see Other Notes below If EnSight Gold or EnSight6 data fails to read into Ensight one should run it through this checker to see if any problems are found Ens_ checker makes no attempt to check the validity of floating point values such as coordinates results etc It is just checking the existence and format of such BASIC OPERATION Program invocation If you invoke the program without any arguments it will prompt you for the casefile to read For example eno CNeCker KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK EnSight Data Format Checker z Currently i tle MUSE De rUn from directory in Which Casetile 16 1oOCated Ax Handleg EnoIgbte ana Enoigne Gold formaco only 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKEKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKIKKHK lt Enter casefile name must be in directory containing it gt mydata case You can alternatively invoke the program with the casefile on the command line gt ens CNSGKer Mydelda Case Sample runs As ens_ checker works it will be providing feedback This feedback is important in interpreting what is wrong in the files Here is a sample run which was successful Ono CSCS BOYS Cans KKKKKKKKKK
205. EFINE AN D CHANGE VIEWPORTS A e000 3 Select General or the Axis specific tabs Createfedit Viewports Background attributes Border attributes Y Bounds attributes General All Axes Visible Line width Axis specific Dimension E pixels k Label size Auto size R10 G Gradation Grid Line width ipixel Line style Sub Gradation Sub Grid Line width Line style i Length 45 specified B 1 00 1 00 Mis i R lioo 806 6 1 00 Mise G 030 R 0 30 0 30 B Mis Lighting attributes Location attributes H View attributes _ Limited redraw Delete Viewports A created viewport can be deleted at any time 1 Right click on the desired viewport in the Viewport list panel and select Delete OR if multiple desired 1 Select the desired viewports in the list by any of the typical methods Hold down the control key to select multiple viewports 3 Right click on the selection and choose Delete 4 Modify any attributes desired Including the visibility toggle if you don t desire to see the bounds in the selected viewports Boundg attributes General Axis specific Edit axis v x z Axis Min Max Yalue Labels 492 000 Grid location All Extent location Min wt Gradation S5Sub Grad Sub type of Extent location Grad type VWEWPOres Show Main viewport 3 j Wiel po rt WEWOOS Mame Selec
206. ENDERER HOSTS specifies a quoted string of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 hostl host3 to be used for EnSight distributed renderers Ifthe use lsf for renderers command line option is specified then the CollabHub will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such i 2 O User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 2 000e as hostl 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion Ifthe use pbs for renderers command line option is specified then the CollabHub will evaluate the environment variable PBS NODEFILE for the resources The environment variable specifies a filename in which the file contains list of line delimited host names that were allocated by the PBS scheduler The res file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given When using distributed rendering any hosts specified via a prdist file are used instead of those given by RENDERER resources Additionally any prdist file specified directly to the collabhub will override one specified to the client A Client Server Example Resources are
207. Formats 1 Select File gt Export gt Geometric Entities Follow the ee Please select the parts you wish to save From the Parts list a instructions given Brick of Values and then fill in the Following information IF Format supports variables Case Gold all active variables For the selected parts will be sawed These files will be saved by the Ensignt se Server ae gees i If the writer accepts Parameter s parameters enter any desired ones in the Parameter s field Enter a file root name Save s 4 Single File Maximum File Ae tin MB 3 3568 i Toggl to save as End Time Step binary files or not Step by B If the dataset is 7 transient specify the beginning ending and step values 7 If the dataset is transient you can choose to save the multiple timesteps in one file one file per variable If you choose this option you can also specify the maximum file size 8 Click Okay The user defined writers can call the routines of an EnSight API to retrieve for example nodal coordinates node ids element ids of parts selected in the Parts window to be passed by value to be used manipulated and or written out in any format desired The User defined writer dialog includes a Parameter field that allows the passing of text into the writer from the GUI This text could contain extra options which the writer understands sev
208. Grad Grad type of Sub type of Extent location Solid s SEE ALSO User Manual Part Bounds Attributes 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 166 How TO DO VIEWPORT TRACKING A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides the capability to track a particular location on the model parts displayed in a viewport Tracking means that the viewport will be caused to center on the chosen location as time is changed This is particularly useful for models with changing geometry or applied displacements allowing one to stay focused on the moving bodies during an animation BASIC OPERATION Viewports can be displayed with a variety of attributes WEWPOreEs A x Mame Show Main viewport x viewport 1 x 1 Double click on the desired viewport or select the desired viewport s and right click Create edit Viewports gt Edit Background attributes Border attributes Bounds attributes P Lighting attributes Location attributes 2 Open the View attributes if needed gt WF View attributes Welw Dimension Perspective Shaded Hidden Line Node tracking 3 Select the Tracking option desired AE D rack Of w a ree 5 And supply the node or part id appropriately z gt Part ID 6 Change time step load a transient flipbook or the like and note that the viewport will stay centered on the location chosen Node numbe
209. How TO SET LOOKFROM LOOKAT igs il a Other camera parameters such as the camera up direction and the field of view angle can be set in the dialog found in the Transform Editor Editor Function gt Camera SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports How To View a Viewport Through a Camera User Manual Page 131 How To SET AUXILIARY CLIPPING A e000 INTRODUCTION Unlike standard Z clipping where the front and back planes are always perpendicular to your line of sight auxiliary clipping lets you clip parts against a plane with arbitrary position and orientation In addition the auxiliary clip attribute can be set on a per part basis This permits selective clipping to reveal objects of interest EnSight s Plane Tool is used to provide the location for auxiliary clips As the Plane Tool is manipulated either interactively with the mouse or via the Transformations dialog the display in the Graphics Window updates to reflect the new location of the plane BASIC OPERATION Auxiliary clipping can be globally enabled ry EnSight 10 0 0 a selecting it in the View menu T Fie Edit Create Query ER Tools window Case l BEN o Fast display LA i i f E shaded Ll Hidden line e Perspective Mame Mur Case 1 Computational mesh LM Highlight selected parts L Axis triad visibility Fa Bounds visibility Af Label visibility Legend J Text Line Loga W Cam
210. How TO TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Use the Online Documentation Use The How To Manual EnSight Overview Connect EnSight Client amp Server Command Line Start up Options Use Environment Variables Read and Load Data Read Data Use ens_checker Load Multiple Datasets Cases Load Transient Data Use Server of Servers Load Spatially Decomposed Case Files Read User Defined Do Structured Extraction Use Block Continuation Use Resource Management Save or Output Save or Restore an Archive Record and Play Command Files Print Save an Image Save Geometric Entities Save Restore Context Save Scenario Save Restore Session Output for Povray Manipulate Viewing Parameters Rotate Zoom Translate Scale Set Drawing Mode Set Global Viewing Parameters Set Z Clipping Set LookFrom LookAt Set Auxiliary Clipping Define and Change Viewports Control Lighting Attributes Display Remotely Save amp Restore Viewing Parameters Create and Manipulate Frames Reset Tools and Viewports Use the Color Selector Enable Stereo Viewing Pick Center of Transformation Set Model Axis Extent Bounds Do Viewport Tracking View a Viewport Through a Camera Manage Views Manipulate Tools Use the Cursor Point Tool Use the Line Tool Use the Plane Tool Use the Box Tool Use the Cylinder Tool m2 60008 Use the Sphere Tool Use the Cone Tool Use Surface of Revolution Tool Use the Selection Tool Use the Spline Tool
211. How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Parts i Wh OP User Manual Page 244 HOW TO CREATE REVOLUTION TOOL CLIPS 2 0000 INTRODUCTION A Revolution Tool clip can be made using the surface of revolution tool It can be the surface created by the intersection of the surface of revolution tool and the model the elements intersected by the surface of revolution tool crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the revolution tool This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However the tool can be manipulated and the clip updated BASIC OPERATION i Create edit Parts Create Edit Z Advanced 1 Place the Surface of Revolution Tool at the desired location See How To Use the Surface of Revolution Tool Creation attributes i Apply tool change 2 Select the parent part from the EnSight main part list te a p Parameters 3 Click the Clip icon oR a 4 Select Revolution Tool from the Use Tool pulldown 5 Select the desired Domain lt 6 Select extents K 7 Create using selected parts ee Note that you can manipulate the Surface of
212. IJK clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider Although planar clips can still be created through structured meshes it is often preferable to create IJK clips since they are faster to calculate and use less memory In addition IJK clips are often more intuitive for the user who typically built the mesh Create XYZ Clips An XYZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a 2D or 3D mesh structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g X is held constant or fixed while the other two dimensions e g Y and Z vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh XYZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the fixed dimension can be set by the user Although plane clips can still be created through meshes it is often preferable to create XYZ clips since they are constrained to the local frame of the meshed part To quickly create an XYZ clip simply right click on a part and choose Clip and then choose the direction Create RTZ Clips An RTZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g R radial component is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g T theta component and Z z a
213. ION A Subset Part can be created by specifying node and or element label ranges of a model part Subset Parts can only be created from model parts that have node and or element labels The Subset Part feature can be used to isolate specified nodal and element regions of interest in large data sets BASIC OPERATION 1 First click the Subset Parts Feature icon 5 gt a 3 Now for each parent model part enter the part number of the desired parent part in the Add field and press return Create edit Parts Ba Subset Parts Advanced Desc Y Creation attributes From Part 1 C1 engine Add part 1 ae Show Elements Ex 1 3 8 100 250 Pick elements Add elements from selection tool Create with selected parts Delay update Apply Changes SEE ALSO How To Probe Interactively User Manual Subset Parts 2 Can t find the icon in your Quick Action Icon Bar Right click on the icon bar and choose Customize Feature Toolbar Use the left right arrows to add the subset part icon and the up down arrows to slide it s location along the icon bar 3 Select Elements or Nodes to Show 4 Enter the element or node label range s in the Show List text field ranges are separated by commas OR Toggle on Pick elements and select elements using pick selection which by default is the p keyboard key OR Turn on the selection tool and place it where desired the
214. KKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker Currently a I Mast DS run irom GCirecrory an witch Caserlle Io located 2 Handles EnSighto and Ensight Gold formats only a 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKIKKIKIKHK lt Enter casefile name must be in directory containing it gt 3by3 case Casefile to Process 3by3 case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section at line 11 FORMAT Section Ensight 6 Format set at line 2 i 2 O User Manual How TO USE ENS_ CHECKER Lime set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps cl Time values at line 13 starting on line 14 time values 1 O Model filename is 3by3 geo Static geometry Opened 3by3 geo successfully File type is ASCII Description l Description 2 node ids element ids assign assign Global section Number of nodes 64 Coordinates for 64 Part l Description is 3 x 3 xy Unstructured Part at line 5 EnSight test geometry file nodes found Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 Part 2 Description is 3 x 3 yz Unstructured Part quad4 elements found Number of quad4 elements is 9 2 Connectivities tor Part 3 Description 1s
215. L wl aj for the selected frame s using the Transform SF Define frame s icon on the Quick Action Icon Bar aera eee AET ee ee Transform Mode y Define Mode 5 oll on il lee ee u u e u E E E E E E bout Axis r OY Oz Oal s A J crement Limit 90 000000 About Axis s OY Oz Oa Origin m i 0000 z amp 0 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 2 0 0000e 000 Increment 1 000000 Limit 90 000000 Origin 1 9200e 002 Y 6 3140e 001 Z 1 4400e 002 Orientation Yectors At center of selected parts amp 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 O 0000e 000 Orientation ectors 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 O 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 mm mm _ At center of selected parts Create Help IMPORTANT Generally one should only use the Define mode while first creating and orienting the frame Thus before any parts are assigned to it Thereafter one should ensure that he is using Transform mode If you do this you will avoid error and confusion in the use of frames i 4 Hon User Manual Page 154 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES f T 5 j o To transform in Frame Transform mode 1 Select the desired frame s as described above 2 Ensure that the Transform Define frame s icon is This can alternatively be do
216. Load 3 10 Save playing animation to file Variable temperature a must be playing to save Creation attributes User Manual Page 358 How TO CREATE A FLIPBOOK ANIMATION A e000 The Load Flipbook Status dialog will open and show the progress of the load You can cancel the load by clicking the Cancel button and retain all the pages loaded to that point Once the load is complete you can run the flipbook using VCR type controls After a flipbook load the Player Flipbook heyat A7 Uaua Airdhi m Animation will open and the next steps will m i generally be the default already 1 Under Play settings make sure the Display is set to flipbook pages E a 2 Click the run forward or backward a button sesesrseserenererseneneneneenenent The flipbook will begin to run OR You can also step through the pages manually 3 Click the forward backward single step buttons once for each page You can also enter values in the Current Page field and press return to jump to a specific page 4 To change the range of displayed pages enter new values in the Begin Page and or End Page fields and press return or Create fedit Flipbook Animation move the slider range markers Play settings 5 To change the display speed enter a new value in the Display ome field and press return n inne eee nnn i A speed of
217. Mouse and Keyboard Depending on which pick action was chosen the camera will be positioned or oriented according to the pick You may pick a spline control point for the Camera origin in which case the camera will position and orient itself according to the spline User Manual Page 168 How TO VIEW A VIEWPORT THROUGH A CAMERA A 2 6600 To turn on camera visibility i Q Transformation Editor Camera e 2s 1 Open the Transformation Editor as described in i File Editor function Help previous section ae E 2 Select Editor function gt Camera 3 Select the camera s you want to turn visible Transform Action 4 Turn on the Visible toggle About Axis X Y Fi All igi ae To position orient a camera interactively from the a n Camera Transformation editor Lees H _ Which camera Scale Settings n i Pre Vew i Increment 1 000000 1 If the Origin is set to XYZ then the camera is located Cl Z View m 1 Ce X View imi 10 at the X Y Z locations shown here ee Se eee jz If the Origin is set to Spline then the camera origin will be located on the defined spline Visible Size 80 000000 If the Origin is set to Node then the camera origin will be located at a specified node id Lens View pyramid Desc CO Z View 2 The camera orientation is c
218. O HEEF Y s 4 As aep 1 Select the desired measured data part in the Parts list 2 Click the Node representation icon 2 a PENS iay Which opens the Part Node Rep dialog Node Node visibility Visibility will be on by default for measured data fae Sphere fs Scale 1 5418e 001 parts 3 Select the desired node display type variable e Dot nodes are displayed as points e Cross nodes are displayed as crosses and can be fixed sized size set by the Scale value or sized based on a Variable and scaled by the Scale value e Sphere nodes are displayed as spheres and can be fixed sized size set by the Scale value or sized based on a Variable and scaled by the Scale value Sphere detail controlled by Detail value 4 If applicable set desired values for Scale Detail Size By and Variable 2 2 2 scene eee een eee eee eens OTHER NOTES The file formats for measured data and the measured results file are detailed in EnSight Gold Measured Particle File Format Transient measured data can be animated using either the flipbook or keyframe animation capability You can load multiple measured datasets simultaneously by using EnSight s cases capability SEE ALSO User Manual EnSight Gold Measured Particle File Format User Manual Page 264 How TO CHANGE TIME STEPS A 2 66008 INTRODUCTION From it s inception EnSight h
219. O PART CREATION A e000 A quick way to create parts using the default settings is to right click on a part in the graphics window A pulldown selection will appear that will give you the option to create a Contour Isosurface or Vector Arrow part using the default settings using the parent as the part you right clicked Selected parts can be written to disk and loaded in a future session Select File gt Save gt Geometric Entities You have the option of saving either in EnSight format VRML format STL format or other user defined formats See How To Save Geometric Entities for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Features Parts User Manual Page 206 How TO CREATE CONTOURS INTRODUCTION A contour is a line of constant value on a two dimensional though not necessarily planar surface The region on one side of the line is larger than the isovalue the region on the other side is less than the isovalue EnSight creates contour lines in groups where the isovalues either correspond to the levels in the palette defined for the contour variable or a user specified range and distribution The main level contour lines can also be labeled with the corresponding palette value BASIC OPERATION Mame Id Showy Color Color by E ase 1 Computational mesh Constant 4 Select the parent part Create edit Parts E YW Contours 3 Select the variable to use etude Secu eee Creation attri
220. ORE Note Frame operations __ ag Player Flipbook Animation are reserved for the 3d space Frame 1 co Cani W pieiestene expert user By default green arrow Constant w Plots Queries blue arrow 3 Constant W Parts the Frame Feature Icon Frame base 4 Constant Pennies is not enabled To id w Feature Toolbar W Duick settings gt Toolbars and toggle lt Quick Edit Frames on Displaw icon text Computed Lock toolbars variables Coordinates 0 Time T Lock dock widgets wf Yiewports W Variables Alternatively one can right click on Player Flipbook Animation the head of the List Panel section k w Annotations and toggle Frames on l W Plots Queries gt a ow Parts Frames w Feature Toolbar W Ouick settings w Ouick Edit Variables Annotations Plots Queries viewports Frames a x Mame Coord Frame 0 After which the Frames List Panel will be available default Coord frame 0 is listed and the operations described below can be performed 21 eee he cee ete eee eee eee eee eens ee O Variables Annotations Plots Queries WieWwporks Frames Frames are selected either by clicking a visible frame axis triad in the Graphics Window implying that the frame triad had to previously been set to be visible or by selecting the desired frame in the Frames list panel Any frame operation such as setting attributes acts on
221. PROVANGCCG cos soseceesiacscsenareanesssaseoseeacecnesseeede 2 Choose a variable Variable temperature 3 Set the type to Isovolume EN Scaling X 0 0000 Y 0 0000 Z 0 0000 gt s Creation attributes Type Isovolume Constraint Band gt 5 Set the Constraint to Band to constrain the Isovolume range Min 1 0000e 000 Max 1 0000e 000 isovolume within an appropriate Min and Max oc o 0000c000 range of the scalar variable Min wil ereate an c ccc ccc rere isovolume constrained to be lt o the value given while Max will create an isovolume gt to the value given of surfaces 1 Delta 1 0000 Interactive By Value Interaction type Off 6 Create with selected parts gm mm jm Delay updat OTHER NOTES Effective display of more than two nested isosurfaces is difficult Set transparency on the outermost isosurface s to reveal the inner surfaces To avoid confusion don t try to display isosurfaces of more than one variable simultaneously or multiple isosurfaces of the same variable colored by different variables SEE ALSO How To Create a Flipbook Animation How To Create a Keyframe Animation User Manual lsosurface Parts User Manual Page 214 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES A 2608 INTRODUCTION Streamline and Pathline Traces A particle trace represents the path a particle would take if released in a flow field From an initial seed point th
222. Panel for the part The name and current version number Example EnSight Version 10 0 EnSight command language variables can also be inserted into annotation strings via a special item coding option This coding item does not have an associated GUI but can be typed directly into the annotation text edit field The coding has the form lt ensv format var name gt The format string is the C printf specification for the item formatting var name is the actual name of the variable value to be inserted If the following lines of EnSight command language were executed Sglobalstring example Sexample Hello from EnSight The annotation string NN The value is lt ensv s example gt User Manual How TO CREATE TEXT ANNOTATION A 2 66008 would result in the annotation containing the string The value is Hello from EnSight If the variable is updated the following command language will update the annotation text update Another example uses the built in EnSight frames per second counter which stores the current rendering rate in frames per second in the ensight variable ensight_fps This annotation string containing embedded ensight variable formatting will display the current rendering rate dynamically in EnSight Frames per second lt ensv 2f ensight fps gt It is also possible to embed the value of an interactive query into an annotation string The first value of t
223. R A logo in the Graphics Window and dragging it to the desired ar a na location or specify the precise coordinates in the X and Y i Lines fields E Logos w C Users ang Desktop E Legends a To change size 222 e reece eee reece reece eee Coordinates 7 Typing the desired scaling factors into the X amp Y fields and ee press return ae E x Note that the size of a logo cannot be adjusted interactively ware velocity 4 Arrows Dials re 4 Mm t SEE ALSO User Manual Logo Annotation 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 387 How TO CREATE COLOR LEGENDS 0000 INTRODUCTION Every currently active variable has an associated color legend that can be displayed in the Graphics Window Color legends provide essential information about images that use parts colored by variable values color fringes Legends are particularly important if the image is to be viewed by others Legends are drawn as a vertical or horizontal color bar with associated variable values The size and position of the color legend can be changed This article discusses changing the appearance of color legends by modifying Annotation attributes To edit the color palette itself change colors or change the mapping from variable values to colors see How To Edit Color Palettes BASIC OPERATION To display a color legend 1 Click on the Annotation tab in the object list Annotations nx area Mame Show Color Text 2 Turn down t
224. RODUCTION Various types of data can be animated through EnSight s flipbook capability During the flipbook load process selected parts are automatically rebuilt based on some criteria such as a delta for a clipping plane For each step a graphical page is created and stored in memory When the flipbook is active the pages are displayed in order as rapidly as the hardware allows although you can slow it down You can also step through pages manually The graphical pages can be one of two types object or image An object flipbook saves each page as 3D geometry so you can continue to manipulate the model e g rotate or Zoom during playback However for very large models and or long sequences the memory requirements can be substantial In this case you can create image flipbooks that save only the image pixels for each page Although the size of each page is now fixed you cannot change the viewing parameters without reloading the flipbook There are four distinct types of flipbooks Transient Pages are constructed by stepping from the current beginning to ending time range and rebuilding all time dependent parts based on each time step in sequence Mode Shapes Pages are constructed by applying a cosine driven scaling factor to a displacement variable Create Data Pages are constructed by applying a delta to either a clip part or an isosurface Linear Load Pages are constructed by applying linear interpolation ranging from zero to the
225. SO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Page 193 How To USE THE SELECTION TOOL A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 2D screen selection tool called the Selection tool or Region Selector It is different than most of the other tools in that it is not used to create other parts It is basically used for selection purposes For example it can be used to select a screen region to zoom in to It can be used in the part selection process And it can be used for the element blanking operation BASIC OPERATION Zoom to Region To use the selection tool to perform a zoom operation 1 Turn on the Selection Tool via the icon on the Tools Icon Bar a Ot 7 Pla clicking and dragging on any corner to rubberband the tool clicking and dragging on the center of the tool to move it coon toons x File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Note the dotted box Indicates the aspect ratio of the graphics window w E YD E A ii pan eD of A G BOOsFskeereOPX Gx and is used for zoom operations de Name Number Show Color El Case l Comput 1 Isosurta 2 Clip_plane 3 2 Click the Zoom symbol at the upper left of the tool to cause the zoom to occur _ Main Viewport Ed Note the Undo button is useful if you want to undo the last transformation
226. So they will appear like EnSight 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help EAL RON M ROY 2 Player Solution Timet ajej pC Beg O Cur 4 End 4 Parts of x Name Number Show Color Case 1 Ali gt Variables A x Name Min Max Location A E lf you hover your mouse over one of the parts you will see Parts A x Name Number Show Color A i Case 1 Unloaded park right click to rejload If you right click on one of the parts you will see Name Number Show Color A Page DT Mal Le Part Select t Load Part Create new group from selected parts H iD Hy W User Manual HOW TO READ DATA And if your data is unstructured when you click on Load part you will see a dialog like that to the right wherein you can set Unstructured Part Builder Element visual rep BER Ssrg 1 The initial Visual Representation to use weer Feature angle 2 A description other than the default if desired Description Close dialog after create k gt Load as new part And click Load as new part to get the part created EE eee If the data is structured then you will see a dialog like the one to the right wherein you can set Structured Part Builder 1 From To and Step IJK values for the selected part s The From and To values are inclusive Element visual rep Use Default wv q Description Valid values in the Fro
227. Specifying a displacement does not create a new part it merely sets the displacement attributes for the selected parts 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 260 How TO DISPLAY DISPLACEMENTS A e000 Server Side Displacements server side displacements have more detailed attributes found in the Create edit dialog 1 First read in your model build the desired parts and activate the model variable not computed variables representing displacement Color by i i gt Cylinder constant 2 Select the desired parts in the Parts list J cvino E n d Delete selected items l W Edit 3 Right click on them and select Edit 2 22 2 ee _ Ie Query over time Color By d Part Select j Clips j Contour Create edit Parts Ed Model Parts Create Edit Advanced Creation attributes Elements defined by Input dataset wt f i Adjust part coordinates 4 Set any desired entire geometry scale factor 222222 aaa aLaaa a LaL LaL aLL LaLa Coordinates Hit a carriage return 5 Set the scale factor for any desired displacement variable Variable Translation Hit a carriage return Displacement w 1 000000 6 Set the nodal displacement model variable __ Displacement y 0 000000 and any desired translation for each component 222 Z Displacement Z z 0 000000 Hit a carriage return From
228. T a a i The Position section controls the size and position of the plotter Set the origin of the plotter with respect to the lower left corner of the Graphics Window Set the plotter width height 0 1 normalized to the width and height of the Graphics Window Create edit Query plot Quer y Plot b Title attributes P Axis attributes b Background attributes P Border attributes P Legend attributes Position attributes Origin X 0 113 0 492 E Se Sage Width 0 480 Height 0 480 H Marker attributes Limited redraw Show text Save query The Marker section controls whether the curves will animate and whether the plot will be swept out during the animation or whether a time marker will sweep along the curve in the plotter Select Animate curves if you want the curve to be swept out or a time marker to be swept along the curve during animation Toggle Display marker if you want a vertical line to show time distance value TPS ig corresponding to the query marker in the graphics window For time queries the marker will sweep as time updates You can control the line width style and color of a time marker Display value will show the value of the x and y axis of where the marker intersects the curves on the plotter Create edit Query plot Louey Plot b Title attributes P Axis attributes Background attributes b Border attributes gt Legend att
229. T10 SERVER HOSTS to be the contents of the file specified by the environment variable PBS NODEFILE OpenPBS dynamic list of allocated nodes 6 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3p1o0t is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start EnSight Servers on computers specified in file SPBS NODEFILE Hosts specified in the SERVER section of my hosts res are ignored since ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS takes precedence Each of the servers will read 1 N of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader A SOS Case File Example When a SOS Case file is used with resources it needs to be modified otherwise the resources will be ignored for the EnSight Servers This is done for backwards compatibility 1 The file SOS case file big data sos is modified Two lines are added to the FORMAT section use resources on and auto distribute on The casefile line for each server is brought to the beginning of each subsection FORMAT type master server LS DYNA3D use resources on elo Creel IOUS on SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 See epee ane eee casefile ele ed none machine id executable ensight100 server directory tmp login id data path tmp Server 2 ENE eee casefile Toje ioje machine id executable ensight100 server directory tmp IOs a data path tmp
230. TTRIBUTES A 2 00e The Specific section controls the title value labels and gradation marks for the X or Y axis Create edit Query plot Choose which axis to deal with you can select x oryor lt Guana both Query Plot l Title attributes Toggle visibility of the axis line 2 2 2 2222 ee Axis attributes Axis General Axis Specific 3 Modify ads Ix ly Set the title of the axis e Lo vce Set the size of the title of the axis ot Title poi L PRESSION Set the color of the title of the axis Set the type of axis label None show no value labels All Font size 55 000 f show value labels at each gradation or Beg End show only the first and last value labels R000 60 00 B000 Mike e ee Value Labels Set the size of the axis value labels 2 000 Wa aly E pea Sie 40 000 laj Set the scale to linear or logarithmic log10 __ O H Scale Linear Auto Axis Scaling z Set auto scaling when on the Min Max values and the Min 0 5401 Max 0 014915 number of gradations will be used as suggested values to y ei arrive at pleasing numbers for the axis labels p Format 3g y nema Set the min max range of the variable displayed on the axis l Note will be used as exact values only if the Auto Axis 7 Hi 4 Gradation Sub Gr
231. The Graphics window view orientation icon can be used to quickly view the scene from the global axes directions er rete etree eter e eee EE aes eae ene R Press X to view the scene from the positive X axis looking toward the H origin The Y Z X Y Z buttons are similar EE ee E B as i 2 It also provides quick access to the Views manager that will allow you to save and Z restore your OWN CUStOM VIEWS 2 2 eee eee eee eee eee s ee al ie VIEWS Note that you also have the and axes buttons available in the Views Manager lt Views Manager To save your own custom views 1 Orient the scene as desired 2 Click the New button And the view will be shown 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until you have all the views you desire 4 Click the Save views button and specify the folder in the dialog that i COMES UP e ere eee en This will save all of the views you defined User Defined views To restore your custom views i Ri hk g ick above fe For menu m tions Left click to set the wiew 1 Click the Restore views button and p specify the folder containing your Save views a yjews UT srsssscccccs sss ss gt a AAS This will restore them to the dialog To apply any views in the dialog simply left click on them Note that zooming actually changes the location of EnSight s virtual
232. The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up lt can also be accessed from the Info icon eee ees The following shows sample output from a part query Part 2 Query Information Unstructured part Number of nodes 2380 Minimum coordinate In Frame 0 is 0 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 Maximum coordinate In Frame 0 is 3 80000e 01 1 20000e 01 0 00000e 00 Min node label in part is 1 Max node label in part is 2380 Element Information is Element type 6 Noded triangle count 1128 Min element label in part is 1 Max element label in part is 1128 Note In general client side parts particle traces profiles vector arrows contours can t be queried in this manner You will receive and error message like the following ERROR The query of the part specified could not be completed Particle trace parts will give one bit of information namely how many traces there are in the part And a note will be given informing you how to get a dump of the trace into the message window Something like Part 2 Query Information This part is a particle trace part Part has 10 traces Note For full trace dump into this window issue the following command in the command dialog test full trace query ON Then repeat this query SEE ALSO How To Query Plot How To Probe Interactively User Manual Show Information User Manual Page 300 How TO PROBE INTERACTIVELY INTRO
233. To Step Note that it is possible to displace in each component direction by a different variable and to translate by a single value in each direction It is also possible to scale the entire geometry by a mz factor Displacements applied in this manner actually modifies the geometry on the server not just the visual representation on the client Any queries or computations will reflect this modified geometry For example an area or volume calculation will now use the displaced values Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes User Manual Page 261 How TO DISPLAY DISPLACEMENTS A e000 ADVANCED USAGE Vibrational analysis typically produces eigenvectors EnSight can animate these vectors as mode shapes to visualize selected vibration modes each represented by a different displacement vector The EnSight Flipbook is used to build and load the animation Once loaded the animation can be replayed while still providing viewing control To create a mode shape flipbook 1 Be sure displacements are active and the Displacement Factor is set to a suitable value as described above 2 Click the Flipbook icon EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CElensight100 other_data e Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window ie Help E Player Solution Timet Create edit Flipbook Animation Play settings Display original madel Step increment Cycle 3 Select Mode Shapes
234. a so os os Ll os os os os Lal I o 7 EnSight is a client server architecture with the possibility that the two processes are executing on different and possibly remote machines Due to this a general abort function is not possible Instead a timer abort function is available that will terminate many server operations after a set amount of time has passed If you wish to set this time out value turn the toggle on and set the time out amount in seconds 8 Click here to save the preferences Page 412 User Manual How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES A 2608 To Set User Defined Input Preferences 1 Select User Defined Input from the Preferences Categories list ow S i User Defined Input 2 Turn this on to show the macro panel display _ 3 Toggle to select the default to display a part list in the graphics window This is especially helpful in full screen mode or a VR environment 4 Turn this on to activate the user defined input device ENSIGHT10_INPUT must be set to the proper device 5 Sets the sensitivity for the zoom operation a The values for zoom are scaled by this setting so values larger than 1 0 will make Preference Categories select one 4 User Defined Input Preferences
235. a 08 n a es re CEI RSH ce Networking Alternative to default ssh command CVF _ COMM2 NAGLE Cher Neto Enable Nagle RFC896 network feature on by default Server ENSIGHT10_SOCKBUF Client Networking Sets socket buffer size can be different between client and a Ee Other Do not remote the display from a different machine as this is inefficient and prone to problems Run the client on your local machine and the server remotely and connect them as EnSight is optimized for this configuration Client Parallel The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight client Threads in the client are used to accelerate sorting of transparent surfaces If not defined then the EnSight client chooses the number of threads based on the number of processors available and license limitations ENSIGHT10 MAX _SOSTHREADS SoS Parallel The maximum number of threads to use on the server of server in order to start up server processes in parallel rather than serially If not defined then EnSight chooses the number of threads based on the number of processors available and license limitations ENSIGHT10 MAX_THREADS server Parallel The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight server Threads are used to accelerate the computation of streamlines clips isosurfaces and other compute intensive operations If not defined then the EnSight server chooses the number of threads based on the number of processors available and l
236. a method with a time varying integration step Several of the integration parameters can be changed by the user See Particle Trace Parts in the User Manual for more information If you have trace data for other types of particles e g for multi phase flow simulations you can use the discrete measured data facility to load the particle path positions and animate them over time SEE ALSO How To Animate Particle Traces User Manual Particle Trace Parts User Manual Page 225 How TO CREATE CLIPS A 2 6600 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a powerful set of clipping operators See the following How To articles for more information Create Line Clips Clip lines are linear clips through 2D or 3D models using the Line Tool with samples taken at evenly spaced intervals grid or at intersections of element boundaries of the parent parts mesh Clip line values can be visualized using profiles or queried and sent to a plotter Create Plane Clips A clipping plane is a planar slice through a 3D mesh using the Plane Tool EnSight s clipping operation can take arbitrary cuts through either structured or unstructured meshes The clip can be infinite in extent at least to the bounds of the parts it is created from or restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool The nodes of the resulting clipping plane can be based on the topology and resolution of the underlying mesh or sampled on a regular grid You can also create a clip that contains a
237. a model part This will bring up the Model Parts Feature Create edit Parts i Panel Note that his is no longer a 7 cli p dia log g Model Parts Simple Advanced Desc zone 1 Mins Maxs 1 1 80 1 63 K 1 45 Y Creation attributes Elements defined by Input dataset 3 Simply enter values into the From adit PEE SE To and Step fields based on their ee Min and Max limits to update the i scale factor 1 000000 coordinates refinement of the respective I J and or K mesh compon ent directions scale factor 0 000000 variable translation When you press return or move to a sali Lieder new field the part is updated All_ X None X 0 000000 dependent parts and variables will co None 0 000000 also be updated Z None Z 0 000000 From To Step Min Max I 1 80 1 1 80 J 1 63 1 1 563 K 1 45 1 1 45 Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an IJK clip through a mesh it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of IJK clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information 5 4 Hon User Manual Page 239 How To CREATE IJK CLIPS SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Pl
238. able Range Min 0 0000e 000 Range Max 1 0034e 000 4 Select the number of sublevels desired if any And make sure Visible Levels visible toggles are set as desired i i a ee P gt sublevels oo oo O OS visible See How To Edit Color Maps for how to set the color palette levels Display Offset 0 0000e 000 Labels 5 Set the Visibility Spacing Color and Format of the contour labels ee lt L Visible Spacing 1 5418e 000 Note that only the main contour levels not aoo the sublevels are labeled i By default changes to the displayed contours occur as you edit the various attributes Format Exponential Decimal Places Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 208 How TO CREATE CONTOURS A e000 If you want contour levels to be independent of Variable palette levels EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CEl ensight100 data cube cube case File Edit Create Query ls Help Parts In the parts list double click Hells fe Oee See eB ISL shy Case 1 the contour part you wish to Computational m 1 x L Constant edit i y Contour park z x Constant Create fedit Parts Ed eo Contours create Edt J Advanced 1 Select Advanced rile Desc Contour part a 2 Select the Variable w Variable Scaling A 0 0000 Y 0
239. above Then make the frame triad s visible by toggling on the Axis visibility icon You can now 1 Position the mouse pointer over the frame axis triad the lines not the XYZ labels and click the left mouse button You can extend a selection of frames by holding down the Control key as you click on frames Assign Parts to Frames To assign a part to a frame 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list i E C A pz i BReGsolAA 2 Select the desired frame as described above 3 4 Click the Assign selected part s to selected frame icon to assign the part s to the frame 0 eee eee eee OR Right click on the desired frame and select Assign to then Selected Part wees eee eee ee Frames Mame Coord Frame 0 Note that you can easily assign all parts to a frame using Hide the latter method Show Edit A message is printed to the EnSight Message Window Delete found under the Information display icon confirming the New assignment Assign to Selected Part Yy i Selected Frame All User Manual Page 153 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES 2 0000 Move and Rotate Frames You transform a frame and all parts assigned to it wnen you perform any transformation while in Frame Transform mode Frame Transform mode is set by default You toggle between it and Frame definition mode 4 A
240. ace This is most useful for presentation e g hardcopy or animation output SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Vector Arrow Parts User Manual Page 251 How TO CREATE ELEVATED SURFACES A e000 INTRODUCTION An Elevated Surface is a 2D surface scaled in the local surface normal direction of the parent based on a variable value Elevated surfaces resemble topographic maps and are useful for accentuating relative differences in the value of a variable An Offset Surface uses a rigid body translated origin part translated within a 3D parent part to create a new part using the geometry of the origin part while getting variable information from the parent part In other words an Offset Part results from using a translated origin part to clip a 3D volume parent part BASIC OPERATION Elevated Surface Create edit Parts 1 Select the parent part p p Elevated Surfaces 2 In the top EnSight menu Create gt ee Extrude Variable displacement 3 Select the variable Creation attributes Surface type Elevated 4 Select Surface type A Elevated Scale Factor DEFAULT 5 If desired enter an appropriate scale factor or leave it DEFAULT Offset 0 0000e 000 7 Surface F Sidewalls Create with selected parts Offset Surface An offset surface can be thought of as clip of a 3D field using a 2D part translated into the field 1 Do items 1 3 above 2 Change Surface typ
241. achine EnSight is a client server application and you can run the EnSight server on your remote machine One way is to run the client on your local machine with a manual connection ensight100 client cm Linux ensight100 client cm Windows and on the remote machine ensight100 server c clienthostname Linux ensight100 server c clienthostname Windows Another way is to run your client and to tell it to open a connection on a remote machine default is ssh as follows ensight100 client c remotehostname Linux ensight100 client c remotehostname Windows Running one or multiple servers remotely incurs no cost as only the EnSight client requires a license key And of course the various VR combinations of display are valid SEE ALSO How To Use Server of Servers How To Setup for Parallel Rendering User Manual How TO SAVE amp RESTORE VIEWING PARAMETERS INTRODUCTION EnSight s viewports provide a great deal of flexibility in how objects are displayed in the Graphics Window Given the complicated transformations that can be performed It is imperative that users be able to save and restore accumulated viewport transforms BASIC OPERATION Copying Viewing Parameters from one Viewport to another This is most easily done by using right click operations 1 In the Viewports list panel right vViewports a ox click the viewport which contains i Mame Show the desired view Fo Main viewp
242. acro operation or cause errors You may wish to view the resulting command files with a text editor and possibly make changes A second way to create the command file for a macro is to copy commands from the Command Dialog history window 1 Mark the desired commands by clicking Command FEX and dragging in the history window or by Execution Macros Python any combination of clicking and dragging SS IF Expand plavfiles while holding down the CTRL key 2 With the cursor over the marked commands click the right mouse button to bring up the action menu then select part select_all Variables activate temperature Co pee meee eee eee oe eee eee es ew ee ee ee eee part colorby palette temperature Breakpoint py kp This will copy the commands to the system Sgan esad qesis zenn peal eee E Copy Empar acure cli pboard writelappend to file legend select palette end Execute legend visible ON egeni ISifle Zo to a gt Speed 4 When you are finished building your E gt LS macro command file be sure you save it in 3 Bring up a text editor and insert the commands using Paste Sion athe i ocd ma oe Weenies tale ats Sd above A Record part selection by number name Delay refresh 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 402 How To DEFINE AND USE MACROS A e000 A third way to create a macro command file is by writing appending them directly to a file fr
243. ad scaling toggle under the General Section is off as R 000 7 Goo Bo 00 Mix y e e e IL t Grad Type Grid of 5 Set the display format of the value labels or click Format SubG Type Grid Jek to select common formats from a list L l p Backo attribut Set the color of the axis value labels _ a A a Set the type of gradation None no gradation marker Grid a Limited ek a a Save query a vertical line or Tick a mark on the axis at the value label oooo positions Set the approximate number of gradations also depends on 7 Svea ee oes eee ee Laana the min max range Set the type of subgradation None no subgradation marker Grid a vertical line or Tick marks on the axis between the value label positions Set the number of subgradations between each value label By swapping the min and max can swap the positive direction User Manual Page 318 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES 4 4 gt j u h Set Curve Attributes Curve and marker attributes are controlled through the Query tab of the Query plot Feature Panel 1 Select the desired curve s by clicking on them in the Graphics Window or selecting them in the Query list control click to select multiple curves 2 Right click in the Query list to Edit OR 1 Double click on a query in the Query list To bring up the Que
244. adric Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips User Manual Clip Parts S 4b op User Manual Page 229 How TO CREATE CLIP PLANES A 2 00e INTRODUCTION A clipping plane is a planar slice through a 3D mesh EnSight s clipping operation can take arbitrary cuts through either structured or unstructured meshes The clip can be based on EnSight s plane tool and as such can be infinite in extent at least to the bounds of the parts it is created from or restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool The nodes of the resulting clipping plane can be based on the topology and resolution of the underlying mesh or sampled on a regular grid according to the plane tool A clip can also be created by specifying the node id of three nodes When node ids are used the plane will be infinite in extent and will stay tied to those three nodes even if they move in a changing geometry model Besides creating the intersection of a plane through a domain which is the normal mode for clipping a clipping plane can also be used to create parts which are what would result from a cut of its parent domain into front inside and or back outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts Like other clip tools clipping planes can be interactively manipulated with the mouse providing a powerful volume visualization capability Clipping pla
245. al Flaw Field Constant ami x hypersonic body 2 x C Constant Create fedtt Parts Create Edit _ Advanced 3 Select the vector variable to use RP variable velocity 0 M Creation attributes 4 Select Streamline as the type J gt Type Animate Animation settings 5 Select the desired emitter eee ee BE ye Emit From Interactive Emitters If the emitter is a tool Cursor Line Plane Shon As Ribbon width position the tool at the desired emitter location If the chosen emitter is Part then _ Surface Restrict _ Pick Surface Siediar enter the part number in the Part ID field and A press return 6 Click to set the trace direction 22 22 Quecceccec cee cecceeceeceeceeeee e a eee forwards in time positive velocity direction from the emission point s backwards in time negative velocity direction from the emission point s towards the entering flow boundary Streamlines only both forwards and backwards _ Create with selected parts Streamlines only _ Delay update Apple Changes 7 Click Create with selected parts buttons ae ee The particle traces will be created from the desired emitter Their maximum time duration is controlled via the Total Time Limit found under the Emitter Information when Advanced is chosen instead of Simple S 4b op User Manual Page 216 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES 00
246. alled absolute position which is relative to the model coordinate system A intensity of a second light source can also be set but its position is always at the viewer s camera s location BASIC OPERATION To specify the available lighting attributes In EnSight 1 Click Viewports tab to bring up the Viewports list panel 2 Select the viewport s for which you want to Ee i pa New bod J As modify the lighting attributes E E E ee henaet neces 3 Click the Selected viewports lighting button Which will bring up the Viewport Feature Panel with the lighting attributes turndown open a ees 4 Choose whether lighting will be relative to the viewport Relative or relative to the model axis system Absolute Createfedit Viewports H Background attributes Border attributes H Bounds attributes 5 Manipulate the position of Light 1 by Y Lighting attributes wq typing in Azimuth and Elevation or Light 1 using the sliders Terre TErrET 7 Pasitior 6 If desired also modify the intensity ag azimuth of Light 2 which is at the viewer s location 222 20e22 eee oa Elevation If you are in Relative position mode otan Set to default you can convert to Absolute by a pe Light 2 clicking ae Position this light is always at the viewer camera Note
247. allow copy that the Copy operation creates Merging is most often used to combine a series of parts into a single part for ease in handling such as attribute setting See How To Merge Parts for more information Part Attributes All parts have numerous attributes that control behavior and display Although many attributes can be controlled either through the Part Quick Access Icons or the right mouse button options complete access Is provided by the Feature Panel Part attributes and the Feature Panel are covered in detail in How To Set Attributes User Manual HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION 2 000e Where Parts Are Created and Maintained Part creation occurs on either the EnSight client or the server Since the data that is available on the client and server are different it is useful to understand where parts are created and where the data is stored For example you can only perform a query operation for parts that are stored on the server The following table provides this information for each part type yes lsosurface server depending on representation Model N A yes depending on representation Particle Trace server es semanas e Material yes depending on representation In the last column depending on representation means the current visual representation for the part For example if the part s visual representation is Not Loaded then no data is currently present on the client
248. also be used to perform cut operations creating parts which are the inside or outside of the parent domain As with intersection clip planes quadric clips can be changed interactively by manipulating the corresponding tool with the mouse BASIC OPERATION Create edit Parts 1 Select the parent part s in the EnSight Part list Create Edit Advanced g Clips Desc Y Creation attributes 2 Click the Clip Icon Interactive Off 7 Apply tool change ae aT 3 Select the desired Clip Parameters Select Finite or Infinite clip extents Extent Infinite lt _ Revolution to ae Revolve 1D part General quadric Spline Mesh Slice x Value MID RANGE Vi O FA I 2 5000e 001 quadric tool from the _ Tool pulldown Di Position the tool as desired see the How to for the applicable tool Toggle advanced to enter precise tool coordinates Sette mid range 5 6 Click Create with selected parts at the bottom of the dialog ofslices 1 Delta 5 0000e 001 ADVANCED USAGE Like the other clipping tools in EnSight intersection quadric clips except those created with the revolution tool can be interactive as you drag the applicable tool with the mouse the clip is automatically recalculated and redisplayed To perform interactive quadric clips 1 Double click the desired quadric clip Create edit Parts part in the Parts list
249. also be used when this is not the case BASIC OPERATION An EnSight context consists of a set of files the context file itself as well as associated palette view and keyframe animation files The names of the associated files will be that of the context file with a standard extension Saving a Context 1 Select File gt Save gt Context to open the Save Current Context dialog 2 Toggle Save Current Case Save Current Context Only or Save All Current case is Case 1 Casos lt 2s lt 2sseae 2 A Save Current Case Only Save All Cases a 3 Enter a name for the Context File You can set the Context File directory for the Context File by clicking the Select File button to open a standard File Selection dialog 4 Click Okay Restoring a Context Three options 1 Start EnSight and restore a context as described below This will recreate the parts of the original dataset and restore them to their saved condition 2 Start EnSight read a new dataset cancel the part loader without creating parts and restore a context as described below This will create the parts of the new dataset mapping as directed and restore the context of the original dataset 3 Start EnSight read a new dataset create the desired parts and restore a context as described below This will do the mapping as directed of parts and restore the context of the original dataset 1 Select
250. ame Animation 2 Set all viewing parameters to the desired location for keyframe 1 Keyframing yy Create ae P Quick Predefined Animations er ee Speed and Actions A ee Transient Data Settings 3 Click Create to save the first keyframe Note that the Keyframing toggle is automatically switched on when you begin saving keyframes 4 Change the viewing parameters to the desired location for keyframe 2 5 Click Create again to save keyframe 2 Player Keyframe Animation F x You can play your animation at any time to check your results e Kinman aye i play the animation KeyF 1 SubF 5 7 Continue to change viewing parameters and click Create keyframe until you have saved all desired keyframes Important Note If you toggle off the Keyframing button any keyframes currently defined will be deleted If you wish to save a set of keyframes click the Save button User Manual Page 361 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION a 2 6000 There are many ways to specity the desired transtormations between keytrames See the following articles tor more information How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Create and Manipulate Frames How To Set LookFrom LookAt How To Define and Change Viewports To Create Keyframes using Predefined Animations 1 Click the Keyframe Animation icon in the Feature Icon bar 2 Set all viewing parameters to the desired
251. ame in the Parts list and choose Edit or right click on the part in the graphics window and choose Edit or double click the part in the Parts list 1 OR Select Create gt part type By default any changes you make to attributes will take effect immediately If you wish to batch a series of changes turn on the Delay update toggle at the bottom of the dialog When you are ready to apply a set of changes click the Apply Changes button 2 Open the General attributes turndown then set the desired attribute s Toggle part visibility Toggle auxiliary clipping on off Toggle whether the client s portion of the part changes if the current time step changes Set color by constant or color by variable Set the part color if constant Toggle part hidden surface Toggle part hidden line Set part transparency fill pattern Set part shading parameters e Diff diffuse shading the amount of light that a surface reflects O is none and 1 is full e Shin Degree of shininess 0 is dull and 100 is very shiny e H Int Degree of highlight intensity 0 is none and 1 is full SEE ALSO Set Global Viewing Parameters d y Visible G Create edit Parts r n Tz wa Model Parts Advanced Eee ee Desc b Creation attributes Y General attributes Visible in Viewport s Aux Clip W Active s Fast Display Rep Box Ref Frame oO
252. an perform before and after comparisons of the same problem or compare experimental with simulated results The same operation such as a clip or a particle trace can be performed in both cases simultaneously Created parts always belong to the same case as the parent from which the part was created As a consequence you cannot perform operations that combine parts Such as a merge from multiple cases When EnSight reads a new case it searches the current list of variables for matches with the variables from the new case If it finds a match based on an exact match of the variable name it will not enter the new variable in the list Rather the matched name will be used for both This behavior is based on the assumption that the identical variable names represent the same physical entity and should therefore be treated the same If the new variable name does not match any existing name the new variable is added to the list as usual Up to 16 cases can be active at one time You can add a new case or replace an existing case to a running session by using the File gt Open process if you want to load all parts and don t need to control other options available when loading cases or the File gt Data reader process which provides greater control Adding a case starts a new server process connects it to the client and either loads all the parts if you used Open or allows you to specify the data format and files as well as which parts to
253. and the model the volume portion of the model inside the tool the volume portion of the model outside the tool or the crinkly surface elements of the intersection Be aware that due to the algorithm used this clip can and most often does have chamfered edges the size of which depends on the coarseness of the model elements BASIC OPERATION Create edit Parts 1 Select the parent part s in the part list Clips Create Edit E Advanced 2 Click the Clip Icon of Y Creation attributes opty tol change a a ae Tear Tool Box sist Domain Intersect 4 Position the Box Tool as desired Toggle advanced to enter precise box tool coordinates 3 Select Box tool 5 Click Create with selected parts Create with selected parts Delay update Apply Changes SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use Box Tool Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips User Manual Clip Parts 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 235 How TO CREATE QUADRIC CLIPS i i il i erT E T INTRODUCTION In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides clipping against quadric shapes These clips use the corresponding quadric tool Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution to specify the location of the clip As with clip planes these tools can
254. anes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Parts i 4 Hon User Manual Page 240 How To CREATE XYZ CLIPS INTRODUCTION An XYZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g X is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g Y and Z vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh XYZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part s in the amp Create edit Parts Parts list oe Clips 2 Click the Clip icon f Desc Y Creation attributes 3 Select XYZ from the Tool pulldown Interactive Off a Apply tool change i a o ga Domain Intersect 4 Select the desired fixed dimension from e the Mesh Slice pulldown _ Cip Parameters Max 5 Enter the value for the fixed dimension in oat the Value text field and press return Set to mid range Mesh Slice x Value 3000e 001 ofslices Delta 5 0000e 001 6 Click the Create with selected parts 7 button TEN i Create with selected parts Note Multiple slices with a delta in the normal direction can be
255. animation editor bh Del Solution time editor Fit Transformation editor Preferences Copy mage Ctrl C EnSight 10 0 0 a 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Delete File Edit Create Query View Tool Window Case An E F or click the Delete key on your aa keyboard while the mouse is in the EnSight window pern flow field or right click and select Delete we or Delete selected items if more than one item is selected Delete a items Clip_plane Edit Create d Hide Color By Part Select Clips Contour losurface Vector Arrows Show Normals OTHER NOTES In some cases variables that depend on a deleted part may have to be updated For example if you have a variable such as Area calculated on a set of parts and one of the parts is deleted the Area variable will automatically be recalculated If you delete a grouped part all parts in the group will be deleted SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations User Manual Page 328 How TO CHANGE THE VISUAL REPRESENTATION A 2608 INTRODUCTION The ability to change part representations is a powerful management tool in EnSight Not only can you select the visual representation that best meets your needs you can also manage memory more effectively Part representations exist on the client the full part is maintained by the server Using simpler representations both reduces your client memory consumption as well as impro
256. ant 1 4000e 000 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup 6 Click Create e e etree eB eee m Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes This will create two parts one each for the separation and attachment lines You can modify the visual attributes of these parts separately but when you change any creation attribute both parts will be modified 5 iW 4 How User Manual Page 271 How TO EXTRACT SEPARATION amp ATTACHMENT LINES hm 2 e000 ADVANCED USAGE The resulting separation attachment parts can be filtered by the fx_sep_ att_strength variable or by any other active variable Create fedit Parts x E Sep Att Lines D Create Edit Advanced Y Creation attributes Display offset 1 Select the variable to filter by Threshold Variable 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the t p gt Threshold Filter portion of the separation attachment _ Threshold vaie line that is larger or smaller than the specified threshold value A Min 1 0247e 004 Max 1 0000e 003 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold I value eessen eea se a Or 3 Enter a threshold value Create with selected parts elay update poly changes elp Del dat Apply Ch Hel OTHER NOTES The separation and attachment parts are linked together with regard to their creation attributes i e when one is modified the other is a
257. art consisting of a set of arrows showing direction and a magnitude of a vector variable Subset A part created by node and or element label range s from model Ni part s Tensor Glyph A part consisting of tensor glyphs showing direction and relative a magnitude of the eigenvectors of a tensor variable Material Part a A part created according to the intersection of or domains of material values A part consisting of line segments down the center of flow vortices Shock Surface A part consisting of the surface or volume elements where shock is Region higher than a threshold Separation 1 a A part consisting of line segments on a surface where flow Attachment Line ut amp separation and attachment is occurring User Manual Page 203 HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION A 2 66008 Part Operations EnSight provides several powerful part operators These operations are accessible from the Edit gt Part submenu or from right click on a part Copy The copy operation creates a dependent copy of another part The part is created on the client and is not known to the server The new part has its own set of attributes except for representation but shares geometric and variable data with the original One of the best reasons to create a copy is to show multiple variables on one part at the same time in a side by side configuration The copies can be moved independently since each new copy is automatically assigned a new frame
258. art for the developed surface i e the part you created in step 1 Desc Y Creation attributes Projection theta z jg 3 In the main menu choose Scale Factors u 1 0000e 000 _v 1 0000e 000 Create gt Developed surfaces Seam Orientation NL mee La A g mn t 4 Select the desired projection type see EEE EEE below for details on the types Align With Parent Origin Axis 5 If applicable for the projection type and desired enter u v scaling factors and press return 6 To display and change the cutting seam click the Show Cutting Seam button and adjust the slider _ 7 Create Delay update A part is developed by specifying one of three curvilinear mappings called developed projections The projections are based on the curvilinear coordinates r radius z 0 theta and m meridian or longitude These coordinates are defined relative to the local origin and axis of the tool that created the parent part e g the Cylinder tool The projections are r z 0 z and m 8 The u v scale factors only for 0 z or m 8 projections provide scaling for the coordinates in the listed order For example if the projection is 8 z then u scales 0 and v scales zZ Toggle Advanced to edit seam origin and axis coordinates SEE ALSO How To Create Quadric Clips User Manual Developed Surface Parts 5 W 4 Hon User Manual Page 256 How TO CREATE SUBSET PARTS 2 0000 INTRODUCT
259. arts dialog Isosurfaces 2 In the Animation Delta field enter the desired isovalue delta value and press return When a flipbook is subsequently loaded active clips and or isosurfaces will update based on these animation delta values since both object and image flipbooks build pages from the current set of parts based on their current attributes if you make a change such as color a part by a different variable or create a new part you must reload the flipbook There are exceptions With an object flipbook you can make a part invisible while the flipbook is running NOTE Alpha transparency does not work correctly during flipbook animation because sorting is not done The final image will generally show this lack of proper sorting To view transparency during animations use the solution time streaming or keyframe animation SEE ALSO User Manual Flipbook Animation User Manual Page 360 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION A 2 6000 INTRODUCTION EnSight s ability to handle large transient datasets has led to its use in the production of many video animations of engineering and scientific data EnSight uses a keyframe animation system A keyframe is a set of viewing parameters that specify a particular view of the scene in the Graphics Window The view may be notable because of what is visible or because the view represents the transition point from one scene to another Once a set of keyframes has been selected EnSi
260. arts panel by the title bar and drag the entire panel out from it s user interface dock location Sd EnSight 10 0 0 a CAPROGRA 2 CENENGE48 1 data BW eA E fariable a x Range Location dinates 0 000000 4 690416 Node Show Color 0 000000 0 000000 Case velocity Cc velocity C4 welocity There are a number of right click capabilities for a part The right click works in both the Parts list as well as in the graphics window Shown at right is that you can perform various Part selection operations You delete a part by either utilizing the right click pulldown or you can select the part and hit the Delete keyboard button in either the Parts list or in the graphics window Parts wet Na Me Ie Casel omputatio lsosurface p Clip_plane A Clip_plane Fe lu ho H xxx Xx F rr A variables Name Range Variables Go x Color Color by Constant velocity velocity velocity OULD F Go x Location There are several ways to easily select multiple parts If you wish to select all parts in a Case which is really just a group you select the blue Case line in the Parts list You can also perform part selection operations via the right click pulldown menu Id Show Color Color by Delete Edit Create Hide Color By E eee ee Bart Select Clips Contour Isosurface Vector Arrows Show Normals Load Part Create new group from selected parts Y
261. as been used extensively to postprocess time varying or transient data In many cases dynamic phenomena can only be understood through interactive exploration One can easily change time with vcr type controls in the Solution Time Player which comes up by default for transient models Further control for transient data time handling is provided in the Create edit Transient Animation dialog accessed via the Solution time icon EnSight provides two ways to work with transient data By default time is presented as a series of discrete steps running from zero to the total number of steps minus one However you can also present time based on the actual simulation time values found in your results data The presentation mode is controlled by the Units pulldown which will be shown below shown below The current time range is displayed in the Beg and End fields with the current time step shown in the Cur field You can modify the time range controlled by the slider by editing the Beg and or End fields remember to press return You can change the current time step by editing the Cur field press return manipulating the slider or clicking the left right vcr buttons Setting the Beg to any number less than the min and End to any number larger than the max will Reset Time Range to its full range Time scaling and stepping as manipulated through the slider bar and Beg Cur and End fields can either be Discrete or Continuous If scaling is Discrete on
262. asic color models RGB or HSV The RGB color model specifies color by the percentage of red green and blue and closely mimics the way computers deal with color The HVS color model specifies colors as percentages of hue the actual color with red equal to both 0 0 and 1 0 green equal to 0 33 and blue equal to 0 66 saturation the amount of color where 0 0 is white and 1 0 is full and the value the brightness where 0 0 is black and 1 0 is full The HSV model is often more intuitive for mixing custom colors The dialog provides three basic methods of selecting colors 1 By picking one of the predefined colors from the grid of color cells Select Color Basic colors M LLL See i tt ht Dm ERE ERED tty 0m 2 By grabbing the marker in the color cube and moving it with the mouse Reena l Custom colors PIT LO i a a a DE E Sat Green 255 3 By entering values for HSV Val Blue 255 or RGB depending on Add to Custom Colors I mode directly in the fields eoo and pressing return fe 2 222 e eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee a Cancel be goed Color square always displays the current color selection When you have selected a color click the OK button to have the selected color applied to the object being edited e g part color map level text efc Specify Custom Colors If you have colors
263. astic OF crash displacement O68 crash displacement 19 crash plastic 08 crash displacement O09 crash displacement 20 crash plastic 09 A CCCCCOCCCCR CCOCCCCCCooo However you can override this by clicking the Specify Starting step toggle and entering the desired time step under the Time options tab in the File gt Open dialog p gt Specify starting step Starting time step Use the Following constants to scale time in the server Tnew Trig Simple interface Advanced interface Data Format options Time options User Manual How TO LOAD TRANSIENT DATA A e000 For many data formats some type of results file supplies the necessary time information including number of steps actual solution time at each step and how to access the dynamic variable and geometry files However some formats supported by EnSight include this information in the same file that contains other geometry or variable data EnSight 6 and EnSight Gold formats have a casefile which contains solution time information and how this is tied to each variable and the geometry The manner for each format can vary widely enough that we refer you to User Manual 2 1 Reader Basics User Manual 2 1 Native EnSight Format Readers and User Manual 2 1 Other Readers SEE ALSO How To Change Time Steps How To Animate Transient Data How To Query Plot User Manual Flipbook Animation Query Plotter 5 Ao Ao Ho
264. ate environmental variable PBS NODEFILE for renderer resources use pbs for servers Evaluate environmental variable PBS NODEFILE for server resources See Client Resources in How To Use Resource Management A Section 7 Distributed Rendering DR Specific Opos O OC O or Chomummos OOOO SO Batch offscreen rendering OOS O Batch onscreenrendering O OoOO oOoOoo o o Compositingmode S File name for parallel rendering worker output I I I are n ADE A VIA LAS h V V O O b b d J aio NIOO 2 Q amp Qj 2 m DID Al ISIS V Client Examples ensight100 cm p myplayfile This will allow the user to do a manual connection after which the myplayfile will be run ensight100 c gold ports 1310 case myfile case This will do an automatic connection according to information in the user s ensight connect default file on port 1310 using a gold seat After the connection is made the myfile case casefile will be run ensight100 rsh ssh or ensight100 client c rsh ssh This will use ssh as the remote shell for an automatic connection L ensight100 server options buffer_size lt gt Set element buffer size for Unstructured Auto Distribute host indicates where the client is running cctarget lt Set the number of chunks per server for parallel rendering SSS cciries lt gt The number of times 1 second per try to try to connect cient and server ether E
265. ation editor and in the transformation editor menu Edit gt Tools gt Line you ll find the length of the line tool which is the distance between those two points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 176 How To USE THE PLANE TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a plane specification tool called the Plane tool When visible the Plane tool appears as a typically white rectangular region with an axis located at the center point The Plane can also have a semi transparent filled center that enhances visibility of the region The Plane tool is used to supply EnSight with a planar specification for example to specify the location for a planar clip or a net for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Plane tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling the Plane entry in the Tools menu e g Tools gt Plane or by clicking the Plane toggle on the Tools Icon Bar eats ies ed aala wee eee eee eee or EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query View Window Case y l E 2 i or Region selector 2 i lt DE ieee eA P or P Line Plane A i Box Quadric
266. available to the various machines on which you will run servers 2 Create the two_portions sos sos casefile or the two_servers res resource file 3 Run EnSight like ensight100 sos Then set the two_partitions sos file in the File gt Open dialog format Case SOS This will let you load all parts or select the ones to be loaded Or use ensight100 sos two_portions sos on the command line if you want to load all parts OF Open the sample exo file in the File gt Open dialog format MultExodusll and place two_servers res in the Set resource file field under the SOS options tab This will let you then load all parts or select the ones to be loaded Or use ensight100 sos res two_servers res on the command line and set sample exo file in the File gt Open dialog format MultExodusll Or use ensight100 sos res two_servers res sample exo on the command line if you want to load all parts There are several other variations that could be used including the use of a manual connection with the SOS They all have similar corresponding options Auto_distributed by EnSight Servers If you use EnSight Gold Plot3d or a User defined reader that is capable as described above you can let EnSight do the partitioning You can use an sos casefile in which each server references the same data or take advantage of a resource file and not have to create an sos casefile Note that for this method under the SOS options tab in the File gt Open d
267. axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used axis origin to undo redo the tool transformation Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint Cone moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Cone in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Cone will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer i 4 Hon User Manual Page 189 How To USE THE CONE TOOL A 2 00e To set the Cone by specifying coordinates E Transformation Editor Cone tool 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Tool location editor from the Tool Locations settings icon File Editor function Transform Action ye JA jj About Axis X a y i Tool location editor a Reset Which Frame Scale Settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 Limit 90 000000 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Cone if the panel is not set to Cone tool Cartesian Coordinates of Cone Tool in Frame 0 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the Origin location of the cone tip the T z Axis direction vector and the Origin 6 7262e 00
268. ble None e 0 0000e 000 A AA m mrar Luv De HJUL Set to default Displacement attributes Delay update User Manual set node representation e Dot nodes are displayed as points e Cross nodes are displayed as crosses and can be fixed size size set by the Scale value or sized based on a variable and scaled by the Scale value e Sphere nodes are displayed as spheres and can be fixed size size set by the Scale value or sized based on a variable and scaled by the Scale value sphere detail controlled by Detail value _ Set polygon reduction Same model but simpler representation Trade off of visual fidelity and rendering speed Page 334 How TO SET ATTRIBUTES A 2 00e EnSight provides five representation modes and three combination modes for parts see also How To Change Visual Representation Full Every face and edge of every element is displayed Border Only unshared faces for 3D parts or unshared edges for 2D parts are displayed 3D Border 2D Full Display 3D parts in Border representation display 2D parts in Full representation This is the default representation for all parts 3D Feature 2D Full Display 3D parts in Feature representation display 2D parts in Full representation 3D nonvisual 2D Full Display 3D parts in Non Visual representation display 2D parts in Full representation Feature Angle Only those edges joining fa
269. book Animation Create a Keyframe Animation Animate Particle Traces Annotate Create Text Annotation Create Lines Create 2D Shapes Create 3D Arrows Create Dials Create Gauges Load Custom Logos Create Color Legends Manipulate Fonts Configure EnSight Customize Icon Bars and Panels Customize Mouse Button Actions Save GUI Settings Define and Use Macros Set or Modify Preferences Enable User Defined Input Devices Produce Customized Pop Up Menus Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Features Setup For Parallel Computation Setup For Parallel Rendering Miscellaneous Select Files m7 eeee User Manual How To USE THE ONLINE DOCUMENTATION A 2 66008 INTRODUCTION The EnSight online documentation consists of Installation Guide Consists of a pdf file in the doc directory as well as being available for easy reading from the web install page Also goes out as hardcopy with an EnSight distribution CD Getting Started The Getting Started Manual contains basic Graphical User Interface overview Manual information and several tutorials This manual is not cross referenced with any of the other manuals How To Manual The How To documentation consists of relatively short articles that describe how to perform a specific operation in EnSight such as change the color of an object or create an isosurface Step by step instructions and pictures of relevant dialogs are included In addition each How To article typically contains numer
270. both viewing parameters and time simultaneously It is typically much better to use transformations in an opening scene to present the model to the viewer The transformations should end at a vantage point suitable for viewing the transient phenomena At that point the time dependent data can be displayed If you must alter the scene during transient display do so with great care to avoid disorienting viewers Note that you can animate time dependent information without transformations by merely creating two keyframes without performing any transformations between them In many instances there will not be enough time steps in the simulation to produce an animation of adequate duration If the simulation does not involve changing geometries EnSight can interpolate between time steps linearly to yield additional frames However keep in mind that your simulated phenomena is almost certainly not linear in nature If you have EnSight generate more than a few interpolating frames between each actual time step the resulting discontinuity at keyframes from the piece wise linear interpolation is quite visible in the resulting video User Manual Page 366 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION 2 000e Frame count The total number of frames that EnSight will produce during the animation is the sum of all sub frames plus the number of keyframes This is especially important to keep in mind when synchronizing transient data with animation frames
271. butes ector Component Magnitude Sync to Palette _ Color by creation variable Distribution Levels Visible Sublevels OO Visible 4 Click the Create with selected parts button GR Create with selected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes i Wh OP User Manual Page 207 How TO CREATE CONTOURS A e000 The Contour Feature Panel lets you set the number of contour levels and sublevels as well as attach labels to the contour lines Contour lines can be synced to the palette levels or can be chosen manually If you want the levels of the variable palette to be used for contours EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CElensight100 data cube cube case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help In the parts list double click Id show Color Color by 35E the contour part you wish to P omnulatond Bae edit oe eg RE Beets wh eet a ae ease ee es fe Ge ee a Contour part Create fedit Parts fx YA Contours O Create Edit Advanced 1 Select Advanced 0 0 RA Pis Desc Contour part F 2 Select the Variable 0000000000000000 Variable Scaling 0 0000 Y 0 0000 0 0000 And the component or magnitude if a F ea orahe vector Ze gt ector Component Magnitude 3 Toggle on Sync To Palette E ca Sync to Palette _ Color by creation vari
272. called output file gt Sirs COSCKGY Dy Caso Se OUTPUC Erle OTHER NOTES The word most is used above because one of the things that could pass the checker but fail in EnSight is element connectivity of EnSight6 files with node ids The ens_checker checks that node ids used in the element connectivities lie within the min and max range of the node ids but does not verify that there is actually a node with each individual id The validity of model extents presence of nan s etc are currently checked to some degree in ens_ checker but again this is a format checker not a model integrity checker SEE ALSO User Manual EnSight Gold Casefile Format EnSight6 Casefile Format User Manual How To LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES A 2608 INTRODUCTION Normal operation of EnSight involves one client process the graphics and GUI interfacing with one server process data I O and computation to postprocess your data There are however several other configurations possible One of these is the ability to connect a single client to multiple servers at the same time with each server maintaining a unique dataset Each of these servers can potentially run on different machines Client Client Normal Operation Two Cases The main use of this capability is to visualize multiple datasets simultaneously Each dataset is loaded into a separate case and can be viewed in the same window or in separate viewports You c
273. camera or look from point Zooming in moves the camera closer to the object Zooming out moves it farther away The look from look at points can also be edited explicitly If you have multiple viewports visible each one can be manipulated independently To transform in a different viewport place the mouse pointer within the bounds of that viewport before you click the left mouse button You can reset transformation parameters as well as tool and frame transforms by clicking the Reset See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information The Fit button is useful in causing the currently visible parts to be centered and zoomed to fit within the viewport User Manual Page 117 How TO ROTATE ZOOM TRANSLATE SCALE A 2 66008 ADVANCED USAGE All EnSight transformations can be controlled precisely by specifying explicit transforms in the Transformations Editor dialog To open the dialog click the Tools Icon Bar gt Graphics window transforms icon gt Transformations editor The slider performs the requested transformation based on the selected transformation action in the selected viewport s Transformation Editor Global transform Sl i File Editor Function Help Select the desired transformation action eee Transform Action Cr Specify axis to which About Axis x Oy Oz Oal Weve Toi the transform applies Slider to specify transform peer ee eee eee ee
274. ce EnSight is no exception Any action that you can perform with the mouse or keyboard has a counterpart in the EnSight command language A sequence of commands can be saved during a session to automate repetitive or tedious tasks Command files can be automatically executed on EnSight startup to initialize the system to a desired state Execution of command files can also be bound to keyboard keys for user defined macros BASIC OPERATION During an EnSight session all actions are recorded and saved to a file Known as the default command file This file name typically starts with ensight and is saved in usr tmp on UNIX systems or C Documents and settings lt user gt Local Settings temp on Windows systems unless you have redefined your TMPDIR environment variable The default command file can be saved and renamed when exiting EnSight Recording Commands To record a series of commands 1 Select File gt Command to open the Command dialog Execution Macros Python Command History _ Expand playfiles 2 Toggle the Record button 6 eee 3 A File Selection dialog opens Select or enter the desired file to save commands to and click Save 2 2 ee eee 4 When you wish to stop recording toggle the Record button off Mins S Save in 0 My Documents ay Ebin test O WebEx A cyberlink Gyoram Record part selection by number name My Recent Derek E sazz e I Document
275. ces in the Border representation for which the angle between the faces is less than some threshold are displayed Feature Angle typically extracts the topological features of interest in a model Non Visual No visual representation exists on the client It is often useful to use Non Visual as the representation for 3D computational domain parts provided you also have some sort of shell part to display the outer surface Bounding Box Displays a bounding box surrounding and in place of the nodes and elements Displacement Attributes In structural mechanics simulations a common output variable is a set of vectors representing the movement or displacement of geometry Each displacement vector specifies a translation of a node from its original position an offset EnSight can display and animate these displacements to help visualize the relative motion of geometry To set Displacement attributes see also How To Display Displacements Create edit Parts Model Parts Create Edit Advanced Set Displace By to either None no displacement or the vector variable to aia use for displacement gt Creation attributes l l b General attributes Set nodal displacement factor to reduce or exaggerate a displacement IT al Node element and line attributes Displace By None A tor 1 0000e 000 IJK Axis Display Attributes Model Parts and clips because they can be structured parts will have these attributes available
276. cessing When manipulating parts you often need to apply the same set of attributes to all of them If the number of parts to be treated identically is large this process can become unwieldy EnSight provides a group operator to combine multiple parts of the same type and case into a single part The selected parts for the group can be hidden inside the group and are thus effectively removed from the user interface leaving only the newly formed group part The operation can be reversed by removing the group BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the HE Parts List Mame Id Show Color 2 Right click on your selection Case g y engine 1 x CJ 3 Select the New group option tires 2 x CH group op m th Ildown wheels 3 x CJ ann PEPUN a lights 4 x CO 4 Give the group a name in the o front body 5 x rear body 6 x CO dialog that pops up ne E oar s o windshields a x C4 Note A group can be deleted by windows g x _ right clicking on a group and a v gt bumpers io X E using the Delete group option Baai from the right click pulldown guardrail supports x a gt guardrail s a Tin Edit E guardrail ee a Create ma Hide E E Delete arene i Color By d n r i i Part Select j aF DEIET Clips Bin H Contour a Isosurface SOSU ACE vector Orroyws vector Arrows Show Normals Show Normals Particle Trace Particle Trace 7 Hello menu elo menu Simple part t
277. ch that it lies in the plane of the three nodes chosen and will continue to lie in the plane of these three nodes even if they change location To position the Plane by specifying three nodes 1 Turn on the Plane tool as noted above then click the Pick button on the tool ribbon i a AB 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Using 3 nodes a J Pick plane tool location Using 3 points from the pop up menu e seers els Pick center of transform A jji ng 3 nodes 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on Pick element s to blank Using 2 points a part near a desired node and press the p key or Pick look at point Origin whatever mouse button you have set for the Pick color palette band Nomai Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse ae and Keyboard Using origin normal 4 Repeat two more times Note that you are not eee k i Transformation Editor Plane tool specifying corner points just three unique nodes File Editor function Help If you open the Transformation Editor ES Action Gb E P he About Axis X Z All TAPA Tool location editor Which Frame Scale Settings i Coord frame 0 Re cet as Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 it should open in Plane Tool mode assuming you just TORSE Cartesian Coordinates performed the operation
278. choose Isosurface A window will pop up to choose a variable This then automatically creates an isosurface part with the default settings using the selected variable and using the right clicked part as the parent part User Manual Page 211 How TO CREATE ISOSURFACES ADVANCED USAGE Interactive lsosurfaces You can have EnSight automatically generate and display isosurfaces as you adjust a slider with the mouse Create edit Parts 1 Set the Interactive mode to Manual e os se se ss ep Tsosurfaces Create Edit Advanced Desc Isosurface part gt gt 0001 T Creation attributes Value gt 4096e 4001 Set To Mid Rang 2 Adjust the slider to the desired location _____ of surfaces 1 Delta 1 0000e 000 interac type Off Ls a Min O 0000e 000 Max 4 8192e4001 Step 2 4096e 000 You can also set the Interactive mode to Auto and EnSight will automatically sweep from Range Min to Max with step size equal to Increment Shortcut In the graphics window left click on the isosurface and you will see a green handle appear Drag the handle to change the value of the isosurface and see a printout on the screen of the actual value as you drag the isosurface Isosurface Animation A range of isosurfaces can be automatically generated and viewed in a flipbook Flipbooks provide on screen animation of various dynamic events and in the default setting permit graphic manipulation e g rotation or Zoom wh
279. cked location When this mouse button is clicked the element blanking action will be performed causing the element under the mouse to be removed When this mouse button is clicked no action will be performed Note that at least one of the mouse buttons or combinations must be set to Selected transform action Each double click mouse action or the keyboard P key can be set to the following Selected pick action Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank Nothing When this mouse button is clicked the currently selected pick action as previously selected under the pick icon will be performed When this mouse button is clicked the pick part action will be performed causing the part under the mouse to be selected in the main parts list When this mouse button is clicked the pick cursor tool action will be performed causing the cursor tool to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the pick transformation center action will be performed causing the center of transformation to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the element blanking action will be performed causing the element under the mouse to be removed When this mouse button is clicked no action will be performed Note that at least one of the mouse buttons double click options or the P key must be set to Selected pick action SEE ALSO
280. clip left and right vertical red lines to the Z extent of plane can float to weet eee ee all currently visible objects white box Transformation Editor Clip 2 Toggle the Float Z Clip Planes option on to have the Z clip planes automatically adjust OR Toggle the option off to manually adjust the Z clip plane locations H7 If the Float Z Clip option is off you can edit the Minimum Z value 1 0000e 004 plane positions either by dragging the red lines or by entering explicit values in the Front and Back text fields Recall that the values represent the distance from the look from point to the plane File Editor Function Help pil Float 2 Clip Planes With Transform Front 3 Place the mouse pointer over the desired plane marker and click the left mouse DUUMON 4226 E E g Flane Distance 4 Drag the marker left or right to the desired Front Back location The Graphics Window will update as the marker is moved OR i 3 Enter explicit values in the Front and or Back text fields and press return If the markers become difficult to manipulate due to changes click the Redraw Z Clip Area Above button to rescale the markers 2 20 2 20202 eee ee eee ee EEEE 7 2296e 000 3 5459e 001 User Manual Page 127 How To SET
281. con y will reset the center of transform to the Gr tar Fi geometric center of the visible parts n 4 k mu e m me me e E e e eme Emn emn mE me m m SEE ALSO User Manual Page 164 How To SET MODEL Axis EXTENT BOUNDS 0000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides model axes and extent bounds to help in orienting your model BASIC OPERATION Model Directional Triad The model axes help maintain awareness of the principal directions of the reference frame of the model This is especially helpful during model transformations It is on by default but can be toggled on off by EnSight 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query PE Tools Window Case Help OME 5 ESB pari APY i Shaded Parts l T Ll Hidden line F Fast display View gt Axis triad visibility gt Model ze Te yul Y Perspective y Y Auxiliary clipping 3d space Frame 1 Highlight selected parts eee ae Axis triad visibility gt Glue arrow 3 Frame base 4 a Bounds visibility _ flobal AF Label visibility 3 Legend J Text Line Loga Detached display W Camera visibility i he p m Le eg Fullscreen S MWA User Manual Page 165 How To SET MODEL Axis EXTENT BOUNDS A e000 Model Extent Bounds The model extent bounds also help maintain dimensional information pertaining to the extents o
282. connectivity for the specified representation be loaded This is most useful for very dense models The sitewide default visual representation as well as extension mapping is individually specified for data formats in the SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences ensight reader extension map file For example case files always open with the EnSight Case gold reader and parts are always in 3D Feature 2D Full mode Custom visual representation can be specified in the user s localensight reader extension map file located in the users local EnSight Defaults directory User Manual Page 329 HOW TO CHANGE THE VISUAL REPRESENTATION am 2 00e BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List 1 E oe i a Ah it dE a 3D border 2D full 3D feature 2D full 3D nonvisual 2D full 2 Click the Element Representation icon onthe _ Part Quick Action Icon Bar 3 Select the desired visual representation Border Feature angle 3 Bounding box Full Volume NonVisual 4 If desired you can have each element connectivity of your element representation be ___ J gt Options replaced by a point and normal only Click 7777 7 Options then set the option for points and normals only Part Element Rep 5 And if desired you can apply polygon reduction Polygon reduction is designed to speed up visualization rn a Visual Rep 3D feature 2D full processing by thinning out
283. crement I cluster_2 case would contain FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model Sel lt 90 VARIABLE SsCalar per Node SGE wea BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets 3 filename start number 3 filename increment 1 And we could then easily use an SOS casefile perhaps named two_blocks sos that would use these two cluster files FORMAT type Master Server gola SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 machine id nodel executable ensight100 server Caseiile Cluster 12Casec Server 2 machine id nodez2 executable ensight100 server Cosette Claster 2ecace i 2 O User Manual How To USE BLOCK CONTINUATION A 2 6600 If you now run EnSight using this SOS casefile the two block parts should appear as you would expect Of course to avoid any visual or computational effects from the partitioning you would need to be using ghost cells between the Original partitions sets See EnSight Gold Geometry File Format and the example file below For a description of block range usage which the original partition sets use in describing the block geometry See EnSight Gold Geometry File Format An example of such is the third set geometry file set_3 geo which is using uniform blocks with ranges Uniform Block Continuation Test set 3 node id assign element id assign extents 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 Parc 1 horizontal block uniform range 2
284. cs windows transform icon in the Transformation Control area and select Reset to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog T ween eens Transformation editor Reset 3 Perform the desired operation as described below 4 Click Close Reset Tools and Viewport s aa Frame transformations will only be reset for the current viewport s Click in a viewport to select it Control click to extend the selection or de select a selected item Reset Tools By Global YZ Space By Selected Viewport Reset Cursor Reset Plane AED A e transformation component currently Reset Quadric Reset Box Select region selected in the Transformation Control area e g Rotate or Translate for the Reset Yiewports selected frame s in the selected viewoort s eeeeeeeceeee Reset By Selected Reset Rotate ports Transform Only Translates Scale Click to clear all frame transformations for the selected frame s in the selected viewport s Close SEE ALSO How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Define and Change Viewports How To Create and Manipulate Frames User Manual How To USE THE COLOR SELECTOR A e000 INTRODUCTION several operations in EnSight require that you select a color The Color Selector dialog is used throughout the user interface to provide a powerful and easy to use color selection mechanism BASIC OPERATION The selector operates using one of two b
285. ct a pre defined format from the Value format List or e a new format string in the Text Format field To change location Enter values for X amp Y lower left corner and width and height User Manual Page 389 How TO CREATE COLOR LEGENDS igs il a SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Palettes User Manual Legend Annotation User Manual Page 390 How TO MANIPULATE FONTS A 2 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight draws all of its text in the graphics window using TrueType fonts It is capable of reading and drawing most TrueType fonts and font collections Under Windows it is also capable of rendering internationalized multi byte text in annotations provided an appropriate font containing the necessary glyphs is selected To ensure portability between platforms EnSight includes a collection of cross platform fonts embedded into EnSight These include the typefaces Arial Courier New Symbol and Times New Roman If a user restricts font usage to these font families resulting els and other files will be portable If other font families are used EnSight may substitute one of these or other fonts if it cannot find a match on the target system EnSight will also read the installed system fonts on Windows and Power PC based Macs The environmental variable CEI FONTPATH may be set to a list of on Windows separated directory names in which EnSight should also look for tt and ttc files This allows the user to use
286. curs on startup will be according to the settings saved in this dialog and its associated file Note that the Job Launch Settings Dialog and underlying code is deprecated with EnSight 10 0 Users should migrate to using ceishell for more complex computing environments Help The Job Launch Settings dialog is accessed via Case on the Add main MENU ee eee eee eee tee teeter teeter ees Replace Delete For each connection fields are provided for l Viewport visibility the needed information Connection details The default connection is indicated with a True eee lge Job launch settings value for Default configuration If EnSight is ET started with a connection to an existing v Casel Configuration then it uses those settings For example ensignci0U remote conn G Job Launch Settings will start up with the indicated options If the oes propery Configuration is not found then EnSight will a a start up with your default settings but then use J Remote directory the host name as given by the c command areas line option TSS SSeS Application options When you make changes to any of the fields ahaha a r 1 Server pro ogue CMa the Save button is activated so you can save these settings z Server epilogue cmd e j To add a new entry right click in the list at the
287. cy 4 Adjust the slider to the desired setting o ea a DensityNormStag The Graphics Window will dynamically update as the slider is adjusted OR For Fill Pattern transparency 4 Select the desired pattern from the Fill Pattern pulldown SHORTCUT Right click on the part of interest in the graphics window and select Color by gt then Variable Color or choose Make Transparent SEE ALSO User Manual Part Transparency User Manual Page 338 How TO SELECT PARTS A 2608 INTRODUCTION Manipulating parts is one of the fundamental operations in EnSight Before you operate on parts they must be selected Parts can either be selected through standard mouse interaction with the items in the Parts list or selected by picking parts in the Graphics window BASIC OPERATION Selecting Parts in the Graphics Area Left click on the part in the graphics window to select it Use control key to select multiple parts Selecting Parts using the Parts List ltems in the Parts List itself are selected using standard selection methods TO Do this Details Select an item Select or single click Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button The item is highlighted to reflect the selected state Extend a selection Shift click Select the first item Place the mouse pointer over the last item in the list to be selected Press the shift key and click
288. d Auto Distribute passed from client down Prints user defined reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passed from client to server ime Prints user defined writer library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passed from client to server a I I E I I E E I Il I N NnN W a35 Qo S 9 9 5 5 2 o c o OIO 3 Q QD A D 5 109 s Q a lt e DO R O Q O al Fee Eze N Vivi e D A V ojajlalol zolo 53 2 amp 2 F 229 F CO lo ASD JO ls eS VIVJO O 5 2 IK h 5 Q Allow slimd token to expire if idle e I aaa batch lt width gt lt height gt bbox Render only bounding boxes in the GUI window useful for detached displays with prsd2 option See How To Setup For Parallel Rendering box_resolution lt gt Resolution of bounding boxes for part culling max 9 Implies no_display_list set the number of chunks per server for parallel rendering passed from client to server s glsw Forces use of software implementation of OpenGL bypassing the hardware graphics card same as X gl Sets ine drawing mode to draw polygons SSS og Setsine drawing mode todrawlines O O oO o a 2 l 2 gt Q amp l Q A b V User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS am 26008 no occlusion test Do not use the HP occlusion extension stencil_buf Use the OpenGL stencil buffer even if
289. d Wide Web browsers come with either built in or plug in support for VRML file viewing There are some important differences in how EnSight saves parts according to format chosen Case EnSight Gold VRML Which parts are saved All parts currently selected in the Main Parts List except those indicated below All visible parts Saved from where EnSight server EnSight client Which parts cannot be saved Any client based parts contours vector arrows particle traces profiles a User Manual Page 102 How TO SAVE GEOMETRIC ENTITIES n A 2 J 4 P ul o Saving Data in Brick of Values Format 1 Select File gt Export gt Geometric Entities 2 Be sure Brick of Values Save Geometric Entities x is selected as the m Format type SE een ne Please select the parts you wish bo sawe From the Parts list pBrick of Values Then select a variable below and Fill in the rest of the Following Case Gold information These Files will be saved by the EnSight client 3 Follow the instructions ae variables een Flatfile F STL lt 1 EET 4 Select the desired VallaDIC seaceseenaast donee eaaa i 5 If the variable is a vector select the component desired f jaaa oe Coo oO re ol 6 Select the sampling resolution Qee 22 2ee eee ee Po l 7 Select the sampling E E T gan of piini or Brick of Floats
290. d into multiple tetrahedra EnSight will disable volume rendering when it encounters archaic graphics card hardware Because volume rendering exercises a large amount of the OpenGL functionality remote rendering problems are very likely therefore this remote rendering is not Supported SEE ALSO see How to Change Visual Representation How To Edit Color Maps for more information User Manual Page 297 How TO GET POINT NODE ELEMENT amp PART INFO A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides many methods for extracting exact quantitative data from your results Specific information about nodes elements parts IJK locations or arbitrary points can be displayed BASIC OPERATION Show Point Information To show information about an arbitrary point 1 If your data is transient set the desired time in the Solution Time Panel 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Position the Cursor Tool to the desired location 4 Select the desired part s in the Part List The query will only be successful if the Cursor Tool is found within an element of a selected part 5 Select Query gt Show Information gt Cursor The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop Up gt i It can also be accessed from the Info icon The following shows sample output from a point query Point 6 19810e 01 2 77589e 01 2 41451e 01 In Frame 0 Query Information
291. d sequentially view0 view1 view2 A maximum of 16 Views can be used 22 errr reer errr eee The button Restore views will display a file CA ee ree ee ee erte are wee eres mage ee meet browser Select a directory which contains EnSight View files and click the Choose button Any Views Note when restoring the file browser has a toggle found in that directory will be loaded and displayed button Use stored images for thumbnails which when as a thumbnail button with the currently loaded set causes the originally stored image in the view to be data Note that the Restore views button will only displayed on the thumbnail instead of the currently look for views created by EnSight 8 2 1 e or newer loaded image This can be useful if the current image Older Views must be loaded individually via the takes a long time to render right click menu explained later i le O A oD User Manual Page 170 How TO MANAGE VIEWS iy gt 4 a gt i f Standard Views e H H 4 4 e M x y z User Defined Vies View 0 View 1 Right dick above for menu of options Left cick to set the view New Save views Restore views Close The menu options perform the following actions window of two pop up menus If the right mouse button is clicked on top of a thumbnail image then the menu to the right will be displayed Clicking t
292. d you are running EnSight on an Linux or Unix system other architectures use a different library path variable your cshrc should contain setenv CEI HOME usr local CEI set path path SCEI HOME bin To verify the settings simply try to start the server 2 Your cshrc file or files sourced or executed from there has no commands that cause output to be written e g date or pwd Any output can interfere with EnSight server startup 3 You can successfully execute a remote shell command from the client host system to the server host system The name of the remote shell command varies from system to system While logged on to the client host system execute one of the following where serverhost is the name of your server host system ssh serverhost date If successful the command should print the current date If any of these conditions are not met you will be unable to establish a connection automatically and will have to use the manual connection mechanism Note that it is not uncommon for system administrators to disable operation of all remote commands for security reasons Consult your local system administrator for help or more information Note that if you wish to use rsh instead of ssh then you need to have a valid rhosts file in your home directory on all systems on which you wish to run the EnSight server The file permission for this file must be such that only the owner you has write permission e g ch
293. der Swap Query cog Curve Curve Curve Curve atts visibility visibility XA Axis ine width line style line type marker type User Manual Page 435 QUICK ICON REFERENCE A 2 00e Viewport Quick Action s F EF R gt _ A Bring Move Viewport New ae ae spp eS Special Bounds forward back layouts viewport foes e se ttings settings Frames Quick Action AMES yee pi re l New Assign Computa Coordinate T Saas width frame parts sommes symmetry system e zeB8x Ah User Manual Page 436
294. description of what User defined menu is Preferences Dialog SZ Preference Categories select one Mouse and Keyboard Mouse and Keyboard Preferences Click and drag settings Middle Translate Right Zoom s r Left and middle Left and right Translate ti Middle and right Nothing sti Al Nothing ss ti SY Single click settings Left Pidkpart User defined menu P key Selected pick action zoom Style Automatic slide a Band zoom expand from Corner User Manual Page 411 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES b 2 000A To Set Performance Preferences 1 Select Performance from the Preferences Categories list 2 To take advantage of pixel saving when redrawing a window movement set this toggle Graphics card speed for reading writing of pixels needs to be reasonable to use 4 To set fast mode to static toggle on The default is off meaning that the fast display 1 e bounding box is only active during transformations such that the image returns __ back to full graphics display when the mouse buttons are not depressed In static mode the fast representation is continuously displayed 5 To ensure proper display of transparent geometry EnSight must sort all the transparent polygons in the display This can be an expensive operation particularly if multiple transparent parts are visible This option controls when and how surfaces are In Interactive mode
295. desired particle trace part by one of the several methods shown above e as gt v Massed Particle Attributes _ Use massed particles 2 Click the Massed Particle Attributes toggle to Drag Gravity Buoyancy Pressure Rebotlr gt reveal the massed particle parameters 3 Modify the massed particle parameters G Use drag in massed particle calculation according to your dataset woes Particle diameter 1 0000e 003 Each term in the momentum balance equation has a separate tab containing the parameters Particle density 1 0000e 003 i which pertain Drag coefficient Function 4 Toggle on Use massed particles z Fluid Dynamic viscosity The selected particle trace part will update to a an cae Or 1 9620e 005 massed particle trace s taking into consideration I L fits the parameters you specified Cir For the theory used in massed particle traces see the User Manual Particle Trace Parts Use ballistic coefficient 1 000 Initial Particle velocity Use Fluid Or A 10 0000e 000 Y Fluid density orf 0 0000e 000 Z 0 0000e 000 User Manual How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES A 2608 Node Tracks Ensight provides the capability to track the location of node s through time As one would expect node ids are required and this only makes sense for nodes that change location over time whether by chan
296. desired Particle trace part in the Parts list EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program DE File Edt Create Query View Tools Window Cas Help or select the desired Particle trace part in the Parts list and click H PERLE AGE E g the Particle traces icon O Oh A or right click on the desired Particle trace part in the Parts list and select Edit PEE ly ee a ces ee E E Ses E EE E ee See ee eee Scere E E E aes cer isles 2 4 ee ce aa Files CEl e ie it reate ide ols inda olor art Selec Start Animation Adjust Speed F Arrows ale Adjust Length or select Create gt Particle traces 2 then select the desired Particle trace part in the Fw na a ultiple Pulses Parts list on ig nd Create new group from selected parts D Elevated surfaces Hi Developed surf af vortex c 3 Shock regions surf User Manual Page 221 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES 2 0000 2 Make sure you are in Advanced mode Create fedit Parts x 5 Traces O Create G Edit Advanced Desc Particle trace part Set the desired flow field variable T variae Scaling X 1 0000 Y 1 0000 21 0000 Creation attributes Trace type gt pE Animate Animation settings Ermit From _ Interactive Emitters Set interactive emitter Number of points If Line or Line or ribbon display 4 pa show Ae Ribbon Wi
297. dimension This may not always be the best direction for a given analysis Thus through the use of an environment variable the user can set the axis to use The chosen axis will be used unless the dimension in that direction will not allow for all servers to contain data namely as long as the dimension in the chosen direction is greater than the total number of servers used To use the this option set the following to O 1 2 or 1 setenv SAD DECOMPOSE _ AXIS 0 for the i axis 1 for the j axis for the k axis 1 to use the default largest dimension scheme same as not setting the variable User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 2 0000 SEE ALSO How To Read Data How To Read User Defined How To Setup for Parallel Computation How To Use Resource Managament User Manual Server of Server Casefile Format 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 60 How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES A 2608 INTRODUCTION If one has multiple EnSight gold casefiles each of which contain a spatially decomposed portion of the same modell they can be read using one or more servers as long as the number of servers is less than or equal to the number of casefiles In other words when it is desired to read N casefiles with M servers M lt N an additional section can be added to the SOS casefile to accomplish this Note that the following important restrictions limitations will apply 1 M number of servers must be less
298. displayed dimmed if Limited redraw is enabled User Manual Page 314 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES A e000 Set Title Background Legend Border Position Marker Attributes Overall attributes of plotters are controlled through the Plotter Feature Panel Double click on a plotter in the Plotter list or right click to Edit to bring up the Feature Panel The Plotter Specific Attributes dialog contains six sections Background Border Legend Position Marker and Title Open the turn down section for the required function The Background section controls the type and color of the plotter background Create edit Query plot b Title attributes b Axis attributes Y Background attributes ype None Set background type to either None or Solid A solid background is opaque Roo Goo 80 00 Opacity 0 600 If the background type is Solid set the color p either enter new values in the RGB fields or _ l i ie se gt Border attributes click the Mix button to open the Color ae TE Selector dialog we gt Position attributes H Marker attributes You can also control the background Opacity E Limited redraw Show text Save query Help The Border section controls the visibility and color of the plotter border Create edit Query plot e Query Flot b Tithe attributes b Axis attributes b Background attributes YF Border attributes Toggle border
299. draws the missing frames EnSight s approach is similar with the user as the master animator and EnSight as the in betweener Some of the strengths of this approach include 1 When keyframing is on EnSight is not only recording the viewing parameters when you click Create Keyframe it also records the actions taken to get from the last keyframe to the current one This approach permits certain operations to be performed without ambiguity such as rotating by 180 degrees or more Each Viewport can be animated independently Flipbooks can be played during an animation Animated particle traces can be played during an animation O A W N Transient data is easily synchronized with the generated frames When the animation is run EnSight will automatically step through time and recalculate all time dependent entities 6 Output can go directly to disk files for later recording manipulation or conversion to other formats e g MPEG or QuickTime 7 Additional power and flexibility can be achieved since EnSight command language statements can be issued at keyframes The keyframe capability was designed to enable engineers and scientists to produce quality animation As such it lacks most of the more elaborate controls available in commercial animation packages which typically cost 2 3 times more than EnSight Some limitations 1 Only transformation parameters global frame and camera transforms are saved through the keyframing
300. dth 3 1273e 000 Set ribbon width Toggle on Surface Restricted tracing EEE 2 C Surface Restrict C Pick Surface Direction f Set Emitter direction Set surface restricted variable and display offsets H p gt atiable offset Number of arrowheads along Arrows the trace am ee l l of arrows Arrow size 1 9546e 000 E Set Arrowhead size Emitter Information Emission tool for currently selected emitter Toggle on surface picking for emitter definition Emitters Add Emit add a new emitter to the selected part based on the current attributes Delete Emit delete the selected emitter List of the emitters belonging to the selected trace part Set to emit at current time or set emission time eg Sele Bie etre eset eae Set emitter total time l ye Total time limit 6 5984 e 002 58t to default a Set Total Time to the default Set emission start and delta f z Emission Time Start 0 0000e 000 Time Delta 0 0000e 000 Time Step Determination Min Steps Min Angle 2 0 Rot Angle Max Angle 15 0 _ Massed Particle Attributes gt Emit at current tine User Manual Page 222 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES A 2608 Massed Particle Traces Ensight also provides massed particle traces via the Advanced mode in the Feature Panel for Traces 1 Open the Parts Feature Panel for the
301. e Y Transient Data Settings Delete End atkeyframe 2 ea Save on User Manual Restore Page 364 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION 0000 Recording your animation See How To Print Save an Image for instructions on how to record the animation Save and Restore A set of keyframes and related information can be saved to disk and later restored To save keyframes 1 Click Save in the Feature Edit Dialog 2 Enter the desired file name in the File Selection dialog and click Okay To restore previously saved keyframes 1 Click Restore in the Feature Edit Dialog 2 Enter the desired file name in the File Selection dialog and click Okay OTHER NOTES As pointed out in the introduction to this article high quality animation takes time and experience CEI has produced a great deal of animation over the years and has learned a variety of lessons In the hope that EnSight users can avoid many of the pitfalls inherent in the process many of these lessons and rules of thumb are presented here EnSight s keyframe animation methodology is borrowed from the animated film industry In making animated films the master animator defines how the scene will look at certain points in time the keyframes and then hands the work off to an in betweener with instructions on how many frames to add between each pair of keyframes The in betweener then
302. e SEE ALSO How To Use Server of Servers How To Read Data User Manual EnSight Gold Geometry File Format User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A 2608 INTRODUCTION Resources are used to specify which computers are used for running the various EnSight components specifically the Server ensight100 server the SOS ensight100 sos the CollabHub ensight100 collabhub and the distributed renderers ensight100 client If you are running a single client and server on a single computer you may skip this document Resources are an alternative way to specify these computers compared to SOS case files PRDIST files Connection settings and command line options While these other ways are still valid and take precedence for backwards compatibility resources greatly simplify specifying computers in a dynamic network environment For example SOS Case files and PRDIST files no longer need to be edited to reflect the current node allocation from cluster batch schedulers Resources coupled with native reader support in the SOS even make SOS Case files unnecessary Resources can be specified via command line arguments and environment variables Resources can be specified multiple times precedence rules determine which resources ultimately get used This allows sites to specify defaults while allowing those to be overridden NOTE While resources can still be specified according to this document the entire resource management s
303. e 2 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 1 19320e 00 Found in unstructured part 1 Values for Variable velocity are x 5 82290e 01 y 3 70160e 02 z 1 82780e 03 mag 5 83468e 01 User Manual Page 298 How TO GET POINT NODE ELEMENT amp PART INFO 2 6080 Show IJK Information To show information about a specific IJK location for structured models 1 If your data is transient set the desired time in the Solution Time Panel 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part one only in the Part List The query will only be successful if the specified IJK is found in the selected part 4 Select Query gt Show Information gt IJK The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the values for the desired IJK location in the text fields and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon on the tools ribbon All active variables at the IJK location specified will be displayed i The following shows sample output from an IJK query IJK 2 5 10 Query Information Node Id is 26146 Found in iblanked structured part 1 Coordinates In Frame 0 are 4 72982e 01 1 64710e 01 6 50679e 02 No variables active to show values at the IJK location Show Element Information To show information about a specific element you must have either given or automatically assigned element labels for
304. e Color d l Line Width gt Line Style Display will show a table of values LineType gt Marker Type a z Data H a i 7 j L VITESSE vs Dis Style Copy to clipboard will allow the query to be pasted To into other applications as columns of data perfectfor S veero Excel for example aes Add to New Plot Color Save CSV to file will save a file with comma LineWidth gt separated values E i Marker Type a an a o o BO oZ o Epo p Z 7T orTr Data T arne Sa Save XY to file saves a file that can be read back a eee into EnSight as an Read from an external file Save CSV to file Save XY to file Save Formatted to file gives you a file that is a formatted like a report Data for Query Maximum PRESSION vs Time Min Time 1 0 Min PRESSION 0 676799989223 Max Time 160 0 Max PRESSION 0 707099974155 PRESSION 0 684 0 6818 0 6906 Delete a query by right clicking and choosing Delete _ from the pulldown 0 698 Copy to Clipboard Close User Manual Page 305 How TO QUERY PLOT A 2608 Over Distance Queries EnSight can perform queries at uniform points along the line tool at nodes along a 1D part or at uniform points along a spline One dimensional parts include model parts consisting of bar elements 1D Line Clips and particle traces At Line Tool Over Distance After selecting the part to qu
305. e button when the cursor is over the desired location The clicked point must be found within some element of the selected 3D part to result in a trace 6 You can click to create as many point emitters as you like When done move the mouse out of the Graphics Window 7 Click off Pick Surface P pate iuscete eae Carre Note that you can also specify a rake line or net plane emitter by picking on a surface Just set the emitter to Line or Plane prior to clicking Create Then follow in the instructions in the pop up window S 4b op User Manual Page 219 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES 2 0000 Trace Surface Restricted Particles EnSight can trace particles such that they are constrained to lie on a not necessarily planar 2D surface even if the velocity is zero at the surface The trace is calculated by projecting a short distance off the surface into the 3D flow field and using the velocity value found there Both the projection distance variable offset and a display offset are user definable Surface restricted trace emitters are defined by mouse action in the Graphics Window When you click and drag over the desired surface the emitter is defined by projecting the mouse path onto the surface To trace surface restricted particle traces EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CENensight1 0O data ami ami case File Edit Create Query 1 Select the desired surface part s in i i Parts the Parts lis
306. e emitter a path is formed by integrating through the velocity field over time The path is therefore everywhere parallel to the flow Traces calculated using a single time step in a flow field are called streamlines The path calculated using a transient flowfield that is updated as the calculation proceeds is known as a pathline EnSight provides a great deal of control over emitter definition and trace appearance e Emitters can be defined using one of the built in tools Cursor Line or Plane or by clicking on any surface in the Graphics Window The nodes of an arbitrary part can be used as an emitter or the emitter time and locations can be read from a file See EnSight Particle Emitter File Format in the Chapter 11 of the User Manual e The streamline path can be generated in the positive negative or positive and negative time directions e Traces can be restricted to lie on any surface to search for flow topology and separation features e For transient cases an emitter can have a delta time that controls the periodic release of additional particles into the dynamic flow e Emitters can be interactive as you move the emitter with the mouse the associated traces automatically recalculate and redisplay This option is not available for surface restricted Particle traces traces emitted from a Part in Server of Server mode or for Pathlines e Trace paths can be displayed as lines ribbons or as square tubes where ribbon or tube t
307. e 0 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the oe el endpoints into the X Y and Z fields and press return Fa 1 7 5000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 3 Alternatively you can enter the node ids for two nodes in the model vere r etter reese 2 1 7500e 000 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 Length 2 5000e 000 Line by 2 node IDs This has the effect of keeping the line tool tied to the two nodes even if they move over time Note the Length field which is discussed in Advanced Usage below Rotation translation or scaling of the tool can also be accomplished by selecting the appropriate transform action icon and the desired axis and then manipulating the slider In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Line since the X Y Z numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Line interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released i le O A oD User Manual Page 175 How To USE THE LINE TOOL A e000 Shortcut While Part Quick Action icons are available indicating that parts can be edited right click on center selection point of the line tool You can do quick x or y rotates hide the tool or open the transformation editor You can als
308. e C Edit Advanced pulldown Desc 2 Select the parent model part s Y Creation attributes 3 Set Type to Interface e rrr e terre ee ciation 4 Select 2 or more materials 5 matl 03 Click Create upy null_material J Type Interface 7 Method Smooth Normal By grad of is i Rei a e CC C i i lt lt i lt i lt i_i SCS gt Create with selected parts Delay update Apply Changes Help User Manual Page 275 How TO CREATE MATERIAL PARTS A e000 SEE ALSO User Manual Material Interface Parts In Section 9 1 EnSight Gold Casefile Format see EnSight Gold Material Files Format User Manual Page 276 How TO REMOVE FAILED ELEMENTS m 276600 INTRODUCTION A variable can be used within EnSight as a means of removing elements that have failed This failure is a deep failure in that elements are not just visually removed on the client but is also removed for all calculations on the server For example the volume of a part calculated using the calculator will only include the non failed elements If you only need to visually fail the elements consider Element Blanking The failure criteria can be something as simple as a variable with two states one state to indicate the element is failed and the other state to indicate that the element is not failed or it can be a variable Such as a Von Mises stress strain threshold for wh
309. e Start time and D is the delta value Used to create streaklines or smoke traces Animated streaklines are one of the most powerful methods for visualizing transient flow Pathlines only Emit at current time Display Traces as Ribbons or Square Tubes and control Arrowheads Streamline and Pathline Particle paths can be displayed as lines ribbons or square tubes where ribbon or tube twist follows the local flow rotation To enable ribbon or square tube display and change trace arrowheads 1 Double click the desired particle trace part in the Parts list or right click on it in the list or in the graphics window and select Edit This will open the Create edit Parts dialog If necessary toggle on Advanced mode and open the Creation attributes section Creation attributes Type be Animate Animation settings Emit From Cursor Interactive Emitters 3 1273e 000 2 Set Show As to Ribbon or Square Tubes s 3 If desired change the default ribbon or square show As Ribbon Ribbon Widi tube width and press return 4 Select the Arrowhead representation desired Cone Normal or Triangles W 0 0000e 000 5 Set the number of arrowheads to display along a trACE 2 ee ee ee eee e eee ees ye of arrows Arrow size 1 9546e 000 6 Set the arrowhead Size eee ee ec eee eee cece ee eeeeeeeee Oo ae Note that nod
310. e Tools Icon Bar controls the operation of the left mouse button by default in the Graphics Window To rotate 1 2 Click the rotate icon Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window Click and hold the left mouse button and e move the mouse left and right to rotate about the screen Y vertical axis or e move the mouse up and down to rotate about the screen X horizontal axis or e hold down the Control key and move the mouse left and right to rotate about the screen Z axis Press the F1 F2 or F3 keys for 45 degree rotation about the X Y or Z axis respectively Hold the Control key down for 45 degree rotation Note cursor must be in the EnSight window for F keys to work To translate 1 2 3 Click the translate icon or use the middle mouse button in steps 2 and 3 default Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window Click and hold the left mouse button and e move the mouse left and right to translate in the screen X horizontal direction or e move the mouse up and down to translate about the screen Y vertical direction or e hold down the Control key and move the mouse left and right to translate in the screen Z direction Note that you can open the Transformation Editor dialog and the Reset Tools and Viewport s dialog here as well GH Rotate i Translate FP Foor Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection Transformation editor
311. e Variable list SORT pressure 73 2 5 Square root of pressure at node 73 2 5 the X component of velocity at node 73 velocity X 73 To build select SORT from the Math function list select pressure from the Active Variable list click or type 73 2 5 select velocity from the Active Variable list and click or type X 73 User Manual Page 286 How TO CREATE NEW VARIABLES Expression Description and How to Build velocity 2 You have to be careful here velocity 2 is NOT equal to DOT velocity velocity A vector vector in EnSight is performed component wise x component x component y component y component and z component z component The magnitude of this expression is SQRT x component 4 y component 4 z component 4 which is NOT the square of the magnitudes If you are looking for a scalar result for the square of the velocity use DOT velocity velocity or for velocity magnitude use RMS velocity or SQRT DOT velocity velocity or SQRT velocity x velocity x velocity y velocity y velocity z velocity z pressure 19 scalar variable equal to pressure at time 19 This variable will not change if the current time step is changed To build select pressure from the Active Variable list and click or type 19 MAX plist pressure Constant variable equal to the maximum value for pressure over all nodes of all parts in OLID To build select MAX from the General function list and follo
312. e edit Parts A line clip can be specified by identifying two nodes as ng Clips Create points on the line This requires that node ids be available and that the Feature l aan l Panel be in advanced mode gt Uf Creation attributes Interactive Apply tool change The effect of this method is that the line clip remains i f Tool Line Domain Intersect tied to the two nodes even if their location moves over a Intersect v time s Clip Parameters Type l Mesh Extents Finite of Poinis on Line 20 Use nodes A ID1 1 Pos x Fal Pti 7 5000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 Pt 1 7500e 000 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 Get Tool Coords Set Tool Coords Create with selected parts PEIN AE y EE Appy Cnanges OTHER NOTES It is sometimes useful to display just the nodes of a line clip Click Node elements and line pulldown lower in the Create edit Parts dialog in the advanced mode and you can change the display such that only nodes not lines or elements are displayed The nodes can be dots crosses or spheres If displayed as crosses or spheres the size radius can be constant or scaled by the value of a variable See How to Set Attributes for more information User Manual Page 228 How To CREATE CLIP LINES im 2 000 SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Line Tool How to Create Profile Plots How to Query Plot Other clips How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Qu
313. e icon in the Create edit Annotation dialog 3 Create a new shape in the Graphics Window by setting the Shape type and then clicking the Create button To manipulate a shape s attributes first select the shape s of interest in the list panel or pick them in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible on or off Note that if you turn on Limited redraw invisible shapes are drawn ina subdued color To change color Create edit Annotation Shapes 2 aoler B C Width ay Create 4 Visible Origin X da a Rectande gt Y 0 500 Height 0 100 0 500 0 200 Rotation degrees o Limited redraw ee ee Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector dialog To change location Either select the shape and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the Origin X Y fields The origin of a 2D arrow is the point of the arrow The origin of a rectangle or circle is the center of the object To change size Either select the shape by the resize handle and drag it to the desired size or type appropriate Width Length or Height or Diameter values into the fields Units are O to 1 To change fill mode You can draw the shape in filled mode or in outline mode User Manual To Apply t text
314. e mouse button is usually defaulted to perform the pick action as well 2 4 Hon User Manual Page 172 How To USE THE CURSOR POINT TOOL im 26000 To set the Cursor by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Tool location editor from the Tool Locations settings icon onary oe AARP y THAR Tool location editor About Axis X Y Fd All Transformation Editor Cursor tool Which Frame Scale Settings Coord frame 0 ok 2 If the Transformation Editor is not set to crement 1 000000 Cursor Tool set it by Editor function gt eee Limit 90 000000 Tools 3 Enter the desired coordinates into the X Y and Z type ins and hit return e Cartesian Coordinates of Cursor Tool in Frame 0 X Y Fi r Ds 0000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 You can also move the Cursor by setting the desired axis of translation in the About Axis field and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cursor since the X Y Z numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Cursor interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released Shortcut While Part Quick Action icons are available indicating that
315. e pattern and the start and increment A Using global path MULTIPLE CASEFILES total number of cfiles 3 cfiles global path home bjn data cfiles pattern file case cfiles start number 0 cfiles increment 1 OR MULTIPLE CASEFILES total number of cfiles 3 cfiles pattern home bjn data file case cfiles start number 0 cfiles increment 1 i 2 O User Manual How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES B Using path per casefile Note method 2 does not have a way to have a separate path for each casefile Method 3 Similar to 1 but place the info in a separate file A Using global path MULTIPLE CASEFILES Cfiles file all_ together _ctfiles txt and in all_ together _cfiles txt first line contains number of second line contains the optional global path then filenames come 1 per line on the following lines Like 3 nome bjn data file1 case file _b case bruce case B Using path per casefile MULTIPLE CASEFILES cfiles file separated cfiles txt and in separated_cfiles txt first line contains number of second line must be the word none indicating no global path specified then filenames come 1 per line on the following lines Like 3 none nome bjn data file1 case home bjn data2 file_b case nome bjn data3 bruce case Another Example An EnSight Gold unstructured transient geometry model with a couple of variables in 4 partitions like bjni case bjn2 case
316. e pulldown E to Offset 3 Choose the translation vector direction and scale The rigid body translation is equal to offset_scale offset_vector 3 meee 4 Choose the origin part number which will be used to clip the parent part at a location specified by the rigid body translation in the offset vector direction SEE ALSO User Manual Elevated Surface Parts Create Set to default Ce ee j oN Offset scale 1 0000e 000 Advanced 6 If desired enter an Offset value The Offset allows you to shift the elevated surface away from the parent but does not affect the shape 7 If desired toggle Surface or Sidewalls off The Surface is the actual elevated surface Sidewalls stretch from the border of the parent to the border of the Surface to enclose the created part geg Delay update i A Apply Changi 8 Create using selected gt parts Create edit Parts oS ins Elevated Surfaces Create Edit Advanced Desc 3 Variable displacement Y Creation attributes Surface type Offset Offset from part 0 Offset vector X 1 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 gt oo00e4000 Page 252 User Manual How TO EXTRUDE PARTS A e000 INTRODUCTION A part or parts can be extruded to the next higher ordered part using the Extrusion feature Namely a 1d line can become a plane a 2D surface can become a volume etc This e
317. e server host you will not be able to connect automatically The user account e login name Enter your login name on the server host in the Login on the client host does not exist on name field the server host The server executable is not found Is the entry in the Executable path name field correct If on the server system the server executable is NOT in your default command search path on the server you must include the full path name to the executable For example usr local CEI ensight100 bin ensight100 server Your cshrc does not contain a Add the appropriate line as described in the Basic valid setting for CEI HOME Operation section step 2 above Your cshxrc file or files executed Remove the offending commands from your cshxrc file by it causes output to be written As a test do the following This is interpreted as a server startup error Shree CSHreC SAVE Create a new cshrc file that contains only the lines to set CEI HOME and path as described in the Basic Operation section step 2 above If that test works you will need to examine your cshrc to find and remove the offending lines Automatic connection fails or is Server not installed or not You should be able to locate the server executable refused trying to connect to executable ensight100_server using Windows Explorer Double same host system click on it and see if a console window opens with This is EnSight Server 10 0
318. e the frame s origin ee ia eerie eas leche remember to press return see eens me Orientation ectors 5 If desired enter new value s for the orientation vectors remember to press X 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 return 2 2 2 2 eee eee eee eee eee gt Y o 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 O 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 Note that the orientation vectors are normalized afresh when you press return Reset Frame Transform The frame transform can be reset back to the default position and orientation by using the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog To clear the frame transform 1 Select the desired frame s as described above 2 Make sure the Transform Definition Icon is set to transform ra 3 Click the Reset button in the Transformation Control area to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog 4 In the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog click the desired button Reset By Selected Transform Only clear only the transformation component currently selected e g rotate or translate in the Transformation Control area Reset Rotate Translate Scale clear all transformation components See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information User Manual Page 157 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A 2 00e Set Frame Attributes Frames can be displayed with a variety of attributes 1 Select the desired frame s as described above 2 Se
319. e the selection either by clicking a file in the Files list or l editing the field directly Click to accept the current Click to cancel the selection and Pressing return will accept the Selection and close the dialog close the dialog Selection and close the dialog User Manual Page 434 QUICK ICON REFERENCE mh 2 e000 Feature Icon Bar k Keyframe User tools Contours Isosurfaces Clips Vector Particle arrows traces Tools Icon Bar c s i ei Record Pick Shade Overlay Highlight Region tool Cursor tool Line tool Plane tool 7 6 F i Tool settings Transforms Fastdisplay Fit Reinit Views Information Undo Part Quick Action JK 3 S a A Parts reel Line Per viewport Element ERT EN TTE z A F a Element Node a Element Fein labeling represent Elements Annotate Legend Quick Action Annotate Line Quick Action O T A F ar A ces pi notations yisibility Color Text Legend Legend Legend Legend vi isibility Color size orient loc textloc min max i Mi Line arrowheads width Annotate Dial Gauge Quick Action Annotate Logo Quick Action Annotatons yisi lity Color Annotations Annotate Shape Quick Action Annotate Arrow Quick Action ririri T Li aL Line An l Lir Color width Plotters Quick Action Query curve Quick Action Pio pi J lt seed E e LC Je VW fa _ XAxis Legend Bor
320. e tracks and min max variable tracks can only be displayed as lines Trace arrowheads can be used for tracks but this must be done from the Particle Trace Feature Panel Animate Particles Any type of particle trace can be animated See How To Animate Particle Traces for more information User Manual Page 218 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES 2 0000 Pick a Surface to Trace a Particle Rather than emit from a tool or a part you can also interactively pick points on a surface in the Graphics Window to define emitter locations To do this 2 Click the Particle Traces icon EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CEl ensight100 data ami ami case Fie Edit Create Query 1 Select the flow field mesh part to trace through Constant Constant Mame Id Shor Color Color by Create Edit _ Advanced 3 Toggle on Pick Surface ee eee Variable velocity v 4 Click Create Creation attributes And the following dialog will appear Type Animate Animation settings Emit From Interactive Emitters Show As Ribbon width 3 1273e 000 Eick Surface For 4 Point Trace is Oh Please move cursor inko the Main view window Pick a point on the surface to create each trace When you have Finished move the cursor ouk of khe Main View Surface Restrict Pick Surface Direction 5 Do as instructed move the mouse into the Graphics Window and click the left mous
321. ecessary Prerequisites EnSight must have been installed and the CEI HOME and the command search path set properly If you successfully performed the installation as described in the Installation Guide then these settings should be correct See SCEI HOME ensight100 doc Manuals Installation pdf if you need this manual SIMPLE STANDALONE OPERATION CONNECTION OCCURS AUTOMATICALLY If you want to run Ensight client and server or SOS on the same machine standalone and you have not changed the default automatic connections to be elsewhere you can simply do the following To Start Ensight Non Windows Windows 5 ensighti EnSight 10 0 Either double click the EnSight 10 0 icon on the desktop Or Start gt CEI gt EnSight 10 0 At the prompt In a shell window type ensight100 To Start Ensight in SOS mode reminder that you need a gold license key for this Non Windows Windows Start gt CEI gt EnSight 10 0 SOS 5 ensighti szos At the prompt in a shell window type ensight100 sos Note To add another dataset or replace the existing dataset which EnSight refers to as another case see Adding Another Case below User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER A 2 66008 CONNECTING AUTOMATICALLY Automatic connections are made according to the default connection settings that have been stored and are visible in the Job Launch Settings Dialog The connection that oc
322. ecome a 3D volume Create with selected parts Z velocity Z Q li X 1 003e 00 y X 7 526c 01 Bbc 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 5 01 7e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 User Manual Page 253 How TO EXTRUDE PARTS Translational Extrusion 1 and 2 as above Create edit P you 3 Select Translation type Create edit Parts 4 Set the number of slices in the translation Extruded Parts direction Desc T e eer ence 5 Set the total translation distance Y Creation attributes z i Extrude by Translation e Oe 6 Set the components of the direction vector of slices 36 y Total translation 1 000000e 000 y A ss 7 Create x Y Dir vect 0 000000e 000 0 000000e 000 L 000000e 000 And the slice will now become something like the following Create with selected parts Delay update velocity r ks X 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5 017e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 7 Advanced Click on the Advanced Toggle for more options SEE ALSO User Manual Extruded Parts User Manual How TO CREATE PROFILE PLOTS A 2 60008 INTRODUCTION A profile plot is the 2D counterpart to an elevated surface a projection away from a 1D part based on the value of a variable Profile plots can be created on any 1D part clip lines contours particle traces or model parts consisting of 1D elements BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part in the Part list 2 In the main menu Create gt Profiles Create edit Pa
323. ed for clipping unstructured meshes where element volumes vary widely Creating vector arrows on a grid clip typically yields a more useful visualization than on a standard mesh clip By default clipping planes extend to the bounds of the parent part A clipping plane can also be restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool To change an existing clipping plane to a grid clip or to have finite extent 1 Double click the desired clipping plane part in Create edit Parts the Parts list Simple Advanced Desc 2 To change to a grid clip select Grid from the SS Plane Type pull down Interactive Tool Plane Domain Intersect Apply tool change Clip Parameters Mesh Clip extent Finite a o UC 3 To change to a finite extent clipping plane GridPigrid 5 select Finite from the Plane Extents pull down of slices Page 232 User Manual How TO CREATE CLIP PLANES Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep a clipping plane based on the plane tool through a volume it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of clipping planes for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility The flipbook can animate a series of clipping planes using a starting and ending position for the Plane tool You can also use the Keyframe Animation facility to animate clipping plane
324. ed transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Revolution tool since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Revolution tool interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released User Manual Page 192 How To USE SURFACE OF REVOLUTION TOOL A 2 00e ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Revolution tool center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Revolution tool are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Revolution tool relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformations dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Revolution tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE AL
325. eee eee nnn The logo texture will now be displayed on the body at the location specified by the plane tool eer ee ee _ User Manual Page 350 How TO MAP TEXTURES ADVANCED USAGE How to use textures as palettes EnSight textures can also be used as multi dimensional Calculator Tool Box palettes to allow the user to control the color and opacity of 7 p A Ff u a part based on arbitrary functions of two variables The key to this technique is generating the appropriate texture map Gre rem In the following example we will use a texture map found in Perera the data directory with the cube model er 1 Load the cube model and bring up the variable ae calculator mi We will need to create an S and a T variable that will a be used to access the texture al i 2 In the calculator create a new variable named S with aO ass gt oa oa a E EG fioc the expression temperature 50 0 this puts S ae ASIN i ato RMS e Pi a ATAN E RND roughly in the range 0 1 n Go aate EEH lee i ran cross i pa SORT 3 Create a variable T that is the expression 2 z er ae RMS velocity 4 Create an xyz clip of the mesh a
326. een te Low and High opposite of Band Cone Solid cone shape 7 Set the desired display offset Normal Single wedge Good for 2D Note this is rarely necessary because by default Display offset is problems Plane of the set automatically using the graphics hardware The display offset wedge is based on the moves the vector arrows a short distance away from the surface on relative magnitudes of the which they are defined typically for hardcopy or animation components purposes This is used when a tangential projection is used and the Triangles Two intersecting triangles arrows are coincident with the parent parts surface Note that a Good for 2D 3D problems ee negative offset may be appropriate depending on orientation You must turn off the hardware display offset in Preferences in order to t it here To turn if off Edit gt Preferences View Tipped End of the shaft colored ina OE ay eee Ee ms h eer ane a 8 Select the desired projection component other shapes yield too much visual clutter Choices are modified by the Projection component field Scale the x y and or z in the Projection component field Values less than 1 diminish the contribution more than 1 exaggerate the contribution Zero means that the component is not considered and confine arrows to the plane perpendicular to this component All Display arrows in the vector direction Tangential Display component parallel to surface element Normal
327. een the servers in the current release you cannot trace particles originating in one block and expect them to cross a block boundary into a different block It should be noted that EnSight s server of server capability is an alternate and usually better way to do parallel operations on a model OTHER NOTES When you perform an archive operation a binary dump file is produced for each active server case The archive information file contains details about the cases and can be used to restart the EnSight client as well as all servers active when the archive was performed See How To Save and Restore an Archive for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Case Menu Functions User Manual How TO LOAD TRANSIENT DATA is 1 T INTRODUCTION From it s inception EnSight has been used extensively to postprocess time varying or transient data In many cases dynamic phenomena can only be understood through interactive exploration as a transient case is animated EnSight handles all types of transient data All variables as well as mesh coordinates and connectivity can vary over time The rate at which variables or the mesh change can differ supported through the EnSight Gold and EnSight6 Case data format only EnSight can postprocess transient data in many ways The Player Solution Time area lets you easily set the current time step step through time manually or automatically or restrict the range of time to a r
328. egion of interest You can perform query operations to extract information over time You can use the flipbook capability to create an on screen animation of your data changing over time and continue to interact with it during animation playback EnSight s keyframe animation capability can be used to create high quality video animations of transient data This article covers reading transient data into EnSight BASIC OPERATION Reading transient data into EnSight is essentially the same as reading static data see How To Read Data for more information By default the ast time step will become the current time step This behavior is based on the assumption that the last step will contain the largest dynamic range of the variable data so that variable palettes will be initialized properly Open Look in i CiProgram Files CETensight100datayguard_rail k File type All Files v fe EE i crash displacement 10 crash displacement 21 crash case crash displacement 11 crash geo crash displacement O1 crash displacement 12 crash plastic O1 crash displacement Of crash displacement 13 crash plastic O02 crash displacement O35 crash displacement _14 crash plastic O03 crash displacement O4 crash displacement 15 crash plastic O4 crash displacement OS crash displacement 16 crash plastic O05 crash displacement 06 crash displacement 17 crash plastic 06 crash displacement OF crash displacement 16 crash pl
329. egistered user defined extension see EnSight extension mechanism and How to Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Features using the name of the extension There must be no space between the E and the extension name and the option can be used repeatedly in the same command line the order of execution matches the order on the command line These calls are made just prior to playing command files or python files after EnSight starts up By default the method cmdLine is invoked but options exist to specify the method as well as parameters to the method The whole option may need to be enclosed in quotes if some of these latter features are used For example suppose you have a registered extension named foo The following usages are permitted Efoo will call foo cmdLine Efoo run will call foo run a specific object method Efoo 10 0 will call foo cmdLine 10 0 the default method with a parameter Efoo bar 10 0 hello will call foo bar 10 0 hello a specific object method with multiple parameters mag Magnification factor of menus titlebars icons using a float number that is greater than 1 0 on high resolution displays or power wall Windows only Ni token_wait_for menaa a Wied Section Label color name c string lt 24 chars long T User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS am 26008 wd Don t print metric for Unstructure
330. elected parts _ Delay update Apple Changes OTHER NOTES Tensor glyphs can be animated by animating the parent part e g a clip plane over space or time using flipbook or keyframe animation See How To Create Flipbook Animation or How to Create a Keyframe Animation for more information Unlike most part creation operators tensor glyphs are created from the client s representation of the part not the server s For example if you have a clip plane that is displayed using a feature angle or border representation only those elements comprising the reduced display will yield tensor glyphs even though all elements of the clip plane reside on the server See How to Change Visual Representation for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Tensor Glyph Parts 5 W 4 Hon User Manual Page 259 How TO DISPLAY DISPLACEMENTS A e000 INTRODUCTION In structural mechanics simulations a common output variable is a set of vectors representing the movement or displacement of geometry Each displacement vector specifies a translation of a node from its original position an offset EnSight can display and animate these displacements to help visualize the relative motion of geometry In many cases the magnitude of the actual displacements is extremely small relative to the size of the model EnSight provides a displacement factor to scale the vectors and exaggerate the displacement Normally displacem
331. eme of the current run of EnSight Flipbook animations are not restored using the session file because it is unknown at the time the session file is created what state existed when the flipbook was saved All Session files are machine and operating system independent However the data file s used in a non packed session file must remain in same directory in order to find the data file s In contrast Packed Session files include all the data files therefore can be moved to a different directory The tradeoff is that Packed Session files can become quite large session files are machine and operating system independent However the restoring platform must include all the data readers necessary to read the data format s contained in the session SEE ALSO User Manual File Menu Functions i 4 Hon User Manual Page 111 How TO OUTPUT FOR POVRAY INTRODUCTION EnSight can output a file which can be read into POVRAY Persistence of Vision Ray Tracing This allows EnSight images to be able to have shadows and reflections which ray tracing can provide POVRAY must be downloaded and installed separately from EnSight www povray org Note This option requires that you have an EnSight Gold license and only works using nodal variable data BASIC OPERATION The process is 1 Run ensight and produce the desired image in the graphics window 2 Go to File gt Export gt Image and set the Format to POVRAY Geometry and save This will
332. empt to do so a dialog will remind you Any frame definition must be applied prior to a frame transformation If you have already made frame transforms you can clear them by returning to frame transform mode and using the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog click Reset to open a Rotate i Translate Fa Zoom Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection Transformation editor A EE J gt Reset ee 7 F VI User Manual Reset Tools and Viewport s Which iewports Reset Tools By Global 7 Space By Selected viewport beset Quadric Select region Reset iewporks Reset By Selected Reset Rotate Transform Only Translate Scale n Page 155 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A 2 00e To transform the Frame Definition 1 Select the desired frame s as described above 2 Ensure that the Transform Define frame s icon is set to the Define mode 2 etre treet eee tenn e nee eee This can alternatively be done in the Create edit Frames dialog where radio buttons show the STALE eee se secre seers perenne R i Createfedit Frames Define Frame Transform Frame 3 Perform the desired transformation either eases aee interactively with the mouse in the Graphics Window or via the Transform Actions in the Transform Action CG heal General attributes section in the Create edit Ww PGMS Cal OG orisat ease aadeasiacesaced aleneasesaes
333. ences from the Edit pull down menu oo a a EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files x86 CE ens wre ee eal prec Create Query View Took Wir T Part p Flipbook animation editor Keyframe animation editor Name eee Solution time editor Cz Transformation editor F o gt Preferences Copy image Ctrl C The following preference categories are available in the Preferences dialog and will be explained below To Set Annotation Defaults To Set Color Palette Defaults To Set Data Preferences To Set Image Saving and Printing Preferences To Set Mouse and Keyboard Preferences To Set Performance Preferences To Set User Defined Input Preferences To Set Variable Preferences To Set View Preferences 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 405 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES A e000 To Set Annotation Defaults Need to make the font bigger everywhere in saes iim EnSight Preference Categories select one 1 Select Annotation from the Preference Catego ries list tree Annotation 2 Click on the Default font preferences button _ Color Palette Legend Preferences Ammatatori Pre feregres Default font preferences J amp Click here to start editing specific annotation type defaults 2 Click the select button in the Annot mode icons and dick Deselect All Annotation 3 Modify any Annot attributes for example text size fine wid
334. ent Data Use Server of Servers Read User Defined Do Structured Extraction Save or Output Save or Restore an Archive Record and Play Command Files Print Save an Image Save Geometric Entities Save Restore Context Save Scenario Output for Povray Manipulate Viewing Parameters Rotate Zoom Translate Scale Set Drawing Mode Line Surface Hidden Line 1of343 P a uaa gt Table of Contents Use the Cone Tool Use the Surface of Revolution Tool Use the Selection Tool Visualize Data Introduction to Part Creation Create Contours Create lsosurfaces Create Particle Traces Create Clips Create Clip Lines Create Clip Planes Create Box Clips Create Quadric Clips Create IJK Clips Create XYZ Clips Create RTZ Clips Create Revolution Tool Clips Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips Create General Quadric Clips Create Vector Arrows Create Elevated Surfaces Create Profile Plots Create Developed Unrolled Surfaces Create Subset Parts Create Tensor Glyphs Display Displacements Display Discrete or Experimental Data Change Time Steps Extract Vortex Cores Extract Separation and Attachment Lines Extract Shock Surfaces L UL LJ M Ho Wk SEN Go forward to previously viewed page Go back to last viewed page Each How To topic provides a set of bookmarks that match the standard section titles You can quickly navigate to one of these sections by using the bookmark list in pdf
335. ent data toggle on and fill in time range to use to rescale variable extrema and recreate histogram over time User Manual Page 293 How To EDIT COLOR PALETTES A e000 Markers are single colored level s overlaid on top of the color palette designed to emphasize the distinction between levels 14 Click on the Markers Tab Markers are divider bands drawn in the color specified at the oa specified variable value They serve to divide your coloration similar to isocontours 15 Choose the color the width and the maximum number of markers 16 At the Add pulldown choose one of the following to add markers at At levels adds a marker at each level value At value adds a single marker at the value indicated or Uniformly adds marker uniformly if you enter a value into _ the How Many field that appears ao 17 Markers remain until cleared Palette Editor Palette velocity 7 Dm a 0 0 1 00341 0 0 variable extrema 1 00341 Range used Palette Editor Palette menatee lala os Range used Variable extrema Set raneto Select One T Simple Advanced Markers Options Files Marker color Bi Pick color Maximum of markers Value None Clear last Clear all Add Ab value Set range ta Select One Simple Advanced Markers Options Files 4CFO 11 level contours ACPD 21 Gray Middle ACPD 21 level_contours AC CFO delta 13
336. ent data during the animation Transient data does NOT have to be on and should oy to play back a flipbook animation during the keyframe animation Timelines allow you to use transient data during each defined timeline If the timelines do not cover all of the keyframes you will have a portion of your animation with no transient data By default a single timeline exists which covers all of the defined keyframes To create more timelines click New For each timeline you can specify the begin and ending time value either step or simulation time See Solution Time dialog Time will be interpolated such that the Start Time occurs at the Start At Keyframe and the End Time will occur at the End At Keyframe unless the Specify Time Increment is toggled on If the Specify Time Increment is on each frame during the timeline is incremented by the time indicated If the Start Time or End Time is encountered before the a Start At or End At Keyframes the transient data will either Loop go back to the Start Time or Swing play in reverse Create edit Keyframe Animation J Keyframing Speed and Actions v Use transient data Transient timeline 1 Startatkeyframe 1 l Units Are In Steps Start time Use begin l End M ussen gt Use end Z Specify time increment Action at start end Loop Ai s 4 e gt gt Quick Predefined Animations e
337. ent lines gt 77 7 i Create edit Parts 3 Bring up the dialog defining the necessary variables by clicking here l EA Sep Att Lines Create Edit _ Advanced 4 Define either Density and Momentum or velocity as well as the Ratio of Specific Heats pasc PO The variables can be set by either typing them into w Creation attributes the fields or be selecting them from the list above and clicking the Set button Method Phase plane at Sep Attach Line Variable Settings 0 0000e 000 Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below 1 Display offset 0 0000e 000 PPO W OHS OOH OOH SOG HOS SOS HOSH SS HOSHSSSHOSSSSSHOSSSSSSSSSSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSH SSS HSSHSSSSSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSS HOSS SSS SSSSSSGHOSHSSSHSHSSSSHSSSSSSHOSSSESHSSSSSSSSSHSSSHSSSSSSHSSSSSSHSSHSSSHSSHSSHHSSSSSSHSSSSSSHSSHSSHHSSHSSEHSSHSSGHSHHSSEHSEESS Fe teat ese A crea oa cca cece cheater Occ E E cca cotangent cect cece etek eoe nec ae tease eens eae Threshold Variable DensityLoghorm Density Norm Threshold Filter EnthalpyNorm K Threshold value 0 0000e 000 EnthalpyNormSstag EnthalpyStag Entropy HalirikMiarnrik s Mote not all Fields are required You must specify Densify and Momentum or velocity and Ratio of Specific Density Density Min 1 0000e 002 Max 1 0000e 000 Ratio of Specific Heats can be a const
338. enter of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Sphere are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Sphere relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Sphere tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Cylinder Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 188 How To USE THE CONE TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a conical specification tool called the Cone tool When visible the Cone tool appears as a typically white cone icon with a line running down the center axis The Cone tool is used to supply EnSight with a conical specification for example to specify the location for a conical clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cone tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it Yo
339. ents are applied in the EnSight Client providing the proper visual modifications needed However EnSight can actually modify the geometry on the server according to a model displacement variable a computed displacement variable cannot be used Server side applied displacements will yield proper volumes and other computed attributes BASIC OPERATION EnSight 10 0 0fa C Program Files CElensight100 other_data lensight dyna dyna case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Bo al tif 2 HRA af Elas G Player Solution Time alsje e JC Beg o Cur ie Erd Parts Mame Id Show Color Color by case 1 i Cylinder 1 x Constant Collar and Base Z x Constant 1 Select the parent parts 2 Click the Displacements icon S 3 Select the nodal variable to use ee eee ree ae sae eee eee ees en Limitation can only use nodal vector variables sae ACL Displacements EJ f i Displace by 4 If desired enter a value for the Displacement Factor and press return 22 22 22 2c ee eee eee eee GH Displacement 5 For speed and memory default is visual displacement only If you desire to use the displacement in any calculations then toggle on Displace computationally which willdo Displacement Factor 1 0000e 000 server side displacements eee eee e rece eee eee Displace computationally Note that your changes made are immediate
340. enu Functions Concerns periodic model updating while EnSight is running Please Contact CEI Support regarding this option 6 The readers shown with a will show up in the pull down for data format in the EnSight data reader dialog You can take readers off of the pull down list if you toggle the off select the reader in the list 7 7 You can specify the default data type by typing in the exact name of the reader 8 Click here to save the preferences _ No parts N faced decomposition method lt Convex dipper New data notification Prompt Select below to togal reader visibility ABAQUSfil AciSolve AJansys Ansys Results Arsys Results v10 W ty Ansys Multi Part Default Reader Save to preference file gt gt gt gt nenn puenmm m User Manual Page 409 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES 4 M 4 gt ul f s a o To Set Image Saving and Printing Preferences Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one 1 Select Image Saving and Printing from the Preference Categories list a LJ m tay Lo m m Image Saving and Printing 2 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up the Print Save Image dialog Ao anne saan Dr Click here to
341. er Manual Page 385 How TO CREATE GAUGES A 2608 Attributes for the Gauge level You can modify the gauge foreground color the color tracking the variable value by Click on the Gauge level tab button Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click Value Background Attributes for Value A label may be placed on the gauge to indicate the current value of the tracked variable To change any of the value display attributes on the gauge click on the Value tab 2 2 eee ee ee eee ee eee eee ee Gauge level Value Background Click on the Display toggle To change the size and location Set the font size and the location for the label J To change the format You can set the format to floating or Bg exponential format For both formats you gt Format Floating point can specify the number of decimal places to display To change color for the value label 20 220c cece cece e cece cece eens eens see instructions under Gauge level Gauge level value Background Attributes for the Background Controls the shading and color of the gauge Click on the Display toggle When off no gauge background will be displayed the gauge will be in wireframe AA Display To change color for the background 2 0 0022 eee eee eee eee See instructi
342. er Manual Page 274 How TO CREATE MATERIAL PARTS E 5 1 1 d s 2 2 r z INTRODUCTION A Material Part can be created as either a domain or an interface A material Domain is a solid region or regions composed of one or more specified materials Parts with 2D elements yield 2D material elements and parts with 3D elements yield 3D material elements A material Interface is a boundary region or regions between adjacent materials composed of at least two or more specified materials Parts with 2D elements yield 1D material elements and parts with 3D elements yield 2D material elements The Material Part feature can be used to isolate specified elemental regions of interest in data sets with material fractions BASIC OPERATION For Material Domain for Smooth Method G Create edit Parts 1 Bring up the Feature Panel for Material Parts For fij Material Parts Create Edit Advanced example choose Material Parts from the Create pu Iildown Desc Creation attributes 2 Select the parent model part s Sie areal aa 3 Set Type to Domain aaa SE ea ves matl_01 4 Select 1 or more materials ngs 5 Click Create matl M null_material Type Domain Method Smooth For Material Interface for Smooth Method 1 Bring up the Feature Edit Dialog for Material Parts For example choose Material Parts from the Create GC Create edit Parts ee Material Parts Creat
343. er Manual Page 351 How TO MAP TEXTURES How to clip an object with a texture Textures can also be used to manipulate the transparency of portions of objects in interesting ways In this example a texture image with only an alpha channel will be used to clip into a part to reveal parts inside of it 1 Load the cube dataset again M Textures And as in the textures as palettes example Loaded textures 2 Load the image files circle png and sphere png into two texture Slots 22 eee eee eee eee et ieee In both cases 3 Use the right mouse button menu to set the textures border color Change the border color alpha channel value to 255 and o view only the alpha channel E eoo E Load texture Texture mode Decal Interpolation Linear Notice that the RGB channels are white but there ee eee Projection al is a dark region in the alpha channel of the images Clear texture Set border color x Y Fa Offset 0 0000e 00 fo o000e 00 Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proj Projection Absolute o Origin m E T _ Node IDs Set texture options Display RGB Display RGB Display Alpha 4 Create an isosurface of temperature in the mesh as well as a Z plane clip rece errr eee ee 5 Color the plane clip by velocity 6 Now select the isosurface part and much like the logo example use the plane tool to project the
344. er interface User Manual How TO ENSIGHT OVERVIEW A 2608 Client Server Architecture To facilitate the handling of large datasets and efficiently use networked resources EnSight was designed to distribute the postprocessing workload Data I O and all compute intensive functions are performed by a server process The server transmits 3D geometry and other information to a client running on a graphics workstation The client handles all user interface interaction and graphic rendering using the workstation s built in graphics hardware Server host1 Client Client Stand alone Operation Distributed Operation The client and server each run as separate processes on one or more computers When distributed between a compute server and a graphics workstation EnSight leverages the strengths of both machines When both tasks reside on the same machine a stand alone capability is achieved The client server architecture allows EnSight to be used effectively even on systems widely separated geographically Before EnSight can be used the client and server must be connected For standalone operation you simply run the ensight100 script and the client and server are started and connected for you For distributed operation as well as for standalone operation when more control is desired there are two methods of achieving a connection a manual connection described in the Getting Started manual or an automatic connec
345. er_defined_ext C Delay refresh E Variables Coordinates 0 000000 11455 0 M Time x O 000000 0 235000 amp B wtiers This example builds on the previous one When the tool is invoked it brings up a more complex dialog that prompts the user for information including integer parameters and a filename If the Ok button is clicked it creates a snapshot of the current rendering and saves it to disk More importantly it generates custom command language shown in the Command dialog window that when executed in batch mode will perform the same operation All user defined extensions tools menus GUI and even core automatically extend EnSight command language in this fashion The super classes provide a scaffolding that makes it easy to enforce the separation between interface and function For example the tool Python file could easily be extended to provide an interface to the same functionality as a user defined menu by adding a menu_ extension subclass to the same file The example uses an icon from the built in EnSight icon resources Finally this example is persistent that is it stores state in the case the values entered in the dialog and uses it to repopulate the dialog A major advantage of EnSight extensions is that they can store state and have both private data and method members The basic file structure is the same as before There is a header block followed by the various class definitions followed by the factory
346. era visibility s Auxiliary clipping ee Fullscreen The Plane Tool will become visible and all objects on the negative Z side of the plane will be clipped assuming the plane currently intersects some visible part You can now manipulate the Plane Tool to achieve the desired display effect see How To Use the Plane Tool for details Note that Auxiliary Clipping always uses the infinite extent of the plane specified by the Plane Tool there is no way to restrict it to the rectangular bounds of the tool Each part has an attribute that controls whether it is clipped by the Auxiliary Clipping plane or not To toggle this setting 1 Select the desired part see How To Select Parts 2 Click the Auxiliary Clipping toggle Creation attributes l General attributes This attribute can also be toggled in the Feature Panel for the part See How to Set Attributes for more information eee eed Hux Clip Bx M 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 132 visible Visible in viewportis Fast Display Rep How To SET AUXILIARY CLIPPING A e000 SEE ALSO How To Use the Plane Tool How To Set Z Clipping User Manual Part Auxiliary Clipping Global Auxiliary Clipping User Manual Page 133 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS INTRODUCTION EnSight provides up to sixteen user defined viewports in the Graphics Window Each viewport is a rectangular region of the screen with or without a bo
347. eral example writers including source code header files Makefile and the corresponding shared library are included to demonstrate this capability The Case Gold Lite writer is included to demonstrate how to exercise most of the API and output a subset of the Case Gold format Complex numbers and custom Gold format are not supported with this writer The Case Gold writer ignores the Parameter field While the writer is not compiled the source code of this writer the required header files and the Makefile are included The Flatfile user defined writer is designed to demonstrate the output of selected part nodal data coordinates amp IDs as well as active variable values scalar and or vector only in a comma delimited format easily imported into other applications If any of the keywords ANSYS or force or body is entered into the Parameter field then Flatfile will output an ANSYS body force file The STL user defined writer is designed to write out the border geometry in the form of triangular 2D elements of the selected part s at the beginning timestep The end time and the step time are ignored The STL format does not sup port multiple parts in a single binary file but does support multiple parts in a single ASCII file Therefore if multiple parts are selected and ascii is checked the STL writer outputs an ascii file with the border of each of the parts If mul tiple parts are selected and binary is checked the STL
348. ers ofslices 1 Delta 4 Select the desired fixed dimension from Lye Mesh Slice I Value 23 the Mesh Slice pulldown I 5 Enter the value for the fixed Es v nen Deal dimension in the Value text field and T E press return 6 Click Create with selected parts eee Create with selected parts Apply Changes 7 If you desire to modify values for the Min Max and Step for all dimensions toggle Advanced and the dialog will expand to allow detailed editing Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an IJK clip at any time with the Mesh Slice pulldown User Manual Page 238 How To CREATE IJK CLIPS ADVANCED USAGE Interactive IJK Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse 1 Double click the desired IJK clip part Create edit Parts im in the Parts list Simple Advanced 2 Change Interactive to Manual to enable SWEEPING errr errr ree eee ei Desc Sweep surface gt gt 0001 3 Adjust the slider with the mouse istics ed ets Interactive Manual Y Tool mK Domain Intersect Apply tool change Clip Parameters Fofsiices 1 Mesh Slice i Value Changing IJK Step Refinement You can modify block structured model parts to any level of IJK step refinement with proper updating of all dependent parts and variables 1 Double click on
349. erver as geo case variable eee Exodus 0 ES Flatfile a 4 Enter a file root name 5 If the dataset is transient specify the beginning ending and step values p e 2 el lel ell lr llc lc lhlcr tlhlUc lCUrr hl lr _ Save As A Single File Seam Mme miep Maximum A Size in MB 572013568 End Time Step Step bw C Care For EnSight Gold only 6 Toggle to save as binary files or not 7 If the dataset is transient you can choose to save the multiple timesteps in one file one file per variable If you choose this option you can also specify the maximum file size 8 Click Okay Writers have access only to the geometry of selected parts and each of their active variables For all writers except VRML only parts located on the server can be saved This includes all original model parts as well as many of the created parts such as 2D clips Elevated Surfaces Developed Surfaces and Isosurfaces The VRML writer saves all the visible parts on the client in their current visible state except for Parts which have limit fringes set to transparent The VRML file will be saved on the client Output in the EnSight formats is intended to provide a method to save both model and created parts with active variables for subsequent reuse with EnSight VRML output is intended for export to other systems Most Worl
350. ery in the Parts list and clicking Mirren Guia the Query Plot icon query Plot F Query attributes 1 Select Sample as At Line Tool Over Distance om m a 2 Select the variable to query over the distance in Variable 1 Variable 17 0000 Ta TIE PAS DE_TEMPS t H TEMPS CPU Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter __ DIVERGENCE E T RESIDU_LOG1 query of two different variables along the line tool wai cme at ee a t Distance Arclength 3 Optionally select the Distance option desired ___ number of points along the line and modify the tool location if needed Samples 20 Tool location 4 Click Create query 7 Auto Plot queries Plot this query OEE Ba so Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Update Query Help At 1D Part Over Distance After selecting the part containing 1D elements in the Parts list G Create edit Query plot and clicking the Query Plot icon Query Plot Y Query attributes 1 Select Sample as At 1D Part Over Distance Desc idm At 1D part over distance 2 Select one variable to query in Variable 1 _ Variable 1 PRESSION a ae VITESSE j PAS DE_TEMPS 3 Optionally modify Distance origin and multiple TEMPS CPU
351. es along a spline clip can be visualized using profiles or queried and sent to a plotter or used in subsequent computations such as computations of a line integral Create General A general quadric clip AX BY CZ DXY EYZ FXZ GX HY IZ J can be created This is Quadric Clips only available from the Clip Feature Panel User Manual How To CREATE CLIP LINES INTRODUCTION In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides one dimensional clipping Clip lines are linear clips through 2D or 3D models with either samples taken at evenly spaced intervals grid or true intersections at the faces of the parent part s elements mesh Values along a clip line can be visualized using profiles or queried and sent to a plotter BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part G Ensight 10 0 0 2 SRAGB a RO ss 2 Click the Clip icon Create edit Parts 3 Select Line from the Use Tool pull down P Clip Create Edit W i on Desc Y Creation attributes Interactive Apply tool change ner eseese eig BY ine Domain intersect gt Clip Parameters 5 If Mesh select Finite or Infinite ae EPa F DM Mesh T xtents Infini w If Grid set the number of evenly spaced i E a laine points on the line 4 Select Mesh or Grid type 6 Position the Line tool as desired see How To Use the Pos x Z Line Tool Pti 7 5000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 Pt2 1 7500e 000 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 7
352. es 0 000000 1 563912 Momentum A Time 0 000000 0 000000 Momentum l Momentum Z Arrows Dials Gauges Shapes af rn F Varia Annotati Plots Que Viewpa RO l Varia Annotati Plots Que Viewpo EnSight can display multiple color legends in the Graphics Window 1 Click the Annotation tab and open the Legend group o aiet y MAE j 54 ee a n a om 2 Select the desired variable s or variable components in the list a ee E re 3 Turn on visibility via the Quick Action Icon Bar To remove a legend repeat the procedure or you can remove the legend by right clicking and performing a Hide operation Color legends have a number of display attributes including size position and how where the variable labels are formatted See How To Create Color Legends for details User Manual Page 291 How To EDIT COLOR PALETTES wa i i h a qt a 7 z The Palette Editor provides access to all aspects of variables including min max information histogram distribution and variable value mapping to color and transparency 1 Select the part you want to edit then Click the Color icon in the Quick Action Icon Bar to epen the Color Editor 2 Click the Palette button to bring up the Palette Editor amp Color Editor Constant Density a by DensityLogNorm DensityNorm atime Aa Alpha b y Opacity Opacity Fill Solid Shading Gouraud kl Diffused
353. es and conditions Thus a reader can be set up to use failure conditions that solvers provide and automatically apply the failed element operations for you An example of this is the LS DYNASD reader provided with EnSight Note the Format option provided by this reader entitled Remove Failed Elems By checking this option a Delete Flag variable is created and the failed element feature of EnSight will be automatically on with the conditions and values set that will remove the failed elements that the solver flagged as such Which for LS DYNAS3D is a value equal to 0 0 in the Delete Flag variable eee eee eee eee ee oe Open Lookin U hensightils dynaiW4as4 Glennidat k File type LS DYN430 d3plot d3p he case Failed elem E Ra Simple interface G Advanced interface Data Format options Time options Binary files are little endian Ww P ee Remove Failed Elems _ Use ALE Variables Part Filter Elements PE f Element variable d3plot IDs Mat ID eld in e 2x d 0 ooone onn el _out_ e xx k Saia Syah el4_out_e_yy l el 4_out_e zz i ASCII File Inpt Hotes E a a el4 ouk e yz Bean andalas Select parts J eie 9 006 000 Set to default SEE ALSO How To Read User Defined S 4b op User Manual Page 278 How To DO ELEMENT BLANKING A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows you to pick elements in the model and ma
354. ession Define equation Tab pressure 100 Alternatively you can build your own equation by selecting variables math functions Clear operators and numbers as desired Once you have the desired equation in the pressure Expression field and a name in the Variable velocity name field make sure you have the correct oo Ime parts selected then click Evaluate for selected parts Evaluate for selected parts Examples of Expressions The following examples demonstrate usage of the variable calculator In each case first enter a name in the Variable Name field then click on the interface buttons or list entries or type directly into the Expression area The examples below assume that Analysis_ Time a given constant variable if the dataset is transient pressure density and velocity are all given variables Expression Descriptionand Howto Build Description and How to Build S wey ae mee A simple constant To build either type the text on the keyboard or click in the Calculator keypad Analysis Time 60 0 A constant variable Assuming the solution time was given in seconds this expression will provide a variable giving the time in minutes To build select Analysis Time from the Active Variable list and either type or click 60 0 velocity density Momemtum a vector variable To build select velocity from the Active Variable list click or type and select density from the Activ
355. et without having to stop and re start the client To replace a case Do File gt Open and select Replace currently loaded data or A mjt Case gt Replace l l C Keep currently loaded data This will open the dialog shown You can optionally set a case name or choose a predefined launch configuration or just use Replace currently loaded data the default ase name Server launch configuration DEFAULT a Click Okay You will now be presented with the Open dialog just as shown in Add Case above You can use the Simple Interface and load all parts or control the options and part loading by using the Advanced interface The server associated with the selected case is terminated and the EnSight client will now start the connection process for the new server Again depending on the launch configuration chosen the new server will be started automatically or you will have to manually start another server The default is to start a new server automatically if your original connection was automatic or to cause you to start another server manually if your original connection was manual You can follow the progress of the connection in the Message area See How To Connect EnSight Client and Server for more information Delete a Case To delete a case EnSight 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window laa Help ee Ss HY 1 add 3 Gls i Replace mi E PE a viewport visibility Ma
356. etc If this doesn t happen refer to Troubleshooting the Installation in the Getting Started Manual User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER Path to the server is incorrect If using the EnSight Connect dialog check that the correct path is specified in the Executable field If running from the ensight100 command first ensure that your PATH environment variable contains the paths for the ensight100 client and server directories You can check and correct the value of PATH in the Start gt Settings gt ControlPanel gt System_Environment dialog Incorrect hostname entered in the Make sure that the hostname is correct including the Hostname field of the Connection case of all letters The ONLY way to confidently see the settings dialog hostname in the correct case from Windows is to open a Command Prompt window and type gt ipconfig all The Host Name will be one of the first things listed Automatic connection fails or is Same causes as for a Unix system See For Unix Systems portion of this table above refused trying to connect to a remote server Other Notes Connection Name Hostname flexibility When you specify c name on the command line EnSight will match the specified name to a Job Launch Configuration name If a match is found then the Configuration s Hostname not Configuration name is used as the computer name for the EnSight Server o
357. etting for Edit gt Preferences View Plane Tool Filled Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Box Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools The Plane Tool is also used to specify the location of the clip plane for Auxiliary Clipping User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 181 How To USE THE Box TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a hexahedron shaped specification tool called the Box tool When visible the Box tool appears as a typically white wireframe box icon with a triad at one corner The Box tool is used to supply EnSight with a 3D volume specification for example to specify the location for a box clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Box tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Box EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create pom View Window Case Region selector Cursor Line p Parts H Plane Name Nurniber Show T Box E BR or E Casel Quadric b sdspac l x Tool positions areen Ar 7 x The Box tool can be placed in two
358. f the model View gt Bounds visibility to display the model extents EEE ZIANA TE Fie Edit Create Query PE Tools Window Case o Fast display lw Shaded Lad Hidden line wf Perspective D uxiiary clipping To control the various attributes associated with the model extents 1 Double click on the desired viewport in the Viewports list panel Mame Mur Zase 1 3d space frame 1 Bgl Highlight selected parts 2 Open the Bounds attributes turndown TEN 2 Axis triad visibility blue arrow 3 frame base 4 Bounds visibility 3 Modify the various general and or Axis specific attributes as desired ee ee ee wf Label visibility Legend Text Line Loga W Camera visibility Create edit Viewports Fullscreen P Background attributes amp Border attributes Y Bounds attributes Createfedit Viewports General Axis specific y H Background attributes All Axes Visible Dimension Line width Label size Suto size Length Opacity Gradation Grid Line width Line style Solid v Roo G i100 B noo Mies Sub Gradation Sub Grid Line width 1 pixel Line style Border attributes Bounds attributes General Axis specific Edit axis v z Axis Min 108 000 Max 492 000 alue Labels B 1 00 Mix Grid location I Extent location ajno B co Gradation Sub
359. face pick normal i _ Pick look at point 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on a part over the desired location for the first Line endpoint and press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard The middle mouse button is usually defaulted to perform the pick action as well Pick color palette band 4 Move the mouse pointer to the desired location for the second Line endpoint and again press the p or middle mouse key button When Using 2 points the endpoints will be place at the pick location When Using 2 nodes the endpoints will be placed at the nearest node and the ids of those nodes will be saved such that the line tool will continue to be attached to these nodes even if they move To set the Line by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking 2 ter Editor Uns too Tool location editor from the Tool Locations settings icon At ABH 7 4 Tool location editor File Editor function Help Transform Action About Axis X Reset m Which Frame Scale Settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 2 If the Transformation Editor is not set to Limit 90 000000 Line Tool set it by Editor function gt Tools Cartesian Coordinates 222 of Line Tool in Fram
360. fault iS Interaction type Off 2 Select the lsosurface Feature C O n n Create with selected parts Delay update 5 Click Create with selected parts User Manual HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION A e000 Part Types The following table provides information on the available part types in EnSight Clip A A surface or line resulting from a clip of parts using an IJK XYZ or _ or line resulting from a clip of parts using an IJK XYZ or f RTZ surface of the parts or a clip of other parts using the Line Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone or Surface of Revolution tool or a clip of other parts by revolving an existing 1D part Contour Lines of constant value on 2D elements Developed Surface A planar surface derived by unrolling a surface of revolution e g unrolling a clip created with the Cylinder tool Elevated Surface A part created by scaling a 2D part in the direction of the local surface normal based on the value of a variable A surface of constant value through 3D elements Model An original part e loaded from a disk file or created through some oe operation e g copy or extract on a model part Particle Trace A part consisting of the paths taken by one or more massless particles as integrated through a vector typically velocity field Profile Plot of a variable along a line the 2D counterpart to an elevated s surface Vector Arrow A p
361. figuration if you BS Apply context From case 1 have a predefined configuration i Clone current connection Create new viewport for this case will place the new case in a new viewport _ Manual connection Reflect model about axis s Z Apply Context From Case Twillcause the 4 orion x g 000000e 000 Y o o00000e 000 z o 000000e 000 new case to inherit positioning etc from CASE serme ATENEO A P e aise Reflect Model About Axis allows the model to be reflected as it is Manual connection will cause a manual read in Pick the axis and specify the origin location connection to be used even if current connection s were automatic Clone current connection will cause the same connection method as current to be used 4 Click Okay i 4 Pow User Manual Page 43 How TO LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES A e000 You will then be presented with the Open dialog Navigate to and select your data and use the Simple interface to load all parts Look in C Program FilesCETjensight100 data yami yt File type All Files J a n Note that the file type must be recognized for this method to work zl README ami J mi Case ami geg ami Pressure ami res ami scl ami ct ami velocity dual gradient png Open Lookin C Program Files CET ens File type All Files E
362. function This comment block is required to identify the file for loading at Startup by EnSight The function named by FACTORY in this case ctor is called by EnSight on startup Note the file is loaded as a module in EnSight and the path to this file is added to sys path SF SHE SE HH ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN FACTORY ctor ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END it it Import the parent class for all user defined tools the ensight module and the generic dialog from cei qtgenericdlg import from SnslgntsCOre lOO extension Import import ensight if Define a tool class a subclass of the tool extension class Class snapshot too ol tool extension User Manual Page 428 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES Construct the tool and set up common information der init Self parent None LOOL Gxtensi100 at 96Li snapohot 116 pdaU self setText Snapshot the current image self setDesc Save the current image to a disk file self setTooltip Save the current image to a disk file if parent parent addChild ob Create an icon for the menu this is optional In this case we access one of the icons embedded in EnSight itself See the Qt resource management documentation for details self setIcon ensight image This is where we store the current command language parameters We start with some defaults seli Params Lle t tu untitled Png
363. ges is poor especially for smooth shaded images The compression ratio can be quite high Print save Image Format X Postscript POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI Movie Microsoft Bitmap Image ar unberoftinestolen gt a Image Interlaced video MPEG Movie PHS Image Transparent red value PPM Image QuickTime Movie Transparent green value 1 Stal RGB Image LLL Streaming Movie Transparent Glue value p Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image Options include Number of times to loop sets the number of times the animation should loop before stopping Interlaced video optimizes for slow web connection incremental display Transparent values The R GB values 0 255 of a pixel color that should be set to transparent in the image For example setting these to 0 0 0 will cause all black pixels in the animation to be made transparent on playback 1 values select that no pixel is transparent 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 96 HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A e000 Options for JPEG Format This is a very portable but lossy compressed format The only option is a notional Quality setting that controls the compression rate 0 100 Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft Bitmap Image i CEI Envideo Movie Frame Rate 30 Flash Video Movie a GIF image JPEG Quality 75 MPEG Mowie PMs Image PPM Image QuickTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL
364. ght can automatically generate frames to interpolate the viewing parameters between keyframes for a smooth animation The changes to viewing parameters between keyframes are not limited to simple rotations translations or Zoom operations You can also use EnSight s frames capability to move parts independently e g to animate an exploded view of a complex assembly You can also animate the global look from and look at points for fly by style animations While refining your animation you can display it directly in the Graphics Window When complete you can specify the output resolution and set the recording device e g to a disk file Although the production of adequate animation is easy good animation takes experience A sequence that looks good on your high resolution workstation screen may look less than acceptable when transferred to analog DVD An object rotating in ten degree increments may be an appropriate speed for your workstation graphics At thirty frames per second however the rotation will complete in just over a second too fast for normal viewing See the Other Notes section for some additional hints and tips BASIC OPERATION All keyframe animation functions are controlled through the Feature Panel You can define the transformations between keyframes or you can create standard animations To define your own keyframes 1 Click the Keyframe icon Animation icon in the Feature Icon bar Create edit Keyfr
365. ght click on a control point to choose to a PERAE ie Update Moussup add or delete a control point If adding a Bae EERE El l control point it will be added to the right of i Lack levels to control points the selected point 6 Fora large dataset change Update to Delayed An Apply button will appear 7 Click on the Options Tab Changes will take effect when you click it 8 The default is Type of Continuous to interpolate RIEA Editor and smooth the color 10 You can specify how to handle Undefined variable values The default is to display the Undefined value as the color for 0 You can change this such Palette metnatedg ature F hase l mA that Undefined values will be invisible Set range to oor ne A 11 Limit fringes The default behavior is for Simple Advanced Markers Options Fies variable values outside the min max 9 To create a color band for LW Emm i an 4 range to be mapped to the color opacity each color in the texture EES P defined at the bottom and top of the change Type to Banded jo i palette You change this behavior such Reduce the number of colors per tevet E that out of bound values are colored by Colors per level to o p Cee A the part color or are set to invisible coarsen the bands eee ent data For extrema histogram oe hae 12 Change the alpha volume scale to affect E Ting range steps E volume rendering 13 For transi
366. ging geometry or by transient displacement Measured particle parts are often a particularly good choice for this option 1 Select the part s containing the nodes you wish to track in the Part list Creation attributes 2 Set Type to Node track sonore pe Type C Animate wt r Interactive Emitters Emit From a tel 3 Optionally you can modify the begin and end times to use for the track 4 to A aw The default will be all time steps a eed as 4 Specify the particular node id you wish to l tack ordo ALL o oeer eeoa e a sgeeseeee You can use the Use ALL nodes button to select all if you have modified the field ee 7 Min Max Variable Tracks Ensight provides the capability to track the location of the minimum or maximum of a chosen variable through time This of course only makes sense for transient models 1 Select the part s containing the variable for which you wish to track the min or max 7 Variable Scaling X 1 0000 Y 1 0000 z 1 0000 Creation attributes 2 Set Type to Variable min track Variable min track Animate Animation settings Or Variable max track Emit From Interactive Emitters 4 Optionally you can modify the begin and end Ww times to use for the track paani The default will be all time steps 3 Select the desired variable ae eee eee User Manua
367. he interactive query results is always used The format for this is the keyword iqval followed by a format statement and a interactive query id number zero based For example Temperature lt iqval 2 O gt will display an annotation string with the value of interactive query 0 displayed to two places of precision after the equal sign in the annotation Delete Annotations Existing annotations can be deleted by selecting them in the Annotations list and performing a right click to Delete SEE ALSO How To Manipulate Fonts User Manual Text Annotation User Manual Page 375 How TO CREATE LINES INTRODUCTION EnSight can display annotation lines that can either be specified in 2D screen space or in 3D world space BASIC OPERATION 1 Click the Annotation O g z feature icon 77 7777 we ee eee Ensight 10 0 0 a File Create Edit View p l 2 Click Line icon 3 Create a new line in the Graphics Window by clicking the Create button To manipulate a line s attributes first select the line s of interest in the Annotation list panel then To change visibility a Toggle Visible on or off Note that if the Limited redraw toggle is on invisible lines are drawn in a subdued color To change color rigin by X 0 25 Y 0 25 Select the desired color from the A oe a Sa matrix
368. he General section controls axis width color and scaling as well as Gradation and Subgradation marks Swap the X and Y axis onthe plotter Create edit Query plot Auto layout will insure that the various components of the i Query Plot plotter title axis description values etc don t overlap y specify the axis origin vertical and horizontal within the plotter Y Axis attribut area These will be grayed out if Auto layout axes is enabled ee Axis General Axis Specific Swap X and Y axes W Auto layout axes Set line width of axes lt L Horizontal axis Origin 0 a oe Vertical axis Origin 0 13 Set color of axes aeaa g Line width 2 pixels R 0 00 G 0 00 B 0 00 Mix Set line width style and color for major gradations gradations are enabled on a per axis basis in the X Axis and Y Axis sections Gradation Grid ON TE e 2a Line width 2 pixels Line style Solid Y l R 0 00 G0O 00 B 0 00 Mix Set line width style and color for subgradations subgradations are enabled on a per axis basis in the X Axis __ Sub Gradation Sub Grid and Y Axis sections 7 Ti Line width 1 pixel Line style Solid R 0 80 0 80 B 0 80 Mix User Manual How TO CHANGE PLOT A
369. he Legends group so you can La see the legends that are available a ree Logos l Legends 3 Click the variable legend s you wish to Coordinates show or hide a _ gt lime Trb _Kinetic_Energy The list contains legends for scalar variables and Static_Pressure x for magnitude and components of vector Arrows variables Dials Gauges 4 Right click to Hide or Show the legend Shapes OR 4 Click on the visibility icon in the Legends Quick Action Icon Bar F i I If you wish to turn all of the legends off you can Vari Annpta Plots Qu View click on the Legends group which selects all z legends then right click to hide y oxr ty User Manual Page 388 How TO CREATE COLOR LEGENDS A 2608 Resize or Reposition Color Legends in Graphics Window Color legends can be selected in the graphics window and then scaled or moved 1 Move the mouse on top of the legend you wish to move or scale The touch n go handles appear l l Static Pressure 2 Click and drag the center point to move the legend 7 1 401e 001 3 Click and drag the resize handle upper right to modify the width and d height os Ti s0 124e 000 of the legend _ The other two resize handles will modify the min and max values attached to 3 766 0 the palette 2 166e 001 3 350e 001 Manipulating Other Legend Attributes 1 Double click on the legend you wish to modify or select it a
370. he applicable part s Tensor variables can be represented by Tensor Glyphs directly and within the variable calculator eigenvalues eigenvectors determinant VonMises or Tresca etc can be computed Complex A complex variable which within Ensight can be either scalar or vector includes the real and imaginary portions of the values The variable calculator allows the user to compute things like modulus argument transient response etc Variables are either given read from the dataset or automatically provided by EnSight or computed derived from existing variables during an EnSight session The variable type and whether it is given or computed are shown in the Variables list panel by looking at the Computed column The Location column will tell you if a variable is node or element based Every non constant variable both given as well as computed has an associated color palette that defines the mapping from variable values to color These palettes can be edited to change the mapping see How To Edit Color Maps for details The value of a constant variable can be displayed as a text string in the Graphics Window see How To Create Text Annotation for details For time dependent data calculated variables will automatically recalculate when the current time step is changed User Manual Page 284 How TO CREATE NEW VARIABLES 0000 Variable Creation Derived variables are easily created using the Variable Calculator To crea
371. he example source code shown here is included in the CEI HOME ensight100 src user defined ext examples directory but many other examples exist The source code to all of the built in menus is included in the SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined directory Some other example objects are included in SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined Tools QuickTools Examples While these are user defined tools instead of menus the extension mechanisms for both share a large number of common features and techniques that work in both There are a pair of tools examples User Manual How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A e000 located in the user defined tool How To Advanced Usage that demonstrate the ability of all user defined extensions to generate and execute custom command language and make use of external icon files To get the most out of this mechanism menu developers are encouraged to utilize Python scripts and convert command language scripts into Python using the provided tools The Python interface is largely documented in the Interface manual How To EnSight Python Interpreter SEE ALSO How To EnSight Interface Manual How To Mouse and Keyboard Preferences How To Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Features User Manual Page 423 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows users to define toolbox items that are acces
372. he following 4 4 1 gt lt gt GEOMETRY section FAILED lt gt lt gt kk KAKA KK bummer Ae KAR KA KAKA KAS gt lt gt Verification of the data FAILED lt gt lt gt a kK RK AKA KAR KAR KA KA KA KK KA KK KK KS User Manual How TO USE ENS_ CHECKER After fixing the block line and running the program again another problem is encountered namely an extra space at the end of the second line of x coordinates for the block that is part 2 ono CuSeCker 32by2s Case KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker Currently Le Must De ron Prom directory 10 Whicm Casei Lle 1S LOGarod 2 Handles EnSighto and EnSight Gold formats only i 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKRKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKIKKKIKHK Casefile to Process 3by3s case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section at line 11 FORMAT Section EnSight 6 Format set at line 2 TIME section Info for timeset number 1 Time set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps 1 at line 13 Time values starting on line 14 time values 1 0 gt x gt TIME section OKAY lt gt lt GEOMETRY Sec
373. he graphics window and choose Edit or double click the part in the Parts list 1 OR Select Create gt part type By default any changes you make to attributes will take effect immediately If you wish to batch a series of changes turn on the Delay update toggle at the bottom of the dialog When you are ready to apply a set of changes click the Apply Changes button 2 Open the Node element and line attributes turndown then set the desired attribute s Set visibility of nodes lines elements Set node element label visibility 4r Set Line width and Style Solid Dotted or Dot dashed Set element representation _ described below set element shrink factor shrink elements toward the centroid set angle for Feature Angle representation Set variable to use for failed l element removal Set the values and rules for failed element variable values Create edit Parts a wan Model Parts Node element and line attributes General Visibility Node 4 Element Label Visibility Node Element pena 7 Node Representation g Type Dot Scale 9 4820e 001 Detail 4 Size By Constant Variable Line Representation Width 1 Style Solid D nn Element Representation Visual Rep 3D feature 2D full 7 amp hrink Factor 0 00 Angle 10 0 Load points and normals only E Reduce Polygons p Fewer Polygons Varia
374. he mouse s right button in the background of the thumbnail drawing area will display this menu Clicking on a standard view will put the main graphics window in that view It does not create a view in the User Defined Views Clicking a thumbnail button with the left mouse button will apply that View to the EnSight graphics Clicking the mouse s right button will display one Apply Add as keyframe 20 Edit keyframe count Rename Replace Update image Delete Save as Update all images Delete all Restore New Update all images Delete all Restore Apply Performs the same action as clicking the left mouse button on the selected thumbnail button Add as keyframe 20 Adds a keyframe with this view with 20 Sub Frames Edit keyframe count Pops up a window to query enter number of SubFrames then adds a keyframe with this view Replace Replaces the thumbnail button s viewing parameters and image with the currently displayed state of the EnSight graphics window Update image Replaces the thumbnail button s image with the button s viewing parameters while using the currently loaded data Delete Deletes the selected thumbnail button and associated viewing parameters Note that if the View is associated with an EnSight View file the file will not be deleted Save as Displays a file browser where the user can specify both a directory and an alternative file name for the View Creates a new View butt
375. he range in the field l ee ee ee eT Fl mmm m eme ee m mmm memme e m l To change color for the big hand Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector Bighand Litte hand Value Background dialog Attributes for the Little hand R 100 The dial little hand may be visible or not If visible it is simply the count of how many rotations the big hand has made A value of 0 is straight up and can not be changed G 0 00 B 0 00 To change any of the Little hand attributes click on the Little hand tab To change the little hand visibility Click on the Display toggle A To modify the Little hand range Enter a new range value rrr errr rrr tree eter terre reese eee eee eee MEPETI To change color for the little hand fete eee neces ieee Pae ee See instructions under Big hand y Attributes for Value Bighand Littehand Value Background The dial may display a value on the dial representing the variable value or the number of rotations the little hand has made R 100 G 1 00 To change any of the value display attributes on the dial click on the Value tab To change the value visibility Click on the Display toggle B 1 00 To change the size of the font A Ww Enter a font size or slide the slider eeeeeeeeeeeee ee To change the display type Show as Revolu tio
376. her tool is By Global 2 Space By Selected viewport reset based on the global XYZ Click the applicable button to reset the space or reset based only on corresponding tool Reset Cursor Reset Plane the selected viewport Reset Quadric Select region Click to clear only the transformation component currently selected in the Reset Yiewports Transformation Control area e g Rotate Transform Only Translate Scale EEEN Click to clear all Reinitialize transformations in the selected viewport s Note Close that zoom is not a scene transformation and is not cleared Zoom is implemented by moving the look from point the camera position To clear zoom click Reinitialize Click to clear all transformations as well as reset the camera look from look at points so that all currently visible parts are centered in the selected viewport s This also resets the center of transform to the geometric center of the visible parts User Manual Page 160 HOW TO RESET TOOLS AND VIEWPORTS A e000 ADVANCED USAGE The Reset Tools and Viewports dialog is also used to clear Frame transformations See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information on frames and frame transforms To clear frame transformations 1 Select the desired frame s in the Frame list GF Rotate i Translate Fa Zoom Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection 2 Click the Graphi
377. his example builds on the previous one First it demonstrates that a single Python file can generate as many menus as it wants It also demonstrates the ability to define a hierarchy out of those menus In this example the menus themselves have expressed the desire to only be displayed in specific contexts e g when a specific type of part has been selected Finally several other menu options are set the name of the vendor for the menu and an icon are specified More options are documented in the Interface Manual The basic file structure is the same as before There is a header block followed by the various class definitions followed by the factory function User Manual Page 420 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A 2 66008 This comment block is required to identify the file for loading at Startup by EnSight The function named by FACTORY in this case ctor is called by EnSight on startup Note the file is loaded as a module in EnSight and the path to this file is added to sys path F SF OE SE it ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN FACTORY ctor ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END it Import the parent class for all user defined menus and the ensight module it import ensight from ensight core menu_ extension import menu extension Define a separator menu class used to put a dividing line between menus it class sep menu menu_ extension def anit sel name paren menu extension Init self name file 7140
378. ht that the picked object should be 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 417 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS A 2 2600 added to the current selection When right clicking to open a menu holding the ctrl key tells EnSight not to change the current selection and to target the current selection even if the pick operation did not include a selected object This can be used to more easily bring up the popup menu operations for objects that are not easily clicked on or even visible ADVANCED USAGE This section describes how to create custom user defined menus as explained by How To EnSight extension mechanism in the Interface Manual This section assumes familiarity with the Python language as well as object oriented programming Both custom and built in menus have the same capabilities because they are built on the same interface Also customized menus allow the user to display options including cascading menus By default your custom menus will appear below EnSight s default list of options that appear when you right click The user may also define a key using the macro facility to invoke the operation as noted above EnSight includes two well documented example Python files to demonstrate the process of creating custom user defined pop up menus As an exercise to show how to customize EnSight these two files can be moved from their existing location to a directory where they will automatically load into EnSight at startup and
379. i Bounds visibility T L i 4 Hon User Manual Page 120 How To SET DRAWING MODE hm 2 e000 To use the global Tools Icon Bar toggles 1 Click the Shaded toggle to switch from line to shaded mode or vice versa gt lt gt 2 Click the Hidden Line toggle to enable or disable hidden line mode gt B Unhidden Hidden If the current mode is Shaded when you toggle on Hidden Line the Hidden Line Overlay dialog is displayed This dialog allows you to specify a color for the overlay edges If Specify Line Overlay Color is not enabled overlay color will be set to the native color of each part If it is enabled the color can be specified R z 5 either by entering red green blue color values or by clicking the Mix button and picking a color with the standard Color Selector dialog Hidden line overlay color Specify line overlay calor The per part toggles for shaded and hidden line mode are available in the Quick Action Icon Bar when part s are selected in the Part List O a A e EnSight 10 0 0 a Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Yy y WE EAM a eA MOOSEROHAXAF Gets Name Number Show Color Color by Computational mesh 1 Constant 1 Select Part in the Part List Line Shaded 2 Click the Shaded toggle to switch from line to shaded or vice versa 3 Click the Hidden Line toggle to enable or g
380. iables EnSight can automatically make them available for use if the appropriate basis variables and constants have been provided This can be accomplished after loading the model with the Extended CFD Variable Settings Dialog 1 Right click on any variable in the Variable list then choose Extended CFD variables from the pulldown 2 Select the variable name in the list and then click the appropriate SET button For example select Density in the list and then E click the SET button to right of the Density field 3 After all variables and constants have been specified click Show Extended CFD EE Variables 4 Click Okay The common CFD variables will now be listed in the main variables list Note that they will NOT actually be computed until activated If you have a standard PLOT3D Q file Extended CFD variables will be shown by default when you read your data SEE ALSO How to Edit Color Maps Coordinates 0 000000 38 0516 Node Time 0 000000 0 000000 Case Scalars New group from selection Activate Extended CFD variables Boundary layer variables Color Parts Isosurface i Plots Que ee ne p riab 2a See l Extended CFD Variable Settings Momentum FSMACH Coordinates Time Density Can be a constant Total Energy per Unit Volume Ratio of Specific Heats Can be a constant Momentum OR Velocity Energy 1 4000e 000 Momentum
381. ialog you will see that Auto distribute is set to Server Decompose It is probably easiest to describe the usage based on an example So using the EnSight Gold format lets run a simple model on two servers computer1 and computer2 The files we will reference are cube case the EnSight Gold data file two_partitions sos the SOS casefile FORMAT type master server gold auto distribute on do ghosts on SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 machine_id computer executable ensight100 server data_ path home user exodus casefile cube case Server 2 User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 0000 machine _id computer1 executable ensight100 server data_path home user exodus casefile cube case two_servers res the resource file see How To Use Resource Management for more details CEIResourceFile 1 0 SOS host localhost SERVER host computer1 host computer2 1 Make sure your cube case data is available to the various machines on which you will run servers 2 Create the two_partitions sos sos casefile or the two_servers res resource file 3 Run EnSight like ensight100 sos Then set the two_partitions sos file in the File gt Open dialog format Case SOS This will let you load all parts or select the ones to be loaded Or use ensight100 sos two_partitions sos on the command line if you want to load all parts Of Open the cube case file in the File gt Open dialog forma
382. ic Geometry Further the 3D extent of all geometry as Sait E eee well as the number of nodes and elements Min Max ka 0 0000e 000 1 1430e 004 is displayed Y 2 8718e 003 3 0000e 002 Z 2 86596et002 1 4700e 003 Element Detail quad4 hexa The Element Detail section shows the type and number of all unique element types in the dataset SEE ALSO User Manual Query Dataset 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 320 How TO CHANGE COLOR m 2 00e INTRODUCTION In EnSight parts can be colored either by a constant color or based on the value of a variable Coloring geometry by variables is one of the simplest and most effective means of visualizing the distribution of a variable You can also set a default color all parts subsequently created will automatically be colored by the default color described in the Other Notes section below This article covers changing the color of a part See How To Edit Color Maps for information on changing the mapping from variable values to color BASIC OPERATION To change a part s color 1 Select the desired Parts F x part s in the Main Name Id Show Color l Case 1 Parts List or flow field 1 x mn e WE 2 x i WL 3 x C 1 WaT 5 4 C Select Color 2 Click the Color tl a a 0 F C a Basic colors icon on the Part al ot LL i i Clip_plane 6 ae f g g g gm Quick Action SSS Icon Bar 3 fea tt of ie i TE E E eee Which w
383. icense limitations ENSIGHT10 RES Client Resources Specify a resource file name that the client reads ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS Client Resources Specify quoted strings of space delimited host names e g SoS host1 host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight servers The host names are used in the order they occur A host name may occur multiple times LSB _MCPU HOSTS Resources lf either the use lsf for servers or use lsf for renderers command line options are specified then the client will evaluate this environment variable for resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such as hostl1 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The SS sn will be used in a round robin fashion CEl_ ARCH car AT Description a hardware amp OS set automatically on EnSight startup CELHOME 22 HOME CELHOME A Path Location of EnSight installation required CELPDFREADER PDFREADER Application for reading EnSight pdf help files oe PYTHONHOME Client Path Point to a different Python runtime library Default is CEI HOME apex12 machines CElARCH Python242 CEI UDILPATH Client Path A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for user defined image libraries ENSIGHT PATHREPLACE Client Path Replaces the data path with the path found in this environment variable PAH Mu
384. ich you specify limiting values and conditions for failure The failure variable must be a per element variable Also this operation can only be performed on model parts So if its effect is desired on created parts such as clip planes or isosurfaces one should apply this operation to the model parent parts of the desired created parts BASIC OPERATION To use a per element variable for removing failed elements ER EL ET YAT GO EA 1 Select the model part s to use 2 Click on the Filter Elements icon 2ceccecececcececcececseceseeseee 3 Select the per element variable to use for failure in this example we use FaNUre SOSS jesien a 4 Set the desired condition s and value s in this case we fail if the Failure_Stress is greater than 0 70 5 Click Apply Part Filter Elements Element variable Failure_Stress 9 581le01 7 186 e 01 4 791e 01 2 395e 01 9 000e 00 1 0000e 000 Set to default i A Apply Those elements which satisfy the failure criteria will be removed from the model Failure_ Stress 9 58le01 7 186e 01 4 791e 01 2 395e 01 9 900e 00 User Manual Page 277 How TO REMOVE FAILED ELEMENTS 2 0000 ADVANCED USAGE EnSight s User defined reader API is capable of dealing with designated failure variables and the failure valu
385. icking NETE ese ee2e ese cecceccspeceeecseegsteeseeceee Desc YF Creation attributes Define Yortex variables Vortex Core Variable Settings kaiti Method Eigen analysis k Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below j a 3 Threshold filter Threshold value 0 0000e 000 DensityNormStag DensityStag Enthalpy EnthalpyMormi EnthalpyMormStag l Min 1 0000e 002 Max 1 0000e 000 Mote not all Fields are required You must specify Densify and Momentum or Velocityvey and Ratio of Specific Heats Density Momentum Ratio of Specific Heats can be a constant Velocity 4 Define either Density and Momentum or l Velocity as well as the Ratio of Specific Heats The variables can be set by either typing them into the fields or selecting them from the list above and clicking the Set button Delay update Sophy Changes Help 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup 6 Click Create 2 2222 cece eee ee cece eee eee cece eee 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 269 How TO EXTRACT VORTEX CORES 2 0000 ADVANCED USAGE The resulting vortex core lines can be filtered by the vortex core strength or by any other active variable Create fedtt Parts fs Vortex Cores C Create Edit Advanced Desc Creation attributes Define vortex Variables Method Eigen analysis 1 Select the variable to filter by
386. icted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Plane in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Plane will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer 2 4 Hon User Manual Page 177 How To USE THE PLANE TOOL A 2 2608 To position the Plane on a part by specifying three points with the p key 1 Turn on the Plane tool as noted above Then Click the Pick button on the tool ribbon gt i EE GC AF F i Fick part 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Using 3 points from the pop up menu TEREE ye Pick plane tool location Using 3 points Pick center of transform Using 3 nodes 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on Pick element s to blank Using 2 points a part and press the p key or whatever mouse Pick look at point Origin button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Pick color palette band a Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard _ e Using origin normal 4 Repeat two more times Note that you are not specifying corner points just three unique points You can also position the Plane Tool by picking three nodes this differs from the above where 3 points in space are used in that the node ids of the three closest nodes are found and saved The Plane orientation will be changed su
387. id EnSight command to be executed at a keyframe If your command sequence is more than a few lines it is best to save the sequence in a file and just enter the command play filename There is a special case of executing a command at a keyframe If you insert the command shell filename The file filename which is assumed to be a UNIX executable command will be executed after each sub frame and each surrounding keyframe In addition if you are saving animation frames to disk files the name of the image file just written is passed to the executable as the first argument This capability can be used to postprocess the image files for example to resize and re sample an image or copy it to a different location If this capability is used the shell filename command must be the only command specified User Manual Page 363 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION A 2608 Run From To The Run From To turndown allows you to specify the range of keyframes to play 1 Click on the Run From To turndown to open the section 2 If you wish to limit the animation playback to certain keyframes set the Run From and To fields By default they are set to cover all of the keyframes you have created Transient If you have transient data you can specify how it will be used during the keyframe animation 1 Click on the Transient Data Settings suEndOwn to open the section Toggle Use Transient Data on if you want to use transi
388. ign Gold formato only i 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKIKEKHK Casefile to Process 3by3s case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section at line 11 FORMAT Section Ensight 6 Format set at line 2 User Manual How TO USE ENS_ CHECKER Time set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps 1 at line 13 Time values starting on line 14 time values 1 O0 Model filename is 3by3s geo at line 5 Static geometry Opened 3by3s geo successfully File type is ASCII Description 1 EnSight test geometry file Description 2 SSS SS 55 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 SS 555555 node ids assign element ids assign Global section Number of nodes O Part 1 Description is 3 x 3 xy block Structured Part Not iblanked 1j k 441 Number of nodes 16 Number of cells 9 Block X coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Y coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Z coordinates for 16 nodes found Part 2 Description iS 23 X 3 yz block gt Problem Looking for one of the following valid line types element type unstructured types any of the following point Liao tetral0 pental5 bar2 gquad4 Oyramidy hexa8 bar3 quads pyramidl13 hexa20 tria3 tetrad penta6 block structured block part the next part but found t
389. ilar which lists all the available font family style combinations and allows the user to change fonts in the text field currently being edited The current font possibly the default is selected in the list when the dialog is opened The user may change this font to any other by selecting from this list and clicking OK Value Format Chooser Regular Bold Italic Arial Courier Mew Symbal System Locale Times Mew Roman Agency FE Algerian Arial Arial Black Arial Rounded MT Bold Arial Unicode MS Baskerville Old Face Bauhaus 93 Bell MT Berlin Sans FB Berlin Sans FB Demi Bernard MT Condensed Blackadder ITC Bodoni MT Book Antiqua Bookman Ghd Style Bookshelf Symbol 7 Bradley Hand ITC Britannic Bold Broadway Brush Script MT Calibri Californian FB C slicken MAT To illustrate the use of font capabilities Annotations Text Annotation will be used Nave Text Mew Text Lines Logos Double click or right click and select Edit to open the Create edit Annotation Text dialog Legends Arr OWS Dials EUQes Shapes Variables The text can be modified in the field m2 e000 Show Color x Annotations Plots Queries Viewporks Frames Create fedit Annotation Text Size Lj LJ Rotation Shadow offset Shadow intensity 0 40 x 0 500 Y 0 500 Mew Text Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub Constant Variable A Dark wahie User Man
390. ile the animation runs 1 Double click on the Isosurface part Create edit Parts a 2 Click on the Advanced button vy Isosurfaces Create Edit P y Advanced 3 In the Creation Attributes section set the Desc Isosurface part gt gt 0001 Animation Delta to an appropriate value For each page frame of the flipbook this value will Variable temperature z be added to the current value to yield the new Scaling isovalue i X 0 0000 Y 0 0000 Z 0 0000 Y Creation attributes Animation Delta 0 0000e 000 Value 2 4096e 001 Set To Mid Range of surfaces 1 Delta 1 0000e 000 Interactive By Value Interaction type Off es E mm Min 0 0000e 000 Max 4 8192e 001 Step 2 4096e 000 User Manual Page 212 How TO CREATE ISOSURFACES A e000 4 Click the Flipbook icon Create edit Flipbook Animation i EnSight 10 0 0 a Play settings Display original mode Cyde File Edit Create Query View Tools inc mem Step increment 1 Speed 1 00000 4 Load settings Load Type Create data Load As Objects Record Interactive Iso Clip Start Stop lt q q gt gt Y 5 Number of Pages to Create 10 P v Regenerate All Load 3 i 5 Choose Create Data 6 Set the number of pages 7 Click Load to an appropriate value 8 When loading is complete use the controls to play the flipbook Alternatively you can put the isosurface in interactive
391. ill open the Part Color dialog Custom colors Be es ee ee EE EEEN E Hue o Red 125 y E E E st EEE Sat o Green 128 4 j Add to Custom Colors e 23 is pue 128 E g T i rer t o Cancel e 3 Select a color from the color matrix l Color Editor OR m Constant an Static_Pressure Fa Trb_Kinetie_Energ 4 click the More area to open the Color Selector ee ne dialog me CS At coordinates OR if coloring by a variable 3 Select the variable in the Color by list 4 If coloring by a vector component turn on i the Show components toggle OR you can utilize the click drag capabilities to color by the variable 7 Diffused light lH Palette Texture 3 Click and drag the variable from the Variable list to the part in the part list or to the part in the graphics window you wish to color by the variable You can drop the variable on the background in the graphics window to color all parts in the viewport by the variable or you can drop the variable on the Case heading in the part list to color all parts in the case User Manual Page 321 How TO CHANGE COLOR E 5 1 i 1 f d F z Variables F X Parts F X Name Range Loca Name Id show Color E Variables El Casel Coordinates 0 000000 1 658 Nodk eee S x Time 0 000000 0 000 Case eee eee rer rttrrtsrcrtnst B E Pap Wee WS F x 7 Static Pres
392. ime Desc 2 Select one variable to query over time in Variable 1 __ aa At nade aver time ee see Variable 1 PRESSION 7 eae VITESSE Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two Bm pas DE TEMPS j TEMPS CPU different variables over time panan RESIDU_LOG1 3 Enter the Node ID 2 0 2 eee RESIDU LOG2 Variable 2 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number Node g 1 of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT saske 150 Beg End time sami value v Auto Plot queries 5 Click Create query OE Sociale Limited redraw Show text Create query Update Query At Element Over Time After selecting the part in the Parts list to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Create edit Query plot eS Query Flot Y Query attributes Desc Samp At element over time Variable 1 PRESSION 2 Select one per element variable to query overtime in oe Variable 1 77 2 PAS DE TEMPS TEMPS_CPU DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOG1 RESIDU LOG2 1 Select Sample as At Element Over Time Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time Variable 2 3 Enter the Element ID crt e Element ID 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to
393. in and axis and the clip will update You can also change the domain and the clip will change SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create Revolution Tool Clips User Manual Clip Parts m2 e000 amp Create edit Parts Create Edit W Advanced oF Clips Desc Y Creation attributes Apply tool change Revolve Part 1 x nOu Z gt Orig 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Axis 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Animation Delta x Y Fa 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Create with selected parts Delay update Help User Manual Page 246 How TO CREATE GENERAL QUADRIC CLIPS 2 0000 INTRODUCTION Clicking on the Clips Icon brings up the Clips Feature Panel the Creation attributes section of which offers access to a General quadric clip type It is possible to create a 3D Quadric clip using the General Quadric option by directly specifying the coefficients of a general quadric equation These coefficient values represent the general equation of a Quadric surface They can be changed by modifying the coefficient values No tool exists corresponding to this equation AX BY CZ DXY EYZ FXZ GX HY IZ J BASIC OPERATION amp Create edit Parts g Clips Create
394. ine s endpoints eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 2 2 Click and hold the left mouse button l 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button f To rotate the sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the central axes ssece ccc ceee peer cteeesenceeeee ee E 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished 3 Release the mouse button Note Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Sphere moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Sphere in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Sphere will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer 5 Wh OP User Manual Page 187 How To USE THE SPHERE TOOL A 2 00e To set the Sphere by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by hon Editor Sphes cil clicking Tool location editor from the Tool Locations settings icon Transform Action a J i
395. ine segments of an object regardless of the whether the lines are polygon edges or not Shaded mode displays all objects consisting of polygons e g element or cell faces as solid filled regions with light source shading enabled These drawing styles can be enhanced by enabling hidden line mode If the current mode is line hidden line will eliminate all those lines that would be invisible if the object were a solid surface If the current mode is shaded hidden line mode will draw lines overlaying face edges In shaded mode hidden line overlays are particularly useful for visualizing computational grids The setting of line or shaded mode is a global toggle You can also set the mode on a per part basis so that some parts are displayed as lines and others as shaded surfaces Each viewport also provides individual controls so that the drawing mode can differ from viewport to viewport Line mode Shaded mode Hidden line mode Hidden line overlay mode BASIC OPERATION You can also enable these modes by selecting View gt Shaded or View gt Hidden Line 2 2 eee cece een eee ee reece eee ene e nee e gene ne ea EE EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query 7 F Fast display Bw IFS D E Shaded A Parts P Hidden line MEME Tools Windows Case La w Perspective Mame Mur Aureil inni JAF CODIN Case LJ ie Computational mesh S Highlight selected parts L Axis triad visibility
396. ing tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points Page 183 User Manual How To USE THE Box TOOL A e000 SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 184 How To USE THE CYLINDER TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a cylindrical specification tool called the Cylinder tool When visible the Cylinder tool appears as a typically white cylinder icon with a line running down the central axis An axis triad will be at the center of the central axis line The Cylinder tool is used to supply EnSight with a cylindrical specification for example to specify the location for a cylinder clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cylinder tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Cylinder Tools Window Case Help ok Region selector Cursor F Line d Fp Plane M Box EE EE ey ere gt Quadric t 0 Cylinder Tool positions Sphere E i j Cone Revolution The Cylinder tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the
397. ingle click This can be changed using options outlined in How To To Set Mouse and Keyboard Preferences The menus can also be accessed by assigning them to a particular keystroke as a macro using as outlined in How To Define and Use Macros The specific menu that is displayed depends on what object was clicked on Some examples are shown here Adjust Size Justification Rotate Font New Text Clicking on an annotation _ _ __ _ _ _ _ Viewport 0 Style L Clicking on a selected part Edit View b Viewports Part Select j Fullscreen Quick Text Quick Line Background Color Clicking on the viewport background Theme Send Image To Menu targets In general the target of the operation is listed at the top of the menu A special modifier key ctrl is used to control object part selection When the menu click is made a pick operation is performed under the mouse pointer This pick returns the selected part or object If that object is part of the current selection the selection is not changed and the entire selection is the target of the menu operation If the object is not part of the current selection the object becomes the current selection and the menu operation is performed on this new selection The ctrl key can be used to modify this behavior In normal left mouse button picking the ctrl key tells EnSig
398. ional rotational MINOR cetesest eebeesesenesceccseen eee Once the type is chosen appropriate pes Use Periodic File controls will open for that type e FileName You can optionally chose to use a Periodic Fa Select File Pile maeaea a seant User Manual Page 158 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A e000 Determine What Frame a Part is Assigned To You can determine what frame a part is assigned to and change it by opening the Parts Feature Editor 1 Open Create edit Parts by double clicking on the desired part Create edit Parts x or Right click on the part in the Parts list Model Parts D Simple G Advanced and select Edit Editing parts beginning with a Desc Frame base Creation attributes 3 Open the General Attributes turndown J i FY General attributes Wisible Visible in View ports Fast Display Rep The part s current frame number is shown in P Aux Clip Box wt the Ref Frame field You can reassign a part to a different frame by entering a new value and Active pressing return errr nee Ref Frame Color By Constant color Delete Frames selected frames can be deleted Note that a frame cannot be deleted if any parts are currently assigned to it All parts assigned to the frame must be assigned to other frames prior to deletion 1 Select the desired frame s as described above
399. ions will refuse to recognize your EPS Send email to fet ch dartmouth edu for information on fetch EPS files typically contain a preview image that lets the importing application display a facsimile of the actual graphic for ease in interactive positioning scaling or clipping There are different methods of specifying this image e g PICT resources for Macintosh or TIFF files for Windows Unfortunately the different methods of specifying the preview image preclude EnSight from providing this capability for import into Macintosh applications When you import an EPS file most Macintosh applications will display it as a gray box You can however still resize and position the image and it should print fine EnSight can however attach a preview image that can be used by Windows applications Enable the Windows PC Preview Capable toggle in the Image Format Options dialog The suffix EPS should be used for the resulting files Do not attempt to send a PostScript file containing a preview image to a printer Additional Notes 1 The file is saved or printed from the EnSight client machine not the server 2 The printer command should not include the file name For example if you normally print with lpr Plaser1 file ps then enter lpr Plaser1 in the To Printer Using Command field 3 If you toggle on Convert to default print colors all viewport background colors are changed to white and any object part viewport bo
400. ioo ello_fool py 2 Kf Hello world C 3rdparty a hello_world png 23 Ki H p Analyze 4nalytical data and computational tools eS bin i part_menu py 4 E Hello world 4 i i cfxs l Top Mel olp ak E3 EnSight Interfaces Alternative interfaces For the EnSight GU i client_utilities ot data File Irnport Export Complex import and export operations si doc machines Say hello to the world From a tool C other_data C scenario_tools C server _utilities C site_preferences amp Presentation Tools Launch CEI presentation tools 6 Snapshot the current image Sawe the current image to a disk File E E src arch Bion E emddriver B 1 Utilities EnSight system tools and utilities config cvF a i Ey visualize visualization specific tools dynamic_data O enout _api 4 gt enout_py enoukg_api L Column sort Tool Help evo hore E GD math functions C CCS C9 pe E readers variables a ox ex E Variables O writers Coordinates O 000000 11455 0 h Time x O 000000 0 235000 Scalars E vectors Eel Fesban Shown below is the commented Python code Notice in particular the block of comment lines starting with ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN and ending with ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END These specially formatted Python comments are what EnSight looks for while scanning for
401. ipbook load process all parts both model and created are automatically rebuilt if necessary using the data from each time step in sequence At each step a graphical page is created and stored in memory When the flipbook is active the pages are displayed in order as rapidly as the hardware allows although you can slow it down You can also step through pages manually The graphical pages can be one of two types object or image An object flipbook saves each page as 3D geometry so you can continue to manipulate the model e g rotate or zoom during playback However for very large models and or long sequences the memory requirements can be substantial In this case you can create image flipbooks that save only the image pixels for each page Although the size of each page is now fixed you cannot change the viewing parameters without reloading the flipbook This article covers using the flipbook capability for transient data and assumes that you have successfully loaded your transient data See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more details on flipbooks EnSight s keyframe animation capability also works with transient data and provides a flexible mechanism for synchronizing your available time steps with the output animation frames See How To Create a Keyframe Animation for more information BASIC OPERATION Prior to loading the flipbook you should create all parts of interest e g clips contours isosurfaces efc The
402. ired Left Right or Center justification from the Justify pulldown Rotation To change text size 2 2 222222222222 ee Laat shadow offset Either resize the text interactively by grabbing the touch g shadow intensity o n go resize handle and dragging or by precisely 7 Origin by Screen coordinates w specifying the font size in the Size field of the dialog or Wh sloso voso using the slider to change the font size 4 Relative to Entire view area o Important Note The text size specified is relative to the ee size of the Graphics Window If you increase the size of s eee the Graphics Window all text will also rescale to i Fonts ee Symbols Super Sub maintain the same relative size Sacer F k gt Fart Value F To change text rotation 7 ial 3 The orientation of text about the text justification point may be specified by specifying the rotation angle in Genmatew Header V degrees in the Rotation field or using the slider to change rotation angle You can also specify a rotation angle from the Quick Action icon bar To add shadow text effect Enter offset and intensity or use sliders You can also peepee saneeeeeep ees use the Quick Action Icon Bar To change location of the justification point in the graphics windo
403. isible model parts intersect the front Z clipping planes The Z clip planes which are always perpendicular to your line of sight are specified as distances from the look from point the camera position The Z clipping plane positions can be set by the user and can be used to remove unneeded geometry from the display Each viewport has it s own set of Z clipping planes By default the Z clip planes adjust float with the model thus stay out of the way if possible BASIC OPERATION The initial position of the Z clipping planes is set based on the Z depth extent of the visible geometry plus quite a bit extra to leave room for transformations The plane positions can only be set via the Transformation Editor dialog 1 Click the graphics window transform icon on the Tools Icon Bar and select Transformation editor 777 77 77 5 577r7rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrn G Rotate i Translate Transformation Editor Z Clip E Zoom va Rubberband Zoom Rubberband Selection 4 Transformation editor Editor Furgtion alobal transform _amera Reset SV 4 Tools l Center of transform Look atflook From Copy transformation state Paste transformation state The graphics display shows the relative If the Float Z clip Planes With Transform option is on positions of the front and back clipping planes you can specify the minimum Z value that the Front
404. isplay the Node Element l labeling attributes dialog Part Node Elem Labeling Node labeling 3 Click the appropriate Ul Node label visibility toggle s to turn on off node _ o and or element labels a clan Hit 7 gt Low i High 1000000 4 To set filters for node K T element labels select the oe fest 1 00 Jerre 1 00 Eke LOO aaa Pa Rd Element labeling EL EUN desired filter and enter the appropriate values in the Low and or High fields 7 x 5 Set the node element label A High 1000000 color om Red 1 00 Green 1 00 Blue 1 00 Mix The label filters operate as follows None Display all labels Low Remove all labels lt the Low value Band Remove all labels gt Low and lt High High Remove all labels gt the High value Low High Remove all labels lt the Low value as well as those gt the High value User Manual Page 336 How TO DISPLAY LABELS A 2 eee Note that the Node and Element Label toggles also have counterpart toggles in the View Menu These act as global toggles that enable or disable any per part node or element labels Tools Window Case F Fast display Shaded Hidden line Perspective Auxiliary clipping Highlight selected parts Axis triad visibility d Bounds wisibility Label visibility E x Element labeling Legend Node labeling Text Line Logo Labeling attributes T lt lt oe lt Camera
405. istance field to explicitly move the look from point a certain distance away from the look at point Alternately the Viewer Area can be used to interactively manipulate the points The presentation of the Viewer Area depends on the which plane toggle is set X Y view from the positive Z axis Y Z view from the positive X axis or X Z view from the positive Y axis the default In each case the gray box represents the extent of all visible parts The intersection of the two red lines is the look from point The opposite end of the long red line is the look at point which is initially near the center of the gray box The example below shows the X Z Plane presentation the others behave analogously To change the look from point To change the look at point 1 Place the mouse pointer over the 1 Place the mouse pointer over the free intersection of the two red lines end point of the long red line 2 Click and drag to the desired location Note that the Graphics 2 Click and drag to the desired location Note that the Graphics Window Window updates as the look from O x Plane Distance updates as the look from point is point is moved 4 2 Plane moved x z Plane al During your manipulation the display in the View Area may become difficult to use Click the Redraw Viewer Area Above button to rescale the display The Viewer Area Control Lock pull down menu effects interactive operation in the Viewer
406. it Parts 2 Toggle on Interactive Tool in the Feature Panel oF Clips Create Edit Advanced Desc Clip plane gt gt 0002 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Click on one of the Plane tool hotpoints centerpoint or axis aap labels and drag the tool to the desired location 7 Interactive Apply tool change Tool Plane Domain Intersect Y Creation attributes 4 Click on the advanced toggle for more options ADVANCED USAGE Using 3 Node Ids You can specify three nodes on a plane using their node ids and clip in an infinite manner This method of produc ing a plane clip has the added benefit that the plane will stay tied to those three nodes even if it is a changing geom etry model This method requires the use of the Clips Feature panel 1 Select the parent part in the Parts list Create Edit MV Advanced 2 Click on the Clip icon to bring up the Feature Panel Y Creation attributes 3 Click on the Advanced toggle Interactive Apply tool change F Tool Plane Domain Intersect 3 Enter the id for three nodes that lie on the m desired plane ig ac Type Mesh Clip extent Infinite 4 Click Create with selected parts Grid Pts On X 5 Y 5 of slices 1 Delta 5 6137e 002 J Use nodes ID 1 5 or F a ee ee OO alg 0000e 000 a ee 5000e 00 1 1 0000e 000 Create with selected pa
407. k structured volume rendering for significantly smaller memory and higher performance i 4 Hon User Manual Page 295 How To USE VOLUME RENDERING F i 7 i ADVANCED USAGE EnSight provides advanced control of volume rendering You can control the volume rendering magnitude of each level of the variable palette by adjusting the alpha value shown as an A in the Palette Editor The alpha value is the opacity intensity of the particular level when volume rendered This means that you can emphasize select variable levels in your volume rendering coloration by specifically increasing the aloha magnitude of these select levels You can also scale up the entire alpha by adjusting a multiplier value Part Color Editor E een 8 If the volume looks nearly invisible then increase the alpha scale uniformly to raise the opacity level 5 Click on the Palette button Constant temperature 6 Click on the control points with the left mouse button and drag them upward Coordinates E Show components Alpha by Opacity Palette Editor 7 Notice the opacity of the variable values at these levels Range used 0 0 Variable extrema 48 192 is scaled upward creating k Set range to Select one emphasis in the graphics reg peng eae eo m Type gt Continuous ka screen and in the legend a Display undefined As zero value r 7 s Jak Limit fringes No
408. kTime Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image The only option is the method for compression that trades off computational complexity for overall compression rates Options for PPM Format The PPM format is a common lossless Unix image format that includes full color pixmaps PPM grayscale images PGM and bitmaps PBIM Print save Image Format Postscript Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft Bitmap Image z CEI Envideo Movie 30 Flash Video Movie GIF Image File Format Binary IPEts Image MPEGS Movie PRs hee Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave Flash Movie aPixmap Image The options allow for the selection of Binary or ASCII forms of these files m7 eeee User Manual HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE A e000 Options for Quicktime Format This is a popular animation format on the Apple Macintosh computers and Windows systems The player can be downloaded as part of the iTunes package from www quicktime com EnSight does not support all the codecs that QuickTime does only the MPEG4 based compression Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft Bitmap Image one di aai Compression method MPEG 4 IF Image JPEG Image Stream bitrate kbitsisec 8000 E MPEGS Movie Pts Image PPM Image Ouick Tine Movie Stal RGB Image LLWL Streaming Movie Shockwave F
409. ke them disappear blank them out This may be desirable if you want to peek inside of certain parts or remove portions of a part without making the entire part invisible or transparent Element blanking is only visual removal on the client For example the calculated volume does not change if some elements are blanked Element blanking is a temporary state that can easily be cleared making the elements visible again BASIC OPERATION Using picking to do element blanking 1 Set the pick action to Pick element s to blank cece cece cece cece cee eee eee eeeees Variables Annotations Plots Queries Wiewports Frames 2 Select part s in the part list that you wish am E Piece to operate on w Fick part Fick cursor tool location 3 Place the mouse pointer over the element you wish to blank out and press the p key to blank the element Pick line tool location d Pick plane tool location Pick spline control poink Pick center of transform teense J Pick elementis to blank Pick look ak point Pick color palette band Preferences Dialog velocity esa Preference Categories select one 7 526e 01 l 5 017 01 Annotation 2 509 01 Color Palettes 0 000e 00 Command Line Parameters Data
410. l In our example we then changed From and To to be 0 thus Element visual rep Use Default extracting the last plane in each zone Note the image below The image at the right includes complete zones that were extracted but shown in feature angle representation so you get the feel of the complete zone Feature angle How To Do STRUCTURED EXTRACTION am 2 00e Note Prior to EnSight10 one could also extract multiple planes within the same zone while loading the part through the use of a delta column This has been discontinued but the same effect can be achieved by using the delta field within an ijk clip SEE ALSO How To Read Data User Manual Using Node Ranges User Manual Page 72 How To USE BLOCK CONTINUATION A 2 6600 INTRODUCTION Given a situation where structured data blocks have been partitioned for analysis on multiple compute nodes and the data can be saved in EnSight Gold format such that a set of cases exists which are contiguous from one set to another the data can be read into Ensight using the casefile Block Continuation capability This allows any number of these contiguous sets to be clustered and visualized together in an EnSight server Furthermore by using this capability combined with Ensight s Server of Servers one can visualize M number of sets with N number of EnSight servers Where m is greater than n Please note that each set must be a standalone EnSight case co
411. l Page 224 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES im 26000 ADVANCED From time to time we have users that wish to trace pathlines backward in time This can be accomplished fairly easily using the EnSight casefile format Note if your data is in a different format you can use File gt Export gt Geometric Entities to convert it into casefile format 1 Reverse the order for the timeset files by using a negative filename increment Example TIME time set 1 filename start number 1 filename increment 1 time values 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 change to TIME time set 1 filename start number 5 filename increment 1 time values 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 2 Create a vector variable that is the negative of the normal vector field Simply use the variable calculator to create a new vector variable neg_vector vector 3 Create pathlines using the neg_vector variable OTHER NOTES Particle trace calculation can be expensive for large or transient datasets and or a large number of particles Be careful when you initiate a trace operation there is currently no way to abort it If you are calculating pathlines you should specify as many particles as possible at one time Much of the pathline execution time is in reading the transient data from disk and this operation has to be performed regardless of how many traces were specified The EnSight particle trace algorithm integrates the vector flow field over time using a 4 _order Runge Kutt
412. l Page 248 m2 e000 How TO CREATE VECTOR ARROWS 0000 INTRODUCTION Vector arrows display the direction and magnitude of a vector at discrete locations in a model Although vector magnitude can be visualized with other methods e g color important directional information is provided by the arrows Vector arrows have numerous attributes including length scale tip style and size projection origin location and display filters based on vector magnitude BASIC OPERATION G EnSight 10 0 0 a Peete sees 2 Click the Vector Arrows icon Parts P x amp Create edit Parts Mame Mumber Show a Pa Vector Arrows Create Desc 1 Select the parent ee part v Y Creation attributes 3 Select the vector variable to use we Scale Factor DEFAULT e e gt Type Rectilinear z Location vertices s Filter Thresholds None 4 Leave it Default to load a suitable Scale E Factor and change it later as desired uly High 1 Density 1 00 9 Create 0 gt es 6 Select the desired density 0 0 to 1 0 The density of the arrows will vary from no arrows 0 0 to arrows at every location 1 0 At intermediate densities the arrows are placed randomly with no user control of their locations Create with selected parts Delay update 7 More options are available by clicking on the Advanced toggle asece2e cee ceases ence rereessee tasers
413. l be inserted in to the string via a lt sy gt xxx where xxx is the ASCII number for the selected symbol Constant Variable The value of a constant variable such as Time or Length Select the variable from the Constant Variables list and select the desired numeric display format from the Number Format list If the constant variable changes the corresponding text will automatically update This is very useful for displaying the current solution time during a transient animation Current date Example wed Jan 1 12 34 56 2012 Geometry Header The first or second text line of the geometry file of the current case Select Line 1 or Line 2 Measured Header The first line of the measured discrete data file of the current case Variable Header The first line typically the description line from a variable file Select the desired variable from the Variable s list Part Value The value of a part Currently works for isosurface and some ijk xyz rtz plane aligned with axis or attached to spline clip parts where the value is the corresponding isovalue or clip location or value Parts that have a value will appear in the part selection list Select the part in the Part s list and select the desired numeric display format from the Number Format list Part Description The description of the part as displayed in the Main Parts list Note that you can change this text by editing the Desc field in the applicable Feature
414. l sos and we run it on yet another machine one named george you would want the data distributed as follows On george all sos On joe in usr people john data portion_1 case and all files referenced by it On sally in scratch sally john data portion_2 case and all files referenced by it On bill in scratch temp john portion_3 case and all file referenced by it By starting EnSight with the sos command line option which will autoconnect using ensight100 sos instead of ensight100 server or by manually running ensight100 sos in place of ensight100 server and providing all sos as the casefile to read in the Data Reader dialog EnSight will actually start three servers and compute the respective portions on them in parallel So one could do the following after preparing the all sos file On george run the client and the sos by invoking the ensight100 script in a shell window non windows or Command Prompt window windows like george gt gt ensight1l00 sos Or one could run the client on the myclient machine telnet or equivalent into the george machine and run the sos there by using the following commands fmyolent is anonawindows machine myclient gt gt ensight100 client cm If george is a non windows machine ae george gt gt ensight1l00 sos c myclient If george is a windows machine re george gt gt ensight100 sos c myclient If myclient is a windows machine Ee
415. l to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 190 How To USE SURFACE OF REVOLUTION TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a surface of revolution specification tool called the Revolution tool When visible the Revolution tool appears as a typically white icon with a line running down the center axis By default the distance of five planar points from the central axis defines the profile curve of the revolution surface although you can add points up to a maximum of ten The Revolution tool is used to supply EnSight with a surface of revolution specification for example to specify the location for a revolution clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Revolution tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Revolution Window Case Help ok Region selector Cursor F Line d f Plane M Box Quadric t Cylinder Tool positions
416. large animations In general it is suggested that users crop and resample movie files before loading them as animated textures in EnSight User Manual Page 346 How TO MAP TEXTURES Texture operations and parameters The interpolation scheme repeat mode and texture mode define how textures are accessed and how they are integrated into the normal EnSight coloring scheme Use texture 5 Repeat mode Repeat KEA E E a E D a E er Texture mode Decal oa es Linear The interpolation scheme can be linear or nearest When the graphics hardware needs to access a pixel in the current texture it will either use bilinear interpolation scheme or nearest neighbor based on the setting for this item Generally linear results in smoother looking displays but can result in fringes that are the result of interpolating to colors that might not exist in the native texture Linear can be slower but in EnSight this is often the result of the fact that a part may be turned translucent and need to be sorted during rendering See Texture implementation limitations For applications where the exact colors in a texture are required the nearest neighbor interpolation method should be used EnSight allows the user to control the repeat mode for textures When the current texture projection specifies texture coordinates outside of the texture 0 1 EnSight can either repeat the coordinates e g a texture coordinate of 2
417. lash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image The bitrate option selects the target stream rate in kilobits per second There is a compression method option but the only possible value at this time is MPEG4 Options for SGI RGB Format There are no special options other than the Common options for this format Options for LLNL SM Format This format was developed by Lawrence Livermore National Labs specifically for support of large tiled displays with dynamic pan zoom playback Players for the format include xmovie and blockbuster blockbuster sourceforge net The format is internally tiled and includes multiple resolutions of the animation in the same file Print save Image Format x Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI Movie Saturation Factor 1 00 __ Microsoft Bitmap Image a compression nthe aIF Image 4 rs MPEGS Movie PPM Image QuickTime Movie Number of resolutions Stal Rab Image i LLL Streaming Mowie Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image aPixmap Image Options include Compression Raw GZ JPEG and RLE Similar to the CEI EVO format Quality JPEG quality setting Tilesize the size of the edge of one tile 256 uses 256x256 tiles while O specifies no tiling Resolutions the number of lower resolution movies to include If the original animation is 640x480 and the number of resolutions is 2 the file will contain animations at 640x480 320x240 and 160x120 A 2 eee
418. le A model part attribute controlling whether the given mesh elements will be used or whether the model nodes will be used to create a new 2D or 3D mesh is available in this section Visibility Susceptibility to auxiliary clipping Reference Frame Response to change in time active or frozen Symmetry options Viewport visibility Coloration by variable or constant color Hidden surface toggle Hidden line toggle Shading type flat Gouraud smooth Transparency Lighting diffuse shininess highlight intensity Visual symmetry Node Element Node line element visibility toggles and Line Node type dot cross sphere Node scale constant or variable Node detail for spheres Node and element label toggle Element line width Element line style solid dotted or dot dash Element representation on client full border 3D border 2D full 3D feature 2D full 3D nonvisual 2d full feature angle bounding box nonvisual Element shrink factor Polygon reduction factor Failed element variable and rules Displacement Displacement variable Displacement scaling factor IJK Axis Display IJK Axis visibility IJK Axis scale value The Creation attributes for non model parts can be edited in the Feature Panel by double clicking on the part in the Parts list Most display attributes such as color and visibility can be controlled via the icons on the Quick Action icon bar since Creation attributes are specific to each non model pa
419. le plot are still parallel but they do not all lie in the same plane ADVANCED Click on the advanced toggle to see more scale options and plane tool orientation options SEE ALSO User Manual Profile Parts User Manual Page 255 How TO CREATE DEVELOPED UNROLLED SURFACES INTRODUCTION EnSight provides several sophisticated tools for extracting computational surfaces from meshes For model parts or clipped surfaces with a defined axis of rotation such as those created with the quadric clipping tools the surface can developed or unrolled onto a plane All variables defined on the clip are properly interpolated onto to the developed Surface A clip can be developed based on curvilinear radius z theta z or meridian theta coordinate projections The seam of the clip can be specified interactively A model part must have its seam its longitudinal axis and origin defined appropriately in the Feature Detailed Editor developed surface settings To do this right click on the part choose Edit and then pick the developed surface icon in the top of the window that pops up and define the entities appropriately BASIC OPERATION To create a developed surface 1 First create the desired quadric clip cylinder sphere or cone or skip this step if your quadric model part already exists Create edit Parts G Developed Surfaces Gere Edit Advanced 2 In the Part list select the parent p
420. lect any modifier keys such as CTRL or pepe An ce H 5 Enter a brief description of what the macro to oO sosete ii E 6 Click Add to add a command file for the 6 OR click Add Menu to add the functionality from an existing EnSight menu to the macro Modifier 1 Modifier 2 Description new macro Command Files A File Selection dialog opens 7 Select the desired file and click Save Note you can select a file anywhere on your system and if it is not already in the local macros directory it will be copied there 8 Repeat steps 6 and 7 for macros with multiple command files 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 403 How To DEFINE AND USE MACROS A e000 To change an existing macro definition Command Execution Macros Python Current File 1 In the Command Dialog Macros tab File gt Command from the Main Menu click Edit J Macros Command files Delte Key Modifier Description toggle highlight py s Toggle Fart Highlighting Y Toggle Part visibility Z new macro Save changes 2 The Edit Macro dialog opens Change any of m Edit Macro the values in this dialog then click Close Your changes will n written to th SAS ges ot be tter to t Modifier 1 CTRL Modifier z NONE v macro define file until you either click Save Changes in the Command dialog Macros tab
421. legend select_palethe_ begin et As commands are executed velocity a they will be shown in gray legend select palette_ end above the current line TP DTD Speed 3 You can control command n i execution by pressing the Command entry VCR style buttons to stop Load Documents and Setigslbracey Documents try enc Start C Recor Br msen and single step playback Record part selection by nuimber name _ Delay refresh Close t R d to fil Once playback is aan stopped you can use the Skip button to skip commands ca Ebin_test Sei Cyberlink Playback speed can My Recent Derek E aazz enc be controlled using Documents Downloads Si bin_test enc the Speed slider O gegl 0 0 E printing _prob ent My Downloads eae rene Desktop amy eBooks Amy Music My Pictures My videos My Documents yrigid_body_simnple_exarmples My Network File name try enc Places Jave as type Engight command files enc cmd play Lancel User Manual Page 90 How TO RECORD AND PLAY COMMAND FILES A e000 Playing a Command File on Startup You can execute a command file as part of EnSight startup using the p command _file option when you start EnSight For example O ensight100 p redo enc where redo enc is a command file saved in a previous session ADVANCED USAGE Command files are simple ASCII text and can be edited with a
422. light 3 Select the palette to be edited from the pulldown Palette Editor Grab the Minimum Palette Value Slider a a Type in a Minimum Palette Value o 0 0 Opens by default in Simple Tab Set range to EAG Texture Seles Palette velocity T a _ 1 00341 1 00341 Range used Variable extrema one one Simple Advanced Markers Options Files Palette Levels and variable values Enter a new value if desired Click on Color to 2iiirr7 change a TT To change the colors associated with the levels 4 Click on the color for the level you wish to modify and select a new color in the pop up dialog OR 5 Click the Invert colors button to invert the color order OR 6 Click on the File Tab and choose a new palette and click Restore to load a new palette of levels Invert colors Interpolate User Manual Invert values i tarps Grab the Maximum Palette Value Slider Enter a Maximum Palette Value Update variable range using a extrema b selected part s note element representation of part s matters c currently visible part s in selected viewport Enter desired number of Levels in the palette 2 to 21 Reverse colors levels Interpolate between two levels Enter the upper and lower levels and click interpolate to create the intermediate levels How To EDIT COLOR PALETTES
423. ll the elements that intersect the plane value via the crinkly domain specification These clips help view the integrity of the mesh at these values Create Box Clips A Box clip is a 3D volumetric hexahedral shaped clip or cut This clip uses the box tool which can be manipulated anywhere in space and the result can be the surface intersection of the box tool walls and the model the volume portion of the model inside the tool the volume portion of the model outside the tool or the crinkly surface elements of the intersection Be aware that due to the algorithm used this clip can and most often does have chamfered edges the size of which depends on the coarseness of the model elements Create Quadric Clips In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides clipping against quadric shapes These clips use the corresponding quadric tool Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution to specify the location of the clip You can also create a clip that contains all the elements that intersect the quadric value via the crinkly domain specification These clips help view the integrity of the mesh at these values Create IJK Clips An IJK clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a structured mesh The resulting clip is a 1D line or 2D surface where one dimension e g is held fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g J and K vary The minimum and maximum range of the free dimensions can be set by the user as well as the step size
424. llocated by the PBS scheduler The sosres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This file name is passed to the SOS and processed by it thus the file name must be accessible and readable by the ensight100 sos process If multiple sosres options are specified only the last will be used The chres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This file name is passed to the CollabHub and processed by it thus the file name must be accessible and readable by the ensight100 collabhub process If multiple chres options are specified only the last will be used The res file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times This might be useful when generating resource files dynamically a single file might specify only a particular type of resource e g SERVER Or RENDERER The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given Finally a resource file may be selected in the File gt Open dialog for the SOS to use User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 2 000e SOS Resources The EnSight SOS supports the following ways for specifying resources resources gathered and sent from the client the sosres file name command line option the ENSIGHT10 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS envi
425. location for keyframe 1 3 Turn down the Quick Predefined Animations to view the Keyframe Quick Animations settings In this turndown area you will be able to create keyframes which define transformations which will a fly the viewer around your model b rotate your model or c create exploded views of your parts Any one of these or a combination may be used 4 Set the number of frames which will be created 5 Acceleration at the first and last keyframes that a will be created is on by default If you do not want to accelerate decelerate toggle these off 6 Toggle Fly Around on if you wish to move the a viewer camera in a circle a You can choose Right start the viewer moving to the right or Left b Specify the number of revolutions 7 Toggle Rotate Objects if you wish to rotate the r scene You can rotate positively or negatively about all three axis For each axis you set the number of revolutions 8 Toggle Explode View if you want your parts to be translated in reference to an origin You can specify the origin or set the origin to the transformation center Direction sets the explode direction and can be one of X Y Z translate in the coordinate direction XYZ translate in the dominant coordinate direction Radial translate in the direction from the origin specified through the part centroid The part that is farthest from the origin specified will be transformed Distance units
426. longer required you can deactivate it and free the associated memory BASIC OPERATION Variable Activation and Deactivation In most instances variables are automatically activated as required For example if you create a contour using a deactivated variable EnSight will automatically activate the variable prior to creating the contour You can also activate and deactivate variables explicitly via right clicking on the variables in the Variable list 1 Right click on the variable s you wish to Variables A x activate or deactivate Grayed out variables TEA E i Name Range Locz are currently deactivated Variables Coordinates 0 000000 1 658 Nod Time 0 000000 0 000 Case Scalars 2 From the resulting right click pull down select Activate or Deactivate if the variable is already active Sore n New group from selection Activate Extended CFD variables Boundary layer variables p Th vari Annota Plots Qu View SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Palettes How To Create New Variables User Manual Variable Selection and Activation User Manual Page 283 How TO CREATE NEW VARIABLES A 2 6600 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a powerful capability to derive new variables from existing variables and parts For example in a fluids dynamics problem if you have momentum density and stagnation energy you can calculate temperature Mach number pressure or veloci
427. lso Further when one is deleted the other is also deleted Separation and Attachment feature extraction only works with one case The separation and attachment line parts should generally not interfere visually with the 2D parent parts they lie on as long as the preference for graphics hardware offset is on see View Preferences but they may interfere if printed In either case you can apply a display offset manually to avoid the interference in the Feature Panel for the part The display offset will be in the direction of the parent surface normal SEE ALSO User Manual Separation Attachment Line Parts User Manual Page 272 How TO EXTRACT SHOCK SURFACES im 2 000 INTRODUCTION shock surfaces and regions help visualize shock waves in 3D trans super sonic flow For a more complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION EnSight 10 0 0f a C PROGRA 1 CEIVEN6E81 1 data plot3d shuttl Fie Edit eS Query View Tools Window Case Help Pe F SA Contours E H Isosurfaces Parts g Clips a Nee Vector arrows olor Color by ace Particle traces 1 Select the parent part i ae i FlowFieh Subset parts Constant Constant ae b gt Profiles 2 Select Create gt Shock regions ie surfaces 2 2 r reer Beene T Elevated surfaces W Developed surfaces of vortex Cores 7 4 Shock regions surfaces 77777 occ ct
428. lt in much larger textures being used than users might expect and it can cause interpolated pixels to be used in textures Also if textures are too large EnSight will down sample them to the resolution the driver supports For maximum performance and efficiency use natural power of two sized textures where possible and avoid extremely large textures A common performance issue users encounter with textures in modulate or replace mode revolves around transparency If a texture includes transparent pixels or transparent border pixels it is possible that the part could become transparent In this case EnSight is required to sort the polygons of the part to ensure proper occlusion This process can be very expensive and slows down rendering significantly The user can avoid requiring the expensive sorting by using textures with solid or no alpha channel If a texture uses only entirely opaque or transparent pixels and the interpolation option is set to nearest neighbor EnSight will recognize that it is not possible to have translucent pixels and will not be required to sort the polygons This can be used to improve interactive performance and further enable the use of textures as selective clipping operations in modulate mode SEE ALSO User Manual Part Color Transparency Icon User Manual Page 353 How TO ANIMATE TRANSIENT DATA 2 0000 INTRODUCTION Transient data can be animated through EnSight s flipbook capability During the fl
429. lting from a cut are completely valid parts consisting of standard element types These parts can be used for any operation including further cuts BASIC OPERATION To cut a part 1 Select the part s in the Parts list Create edit Parts 2 Click the Clip Feature icon oF Clips 3 Select the desired cutting tool Plane Box Cylinder Sphere a Cone Surface of Revolution or Revolve 1D Part i bape X ee Plane Domain Vitis esas 4 Position the desired cutting tool in the desired location Clip Parameters 2 Grid Pts Qn X 5 5 Select which sides to keep waeeeee tofsices 1 en Inside Keeps inside of quadrics or box and front of plane Outside Keeps outside of quadrics or box and back of plane In Out Keeps both sides Crinkly Keeps all elements that intersect the plane Create with selected parts Help For the Plane tool the inside is the positive Z side of the tool For the quadric tools the inside and outside are intuitive In the Parts list the original part remains and cannot be deleted without also deleting the cut parts but can easily be made invisible if desired If In Out was used two new parts are added to the end of the Main Parts list with the same name as the original part with added to the name of the Inside part and appended to the name of the Outside part
430. ly your actual time steps as written in the results data can be visualized In addition the Beg Cur and End fields can only be set to integer values if Units is set to Step and Scale Type is Discrete or actual simulation times represented in your results data if Units is set to Sim Time If scaling is Continuous you can display results between your actual output time steps all variable values are linearly interpolated between the two surrounding time steps Note that if your mesh connectivity is changing over time you cannot display results continuously When you manipulate the slider or change the Cur field EnSight will perform all tasks necessary to correctly display the new time step in the Graphics Window Depending on the size of the dataset and the number of additional parts you have created this may take a significant amount of time If you wish to create an on screen animation of your results use the VCR run icon or go use the Flipbook facility BASIC OPERATION To use the Solution Time Player which comes up by default for transient models To change one step lower EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA 1 CENEN6E81 1 data auard_rail c To play steps in reverse order Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help To stop a running play B ee z Pav 1m ae OW To play steps in forward order Player Solution Time ts To change one step higher B The slider can also be used to S I manually change time
431. m and To fields are numbers advancing from 1 the min for each part or Load as new part w Close dialog after create numbers decreasing from O the max for each part 1 2 3 lt gt lt 3 2 1 0 min max always 1 varies per part If you specify values that will be outside of the range of an individual part the proper min or max values for the given part will be used The Defined Min and Defined Max fields are for reference only 2 If the selected part has Iblanking you can build based on the value Inside selects cells where Iblank 1 Outside selects Iblank 0 All selects all cells ignoring Iblanking T 3 The initial Visual Representation to use E E E E gn eee nea 4 A description other than the default if desired 77 crt r crt If you leave the Description field blank it will default to what is shown in the Parts list And click Load as new part to get the part created Note that all parts in the case can be loaded by right clicking on the parent Case 1 instead of individual parts If there are any exceptions to this general process please see the details for specific readers in Chapter 2 Other Readers of the User Manual SEE ALSO How To Use ens_checker 5 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 34 HOW TO READ DATA igs User Manual Reader Basics EnSight Case Reader EnSight5 Reader Other Readers User Manual Page 35 How TO US
432. manipulations of the pixels via a texture map image EnSight supports the application of a texture onto a part and the combining of texture effects with the normal EnSight coloring schemes This can include animated textures e g EVO or MPEG files which can be used to texture parts and 2D annotations The simplest use is to place a decal logo or photograph on the surface of a part Texturing can also be used to add repeated patterns provide custom transparency and lighting color a part by multiple variables and clip parts to arbitrary boundaries A texture operation in EnSight consists of a texture map image a collection of interpolation and blending options and a mechanism for projecting the texture map image onto a part Each of these items is described in the following sections EnSight texture mapping is controlled through the Textures dialog accessed through the Edit textures button in the Part Color Editor Part Color Editor i T Constant plastic s Color by displacement IDT a Coordinates Show components Alpha by Opacity Opacity Fil Solid x na Shading Gouraud T Shininess Intensity e Diffused light Palette F W Ah 3 oo MS Textures ja x a Loaded textures dy Load texture Clear texture Setting the Texture a Map Image see eee ae i Set texture options ae ae Display RGB Display Alpha File C Documents and Settingsrtrank CELO SWW MA 150
433. me Number Show Color Conmmeciondetalz n E Case 1 Job launch settings Computational mesh 1 x C 1 Select the case you wish to external flow Field delete in the Case menu Case gt ami x hypersonic CaSCNAMeC ssseexessuvesoesese ns eee E E E w ase 2 Z SElIECt CaS gt DEIGIG s2228c2sestsrdetesessecterstatsteotedeteseceseestetssidseceteteee pima e EE Sa ai You will be asked to confirm the deletion If confirmed the server associated with the selected case is terminated Warning T Do you really wank to delete case Case 2 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 45 How To LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES im 20008 Displaying Parts by Case By default all parts from all cases are displayed in the Main Parts list and they are displayed in a hierarchical manner by case See How To Introduction to Part Creation for more details on viewing the parts list EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query Name Number Show Color Computational mesh 1 x LC Lase 2 external Flow Field 2 x LA ami hypersonic body 3 x C Case Viewport Display One of the chief advantages of the case feature is the ability to perform side by side comparisons of different datasets One way to do this is to display each case in a separate viewport To do this EnSight 10 0 0 a 1 Create as many additional File Edit Create Query View Tools Window ime Help viewports as you need to display Fa rah Add y
434. me in the Quit confirmation dialog 1 eee eens l Quit confirmation F d Save command backup File to ee Save Full backup archive rile ta Browse y Documentsimyarchive ar Do you really wank to guit 3 Click Quit to save the archive and exit fe Quit User Manual Page 87 How TO SAVE OR RESTORE AN ARCHIVE A 2 66008 Restoring an Archive You can restore an archive either as part of EnSight startup or during an active session To load an archive on Startup 1 Use the ar archive_info_file option when you start EnSight For example 6 ensight1l00 ar load ar where load ar is an Archive Information file saved in a previous session To restore an archive during an active session 1 Select File gt Restore gt Full Backup to open the File Selection dialog 2 Select the desired Archive Information file and click Okay 3 If the original connection when the archive was saved was manual you will need to manually restart the server ADVANCED USAGE There are times when you may want to modify the contents of the Archive Information file If you wish to use the archive on a different machine or change the location of the binary dump files you can simply edit the file with a text editor The following example shows the contents Date saved Path to client s binary file comment Case internal number Case name Connect type auto or manual Server host machine Server executable
435. mes per second fps to be set for the animation to be recorded Generally the default is 30fps Elem visibility culling Options for PostScript Format Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry t Microsoft Aw Movie Saturation Factor 1 00 Microsoft Bitmap Image as CEI Envideo Movie Flash Video Movie IF Image JPEG Image MPEG Movie Fullpage scale Factor 1 00 a PMs Image QuickTime Movie Output type Image pixels Stal RGB Image LLNL Streaming Movie _ Encapsulated postscript Shockwave Flash Movie TIFF Image Windows eps preview aPixmap Image Elem visibility culling Elem visibility subdivision The PostScript format handles primitives either as precise drawing instructions e g move to here draw a line to here fill this region or as sampled images pixel data There are advantages and disadvantages to both Move draw output is resolution independent and will reproduce fine lines and text Since even low resolution printers have 3 4 times the resolution of a typical graphics workstation in dots inch move draw PostScript typically produces higher quality output However for very large models the output files can become quite large even with visibility culling on and subsequent printing can be slow In contrast image or pixel PostScript saves the pixels of the image in the Graphics Window Such an image is by definition fixed resolution
436. mit 99 000000 location __ 1 eee e To add points up to a maximum of 10 1 Click Add Point 7 77 hl i Ie ence Se eevee ere Were aCe Ce E T Pe Cee oem i fe Cartesian Coordinates 2 Move the mouse pointer into the curve of Devolution Tool in Frame 0 i window and click the left mouse button in the location of the desired new point Clicking Delete Point will remove the currently selected point To manually edit a point 1 Click the point to select it in the curve window or click the desired point in Distance Radus S either the Distance or Radius lists 6 2500e 001 a 5 0000e 001 a 2 The distance and radius of the selected 0 0000e 000 a J mima point are shown in the text fields below oe ee H l 1 2500e 000 _ 5 0000e 001 r each list U _____ Delete Point 3 Edit the point s distance and or radius ge 1 2500e 000 5 0000e 001 OO value and press return X y 7 Origin 5 0000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 To edit the position or orientation So eee eae Sie 1 Enter the desired coordinates for the Terese an Origin location of the axis center point or Axis direction vector and press close return Yau can also rotate translate and scale the Revolution tool by setting the desir
437. mod 600 rhosts A rhosts file grants permission for certain commands e g rsh or rlogin originating on a remote host to execute on the system containing the rhosts file For example the following line grants permission for remote commands from host clienthost executed by user username to execute on the system containing the rhosts file clienthost username There should be one line like this for every client host system that you wish to be able issue remote commands from It is sometimes necessary to add an additional line for each client host of the form clienthost domain com username where domain com should be changed to the full Internet domain name of the client host system To verify this simply try to rsh to the remote machine On Windows Systems 1 You have the EnSight server ensight100_ server installed on the same system as your EnSight client if you plan to connect to the same system OR cece 2 You can successfully execute a remote shell command from the client host system to the server host system User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER Note By default EnSight will use the ssh command ssh is not a default component on Windows workstations and must be installed by the user from one of many third party sources However Windows does include a rsh command which EnSight can optionally use Note however only systems running Windows Server have the RSH service and can respond by execu
438. move on the part surface The rt Pale Bad oe Offset relative to D allows the user to specify a node ID in the Origin field The Offset X Y Z values are considered to be relative to this node ID If it moves in time the texture projection will appear to be linked to it Likewise Offset and S T vecs relative to node Ids allows for three node Ids to be specified causing the projection to rotate and scale with the relative positions of those nodes If one turns on one of E E E these relative modes one may need to click Get proj from plane tool to set up the field values to match the plane tool again The get proj option always honors the current relative projection and node IDs if provided The second form of projection EnSight supports is via Variables In this mode one or two scalar variables are used to provide explicit S and T texture coordinates for texturing This is the most general mechanism for texturing The S variable Users may also set the S and or T value to the constant quantity 0 5 The variables are generally in the range 0 1 which map to the edges of the texture map just inside the border Values outside this range will either be mapped to the texture border color in the case of clamp mode or will be warped back into the range of 0 1 by repeated subtraction addition in repeat mode This form of projection is capable of emulating the previous model It als
439. mplete enough to orient the average target viewer to your problem It is difficult to overestimate the need for this sequence Without it viewers are often confused and disoriented for the entire animation Credits You should always include proper credits on any animation you produce Even animations initially intended only for internal consumption often end up shown to broader audiences SEE ALSO User Manual Keyframe Animation User Manual Page 368 How TO ANIMATE PARTICLE TRACES A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight s powerful particle tracing facility can trace particles either steady state or transient through flow fields Animating the resulting traces often promotes intuitive comprehension of the characteristics of the underlying flow field Traces are animated by displaying one or more tracers on all traces of the trace part A tracer moves along the path of a trace with length proportional to the local velocity EnSight provides complete control over all aspects of the tracers including length speed and release interval for multiple pulses This article covers particle trace animation and assumes that you have already created one or more particle trace parts See How To Create Particle Traces for more information BASIC OPERATION To enable particle trace animation and adjust the animation parameters EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA TVCENEN6E81 1 data cube cube case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case
440. n be recorded Open the image and animation recorder by clicking ____ a ia on the Record icon on the Tool ribbon 07 IOo This is explained in How To Print Save an Image Page 355 User Manual How TO ANIMATE TRANSIENT DATA A e000 Delete Any type of flipbook can be deleted 1 Click Delete in the Create Edit Flipbook Animation dialog 2 Confirm the deletion All memory associated with the flipbook is freed ADVANCED USAGE If you have created transient particle traces pathlines and set up a particle trace animation you can also load a flipbook and show the particle trace animation synchronized with the flipbook The trace animation will automatically play through the time range of the flipbook and stay in sync with the flipbook pages See How To Create Particle Traces and How To Animate Particle Traces for more information OTHER NOTES since both object and image flipbooks build pages from the current set of parts based on their current attributes if you make a change such as color a part by a different variable or create a new part you must reload the flipbook There are exceptions With an object flipbook you can make a part invisible while the flipbook is running SEE ALSO How To Load Transient Data How To Print Save an Image How To Create a Flipbook Animation User Manual Flipbook Animation User Manual Page 356 How TO CREATE A FLIPBOOK ANIMATION i z A i l z INT
441. n be specified on a per viewport basis By default EnSight draws every point line and polygon for every visible part each time the Graphics Window updates For very large models or slow graphics hardware this behavior leads to unresponsive manipulations since the update lags behind the corresponding mouse motion Fortunately EnSight provides other display modes that improve responsiveness Fast Display mode displays all visible parts in a reduced fashion during interactive manipulation This can be a bounding box representation a point cloud representation a reduced polygon representation an invisible representation or if using immediate mode a percentage of each part s elements When the mouse button is released parts are drawn normally The Fast Display mode can also be set such that the bounding display is used until the mode is changed even when the mouse is released Edit gt Preferences Performance Static Fast Display Surface shading operations are expensive for very large models Since the shading is dependent on the orientation of the model with respect to the light sources the surface colors must be recalculated each time the model moves Static lighting mode precalculates surface colors for a given orientation and then uses these colors during subsequent transformations resulting in improved interactive response BASIC OPERATION Perspective Orthographic Projection The projection mode can be toggled either from a me
442. n click Add elements from selection tool to pick all the elements within the tool 5 Create to use selected parts in step 3 Page 257 User Manual How TO CREATE TENSOR GLYPHS im 20008 INTRODUCTION Tensor glyphs display the direction of the eigenvectors for a tensor variable Controls exist to show just the compressive or tensile eigenvectors and to selectively show the minor middle or major vectors Tensor glyphs have numerous attributes including length scale tips color and line width which can be used to indicate compression or tension BASIC OPERATION 4A Contours EnSight 10 0 0 a C Documents and Settings BruceWes eE Query View Tools Window Case Help SAR ES ee Isosurfaces Parts oF Clips AZ Wector arrows Mame gil EA olor Color by 1 Select the parent parts e esse fEcase1 5 Particle traces 3D Glock Subset parts 3D block 4 E left sgua gt pene ee Constant right squ Tensor glyphs M amp 5570775 Constant T Elevated surfaces 2 Click Create gt Tensor glyphs Wi Developed surfaces By default there is not an icon for this option J Vortex cores in the Feature Icon Bar E Shackeraqiar Create fedtt Parts gt K Tensor Glyphs Create Edit _ Advanced 3 Select the tensor variable to use Variable Creation attributes Scale Factor 1 0000e 000
443. n the Bnoight Data Reader dialog NUM FILE L the mumber of fide 1 ext Lines to follow PILE L EXT Che extension Chark Oliows a Tile name Minus che i GEO case elec There should be one definition after the Multiple FILE 1 EXT lings may exist NUM FILE 2 the number of file 2 ext lines to follow PILE 2 EXT the GxetensioOn Of d Second tule Chat will act as the result file has is only used for formats that require two file names As with FILE 1 EXT there may be multiple FILE 2 EXT lines ELEMENT REP A key word that describes how the parts will be loaded all parts will be loaded the Same way One of the following aD Dord er 2D Tull 3D feature 2D full 3D nonvisual 2D full Border Feature angle Bounding Box PULI Non Visual If option is not set then 3D border 2D full is used it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it it READ BEFORE optional The name of a command file to play before reading the file s User Manual HOW TO READ DATA A e000 READ AFTER optional The name of a command file to read after loading the parts Definition for Case files READER NAME Case NUM FILE 1 2 FILE 1 EATS Case FILE L BATS encas BLOEMEN REPS 3D feature 2D full Definition for EnSight5 files READER NAME Bnolgntl 5 NUM FILE 1 2 EILE lL EXT geo FILE 1 EXT GEOM NUM FILE 2 2 FILE 2 EXT res
444. n tool be on Showing Selects all visible parts which are showing in the graphics window search Opens a dialog which allows for selections using keywords and regular expressions None Unselects all parts User Manual Page 339 How TO SELECT PARTS Selecting Parts by Picking Parts can also be selected by picking them in the Graphics window To select parts by picking 1 From the Pick pulldown icon on the Tools Icon Bar select m T Pick Part Note that this is the default and this setting will kz be retained until explicitly changed Doce ence ec ccecccecceeet ils g Y Pick part 2 Position the mouse pointer over the desired part in the om Pick line tool location b Graphics Window and press the p key or perform the mouse action which has been set to Selected pick action Pick plane tool location in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard Pick spline control point See below regarding how parts are identified Pick center of transtorm Note that the picked part is now selected in the Part list Pick elementis to blank Pick look at point You must pick a part on a visible surface line point Picking a part where the background is showing through for example you are in line mode and you pick on the center of an element will not pick the part By default when you press the p key any previously selected parts are de selected Holding down
445. n used network interface sos_network_interface_name_num Required if section used SERVERS Required number of servers num repeat Required Server 1 machine id mid where num is the number of servers that will be started and run concurrently repeat indicates that the first server specification should be repeated num times for use with resources Other server specifications will be ignored Comment only Required where mid is the machine id of the server User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS f f kia al J Ki 4 gt F ig executable ensight92 server Linux Unix Apple Required must use full path or ensight92_server bat Windows only Required must use bat extension directory wd Optional where wd is the working directory from which ensight92 server will be run login id id Optional where id is the login id Only needed if it is different on this machine data_path dd Optional where dd is the directory where the data resides Full path must be provided if you use this casefile yourfile case Required but depending on format may vary as to whether it is a casefile geometry file neutral file universal file etc Relates to the first data field of the Data Reader Dialog resfile yourfile res Depends on format as to whether required or not Relates to the second data field of the Data Reader Dialog measfile yourfile mea Depends on format as to
446. nd right click to Edit This will bring up the Feature 5 4 Panel Ro TX F 7 2 Click Legend icon tab if not already Edit palette active then v Visible Show minjmax markers To change visibility E ETRE k jo Toggle Visible on or off 2 EET To change color of text and colorbar P EREN n 0 00 outline a a a Tite Trb_Kinetic_Energy Select the desired color from the matrix 21 77 oo eek anes enter RGB values in the fields or click Title location Above More to open the Color Selector dialog taydut yy Vertical To change title position ae ill valies Left Bottom Click the Title Pulldown and select either 77 Type Continuous Above the default Below or None Format Yo JE Format To change legend orientation Click the desired Layout Vertical or l Horizontal en oo i Height 0 150 lel Size 25 l Origin X 0 960 Y 0 025 Relative to Entire view area 0 To change text position ss lc cee ne eee ete cece aLa Click the Values Pulldown and select either Left Bottom the default Right Top or None Create Limited redraw To change legend type Click the Type Pulldown and select either Continuous 3 the default or Discrete ttt ttt trsstrrsrsssss ee To change text size Enter the desired text size or slide the slider e eee e eee eect eee eee ete e eee e eee To change Value label format pce epee oe pe eee Either sele
447. nder the Label Tab change Label characteristics e eeee Type in the arrow label size it and color it here If the 3D arrow Location was defined as the location for an interactive query you can append the interactive query value The arrow label can also be defined as an existing text annotation id Specify the ID here and set the text size and color SEE ALSO User Manual 3D Arrow Annotation Lighting Size Location Label 4 1 559 YO 117 1 106 Snap to node Offset 0 000 Mormal ijl g o AFAE LJ Lo 0 Y 0 000 1 000 LJ Lighting Size Location Mea Append probe query value _ Use text annotation as label Text ID o O s Page 381 User Manual How To CREATE DIALS A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display A 2D dial Such as a clock to measure time tied to a constant variable These 2D dials overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION 1 Click the Annotations icon e cect renee 2 Click the Dial icon in the Create edit EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA 1 CENEN6E81 1 data puard_ra Annotation dialog TETE File Edit Create Case Help 3 Create a new dial in the Graphics Window by selecting a variable in the Use constant variable list and then clicking the Create button To manipulate dial attributes first select the gauge s of interest in the
448. ne in the Create edit Frames dialog where radio buttons show the State ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 7 3 Perform the desired transformation either interactively using the Transformations Control icons and the mouse in the Graphics Window or via the Transform Actions in the General attributes section in the Create edit Frames GIAIOG Fo eet Sos ase en setae ate ore re eaar eae eee as 7 cd Transform Action m See How To Rotate Zoom Translate and Scale T amp for more information Create edit Frames Y General attributes me IDA A A set to the Transform mode ee ee a ce re Define Frame Transform frame 3 A About Axis x OY Oz Ona E J O 000000 Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 Origin A 0 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 At center of selected parts Orientation Yectors x 1 0000e 000 o 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Y 0 0000e 000 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Z 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 1 0000e n00 Frame transforms are implemented as a transformation applied with respect to the frame s position and orientation At times you will need to modify the position and orientation of the frame independent of the parts assigned to it This is done while in Frame Definition mode You have been shown how to enter Frame Definition mode above Important You cannot change the frame definition if you have performed any frame transformations if you att
449. ned Tools fx F T i 1 hello _mena 2KB PY File FA E E ensight100 hello_tool py 2KB PY File Tool Description P EJ ardparty EF hello_world png 23KB PNG File B i eb part eae AKB PY File E Analyze Analytical data and computational tools Filename untitled png in ia snapshot_bool py 6KG PY File width a a ai EnSight Interfaces Alternative interfaces For the EnSight GU 640 client_utilities 420 gt data p Height 450 i ES doc 1 File Import Export Complex import and export operations si Eea Command _ oO Cance machines T E other data z STEE Python Ce Hello world bool Say hello to the world From a tool O scenario_tools server _utilities suas E Expand playfiles Ct amp Presentation Tools Launch CEI presentation tools site_preferences E i src fs 1 Snapshot the current image Save the current image to a disk file arch e cmddriver i B Utilities EnSight system tools and utilities i config a cf J h visualize visualization specific tools C dynamic _data enout _api p D Speed B enout_py gt fam enoutg_ api Command entry C E Taol Fone evo E hd Fw Load PTEE it th_Furcti eee Fi Record fo Browse C9 pe readers Record part selection by number name verele as us
450. neously When you create a copy a new Frame is also created and the copy is assigned to it when you create multiple copies at the same time a new frame is created for each new copy Using the Frame feature frames can be manipulated e g translated or rotated independently See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information OTHER NOTES The dependence of the copy on the original has some important consequences 1 If you change the visual representation of the original the representation of the copy will change as well 2 You cannot delete the original until the copy has also been deleted 3 Since the part copy only exists on the client you cannot save a part copy to disk If you want to create a dependent non shallow copy of a part you can perform a merge operation on a single part This type of copy does now have the same consequences the resulting copy is basically independent except that it cannot exist without its parent Or you can simply reload the part to create another copy of it SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations User Manual Page 323 How TO GROUP PARTS INTRODUCTION In many types of analysis multiple parts are used to distinguish between various components or material types To the extent allowed by the particular data format EnSight maintains this distinction by assigning these entities to separate model parts In many cases however this distinction is no longer useful for postpro
451. nes can also be automatically animated to display results throughout a region of Space or over time BASIC OPERATION amp EnSight 10 0 0 a 1 Select the parent part s A Create edit Parts Desc 2 Click the Clip icon Y Creation attributes Interactive Apppetoolchange 4 et hH sees 3 Select Plane from the Tool pull down Tool Plane Domain Intersect ha Clip Parameters Type Mesh Clip extent Finite Grid Pts On X 5 Y5 4 Position the Plane tool as desired see How To Use the Plane Tool of slices i Delta 5 6137e 002 Note Multiple plane clips with a delta in the normal ee e direction can be created easily by setting these values greg Sea esis erecle O 5 Click Create with selected parts Create with selected parts E q am ji p rls rf n m m m m a ADDY Cnanges HH Note To quickly create a plane clip right click on the plane tool and choose Clip This will create a plane clip using the default settings User Manual Page 230 How TO CREATE CLIP PLANES A 2 00e Interactive Clipping Planes Like the other clipping tools in EnSight intersection clip planes based on the plane tool can be interactive as you drag the Plane tool with the mouse the clipping plane is automatically recalculated and re displayed To perform interactive plane clips 1 Double click the desired clip plane part in the parts list Create ed
452. nnotations Highlight Shininess Mame Show Color Highlight Intensity Text Diffused Light Lines Logos Legends Arrows 5o F OY Srrow EA Dials 4UQes Shapes 4 Select this Arrow in the list then Pick the arrow tip location option in the Pick pulldown Pick part _ Limited redraw Pick cursor tool location Pick line tool location Pick plane tool location Pick spline control point F F F F Pick 30 arrow annotation Origin exact Pick center of transform Origin closest node Pick elementis to blank Origin exact normal Pick look at point Origin closest node normal Pick color palette band 5 Position the mouse and press the p key gt Ao Ao How User Manual Page 379 How To CREATE 3D ARROWS To manipulate 3D annotation attributes PLU ens yx first select the item s of interest in the list Name Show Color panel or pick them in the graphics Text window then ee a a Lines Logos Legends Arrows so of arrow FG Dials EUQes Create edit Annotation 3D Arrows x To change viewport visibility Click on the viewport region to toggle the RO a f visibility in the viewport Green means visibility visible ee IS ON EREET Pb ee ee eee ee eee eee eee 5 Under Lighting Tab change surfac characteristics Sae Se aa ai Lighting Size Location Label Shininess is surface smoothness inte
453. not recorded in scenario files Thus if a scenario file is generated with these defaults for the EnLiten user to see the exact same annotations they would need to set the same environmental variables and have the same fonts installed on their system Font changes made with the lt fo gt formatting codes see below are embedded into the scenario files and do not require the environmental variable changes for proper display but do require the same fonts be installed Note under Windows EnSight uses Times New Roman as the default font for annotations This font does not contain a large selection of multi lingual characters For users running internationalized versions of Windows we suggest that they set ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT to the name of the typeface that best matches their locale This allows for natural internationalized text input User Manual Page 391 How TO MANIPULATE FONTS A e000 BASIC OPERATION Font selection dialog In nearly every location where EnSight allows the user to enter a text string to be used for display e g text annotations plot titles axis titles etc it is possible to change the font It is also possible to change the font repeatedly in a string This is done by inserting a special code into the string that contains the font name See Text formatting codes for details In several locations in the EnSight GUI this operation is simplified via the Value Format Chooser dialog or something sim
454. not used to specify where a server runs when tt is part of a normal client server session The default server connection in the Connection Setting dialog determines on which computer the server runs unless the Client command line option c connection name Is specified A Simple SOS Example The SOS can read any of the supported file formats in addition to the SOS Case file format When a SOS Case file is not used then the number of EnSight Servers used is equal to the number of hosts specified in the SERVER resource section 1 The following resource file my_hosts res is created CEITResourceFile 1 0 S05 DOSC DOrg SERVER host dronel host drone2 host drones host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line ensrgntLOO res My Nosto res 809 The EnSight Client will automatically check out a gold key and will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight100 sos will be automatically started on computer borg and will connect back to the client Borg will need to recognize the name of the computer that the client is running on 3 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3plot is selected and the Load AIFP button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers drone1 drone2 drone3 and drone1 presumably drone1 might be a SMP The drone computers need to recognize the hostname borg in order to connect back to the sos running on this compu
455. ns set Show as to Revolutions if you wish the value to indicate the number of revolutions that the Big hand has Format Floating point Decimal i l places made or set to Value if you want to display the variable 7 _yW value aa If you set the Show as to Value you can also set the format se being used by modifying the Format type and the number of 777 Decimal places To change color for the value display see instructions under Big hand User Manual Page 383 How To CREATE DIALS A e000 Attributes for the Background Ses pee beac So oe a Controls the shading and color of the dial To remove the dial background Click on the Display toggle When off no dial background will be displayed the dial will be in wireframe To change color for the background see instructions under Big hand SEE ALSO User Manual Dial Annotation User Manual Page 384 A e000 How TO CREATE GAUGES INTRODUCTION EnSight can display a 2D gauge tied to a constant variable These 2D gauges overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION 1 Click the Annotations icon 2 Click the Gauge icon in the Create edit Annotation dialog S 3 Create a new gauge in the Graphics Window by selecting a variable in the Use constant variable list and then clicking the Create button To manipulate gauge attributes first selec
456. nsity is Highlight shininess 8 7 how much white light in reflected color and Ea E diffusivity is amount of ambient light reflected Honton atenat 7 Diffused Light ozo Under Size Tab change size Z Lighting Size Location Label Arrow size is in global coordinates Arrow i l l Arrow SIze Lvl radius tip length and tip radius are all in ars percent of arrow size ieee J a length 0 250 Note that scaling of the arrows can also be ue al controlled below and above given value radius 200 O O o ranges Scale bw location probe value 0 000000 linear scaling minimum to maxsimum 0 000000 0 500000 scale by 2 000000 scale by if lt min if max User Manual Page 380 How To CREATE 3D ARROWS A 2608 Under the Location Tab change location The origin can be set by interactive query probe locations xyz coordinate or external force or moment vector glyphs For example for xyz location either type appropriate coordinates in the X Y and Z fields or enter a node ID or an element ID Offset value moves the arrow backwards and orientation Buttons The X Y Z orient the arrow parallel to the axis Flip reverses 180 degrees and Normal is normal to a surface active only if a surface Sliders Also you can rotate the normal about the X Y or Z it here For the other Origin by options appropriate attributes are presented U
457. nt of such a reader Examples of such amongst the readers which are distributed by EnSight are the Abaqus Fluent cth xdmf2 Exodus and Silo readers Auto distributed by EnSight Servers some formats and readers allow for an auto distribute capability that occurs within each server This does not require pre partitioning of the data Each server will determine its portion and read and act just on that portion Note however that in order for each server to use an amount of memory commensurate with its portion of the data the reader must be able to do some things which are not required when the whole model is being read These include being able to read unstructured data in partial buffers and being able to read structured data in partial cinched regions It also require that all servers have access to the same data If you use resources a SOS casefile is not even required Currently this capability is limited to Unstructured Data EnSight Gold format 2 0 API User defined readers at level 2 08 or greater which have implemented the in_buffers routines Structured Data EnSight Gold format Plot3d format 2 0 API User defined readers at level 2 06 or greater which have implemented structured reader cinching So the internal EnSight Gold andPlot3d readers can be used with auto_distribute but other than example readers none of the user defined readers distributed by EnSight have currently implemented the needed _in_buffer
458. nt out on the normal This takes two picking operations to accomplish To position the Plane by picking origin then point on normal 1 Turn on the Plane tool as indicated earlier then Click the Pick button on the tool ribbon ed Colts 35 tS 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Origin from the Pick part POP UP MENU eee eer enna nese sess esse tesa Pick plani t dr location gt Using 3 points Pick center of transform l nn t ie 3 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window a Ea Tn and place the pointer over the desired origin of the Pick element s to blank Using 2 points plane tool then press the p key Pick look at point Origin Pick color palette band 3 Noma 4 Select Pick plane tool location gt Normal from the acces pop up menu 2eeeeeeeeeeeeee Oo oo en Using origin normal 5 Place the pointer over a point along the normal vector from the origin of the plane tool then press the p key User Manual Page 179 How To USE THE PLANE TOOL A 2 2608 To set the Plane by specifying parameters exactly o a amp 1 Turn on the Plane tool then open the Transformation Editor Plane tool Transformation Editor from the tools ribbon Le APB y Tool location editor Transform Action GD Bs Ss About Axis X Z All p gt Which Frame Scale Settings 2 If necessary set the
459. ntaining a file named product xml Python files are loaded in this directory according to the product xml and internal parentage coding Contact CEI support for more details Local directory python files for your own personal use EnSight then looks in the user specific EnSight Defaults Directory This directory differs on each platform Linux ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools Mac Library Application Support EnSight100 extensions user_defined Tools Windows Vista Windows 7 C Users username ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools Windows XP HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 extensions user_defined Tools To find out your HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH do Help gt Online Support click the System Into tab and look at the Prefs Dir This is where EnSight looks for user defined tools When EnSight finds a candidate Python file it loads it into a private Python module and calls a factory function specified in the file The factory function returns a list of objects that are registered with EnSight The objects can be user defined tools menus and GUls based on the extension class they subclass from A registry of user defined tools is maintained by EnSight It is normally displayed as a tree list in the GUI noted in the previous section Applications are free however to invoke any tool using its run method and tools that implement custom command language may be called directly from the command parser even in batch mode In
460. ntaining a portion of all the parts The block parts in each of the sets must consist of a valid subset range of each complete block part This will require for example that a given 3D block part will vary in only one dimension throughout the sets Also each set must be the neighboring portion or slice in the set of cases Note the following simple example dir Block Part 1 Block Part 1 advances in the direction Block Part 2 advances in the j direction j dir Each Case or set consists of portions of both parts which are specified using EnSight s block range capability Thus the first case has the red portions The second case has the yellow portions etc Each block part can be sliced up in a different direction but that direction must continue for all sets for that part And the sets must be the contiguous natural neighbors of each other z yed H0014 Note that the block dimensions must remain the same in the non advancing directions but they can vary per set in the advancing direction even though in this simple example they are quite consistent With data set up like the above we might then decide that we will visualize the model with only two servers We could combine using Block_Continuation the first two sets onto the first server and the last 3 sets onto the second server Portion of Block Part 1 on server 1 consists of original sets 1 and 2 Portion of Block Part 2 on server 1 con
461. nterface Manual see Chapter 6 EnSight Python Interpreter OTHER NOTES Command files provide an excellent method of documenting problems or potential bugs encountered during your use of EnSight The command file can be transmitted to CEI electronically to help determine the nature of the problem SEE ALSO How To Define and Use Macros User Manual Command Files Interface Manual EnSight Python Interpreter User Manual HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE INTRODUCTION The image displayed in the Graphics Window can be saved to disk or printed in a variety of formats JPEG TIFF RGB SGI XPM PNG and PPM are all formats that store single images in each file The formats Apple QuickTime EnVideo MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG4 AVI Macromedia Flash Video Macromedia Flash and Animated GIF all support video streams The PostScript format supports images move draw graphics and EPSF The POVRAY format saves the geometry of the scene in a form that can be read by the POVRAY off line rendering package see below for Saving Animations BASIC OPERATION Basic Still Image Operation 1 Select File gt Export gt Image 2 Select Set Format to choose the desired output format and format options Current Format CEI Envideo Movie See Changing the Save File Format below S Prefix select 3 Set the base filename to save the image to m OSK e E E E E E E a Convert To Default Print Color Show Plotters Onl
462. ntrol over document content quality To use a different reader from the default simply set the environment variable CEl PDFREADER to a different reader application See How To Use the How To Manual for more information on using a pdf reader User Manual How To USE THE ONLINE DOCUMENTATION 2 000e HOW TO PRINT THE DOCUMENTATION Printing Topics From a PDF Reader You can easily print any topic in the How To manual or any pages from the other documentation from within the pdf reader The documents have been optimized for screen manipulation but will still produce decent hardcopy printouts To print a topic 1 Navigate to the topic you want to print 2 Choose Print from the File menu 3 Be sure the Printer Command setting is correct for your environment and then click OK Your document should print to the selected or default printer If you do not have a printer available on your network or you wish to save the PostScript file to disk you can do so click the File button enter a filename and click OK Printing EnSight Manuals You can print all or portions of the EnSight manuals from provided pdf files These files have been print optimized and should produce reasonably high quality hardcopy They have all been formatted for letter size paper These files are located in the doc Manuals directory of the EnSight installation CEIl HOME ensight100 doc Manuals GettingStarted pdf CEIl_HOME ensight100 doc Manuals HowTo
463. nu View gt Perspective or in the Viewport editor To set the projection from the Viewport editor 1 Double click or right click gt Edit the P Border attributes desired viewport in the Viewport list panel This will bring up the Viewport Feature Panel E attributes Lighting attributes Location attributes 2 Open the View Attributes turndown if it isn t already open 2 ee eee eee y gt Y Yiew attributes view Dimension 3D 3 Click the Perspective button to toggle the eee projection type in the current viewport d L Shaded Hidden Line Node tracking Note that a viewport will only display a perspective projection if the global toggle as set with View gt Perspective is on as well User Manual Page 124 How To SET GLOBAL VIEWING PARAMETERS f T 5 j o Fast Display Mode The global Fast Display Mode can be set either from a menu View gt Fast Display sy Y gt or by the Fast Display toggle on the Tools Icon Bar D F i To change between the Dynamic or Static operation of this mode go to Edit gt Preferences Performance To change the part representation for Fast Display Mode 1 Select the part s in the part list 2 Click the Fast Display Representation pull GOWN ICON genearen tena saee gt F GFF 3 Select the desired fast display mode J gt y Box Foints i i I Note if not using immedia
464. nu developers are encouraged to utilize Python scripts and convert command language scripts into Python using the provided tools The Python interface is documented in the Interface manual EnSight Python Interpreter SEE ALSO Command Language Manual EnSight Interface Manual Produce Customized Pop Up Menus User Manual Page 431 How TO SETUP FOR PARALLEL COMPUTATION A 2 66008 INTRODUCTION Ensight supports shared memory parallel computation via POSIX threads on all of our supported platforms BASIC OPERATION Configuration Each executable of EnSight can be configured individually to control the number of threads used The following environment variables are used to specify the maximum number of threads that the executable can use for computation ENSIGHT10 MAX THREADS The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight server Threads are used to accelerate the computation of streamlines clips isosurfaces and other compute intensive operations ENSIGHT10 MAX CTHREADS The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight client Threads in the client are used to accelerate sorting of transparent surfaces ENSIGHT10 MAX SOSTHREADS The maximum number of threads to use on the server of server in order to start up server pro cesses in parallel rather than serially OTHER NOTES The number of threads is limited to 2 per client or server with a Lite license and 4 per client or server with a Standard license
465. number These can be used to crop the texture to some subset of There is also a starting and ending solution time for the ee E Texture options Start frame U D Texture 2 File lt none gt Dims 16 16 Transparent res Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 Single frame testure Me Autoscale time Compression AAW Start time 0 000000 lt lt PEndtime 0 000000 End frame E l Close texture 2 2 22 2 eee cece eee eee eee eee eeee eee AOE EEEE The frame from the texture is selected such that the starting frame number is used when the current EnSight solution time is at or before the texture start time and the ending frame is used when the current solution time is at or after the ending time The temporal mapping is linear in between If this option is set the starting and ending time for that texture will always be set to the dynamic range of currently loaded EnSight solution times Note EnSight will read the entire animation into memory when it is loaded If the movie is large it can use a significant amount of memory In memory EnSight uses lossless compression schemes for the data The current scheme can be changed using the Compression options There is also an Autoscale option DUIIGOWN e ee eee AONA Since EnSight stores the entire animation in any exported els file it can be advantageous to select and RLE or GZIP compression scheme for
466. ny text editor To easily determine the command for a given action open the Command dialog and watch the list above the current line as you perform various operations Keep in mind that the successful execution of some commands depends on the proper state existing at the time of execution For example creating a part when the parent part as referenced by the part number does not exist will cause an error Command files can be nested if you have a file that performs a certain task you can call that command file from another file with the play filename command When a play command is executed the command file being played will be expanded in the History window in a different color below the current line Check the Expand playfiles box to expand all played files ahead of time When played files are nested their commands will be shown in red yellow green blue and black respectively An exit command will cause EnSight to quit An interrupt command will cause the command file to pause execution and open the command dialog You can save the command file for the current session when you exit EnSight or you can use File gt Save gt Command from this session to save the commands up to that point Command language can be used to generate macros See How To Define and Use Macros In addition to command files and macros you also access the python interface through this dialog This is explained in detail in the I
467. o makes it relatively easy to create two dimensional data palettes Just like the existing palette in EnSight some function of a variable is used to select a color from a table In this case the table is a 2D texture so this can be done for two different variables at the same time and the Opacity can be varied as a function of those variables All forms of EnSight part displays can be textured surfaces lines points etc Of special note in variable mode points are rendered with a single texture coordinate regardless of the form they are displayed as Thus a point displayed as a sphere can only use a single pixel sample from a texture Thus to place a logo on a point rendered in sphere mode one would need to use projection mode User Manual Page 349 How TO MAP TEXTURES k 2 00e BASIC OPERATION How to place a logo on a part One common use of textures is to place a logo or decal onto a part This operation involves using a projected texture This is a simple three step process For this example we will use the AMI dataset which comes with the EnSight distribution 1 Load the AMI dataset and set the display type to shaded surface Orient the hypersonic body as shown and select it in the part list 2 Next we need to set up the texture map to use Select the color icon to bring up the Part Color dialog and click on the Edit Textures button to bring up the texture Oe rt E ee ee re Right click on
468. o save the preferences Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one Color Palettes A Color Palette Legend Preferences Display legend when partis colored Auto replace legend when part is colored Reset legend ranges when time is changed Use continuous palette for per element variables Use predefined palette eit Pick predefined palette from list Save to preference file User Manual Page 407 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES A 2 00e To Set Command Line Preferences A number of command line parameters exist for EnSight These parameters can be set in your preference file so you do not have to specify them on the start line each time you use EnSight Preferences Dialog Preference Categories select one 1 Select Command Line Parameters from the E tania ea Preference Categories list 7 Command Line Parameters Command Lime Preferences Select from this list to see more information Select add to insert into the preferences list ar batch case In line drawing mode cip causes each polygon to 2 Select a command line argument _ l ip a Hy Yala cm a l An explanation of the selected argument will appear in the dialog eee eee eee eee ee eee eee polygon instead of custom drawing individual lines display_list Can be faster See ogl gl glsw A gold Add selected item to current args
469. o use this right click to quickly create a line clip query a variable or do a particle streamline trace with the line tool as the emitter ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Line center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and parallel to the X axis The coordinates of the Line are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Line relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Line tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points To find the distance between two nodes that have IDs you can use the calculator function Dist2Nodes However to find the distance between two nodes on different parts or between two nodes if one or both don t have IDs use the line tool Use the Pick Line Tool Location gt Using 2 nodes option as shown above then move the cursor near the first node location hit p key move to the second node location and hit the p key then open up the transform
470. o_world png 23KB Portable Ne Q LocalService part_menu py F B nayo FP part_menu pyc NetworkService 4d sphere_query png E iin 3 rifrank sphere_query py Execution Macros Python O assistant E O designer Hello these parts are selected G enliten ami x hypersonic body 5 ensight8 3 ensight90 Part ami x hypersonic body O extensions O user_defined O examples Edit Hide Delete launch_configs O macros O palettes Color By Background b Place Tool Clips Contour Isosurface vector Arrows Hello menu Simple part tools b Cmd Shown below is the commented Python code Notice in particular the block of comment lines starting with ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN and ending with ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END These specially formatted Python comments are what EnSight looks for at startup They specify the name of the function to call when this file is loaded That factory function is responsible for creating instances of the menu object and returning them to EnSight This comment block is required to identify the file for loading at startup by EnSight The function named by FACTORY in this case ctor is called by EnSight on startup Note the file is loaded as a module in EnSight and the path to this file is added to sys path OF OSE H ENSIGHT USER DEFINED BEGIN FACTORY ctor ENSIGHT USER DEFINED END
471. of the dialog images may be degraded User Manual How To USE THE How TO MANUAL 0000 Thus in addition to the navigation controls within the document itself which are described above a pdf reader Acrobat for example provides quick access to various display options and navigation controls A few of them are pointed out for the Acrobat Reader below Please use the Help option for your reader for a more comprehensive description of its options Select Tool fame Click and zoom in Ctl click to zoom out Grab and move page zer Standard page magnification controls For additional help F Adobe Reader HowTo pdt 7 Bile Edit y Document T Win Help SO Mw OD sn i Eje Options x A Table of Contents A Introduction D4 Start EnSight DY Read and Load Data IS Save or Output D4 Manipulate Viewing Parame A Manipulate Tools IDS Visualize Data A Create and Manipulate Vari DS Query Probe Plot py Manipulate Parts S Animate A Annotate Ife Configure EnSight A Miscellaneous FE Index A Standard page navigation ejes eis e w Eee Y a E How To h 00e Introduction Use the Online Documentation Using The How To Manual EnSight Overview Start EnSight Connect Automatically Connect Manually Command Line Start up Options Use Collaboration Read and Load Data Read Data Use ens checker Load Multiple Datasets Cases Load Transi
472. om Cursor o w Interactive Emitters line _ Surface Restrict Pick Surface Direction Ribbon Width 3 1273e 000 Show 45 If the tool that originally defined the emitter is not visible it will be turned on by this operation 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window and manipulate the tool as desired See the article on the applicable tool for information on tool manipulation Cursor Line or Plane 4 When done toggle off Interactive Emitters Trace Pathlines EnSight provides complete control over transient particle tracing Both the start time and the stop time can be specified In addition you can specify a delta value for an emitter that will cause additional particles to be emitted into the flow at regular intervals This type of pathline is also called a streakline or smoke trace You create a pathline trace by setting the Type to Pathline rather than Streamline prior to clicking Create By default the pathlines will start at the first time step of your simulation and terminate at the last step unless stopped earlier You can change these defaults within the Emitter Information in the Creation attributes section of the Create edit dialog as described above Edit Emitter Attributes Complete control over all creation attributes is found in the Advanced mode of the Create edit Parts dialog for particle trace parts There are many ways to get to these attributes some are 1 Double click on the
473. om the Command Dialog history window 1 Mark the desired commands by clicking Command and dragging in the history window or by Execution Macros Python any combination of clicking and dragging Hiton Pece while holding down the CTRL key l 2 With the cursor over the marked l commands click the right mouse button rar to bring up the action menu then select Q ae acitecte terpersiors Write append to file part colorby_palette temperature Breakpoint legend select_palette_begin Disable 3 A File Selection dialog opens Select or temperature Copy enter the desired file to save commands T E AGa a to and click Save If the file already exists legend visible ON the selected commands will be appended gt if it does not it will be created with the D Speed SPECE E CONNAN Command entryi a O Execute 0 Eo Linking macro command files to keys To link a command file in the macros directory to a key or mouse button Command Execution Macros Python Current File 1 In the Command Dialog Macros tab File gt Command from the Main Menu click New l The New Macro dialog opens AEN E T 2 Select or type a key 22 22 e eee eee e ee eens 2 Delete a Description 3 Check Repeatable if you want the macro to New Haight be repeated while the key is held down Toggle Part visibility 4 Se
474. ome bjn dat sos cube_10 sos Additionally you can use resources in combination with a sos casefile if desired See How To Use Resource Management for an example Partitioning done by a reader If you use a reader that can do its own partitioning you can use an sos casefile in which each server references the same data or take advantage of a resource file and not have to create an sos casefile Note that for this method under the SOS options tab in the File gt Open dialog you will see that Auto distribute is set to Reader Decompose Auto distribute Reader decompose It is probably easiest to describe the usage based on an example So using the Exodus reader lets run an Exodus model on two servers computer1 and computer2 The files we will reference are sample exo the Exodus data file two_portions sos the SOS casefile FORMAT type master server MultiExodusllng SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 machine_id computer 1 executable ensight100 server data_path home user exodus casefile sample exo 5erver 2 machine_id computer 1 executable ensight100 server data path home user exodus casefile sample exo i Wh OP User Manual Page 54 How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS A e000 two_servers res the resource file see How To Use Resource Management for more details CEIResourceFile 1 0 SOS host localhost SERVER host computer host computer2 1 Make sure your sample exo data file is
475. on to open the Save Session dialog et Save Session EnSight 10 0 0 a ie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Sample Session Crash Model 2 Toggle Pack Data if you wish to include contents from listed C Pack Data directories including the data itself in the session file for ko a portability C Program Files CETensight100 datai quard_rail 3 Click Save button to open a file save browser and name the session file use ens suffix and click Save AE E E ET Restoring a Session Three options 1 The Welcome to EnSight screen on startup displays your most recent Sessions Just double click on the desired session to load the data and restore it 2 Mac and Windows users can double click any EnSight session file ending in ens and the file will restore 3 Any time during your EnSight session you can browse for a session file from the EnSight main menu as follows File gt Restore gt Session and just located the session file using the standard file access window OTHER NOTES If you already have data loaded and restore a session EnSight will delete all the cases start anew and then restore the session If you are restoring a session file containing information for multiple cases then all of the cases will be restored When restoring session files with multiple cases the needed cases will be started if needed according to the connection sch
476. on the text string and modify it If you hit the Enter keyboard key you will insert a line return into the annotation E More More While entering text you can easily change the l a a 50 script to super sub or normal by clicking the 3 i so J Superscript Subscript or Normal buttons found f Rotation E in the Super Sub tab These buttons will insert gt a Shad FFset lt up gt lt dn gt or lt no gt into the string m E J oi Shadow inkensity 0 40 Other Special Coded Items including changing Origin by Screen coordinates Y the font which can be inserted into a string by ot Dy aso Y selecting and hitting Insert special item are discussed below Relative to Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub Constant Variable Fart Value Part Description Units Date Time Genmebrs Header 1 Insert special value User Manual Page 372 How TO CREATE TEXT ANNOTATION A 2 66008 To manipulate text string attributes first select the string s of interest in the list then To change visibility e E l Toggle Visible off or on Create edit Annotation Text To change color eee jPenrn ease a sees Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector dialog To change justification ee oe select the des
477. on using the currently displayed model data and all viewports Update all images Performs the same action as Update image but for all thumbnail buttons Delete all SEE ALSO User Manual Performs the same action as Delete but for all thumbnail buttons Restore Displays a file browser where the user can select an EnSight View file to load Note that this option allows the user to load all versions of View files How To USE THE CURSOR POINT TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 3D point specification tool called the Cursor tool When visible the Cursor appears as a 3D cross colored red X axis green Y axis and blue Z axis The Cursor tool is used to supply EnSight with point information for example to specify the location for a query or the starting point for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cursor tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling the Cursor entry in the Tools menu or by clicking the Cursor toggle on the Tools Icon Bar G EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query View Window Case Hho 2 Lg og Region selector H amp a oore Ot 7 amp Pa Line p ki lane Box Quadric fool positions The Cursor tool can be placed in three ways interactively through direct manipulation with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a pa
478. onding curve will automatically update Plotter attributes controlling aspects of appearance such as color of curves and titles axis labeling gradation and tick marks and border background color can be edited through the Quick Action icon bar or the Feature Panel This article is divided into the following sections Anatomy of a Plotter Create Plotters Select Plotters and Curves Move and Resize Plotters Plotter Quick Action icons Set Title Background Legend Border Position Marker Attributes Set Axis Attributes Set Curve Attributes Delete Plotters Anatomy of a Plotter Plotters are composed of the following fundamental components Plot Title Plot Scale Handle e Kaa e e a x Y Axis sii et oa Node 1 meses Legend D A Node 100 Legend Position Handle Y Axis Subgradation Re E Y Axis Title O Tr Curves a X Axis Value Labels Origin click n go handle ea ie saih P man a do 60 100 5200 Current time marker Time S s X Axis Title pat Adjust min and max X axis click n go handles User Manual Page 313 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES A 2608 Create Plotters Plotters are automatically created when you assign a query entity to a new plotter see How To Query Plot for details Also by default when you create a query it is automatically plotted Select Plotters and Curves Any action to change plotter attributes always operates on the currently selected plotter s or the plo
479. one is dealing with parts right click on the cursor tool You can hide the tool make it invisible edit it open the Transformation Editor or use the tool to quickly do something such as query a variable over time or emit a particle streamline trace ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cursor is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry The coordinates of the Cursor are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cursor relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position of the Cursor tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Line Plane Box Cylinder Sohere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions i le O A oD User Manual Page 173 How To USE THE LINE TOOL A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 3D linear specification tool called the Line tool When
480. onents will be deleted from the merged part as well BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List EnSight 10 0 0 a File Create Query View Tools Window Case Help ar Part i Select all f Select Flipbook animation editor Keytrame animation editor Delete Del Solution time editor i N Assign to single new viewport Name Transformation editor r a Assign to multiple new viewports 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Merge El Cas i i i RE a a Preferences en oe Copy Extract Merge Clip_plane The new merged part is added to the end of the Parts List with the description Merge of parts where are the part numbers of the originally selected parts OTHER NOTES Unlike Copy merge creates true server based parts Unlike Extract merge creates parts based on the full server based representation of the part If you merge a structured IJK part the resulting part will be unstructured SEE ALSO How To Group Parts User Manual Part Groups User Manual Page 325 HOW TO EXTRACT PART REPRESENTATIONS 3 e 4 gt erT E T INTRODUCTION The extract operation is closely tied to part representations Extract creates a single new part using only the geometry of the current representation of the selected part s For example if the current representation of a part consisting of 3D elements is Border the result of extraction will be a
481. ons sir Launch CEI presentation tools EnSight system tools and utilities Visualization specific tools Import a movie or image as a rectangle an Create a new case File including rigid body Create a skybox From a cubemap image ar E Tool Help Help Page 424 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A 2608 ADVANCED USAGE This section describes how to create custom user defined tools as explained by EnSight extension mechanism in the Interface Manual This section assumes familiarity with the Python language as well as object oriented programming Custom tools have the same capabilities as the built in tools because both are built on the same interface By default your custom tools will appear below EnSight s built in list of tools in the user defined toolbox EnSight includes two well documented example Python files to demonstrate the process of creating custom user defined tools As an exercise to show how to customize EnSight these two files can be moved from their existing location to a directory where they will automatically load into EnSight at startup and change EnSight s tool list How EnSight Loads Menus system directory CEI installed tools EnSight scans for Python tools in the SCEI HOME ensight100 site preferences extensions user defined directory CEI HOME python files developed by your company for all your users EnSight scans the CEIl_ HOME directory for subdirectories co
482. ons under Gauge level SEE ALSO User Manual Gauge Annotation User Manual Page 386 How TO LOAD CUSTOM LOGOS INTRODUCTION EnSight can display bit mapped graphics loaded from disk files A bitmap can be any image however the most common use is to include a logo or other signature graphic to identify the source of images or animations Bitmaps are drawn over all geometric objects in the Graphics Window at least where the bitmap is opaque but under all other annotation entities BASIC OPERATION To load a logo Help e Create edit Annotation Logos A 52 Visible ME 0 000 1 Select the Annotation Feature icon 2 Click the Logo icon at the top of the Scale Create Edit Annotations dialog b A E Origin Y Y 3 Click the Create button and select the supported image format file using the File selection dialog which comes up and click Open To manipulate logo attributes first select the logo s of interest in the list or in the graphics window then Coa To change visibility a i 3 Toggle Visible off or on Note that if Limited redraw is turned on the logo will not be completely invisible but will be displayed in a subdued color To change location in the graphics window 7 7 i i Annotations of x Either position the logo interactively by selecting the desired TER E
483. ontrol and modify aspects of EnSight These are generally described in sections of the documentation where they apply However for convenience a Summary of them is indicated below All except those indicated otherwise are optional Note None of the environment variables associated with specific user defined readers and writers are included here See the appropriate README files or other documentation for each reader writer BASIC USAGE List sorted by Category n nna a alee Delay time in seconds between spawning distributed rendering clients A Da E E nn distributed rendering PNSONTIO BAROS PEPE anen used win demutedrendenng nnn when used with distributed rendering PENSIONTIOMOA CONNBACKHOST SOE PR ere he main elent executes nn where the main client executes ENST oaot em PR et spefed by oter means nn not specified by other means ENSINO MBOTO E POPPE ised steuted tendering used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT10 RENDERER_HOSTS Client a space delimited string consisting of the hostnames to use Collab for distributed rendering clients See current client documentation as well Also see the Resources documentation for additional information ENSIGHT10 WORKER_APP a the executable name for the client when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT10 WORKER_ARGS a a string of arguments passed to the distributed rendering client executable ENSIGHT10 WORKER_CONNBACKHOST Collab the collabhub executable hostname used by distributed a
484. ontrolled by the Camera a a 5 Z direction and the Camera Up vector If the Focus is L J Origin xz l set to Node or XYZ then maz Z vector is defined by the e Node XYZ location l J x 192 000000 Y 51139999 Z 1999 104992 To set other camera attributes a pomm n Focus Forward ha 1 The view angle controls the field of view through the Direction 2 camera A small value simulates a telephoto lens x 0 000000 Y 0 000000 Z 1 000000 while a large value simulates a wide angle lens Camera up a 2 X 0 000000 Y 1000000 z 0 000000 2 The Size sets the size of the camera glyph Use the up down arrows to increase decrease the glyph size by a factor of 2 Close ADVANCED USAGE 1 Ifthe camera origin is on a spline zoom operations will move the camera along the spline 2 Ifthe origin or Focus is set to a node number the camera will update if the node changes position SEE ALSO How To Use the Spline Tool User Manual Page 169 How TO MANAGE VIEWS INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a capability to save and restore viewing parameters for the data model and all viewports Collectively this state is known as a View This dialog portrays Views graphically as buttons with a small picture thumbnail of the currently displayed data rendered with the underlying viewing parameters of that View With the Views Manager the user can create save restore and apply viewing parameters in a simple point and click interaction
485. ools Load Parks Simple part tools Load Parts Create new group Rename group The selected parts for the group are placed under the new group entity The group can be opened or closed to hide expose the parts in the group OTHER NOTES Grouped parts can contain other grouped parts A part can only exist in one group SEE ALSO User Manual Part Groups 5 iW 4 How User Manual Page 324 How TO MERGE PARTS INTRODUCTION In many types of analysis multiple parts are used to distinguish between various components or material types To the extent allowed by the particular data format EnSight maintains this distinction by assigning these entities to separate model parts In many cases however this distinction is no longer useful for postprocessing When manipulating parts you often need to apply the same set of attributes to all of them If the number of parts to be treated identically is large this process can become unwieldy EnSight provides a merge operator to combine multiple parts into a single part The merge operation creates one new part from one or more selected parent parts The original parts are unchanged If only a single part is selected for the operation merge will create a true copy of the part as opposed to the shallow copy that the Copy operation creates with the only dependence being that the parent must exist If you delete any of the original parts after the merge these comp
486. option described above to verify that you are loading the reader s of interest SEE ALSO The EnSight Interface Manual as well as How To Read Data User Manual How To Do STRUCTURED EXTRACTION A 2608 INTRODUCTION When loading structured parts normally by right clicking on a part in the Parts list that has not yet been loaded there is some flexibility in what is actually extracted If the model contains iblanking then you have control over which iblanking domain to use namely Inside Outside blanked out or All which ignores the iblanking If no iblanking in the model the domain is All by default You can do things like extracting all or portions of zones at original or coarser resolutions or doing the extractions on single or multiple Zones BASIC OPERATION When extracting the domain parts whether iblanked or not some but definitely not all combinations of the options include Extracting a complete zone at original resolution lt EnSight 10 0 0 a 1 Right click on the desired zone and Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help click Load Part e 22essecdece2ectctscddecseniceete et m i 2 EE j e Number Show Color Fart Select R EE EE y Load Part Create new group From selected parts Optionally you can change the iblank eG rctored Pariauildcr domain choose the element representation and provide a part description Defined Defined
487. or Arrows Coordinates Time Show Normals Scalars temperature Load Part E Werkors Create new group Fro Ww velocity A window will pop up to choose lt lt lt AVALADIE accxcendcededececivedadeteeseietetanct S O ee Sort alphabetically type Go tree This then automatically creates a contour part with the default settings using the selected variable and using the right clicked part as the parent part ADVANCED USAGE When Sync To Palette is specified the levels of the variable palette are used as the contour levels You must edit the palette using the Feature Panel for Variables to modify the number of levels distribution etc See How To Edit Color Maps for guidance OTHER NOTES The default behavior is to color the contour part by the creation variable If you toggle this off the contour part will not be colored by a variable automatically but will be white Unlike most part creation operators contours are created from the client s representation of the part not the server s If the parent part of the contour consists of one dimensional elements or has no client side visual representation at all the resulting contour will be empty This would be the case if the parent part was currently displayed as feature angle border representation or not loaded The 3D border 2D full representation is typically used for contour part parents See How to Change Visual Representation for more information SEE ALSO
488. or space The result is a Query Entity that can be plotted using EnSight s built in Plotting facility or that can be printed as a table or written to a disk file BASIC OPERATION One first must create query items which can be any of the following types At Line Tool Over Distance At Node Over Time At 1D Part Over Distance At Element Over Time On a Spline Over Distance At IJK Over Time At XYZ Over Time Over Time Queries By Scalar Value By Operating on Existing Queries Read From An External File Read from server file As one of these is selected the Feature Panel changes to reflect the information needed such as variable to use for the selected type One can control whether the query entity will be a curve or a scatter plot by the choice for Variable 1 and 2 Query entities can be printed to the Status History Area saved to a file deleted or plotted Sample Query Creation and Plot At Maximum Over time 1 Select the part to query I LE Parts p ax 2 Click the Query Plot icon or select Query gt Over Time Distance Mame Id Show Color El Casel Part by All Elements 1 Y Query attributes Desc q ue ry _ 7 an At maximum over time PRESSION VITESSE TEMPS CPU DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOG1 rT F oe RESDU Lost Variable 2 Samples 4 Select the variable s for Variable 1 Beafend time Sample by Value Note for max or min over time you can select multiple
489. ort ga viewport 1 Selected viewport 2 Select Copy Transform Style j Edit Hide Mew Copy Transform Paste Transform n viewports A x Main viewport viewport 1 Selected viewport 3 In the Viewports list right click the viewport which is to receive the view Create j 4 Select Paste Transform CEE Coe Style Edit Hide Delete Mew Copy Transform D Paste Transform Link k i 4 Hon User Manual Page 148 How To SAVE amp RESTORE VIEWING PARAMETERS Saving Viewing Parameters to a file Click the Graphics window transforms GF Rotate icon in the Transformations Control area fb Translate of the Tools Icon Bar and select Zoom Transformation editor to open the Sihterhand foam Transformations dialog ee E E E Rubberband Selection i Transformation editor 1 Select the viewports you want to save Click within a viewport to select it Hold down the control key as you mY MV 4 click to select additional viewports Or select them similarly in the Viewport list Transformation Editor Global transform Sele aE Editor Function Help Reset 2 Select Save View from the File Save view Restore view Restore camera position t About Axis x OY Oz Onal 3 Select a directory and enter a file name in the file browser and click OK Which viewportis Scale Settings Limit
490. ou can create part groupings by selecting one or more parts f and creating a group from the right click pulldown Once a part group has been created you can drag and drop parts into out of the group User Manual All Invert Points 2D 3D Visible Invisible Region None Search Page 201 HOW TO INTRODUCTION TO PART CREATION A 2608 Also Items in the Parts List can be selected using standard selection methods To Do this Details Select an item Select Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button The item is or single click highlighted to reflect the selected state Extend a possibly long Shift click Select the first item Place the mouse pointer over the last item in the list to be contiguous selection selected Press the shift key and click the left mouse button This action will extend a selection to include all those items sequentially listed between the first selection and this one Extend anon contiguous Control click Place the mouse pointer over the item Press the control key and click the left selection mouse button This action will extend a selection by adding the new item but not those in between any previously selected items De select an item Control click Place the mouse pointer over the selected item Press the control key and click the left mouse button This action will de select the item Edit the part via the Double click Place the mouse poin
491. our cases See How To Define apy E A Replace and Change Viewports for more Dabs z Delete information viewport visibility lt Mame Number Show Color Connection details 2 Select the case whose parts you m E e m mm _ 10b launch settings wish to display only in certain E Case 2 Cae viewports in the Case menu external flow Field 2 x EE O Case e ami hypersonic body 3 x LC Case gt casename 3 Select Case gt Viewport Visibility Sere cr enon see ee Pea egos ee Penta ae 4 Click in the desired viewport to enable or disable display of the Case viewport visibility gt selected case Black means the Case visible in viewportis selected case is not displayed in the viewport green means that it is displayed 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 46 How To LOAD MULTIPLE DATASETS CASES A e000 ADVANCED USAGE EnSight s cases capability has also been used to achieve coarse grained parallelism for very large datasets by partitioning a mesh into blocks and reading each block into a different case Each case can run on different machines or on different CPUs of a multiprocessor host Since the EnSight client places the geometry from the different cases in the same coordinate system the blocks are effectively stitched back together for viewing Operations such as clipping and isosurface calculation are then automatically performed in parallel However since there is no communication betw
492. ous hyperlinks colored blue to other related articles and relevant sections of the User Manual How To Use the How To Manual How To Table of Contents User Manual The User Manual is a more traditional document providing a detailed reference for EnSight The User Manual contains blue hyperlinks as well The User Manual table of contents is hotlinked as well as cross reference entries within chapters which typically start with See Section or See How To User Manual Table of Contents Interface Manual The Interface Manual contains the information needed for creating user defined readers creating user defined writers creating user defined math functions interacting with EnSight through the external command driver and using the EnSight python interpreter WHERE TO START If you are new to EnSight you should read the EnSight Overview article Chapter 1 and Chapter 5 in the User Manual also provide overview information The Introduction to Part Creation provides fundamental information on EnSight s part concept PDF READER The EnSight online documentation is in pdf format EnSight uses a pdf reader such as the Acrobat Reader software from Adobe Systems Inc Xpdf or Apple s Preview Any of these readers provide similar capabilities For the purposes of this documentation the Acrobat Reader will be pictured A pdf reader provides much the same functionality as a World Wide Web browser while providing greater co
493. p to a specific section using document navigation The header and footer of each article page provides simple navigation controls First page of current topic Last page of current topic Return to How To Topics List ee Access this page e eae eee tees eee Next page Previous page In addition links to other documents are displayed as highlighted text Note that all links and navigation controls are colored blue Historically an index was provided for this document However since the document is intended to be used online the index has been removed in favor of the more efficient search capabilities provided in pdf readers PDF READER The EnSight online documentation is in pdf format EnSight uses a pdf reader such as the Acrobat Reader software from Adobe Systems Inc Xpdf or Apple s Preview Any of these readers provide similar capabilities For the purposes of this documentation the Acrobat Reader is pictured A pdf reader provides much the same functionality as a World Wide Web browser while providing greater control over document content quality To use a different pdf reader simply set the environment variable CEl PDFREADER to a different reader application The user interface for the various pdf readers is very simple and provides intuitive navigation controls Keep in mind that the pages were designed to be viewed at 100 magnification Although you can use other magnification settings the quality
494. parts are selected in the Parts list If the latter select the desired part s in the Parts list A 2 Either select an existing frame in the Frames list panel and hit the New Frame icon wee eee ee eee eee eee OR Frames A x Right click on an existing frame in the Frames list panel and select New Coord Frame 0 Hide Show The new frame also becomes the currently Edit selected frame o cede Seana Jle Assign to i Selected Frame Variables N oranan ries asics WEW Pores Frames User Manual Page 152 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A e000 Select Frames There are two ways to select frames You can select frames in the Frames list panel or click on the frame axis triad in the Graphics Window if the triad is visible To select frames using the Frames list 1 Click the Frames tab to show the Frames list panel if it is not already shown TET 2 Select the desired frames in the list Boies ax Mame Coord Frame 0 Coord Frame 1 Coord Frame 2 You can use standard techniques such as shift click to extend a selection or control click to add to the list or de select an item if already selected Variables Annotations Plots Queries viewports Frames To select frames in the Graphics Window Note that this implies that the frame triad s are already visible If they are not you will need to do f your first selection using the Frames list as described
495. process Other parameters and part attributes are not interpolated between keyframes 2 Light sources are fixed in EnSight they cannot move during the animation 3 The shading and lighting model used by EnSight is fairly simplistic User Manual Page 365 How TO CREATE A KEYFRAME ANIMATION 2 000e Tips for Video Recording Animation Holds Whenever an animation is started or stopped use a hold to allow your viewers to establish the visual context of the scene A hold of 3 seconds at the beginning and 2 seconds at the end usually works well For complex imagery longer holds may be required Note that a hold can typically be performed at the recording level it is not necessary to have EnSight compute multiple frames for a hold Rate Control The speed at which events occur during an animation is one of the most difficult aspects to master Viewers become confused and disoriented if motion is too fast too slow and your viewer may lose interest The frame rate for NTSC the video format used in North America is 30 frames per second Although there is a great deal of variation depending on graphics hardware speed and model size your workstation will typically have a much slower frame rate Therefore what appears to be good speed on your workstation may be much too fast when recorded to video at 30 frames per second Trial and error is one method to determine proper rates Although you may end up doing some line test
496. r Fart centroid Part min Part xmax Part ymin Part ymax Part 2min Part zmax SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports User Manual VPort Mode i Ao Ao How User Manual Page 167 How TO VIEW A VIEWPORT THROUGH A CAMERA A 2608 INTRODUCTION Global transform mode defines a viewing position and then allows you to transform translate and rotate the scene Camera mode behaves a little differently In this mode the scene remains as defined and does not move Instead the scene is viewed through a camera which can be positioned at any location and oriented to look in a specific direction and have a specified tilt A viewport can either be in Global transform mode default or it can be defined to be viewed through the camera Local transforms are valid in either mode In order to view a viewport through a camera a the camera position and orientation must be defined and b the viewport must be tied to a camera BASIC OPERATION Any viewport can be viewed through a camera by B carnsformaton E Ic Roatan 1 From the Transformation icon on the Tools Icon Bar click Transformation editor P Transform Action i G Rotate About Axis x OY Oz OAI i Translate Zoom A Rubberband Zoom i i as Rubberband Selection Which viewport s Scale Settings 2 In the resulting Transformation editor Transformation editor Reset Increment 1 000000 Global Transform select f the viewport you want to
497. r Additionally be aware that 2 user defined readers should implement the special functions defined in README_USERD_IN_BUFFERS file if memory is to be used efficiently in the unstructured auto distribute process Optional to allow specification of server machines to come from the resource file plot3d_iblanked true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_multi_zone true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_dimension 1d 2d 3d Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_source ascii cbin fortranbin Required only if doing auto distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_grid_ double true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_results double true false Required only if doing auto_ distribute and datatype is plot3d do_ghosts on off buffer_size n want_metric on off NETWORK_INTERFACES where iblanking multi_Zone dimension source type grid file double precision and results file double precision information should be provided If it is not provided it will default to the following which is likely not to be correct plot3d_iblanked false plot3d_muti_ zone false plot3d_dimension 3d plot3d_ source cbin plot3d_grid_double false plot3d_results double false Optional for unstructured auto distribute default is on Allows user to control whether ghost cell
498. r inconvenient 2 kill or have root kill the process that has the port locked For example determine the process sbin fuser 1106 tcp the result comes back 1LOG tep S141596 in this case you or root if necessary would kill it kill 9 314159 Note that the specific commands to use will vary depending on operating system User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER A 2 66008 Server of Server Mode When running in Server of Server mode SOS the SOS is threaded and will start up server processes in parallel subject to CPU availability and license restrictions using ports 1110 through 1117 To limit the number of threads set the environmental variable ENSIGHT10 MAX _SOSTHREADS to the maximum number of threads max is 8 Distributed Renderer used by parallel compositor Ports 8739 to 8 89 must be available to EnSight for its own internal TCP IP connections when running the parallel compositor in EnSight DR SEE ALSO Chapter 2 of the Getting Started Manual How To Load Multiple Datasets Cases User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS 000A INTRODUC TION There are a number of options that can be included on the command line when starting EnSight The following tables indicate the commands that can be issued for the EnSight script ensight100 the EnSight client ensight100 client the EnSight server ensight100 server or the EnSight server of servers ensight100 sos To
499. r EnSight SOS Should a match not be found then EnSight will use all the settings for the default Configuration but substitute the name specified by c name for the hostname The Job Launch Configuration Setting dialog lists entries by a Configuration name which can be different than the Hostname The Hostname must be a properly routable intranet Internet hostname and or TCP IP address A Configuration name can be any name that doesn t include spaces or special characters The configuration name and hostname can be identical Note that the Job Launch Configuration Setting dialog is deprecated with EnSight 10 0 and will be removed in a later version Users with more complex computing environments should migrate to using ceishell Network ports used by EnSight and SLIM Client Server Mode The EnSight client connects to the slimd8 license manager via TCP port 7790 typically This actual port used is defined in CEl_ HOME license8 slim8 key and appears on the slimd line as the number after slimd The client listens for connections from the EnSight server on TCP port 1106 It also communicates with the collaborative hub on TCP port 1107 If the client is listening for external commands it will use TCP port 1104 If port 1106 is used by another process EnSight will give you an error Address already in use and there are two possible solutions 1 use another port with command line option ports for both client and serve
500. r a flipbook load the next 3 steps will generally be the default already 1 Make sure the Display is set to l flipbook pages i eer 2 Click the run forward or backward button The flipbook will begin to run Create edit Flipbook Animation Play settings Display flipbook pages Cyde Step increment 1 A Speed 1 00000 gt Load Type Transient Load As Objects Record Interactive Iso Clip Start Stop Load Increment 1 00 OR You can also step through the pages manually Delete J Regenerate All 2 Click the forward backward single step buttons once for each page You can also enter values in the Current a 3 Page field and press return to jump to a es ayas AER specific page CEN ena i 3 To change the range of displayed pages enter new values in the Begin Page and or End Page fields Beg 0 End 20 m Cur q 4 To change the display speed enter a new value in the Display Speed field and press return or simply slide the slider k A speed of 1 00 represents full hardware speed with no delays a value of 0 5 is half of full speed 5 To cycle the page display click Cycle Cycle will replay the pages in reverse order when the last page is reached 6 To stop the animation click the stop button 7 When done set the Display to original model instead of flipbook pages Record Once a flipbook is loaded it ca
501. r additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions User Manual Page 186 How To USE THE SPHERE TOOL 2 6608 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a spherical specification tool called the Sphere tool When visible the Sphere tool appears as a typically white sohere icon with a line running down the central axis An axis triad will be at the center of the central axis line The Sphere tool is used to supply EnSight with a spherical specification for example to specify the location for a sphere clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Sphere tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Sphere Window Case Help Region selector Ht Cursor Jl Line p Jt Plane M Box Quadric d 1 Cylinder _ oe Tool positions yO Sphere J A Cone Revolution The Sphere tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool a 2 Click and hold the left mouse button es l i 3 Drag the Sphere to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center l
502. r assembling components that have been analyzed in different solvers You can also use the process described below to replace the current case with a new one without having to restart EnSight EnSight 10 0 0 a No data currently loaded Tools Window Case Help File Edit Create Query View You can add or replace cases Add directly from the Case menu Replace Delete Viewport visibility Connection details Job launch settings Ww Casel From either option this dialog will appear when adding a case Keep currently loaded data 4 Replace currently loaded data Case name Case If you keep the current case the optional settings are available and will be applied to the new added case Optional Settings Create new viewport for this case Server launch configuration Create viewport If checked the added l i i Apply context from case 1 case will appear in a new viewport Clone current connection Apply Context The context from the first Manual connection case is applied to the new case Reflect model about axis C x Ply Oz Origin X O 000000e 000 Y O 000000e 000 Z 0 000000e 000 Clone current connection Use the same server connection as the first case ae Manual connection Add the new case using a manual connection even if the first connection was auto connected Reflect model Reflect the new case about an axis using the Origin specified For more
503. r bar For these tool actions the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Box Tool since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location size and orientation If you are positioning the Box Tool interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released Shortcut While Part Quick Action icons are available indicating that parts can be edited right click on center selection point of the Box tool You can do quick hide the tool or open the transformation editor ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Box Tool is centered about the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and is aligned with the model axis system The coordinates of the Box are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Box Tool relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Box tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in position
504. r enter values in the RGB color fields and press return OR click the Mix Color button to open the Color Selector dialog Constant R 0 00 Blended of levels Edit level R loco cioo 8 o oo Position 0 00 6 The viewport should be refreshed Image file automatically but if not you can click Refresh VIGWODON seeseeseceseeeseneseonetecoeere antatten Select men S Refresh viewport a User Manual Page 137 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS n A 2 M 4 P ul o Blended Up to 5 horizontal level colors can be specified with interpolation between levels To set a blended Createfedit Viewports background o Background attributes gt Type Blended w 1 Select Blended from the Type pull down eee 2 Enter the desired number of levels in the of Levels field and press return Up to five levels are supported gt 3 To edit a color first select it by clicking on the number label in the Viewport Color window 2222 QL 22a aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aa a aaa aae As shown level 1 is currently selected Constant Alternately you can enter a value in the Edit Level field or click the up
505. r more useful menus This example Python file is included with your Ensight installation in the following folder SCEI HOME ensight100 src user defined ext Copy the entire directory to the extensions user defined examples subdirectory under your user EnSight Defaults Directory see above and restart EnSight The figure that follows shows the new menu item generated from this Python code as well as the console output which is found in the Python window File gt Command and click on the Python tab in the resulting window It also illustrates the directory structure for placing the files into the user specific EnSight startup path User Manual Page 418 How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED POP UP MENUS C Users username ensight100 extensions user defined examples C Documents and Settings rjfrank ensight90 extensions f fox lt EnSight 9 0 2 d e File Edit Query View Tools Window Case Help 13 ms elt Fa l m AN 1 N y ARA I E AP Ze A ES ES i Rd Es OS E E Case 1 S p Search Wey Folders Fai Address and Settings rjfrank ensight90 extensions user_defined examples Y FT ao Folders x Name Size Type 1 external flow Field 2 Documents and Settings A hello_menu py 2KB Python File 4 Administrator FP hello_menu pyc 2KB Compiled P all Users hello_tool py 2KB Python File 4 gt Default User FF hello_tool pyc 2KB Compiled P 2 ensight 4 hell
506. ransform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cylinder since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Cylinder interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cylinder center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Cylinder are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cylinder relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Cylinder tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames fo
507. rder annotation etc currently colored pure white RGB 1 1 1 will be changed to black Print Quality Control Available in Print Dialog of Windows Version EnSight print options Sei Note the pulldown allowing print a quality to be changed Increases here Print quality can greatly improve the resulting printed image but will cause a High slowdown in printing time _ Convert to Default Print Color _ Show Plotters Only Hormel SEE ALSO User Manual Saving Graphic Images User Manual Page 101 How TO SAVE GEOMETRIC ENTITIES j n A 2 M 4 B ul iy 7 INTRODUCTION EnSight has the exporting geometric data and variable values in various formats Several are provided by EnSight such as Brick of Values Case EnSight Gold VRML Flatfile etc EnSight also allows the user to create their own writer as a dynamic shared library that is loaded at runtime BASIC OPERATION Saving Parts in EnSight Gold or VRML Formats 1 Select File gt Export gt Geometric Entities 2 Be sure the desired output format is selected Save Geometric Entities ave Weome da NITIES wee 3 Follow the Output Formats Select One instructions given Please select the parts you wish to sawe From the Parts list activate p a a the variables you wish to save From the Variables list and then fill in the Following information These files will be saved by the Ensight VEIL s
508. rder displaying some or all of the currently visible parts Each viewport can be transformed e g rotated or Zoomed sized and positioned independently Viewports have several display attributes including background and border color Viewports provide a very flexible environment for data display This article is divided into the following sections Create a New Viewport Select Viewports Move and Resize Viewports Set Viewport Background Color or Image Set Viewport Attributes Display Selected Parts in Viewports Set Case Visibility Per Viewport Perform Transformations in Viewports Reset Viewport Transformations Delete Viewports BASIC OPERATION Viewport areas on the Desktop Viewport Quick Action Icons e e seer eee ee ee ee EnSight 10 0 0 a FAx Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Z2PR4AMAw ROY 26 BeoeOssheeOPAn of x TEE Mame Number Shor Color Color by i Case 1 Computational mesh 1 x Constant th a im Parts viewports Gx Mame Show Main viewport i Yz Yos x Variables Annotations Plots Gueries Viewporks Frames diy A Og Ot A P amp E E Viewports Panel User Manual Page 134 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A 2 eee Create a New Viewport On startup EnSight creates a single viewport that fills the Graphics Window To create a new viewport 1 Click Viewports tab and select a viewport in the list panel to make Viewport
509. reader The Go back forward buttons are particularly useful they operate somewhat like the Back and Forward buttons on standard Web browsers If your previously viewed page was in a different document the pdf reader will automatically reload the appropriate file and jump to the correct page Note that most pdf readers also consider a change of view e g scrolling or magnification as an event to remember in the back forward list m2 e000 User Manual How To USE THE How TO MANUAL A 2608 PRINTING Printing Topics From The PDF Reader You can easily print any topic in the How To manual or pages from the other documentation from within the pdf reader The documents will produce decent hardcopy printouts To print a topic 1 Navigate to the topic you want to print 2 Choose Print from the File menu or hit the printer icon 3 Be sure the Printer Command setting is correct for your environment and then click OK Your document should print to the selected or default printer If you do not have a printer available on your network or you wish to save the PostScript file to disk you can do so click the File button enter a filename and click OK Printing EnSight Manuals You can print all or portions of the EnSight manuals from provided pdf files These files have been print optimized and should produce reasonably high quality hardcopy They have all been formatted for letter size paper These files
510. riable Mame Coordinates Time i Scalars el vectors gp elacity Then choose your variable 0 eee eee eee eee ene eee eee ee Sort alphabetically type tree This will create streamline trace s using default settings and the tool as the emitter 2 4 Hon User Manual Page 217 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES b 2 000A The complete set of particle trace attributes can be edited in the Create edit dialog for Traces when in Advanced mode For example the emitter attributes can be changed under the Emitter Information in the Creation Attributes section Emitter Information Emitters Cursor at 18 635309 3 536734 2 165190 add Emitter Delete Emitter Toggle on to have start time be the current time otherwise specify the start time Streamlines only B mere Set the total amount of time a trace will last it may terminate for other reasons as well An intelligent default will be set for VOU Sees na E a E E eae Gas Solution time at which to begin pathline trace Pathlines only Total time limit 6 598 e 002 _ Set to default Je Emission Time Start 0 0000e 000 Time Delta 0 0000e 000_ Petar emission Ume Tor DaWNNINCS ars cece cen maeng au mE E meee cere Greate eee arene atone ede eee j If not zero a new set of traces will be emitted at S S D S 2D etc into the changing flow field where S is th
511. ributes b Position attributes Marker attributes W Animate curves Display marker E Display value Line width 2 pixels ine style Solid ka n R 1 00 G 0 00 Limited redraw Show text Help The Title section controls the main title at the top of the plotter Set title text 7777777 Set the size of the title text Set the text color either enter new valuesin _ the RGB fields or click the Mix button to 777 open the Color Selector dialog If you desire special symbols click Insert Symbol pick the symbol s and pick the symbol out of the pop up window auery Pot b Marker attributes Create edit Query plot YF Title attributes Tite PRESSION vs Time for Node 1 amp 100 Insert font Insert symbol z Font size 55 000 l l R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Mix Ww b Axis attributes H Background attributes b Border attributes H Legend attributes b Position attributes Limited redraw Show text Save query Help User Manual Save query Page 316 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES f a o Set Axis Attributes Axis attributes of a plotters are controlled through the Axis Attributes section of the Plotter Feature Panel The Axis Attributes turndown contains two sections General and Specific Select the tab to display the corresponding section T
512. right views into a single stereo image Stereo is useful for viewing any type of visually complex geometry It is especially helpful for visualizing amorphous objects such as animating particle traces trace ribbons or discrete particles It has also been noted that management and customers are typically quite impressed by stereo display BASIC OPERATION In EnSight stereo display is enabled by pressing the F12 key on your keyboard Pressing the F12 key again will return to normal display The stereo separation angle can be controlled by pressing the F10 and F11 keys F10 decreases the angle and F11 increases the angle When EnSight is configured to use a detached display see How To Setup Parallel Rendering these commands affect only the detached display The GUI window remains monoscopic Configuring your display On most platforms the display is not initialized by default in a mode which enables stereo viewing In general quad buffered stereo requires a refresh rate of 96Hz or higher On some monitors it may be necessary to decrease the display resolution in order to accommodate this higher refresh rate Check your monitor documentation before attempting to change the refresh rate There is a utility distributed with EnSight which can be used to determine if your display has stereo capability Run cei_apex30_glinfo from a command line and look for OpenGL visuals with a y the column st or stro If none exist then the
513. ring User Manual How TO SAVE OR RESTORE AN ARCHIVE A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight command files are useful for restoring the system to a state reached in a previous session However restoring a long session dealing with large files can take a long time Fortunately EnSight provides an archiving mechanism that saves only the current state of the system rather than the entire history of a session This capability is useful not only for large data files with several active variables but also for saving a standard starting point for sessions In the initial session geometry can be loaded variables activated a good viewpoint selected and an archive written Subsequent sessions take advantage of this investment by merely loading the archive which can be done as you start EnSight from the command line The client and server each write separate binary files containing the complete current state of the respective processes Since these files are binary they can be quickly written and restored Note that an archive only contains information resident in either client or server memory at the time of the archive No information is available for variables that were inactive or time steps other than the current For this reason you should never remove the original dataset and attempt to use the archive as a substitute unless you Know what you re doing BASIC OPERATION An EnSight archive consists of three files 1 The Archive Informa
514. ronment variable the use lsf for servers command line option the use pbs for servers command line option the res file name commandline option and aresource file specified via the File gt Open dialog ONAOTRWN gt If multiple resources are specified to the SOS then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section However the SOS only uses SERVER section resources the other sections are ignored The sosres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file If multiple sosres options are specified only the last will be used The ENSIGHT10 RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the SOS reads ENSIGHT10 SERVER HOSTS specifies a quoted string of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 hostl host3 to be used for EnSight servers Ifthe use lsf for servers command line option is specified then the SOS will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU_ HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such as host1 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion Ifthe use pbs for servers command line option is specified then the SOS will evaluate the environment variable PBS NODEFILE for the resources The environment variable
515. rrow button to place it on the Display icon text Feature Icon bar Lock toolbars b Similar if you select a feature in the right Lock dock widgets column you can click the left mouse button which will remove it Customize feature toolbar from the Feature Icon bar c Any feature in the right column can be moved up and down to modify it s order on the icon bar via use of the up down arrows 3 The Save button will retain the settings next time you run EnSight 4 While the OK button will make the modifications for the current session only New Sepa rator pe Frames HE Plotters Extrude Point parts a Material a interface pez 7 Separation amp Attachment lines Shock regions surfaces Vortex cores Developed surfaces il Features Current toolbar features Parts Calculator Wi Query 74 Interactive probe query save fs Viewports as A Annotations Solution time Lf Flipbook keyframe pa User tools Separator yA Contours Cancel p Isosurfaces SS User Manual Page 396 How TO CUSTOMIZE ICON BARS AND PANELS 0000 To customize the columns in the list panels 1 Right click on the column header in the list you wish to e customize In the figure shown the right click was performed C usto mize bor a n Consta Fit column widths on the Name portion of the list Coordinates UUJ LL49 Sealars Tim 0 000000 0
516. rt Manual Connection Troubleshooting A manual connection can fail for any of several reasons Because of the complexity of networking and customized computing environments we recommend that you consult your local system administrator and or CEI support if the following remedies fail to resolve the problem Unable to telnet into the Telnet service not allowed or not Get system administration help to be able to perform this SERVER HOST machine running on the SERVER HOST operation It may be that your site requires the use of ssh machine or some other equivalent Ensight server does not start on EnSight is not properly installed on Verify the installation on the SERVER HOST as described SERVER HOST machine the SERVER HOST in the Installation Guide Making sure that the proper environment variables and command path have been set ADVANCED USAGE Command Line Options Command line options can be used to streamline many of the connection processes Startup Command Description ensight100 Starts up client and autoconnects according to default job launch configuration settings ensight100 client c ensight100 sos Starts up client and auto connects to sos according to default job launch configuration ensight100 client c sos settings This requires a gold key ensight100 client Starts up client with no connection ensight100 client c connname Starts up client and auto connects to the host specified in the job launch configuration se
517. rt and pressing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To position the Cursor with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool 7 Note that the mouse cursor will change when over the center of the cursor tool 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Cursor to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Cursor translation is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the cursor in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Cursor may not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer To position the Cursor on a part with the p key 1 Turn on the Cursor tool as specified above Then ry Click the Pick button on the tool ribbon gt a v Pick part Irsor tool location ee D Pick c Pick certer of transform 2 Select Pick cursor tool location from the pop up eee menu Pick element s to blank Pick look at point te band 3 Place the mouse pointer over the desired location on eR a part in the graphics window and press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard The middl
518. rt type they are not covered here Look in the How To article for the specific part type for details on those particular Creation attributes server side displacement capability is available in the Creation Attribute area for model parts See How To Display Displacements for a description of this capability This article is divided into the following sections Part Quick Action Icons General Attributes Node Element and Line Attributes Displacement Attributes IJK Axis Display Attributes User Manual Page 331 How TO SET ATTRIBUTES BASIC OPERATION Part Quick Action Icons The Part Quick Action Icons can be used to quickly set attributes for parts To use these controls 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts list 2 Click appropriate icon to set the desired attribute Part Visibility Color Lighting amp transparency Line Width Visibility Per Viewport Element Visual Representation Displacement Visual Symmetry Node and Element Labeling Node Representation Failed Elements Element Blanking Shading Type Hidden Line Auxiliary Clipping Fast Display Representation 2 Ao Ao How User Manual Page 332 A e000 How TO SET ATTRIBUTES General Attributes The General Attributes section in the Feature Edit Dialog duplicates many of the controls available in the part Quick Action icon bar To set attributes using the General Attributes section 1 Right click on the part n
519. rts 3 Name the new part gt Profiles Create Edit Advanced Desc y Variable displacement 7 _ 4 Select the variable to use F 5 Select an appropriate Scale 7 en ae meio Factor or leave as Default Scale Factor DEFAULT Ma Set to default Offset 0 0000e 000 4 6 If desired enter an Offset value Show orientation tool Update orientation The Offset allows you to shift the profile away D Y from the parent but does not affect the shape i _ 7 If desired adjust the orientation of the Plane tool The Plane Tool is used to specify the orientation and direction of the profile plot See below for details 8 Create Delay update For each node of the parent part the corresponding node on the profile curve is determined by adding the value of the Offset to the selected variable value and then multiplying the sum by the Scale Factor The projectors of the profile are the lines that connect the nodes of the parent part to the nodes of the profile curve The Plane tool is used to specify the orientation and direction of the projectors The projectors are created parallel to the Plane tool projecting away from the center of the Plane tool at least where the value of the selected variable plus the Offset is positive Although the parent part of a profile plot must be 1D the nodes that make up the part do not have to be linear For curved parents the projectors of the resulting profi
520. rts 4 y Appy Changes User Manual Page 231 How TO CREATE CLIP PLANES A e008 Attaching a Plane Clip to a Spline A Clip created with the Plane tool may be attached to a defined spline 1 Create a spline How To Use the Spline Tool 2 Now create a clip plane as previously indicated then open the Advanced section 7 3 Attach the plane clip to a spline by selecting Create edit Parts of Clips Desc Clip_plane Y Creation attributes the desired spline from the pulldown in the Clip Interactive Off Plane Feature Panel a Apply tool change Tool Plane Domain Intersect 4 Adjust the plane clip location 0 to 1 via the Value input field or the slider Clip Parameters Type Mesh Clip extent Finite Grid Pts On X 5 YI5 ofslices 1 Delta 5 6137e 002 Use nodes ID 1 Pos X Y Ci 1 9819e 000 i 5031e 000 3 200 2e 000 C2 2 8930e 000 1 5137e 000 8 7212e 001 C3 9 4652e 001 1 4563e 001 1 0416e 001 Get Tool Coords Set Tool Coords J Attach to Spline O new ls Increment 0 082 Delay update Apply Changes Grid Clips and Finite Clips By default clipping planes based on the plane tool are calculated based on the resolution and topology of the underlying mesh parent part s Clipping planes can also be calculated using a regular sampling of the mesh Such a clip is called a grid clip and is typically us
521. ry tab of the Feature Panel amp Create edit Query plot Query Plot b Query attributes If desired you can apply an offset and scale factors to your x Curve attributes and or y data The offset value is added to the query value X Scale 1 000000 Offset 0 000000 then the sum is scaled by the Scale factor Y Scale 1 000000 Offset 0 000000 Rae unt ie a ee eee ee oe eS Line width 2 ixels Set the line width sec r rr ebek Line style Solid x Set the line style Line type Connect dots Smooth sub points 3 Set the line type BP Marker type None None only curve markers are drawn pe None Connect Dots data points are connected by straight lines tent ee Scale 1 900000 Smooth a piece wise spline is fit to the data points using the f Normalize values X number of points specified in the Smooth Sub points field _ R 0 00 G 1 00 B 0 00 Set the marker type pee de ye eee eae ee wet eee Set the size of the markers EA V Auto Plot queries Plot this query Normalize x and or y values if desired ee Limited redraw 3 Show text Save query Set the color of the curve ETTAN Delete Plotters Existing plotters can be deleted 1 Select the plotters 2 Right click on the Plotters list to Delete Note that deleting a plotter has no effect on any
522. s Compute texture coordinates by Projection D x Y Z Oifset 0 000000 JO0000e 00 D o000e 00 ooo S vector 1 0000e 00 o o000e 00 000 7 ppl vector 0 0000e 00 0 1 0000es00 00 Get prol E plane toal Set plane tool to proj Projection Absolute Origin f 5 T JA Node IDs S variable nones const 0 5 Apply Close T variable none gt const 0 5 Save Default Textures Help The Set plane tool to proj will move the plane tool to the projection formed by the current dialog values The example below illustrates the placement of a logo in decal mode with clamp and repeat modes set Notice that the texture appears both in front of and behind the tool Page 348 User Manual How TO MAP TEXTURES A 2608 The texture projection can also be i i Compute texture coordinates by Projection specified relative to a point or a collection of points x i a E Ea i Offset 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 The Projection option menu in Absolute mode will set the texture projection to the S vector 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 current settings which places the texture at T vector 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0000e 00 an absolute position and attitude in space Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proy If the part geometry moves or deforms the Projegipn absoute o SY texture remains fixed in the scene thus it ee a a r appears to
523. s For a description of calculating a series of clipping planes with the Flipbook see How To Create a Flipbook Animation For more information on keyframing see How to Create a Keyframe Animation Cutting with Planes A plane can be used to create parts which are the result of a cut of its parent domain into front inside and or back outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts Cutting can be used to slice away portions of a model that are not needed or to create animation effects such as opening closed regions to view the interior 1 Select the desired parent parts in the Parts list eet 2 Click the Clip i fa Create Edit Advanced Click the Clip icon 3 Select the Plane Tool Desc y _ Creation attributes 4 Set the Domain to Inside Outside or In Out both ee Apply tool change inside and outside Bt SYNE IGEN SS ae Ig E arte Toal Plane H cli Parameti a 5 Hit the Create button T lcrcneaias Grid Pts On X 5 ofslices 1 Delta 5 6137e 002 Crinkly Plane Clips You can also check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a Crinkly Domain results in a part composed of all the mesh elements that intersect the plane tool Create edit Parts Create Edit J Advanced Desc 1 Change the Domain to Crinkly Y Creation attributes e a
524. s SEE ALSO How to Define and Change Viewports How to Create and Manipulate Frames User Manual Page 149 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES A 2 00e INTRODUCTION By default all parts are assigned to the same frame of reference You can however create additional coordinate frames and assign parts to them These frames and the parts assigned to them can be manipulated rotated translated scaled independently of other frames Some examples of frame usage 1 You wish to create a copy of a part and display a different variable on the copy When you create the copy a new frame is automatically created and the copy is assigned to it The new frame can be translated away from the Original to visualize both variables simultaneously 2 You wish to create an animation of parts moving independently e g for an exploding view or to open a closed object with a hinged door Each dynamic part is assigned to a new frame During keyframe animation the frames are manipulated independently to achieve the desired motion 3 You have a dataset with rotational periodicity but the symmetry axis is not aligned with a major axis A new frame is created and positioned such that one of it s axes is aligned with the symmetry axis 4 You have a dataset that makes correct positioning of EnSight tools difficult e g a duct not aligned with a major axis Create a new frame and align one of the axes with the duct Since tool position
525. s E Downloads EA bin_tes d Delay refresh E 9 gegl 0 0 Ej printing My Downloads 1 H Shorte Desktop My eBooks i Close Help Amy Music ET 2 My Pictures 3 ES my videos Te o e Oe Note As long as the record filename stays the G hwab a PE e aN same the record button may be toggled on and My Computer vk html l nr off at any time appending more commands to the O WebDrive om on file D When a new record file is selected any existing My Network File name z Places commands in that file will be overwritten save as type EnSight command files enc cmd play Cancel User Manual How TO RECORD AND PLAY COMMAND FILES i Sy 2 M4 oa Playing a Command File To replay a command file 1 Select File gt Command to open the Command dialog _ 2 vee iy ae an utton for load field SSE Ses 3 A File Selection dialog Execution Macros Python opens Select the desired command file and click Save History _ Expand playfiles The command file will be loaded and the commands to be executed will be shown In black below the green part elt_representation 3D _border_2D Full eer i current line indicator in the part modiFy_end History window part select all b part select _all part modify begin 4 Toggle the Play button variables activate velocity Pee eerie Ss ene on park colorby palette velocity i
526. s a Z clip and turn on shaded display MS Textures 5 With the clip plane part selected open the texture dialog Load the file dual_gradient png included in the directory with the cube dataset into the first slot Loaded textures Notice that this texture is an opacity ramp along the X axis and a color ramp along the Y axis File C Documents and Settings ensight Desktop dual_gradient png Dims 256 256 Transparent Yes 6 Set the texture mode to Replace and the repeat Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 mode to Clamp Use texture E D eat mode Clamp M T a eee E ee See E EEE eee ee E ka al Interpolation Linear M 7 Now set the Compute texture coordinates by option to Variables and pick S and T as the S and T variable names Ofset 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 i i S vector 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 The display will look like the image shown depending on De Ea Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proj the placement of the clip plane The coloring is relative to s rojection Absolute the Velocity of the field while the opacity of the plane is a lt ee relative to the temperature of the plane This type of 1 Bb svariable sO T variabie ST technique can be used with any two variables the key Is Apply Close SaveDefault Texures Help generating a 2D texture map that is meaningful for ranges of the two variables in question Us
527. s above If not change the of Plane Tool in Frame 0 Editor function to Tools gt Plane You can see the id of the three nodes that you have chosen x Y Z Origin 3 0000e 000 1 6991e 001 1 0000e 000 Normal 3 7084e 002 1L 0000e 000 1L6991e 001 X Size 2 5000e 000 Y 5ize 2 5000e 000 Plane by 3 node IDs D1 User Manual How To USE THE PLANE TOOL A 2 2608 You can also position the Plane Tool by tracing out a line on the screen The Plane orientation will be changed such that it is both parallel to the specified line and perpendicular to the screen To position the Plane by specifying a line 1 Turn on the Plane tool as indicated earlier then Click the Pick button on the tool ribbon corte oy PE o AP 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt ang 2 points Pick part from the pop up menu ea eee a gt Pick plane tool location Using 3 points Pick center of transform ee 3 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window J and press the p key Place the pointer over the iai to blank Using 2 points desired starting point Click and hold the left mouse Pick look at point Origin button as you trace out the desired line Pick color palette band Normal Using origin normal 4 Release the mouse button g org You can also position the Plane Tool by picking an origin then a poi
528. s and animated traces select if these will be animated during the saving operation and if they should be reset to their initial values before beginning the save operation 5 Set the number of frames of the animation to save 6 Select any advanced options The Advanced toggle brings up the following options These are described in detail in the Image file saving section 7 Selecting Ok will begin recording the animation Progress Is displayed in the information text in the main window The recording can be aborted by pressing the A key while it is progressing EnSight 10 0 0 a Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help n m Beg o See Annotations Plots Queries Viewporks y _ Save animation Set Format Current Format CEI Envideo Movie keyframes Play Reset Animated traces Reset Flipbook Play Reset Solution time Play Reset Number of Frames bo record fa File prefix Frefix select Advanced Window Size NTSC v yf a80 Save multiple images Render to offscreen buffer Stereng Number of passes Screen tiling For more information see EnSight s keyframe animation and Flipbook animation facilities User Manual m2 e000 HOW TO PRINT SAVE AN IMAGE hm 2 e000 Changing the Save File Format This dialog is presented to the user Smu ii EET melt when any of the Set Format pme
529. s are always specified with respect to the current frame you can now use the Transformation Editor to accurately position tools along the axis of the duct In addition to position and orientation frames have a number of display attributes such as visibility line width and color You can also specify the length of each axis separately and display a series of evenly spaced labels to use as a 3D measuring tool Frames are a powerful but complex feature of EnSight Understanding the basics of frames is essential for proper use This article is divided into the following sections Introduction Create a New Frame Select Frames Assign Parts to Frames Move and Rotate Frames Reset Frame Transform Set Frame Attributes Determine What Frame a Part is Assigned To Delete Frames User Manual Page 150 How TO CREATE AND MANIPULATE FRAMES 2 000A BASIC OPERATION Introduction On startup EnSight creates a default frame frame 0 located at 0 0 0 of the right handed world or model coordinate system and aligned with the X Y Z axes All parts model and newly created are assigned to frame 0 initially Frame O is special in that it cannot be repositioned or deleted EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CEl ensight100 data Virame frame case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools imi Case Help Welcome to fly a VIEWS Manager Oo g Parts Toolbars w Viewports Mame I SNOW Language F M
530. s execute in a cycle for each keystroke Keystroke macros are defined in a text file macro define Macros can be defined at a site or local level with local macros overriding site macros that might be defined for the same key The macro define file if any that resides inthe CEI HOME ensight100 site preferences macros directory defines site level macros while the macro define file if any under the user s EnSight defaults directory located at HOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH username ensight100 commonly located at C Users username ensight100 on Vista and Win7 C Documents and Settings yourusername ensight100 on older Windows and ensight100 on Linux and in Library Application Support EnSight100 on the Mac will define that user s local macros Any command files referenced by macros must be located in these directories as well Most of the functions needed to define and edit macros can be found under the Macros tab of the Command Dialog File gt Command from the Main Menu BASIC OPERATION Creating Macro Command Files The first step in creating macros is to save the various command sequences that perform the desired actions This can be done in several ways One way to save commands for a macro is to save off a command file from an Ensight session See How To Record and Play Command Files for more information Be careful as you perform the operations that are saved to the command file Superfluous or errant commands will slow down m
531. s the operation tends to suppress colors but it can be used with a grayscale texture to attenuate User Manual Page 347 How TO MAP TEXTURES im 2 e008 Texture projections EnSight provides two mechanisms which may be used to define where a texture should appear on a part The In this mode it helps to think of the texture as a projected light source like a presentation projector only without divergence i e the light lines are parallel The user places the light source to shine through the scene at some orientation centered at some point Textures are not limited to the exposed surface in EnSight thus any surface that intersects the beam of light is textured The user can enter the values for this projection in the S vector T vector and Offset fields in the dialog These define a vector in the space of the part that will correspond to the directions of the X and Y axis of the texture image as well as a point of focus for the texture Perhaps the simplest method for setting these values is to use the plane tool Place the plane tool in the view to match the desired projection The texture will be scaled to fit in the boundaries of the plane tool with the texture axis aligned with the tool X and Y axis The texture itself is projected along the Z axis of the tool Once the tool has been placed click on Get proj from plane tool to fill in the dialog ee e teeeeerreoe eee aeeuoseeereeaaeeenene ae
532. s will be produced between the distributed portions Optional for unstructured auto_ distribute and do_ ghosts default is 100000 Allows user to modify the default buffer size that is used when reading node and element information of the model when producing ghost cells Optional for unstructured auto distribute and do_ ghosts default is on If set on a simple metric will be printed in the shell window that can indicate the quality of the auto_distribution The unstructured auto distribute method relies on some coherence in the element connectivity namely that elements that lie next to each other are generally listed close to each other in the data format The metric is simply the total_ nodes nodes_ needed _if_no ghosts When no ghosts the value will be 1 0 The more ghosts you must have the higher this metric will be If the number gets much more than 2 0 you may want to consider partitioning yourself Note This whole section is optional It is needed only when more than one network interface to the sos host is available and it is desired to use them Thus distributing the servers to sos communication over more than one network interface number of network interfaces num Required if section used where num is the number of network interfaces to be used for the sos host network interface sos_network_interface_name_1 Required if section used network interface sos_network_interface_name_2 Required if sectio
533. s z Increment controls the slep cize for the siider Which viewportis Scale Settings end arrows Set by clicking within the desired region the viewport that the Increment 1 000000 lt on M Enter explicit values in transform applies to gt Limit 90 000000 N the Increment field and press return to To interactively perform transform by a precise transformations on amount multiple viewports Control click on multiple s Link Interactive Transforms anaiei J Limit controls the viewports then toggle sensitivity and limit of A Tie viewports ko camera w OM aaeeea a Y the slider action If you have defined cameras you can tie selected viewports to particular cameras a You can also perform scaling in any or all dimensions to for example magnify subtle differences in a surface Although you cannot perform the scaling operation with the mouse you can scale using the Transformations dialog Click the Scale icon in the Transformation Action area and specify the scaling as described above You can copy the transformations from one viewport to another First select the viewport you wish to copy select Editor Function gt Copy Transformation State then select the viewport s you wish to modify and select Editor Function gt Paste Transformation State OTHER NOTES By default EnSight uses the left mouse button for performing the selected
534. scratch portion4 bjn1 case bjn2 case bjn3 case bjn4 case bjn1 geo0000 bjn2 geo0000 bjn3 geo0000 bjn4 geo0000 bjn1 geo0001 bjn2 geo0001 bjn3 geo0001 bjn4 geo0001 bjn1 scalar0000 bjn2 scalar0000 bjn3 scalar0000 bjn4 scalar0000 bjn1 scalar0001 bjn2 scalar0001 bjn3 scalar0001 bjn4 scalar0001 bjn1 evector0000 bjn2 evector0000 bjn3 evector0000 bjn4 evector0000 bjn1 evector0001 bjn2 evector0001 bjn3 evector0001 bjn4 evector0001 the SOS casefile could look like FORMAT type master _server gold MULTIPLE _CASEFILES cfiles file scratch bjn txt SERVERS number of servers 2 repeat machine id gun executable ensight100 server and the scratch bjn txt file could look like 4 none scratch portion1 bjn1 case scratch portion2 bjn2 case scratch portion3 bjn3 case scratch portion4 bjn4 case or could look like See the Other Notes below 4 scratch portion1 bjn1 case portion2 bjn2 case portion3 bjn3 case portion4 bjn4 case User Manual How TO LOAD SPATIALLY DECOMPOSED CASE FILES A 2608 OTHER NOTES When your casefile data resides in separate directories below a parent such as home bjn home bjn data home bjn data2 home bjn data3 it is valid to use the global path to specify the parent directory and the individual files to give the path on down Such as cfiles global path home bjn cfiles data1 file1 case data2 file_b case data3 bruce case This will result internally as the same thing as
535. se parts will automatically be recalculated for each time step To load a transient flipbook 1 Click the Flipbook Animation icon in the Feature Icon bar 2 Be sure the Load Type is set to Transient 9 sassccceinccsntecenaccucetenetenes can clr oes ieee ASi 3 Select the desired page type ch or Create edit Flipbook Animation Image eee eee eee eee eee ae Play settings l Display original mode Cyde 4 Be aware that the begin to end time l Stepincement i Speed 1 000005 values as defined in the solution time settings will be used If desired edit the oe begin end time values before you load the Load Type Transient gt Lag Load As Objects og flipbook Record Interactive Iso Clip _ Start Stop 5 If desired you can specify atime UAAR 1 00 z increment for the load 6 Cll ek L U 2eossenrccapeceeuaconcsetars sess ee Regenerate All Load For example using 0 5 would create pages A representing time steps O 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 etc The in between steps are calculated by linear interpolation User Manual Page 354 How TO ANIMATE TRANSIENT DATA A 2 66008 The Load Flipbook Status dialog will open and show the progress of the load You can cancel the load by clicking the Cancel button and retain all the pages loaded to that point Once the load is complete you can run the flipbook using VCR type controls Afte
536. sed by selecting the User Defined toolbox feature icon These items are collections of custom Python code that perform common operations These tools can include full GUI interfaces and can interact with all of EnSight s core features The mechanism opens up EnSight to specific customization to meet a particular site or individual user s needs Tool are written as Python objects that are dynamically loaded from when EnSight starts up There is a formal mechanism EnSight extension mechanism through which EnSight users may add their own custom tools BASIC OPERATION The user defined tool icon should be displayed by default If it is not it can be turned ON by right clicking on the Feature Icon Bar and selecting Customize Feature Toolbar To access the user defined tools click the icon to bring up the dialog and make a selection from the dialog by double clicking EnSight 10 0 0 e Early release C PROGRA 1 CEIVEN6E81 1 Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help 1 Click on the User Tools Icon 2 The User Defined Tools Window appears The EnSight QuickTools are a collection of common operations that would normally take many steps to complete in EnSight packaged in a simpler form Generic Query Plane Movement Generate a Query with Generic Plane Moy Examples include a Find the min max of the selected parts of the colored N Min Max EM Moment and Center F F Met Force variable T Python
537. simple ascii file which informs the SOS about pertinent information needed to run a server on each of the machines that will compute the various portions The SOS will read the sos casefile and each server will read one of these partition datasets The SOS will conglomerate things together so that the client sees the whole model The EnSight formats plot3d and any user defined readers using our 1 0 or 2 0 API s can be used Note If you do your own partitioning please be aware that there is a requirement that each dataset contain all the same parts However the contents of a given part is allowed to be different even empty in any given dataset Thus one can fairly easily partition as desired whether that be with partial parts across several datasets or with parts empty in all but one of the datasets etc Note that in EnSight formats an empty part need only have the part line the part number and the description line The advantage of external partitioning is that once the data has been prepared the partitioning is done EnSight s SOS and servers can then operate without expending any effort on partitioning The disadvantage is that it is not easily changed And traditionally the number of servers required had to be the same as the number of partitioned datasets However for EnSight Gold format EnSight now has the capability of running more than one of these User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 26008 datasets
538. sired enter values for the Min a F amiss Max and Increment to override the dzi Max Step defaults hunnrtrrrsss J gt 0 00002 000 3 6056e 000 1 0000e 001 Mesh Slice IR Value 1 80278e 000 axis x gt User Manual Page 243 How To CREATE RTZ CLIPS Crinkly RTZ Clipping You can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a crinkly domain results in a part composed of all the elements that intersect the mesh slice value Crinkly clipping cannot be done interactively Create edit Parts 1 Change the Domain to Crinkly _ Create dit E Advanced Desc F Creation attributes Interactive Off Tool RTZ a Domain Crink Clip Parameters gt Nae Min 7 2078e 003 5 4001e 001 Mesh Slice R Value MID RANGE Axis x Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an RTZ clip through a mesh it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of RTZ clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information OTHER NOTES Inside Outside and In Out cutting are disabled for this clipping type because it has no meaning for T And if you desire this effect for Z or R you can use a plane clip or cylindrical clip instead SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation
539. sists of original sets 1 and 2 Portion of Block Part 1 on server 2 consists of original sets 3 4 and 5 Portion of Block Part 2 on server 2 consists of original sets 3 4 and 5 User Manual How To USE BLOCK CONTINUATION A 2 66008 BASIC OPERATION To combine more than one of the sets for a given server what we may call a cluster of sets one must create a casefile which contains a Block_Continuation section as described in Chapter 11 of the User Manual In our example on the previous page there were five case files with their associated geo and scl files Set J Case SCU 2sCase GEL J C SGU Cae Sel o Case s t 1l g6o Set Z2sGeo Set 3ag 0 Set 4 960 SEC 2x90 SCL Lecce Sel ASL Sel os Cd SEL escl E Desc and the contents of the first of these casefiles set_1 case would look something like FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model SEC Lsgeo VARIABLE scalar per node Sel denel With the contents of each of the other casefiles differing only in the digit following the underscore To cluster these as described two sets in the first case and 3 sets in the second case we would need to create the following two casefiles cluster_1 case would contain FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model set geo Note the use of as the wildcard for VARIABLE block continuation sets SCalar per node SEU ca Gcl BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets Z filename start number 1 filename in
540. specifies a filename in which the file contains list of line delimited host names that were allocated by the PBS scheduler The res file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given Finally a resource file may be selected in the File gt Open dialog for the SOS to use CollabHub Resources The EnSight CollabHub supports the following ways for specifying resources resources gathered and sent from the client the chres file name command line option the ENSIGHT10 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT10 RENDERER HOSTS environment variable the use lsf for renderers command line option the use pbs for renderers command line option and the res file name command line option NOORWN gt If multiple resources are specified to the CollabHub then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section However the CollabHub only uses RENDERER section resources the other sections are ignored The chres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file If multiple chres options are specified only the last will be used The ENSIGHT10_ RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the CollabHub reads ENSIGHT10 R
541. st include Must include CEI_HOME bin HOME bin Aa e Location het a temporary files Default is usually tmp or usr tmp CEI CONTROLLER KEY See CEl_ INPUT User Manual How TO USE ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES 6600 Name aaa i Description aa INPUT neo ii To specify the tracking library To select trackd use setenv CEI_INPUT trackd for csh or equivalent users The value of CEI_INPUT can either be a fully qualified path and filename or simply the name of the driver in which case EnSight will load the library libuserd_input so from directory CEI_HOME apex21 machines CEI_ARCH udi CEI_INPUT For the trackd interface you will also need to set CEI TRACKER_KEY lt num gt CEI CONTROLLER_KEY lt num gt eee TTT _TRACKD DEBUG Turn on debug information from the trackD user defined input library iia See CEI INPUT ENSIGHT10_ INPUT Input device to use for EnSight same as CEI_ INPUT ENSIGHT10_READER READER Path to the location Path to the location of additional user defined readers additional user defined readers re READER_GUI Server User re to 0 in order to not load user defined extra GUI Any other ENSIGHT10 UDMF Server User Sets directory location of user defined math functions to be ESSIEN Sener ted ensigntat startup nn Oe ENSIGHT10 UDW Server User Sets directory location of user defined writers to be loaded by Ensight at startup User Manual HOW TO READ DATA A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight supports
542. start 3 Modify the attributes you want for your 2 Modify any print save image attributes in the dialog now displayed preference such as the image format Ss 4 Click here to save the preferences User Manual Page 410 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES A e000 To Set Mouse and Keyboard Preferences This preference allows you to modify the behavior of the mouse buttons used during EnSight transformations Several different actions are available for the various single click multiple button single click and double click options Note it is required to set at least one button to Selected transform action which means that the button is set to the action as shown in transformation icons at the bottom of the EnSight dialog set to rotate by default Also one mouse or the p keyboard key must be set to Selected pick action 1 Select Mouse and Keyboard from the D Preference Categories list 777777 2 Modify the preference for each of the mouse buttons and keyboard P key Single click actions available are ick action Fick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank User defined menu Nothin Click and drag options are Selected transform action Rubberband selection tool Mothing And the possible zoom styles are Automatic slide Manual drag 3 Click here to save the preferences see How To Produce Customized Pop Up Menus for a
543. sure 33 545502 14 Nod Drag the variable from the si oo variable list and let go of it on 2 9 x le ji i B 10 x top of the part you wish to color Clip_plane 6 Drop in either the part list or drop in the graphics window 4 iili F Ej il I Vari Annota Plots Qu View OTHER NOTES If coloring by a nodal variable the default coloring will be continuously varying even within a given element If you are coloring by a per element variable the coloring will not vary within a given element If you desire to see per element variables in a continuously varying manner you can toggle on Use continuous palette for per element vars under Edit gt Preferences Color Palettes You can set a default variable that will be used to color all subsequently created parts To do this be sure no parts are S imas sal selected in the Main Parts list To de select a part hold down a the control key as you click on the selected item ethene aes Velocity Coordinates Select the desired default variable in the Variables list of the Color Editor Any part created subsequently will automatically be colored by P io emcee Alpha by Opacity the default variable aoe Applying 2D Textures rl sid You can also apply 2D textures to a part by clicking the Texture button here The Textures dialog will be opened More Shading Gouraud See How To Map Textures Diffused light Pale
544. t Normal Subscript Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub ER CP F2 EP JIC ICICI DICIGILILILI FR FP ER FI ER EN E2 EP ER EN GL EJA EJ J e e a eE e e JJ ed Jeee e eE EP FR ER FR ER FE ER E ER ER Ibe ER LJ LA OJ Ld LJ EJ LJ Eed Ld d Le Led e Ji J LILI EI LILO A A Jos JL PULL LILUILILUI LLU Lz Js JAS WU WU LI I EI be IE Jb ILI bE Je DCJ CJJ E IJ ked is bebe Jie Je LL JlIJbI ICI Ib Il LIE Je Led 1 lf ou II l _ A ow I sw I nw I Oe a MMMM dd User Manual Page 393 How TO MANIPULATE FONTS Font formatting codes The TrueType rendering system supports a number of special embedded codes These can generally be placed in most any string displayed in the EnSight graphics window e g plot titles axis titles etc When the text string is drawn these special codes are parsed out of the string and they affect any text to the right of the code In general the effects are additive and to turn an effect off insert another code that sets the feature back to its default value The codes are mo Tretextis drawn in norma mode The text is drawn in superscript mode The text is drawn in subscript mode lt fo family style gt Change the current font family and or style To change just the font family use lt fo newfamily gt To change the style only use lt fo newstyle gt The special case of lt fo gt resets the text family and style to the default lt so scale voff gt Change the curren
545. t This should be the bilis i Case l surface you wish to external Flow Field 1 trace on ami x hypersonic body 2 2 Set the desired vector variable to use for WAGING aree prae eaae 3 Select the desired emitter type Cursor Line or Plane Note that the applicable tool will not actually be used in this operation a pick action will be used 4 Toggle on the Surface Restricted button Note that all subsequent tracing will be assumed to be surface restricted until this is toggled off 5 If the Emit From is set to Line or Plane enter the desired number of points Line or X and Y points Plane Click the Create button Move the mouse pointer into the 7 Graphics Window and for a Cursor emitter click the left mouse 3 button on the desired location N O for a Line emitter click and hold the left mouse button on one endpoint of the desired line Drag to the other endpoint a white line will provide feedback for a Plane emitter click and hold the left _ mouse button on one corner of the desired region Drag to the opposite corner a white rectangle will provide feedback 8 You can continue to specify emitters of the selected type as long as the mouse pointer remains in the Graphics Window When the pointer exits the window the trace part will be created 9 When done toggle off Surface Restricted PLECEL View Tools Window Case Help Shor Color Color
546. t installer to install Reveal 4 Choose the EnLiten els or Reveal csf format 5 Enter a name for the Scenario file directory sacccee reco scdonceeneuacesaune Click the Browse button to open a standard File Selection dialog Parts to save al w Save scenario Close ee ed 6 Select whether all visible or selected parts will be included 7 Select the Time Animation Options tab and select the flipbook keyframe transient and or particle trace animations preneeiwe a oo Available options depends on output format chosen under the File tab Save Scenario Be PackNGc File Variables Times Gnimation VIENS Nokes ee gt Save keyframe animation z Save transient including variables lo End step 2m Stride 1 000000 _ Specify time as simulation time 8 Save the scenario Begin step Save Scenario File Variables Time 4nimation Wieiys Hotes Save keyframe animation o ie j oa Save Flipbook ee0e User Manual Page 108 How TO SAVE SCENARIO A e000 ADVANCED USAGE After the scenario has been saved you may add additional views as well as notes 9 To Save additional views click the Views tab Save Scenario gt 10 Manipulate the view as desired File Variables Time Animation VIEWS Notes PackNGa 11 Name the view b
547. t Case and place two_servers res in the Set resource file field under the SOS options tab This will let you then load all parts or select the ones to be loaded Or use ensight100 sos res two_servers res on the command line and set cube case file in the File gt Open dialog format Case Or use ensight100 sos res two_servers res cube case on the command line if you want to load all parts There are several other variations that could be used including the use of a manual connection with the SOS They all have similar corresponding options Example SOS Casefile This example deals with a EnSight Gold dataset that has been partitioned into 3 portions each running on a different machine The machines are named joe sally and bill The data is not in the same location on all machines Note that the optional data_path line is used on two of the servers but not the third FORMAT type master_server gold SERVERS number of servers 3 S5erver 1 machine id joe executable ensight100 server data_path usr people john data casefile portion 1 case Server 2 is a Windows machine notice bat extension machine id sally executable ensight100_ server bat data_path D john data casefile portion 2 case Server 3 machine id bill executable ensight100 server casefile scratch temp john portion_3 case 5 4 Pow User Manual Page 56 How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS 2 000e lf we name this example sos casefile al
548. t scaling and or vertical line offset To change only the relative fontsize use lt so scale gt where 1 0 is the default size of the text To change only the vertical offset of the next text use lt so offset gt For example lt so 0 5 0 5 gt simulates superscript The special case of lt so gt resets the scale and vertical offset to 1 0 and 0 0 respectively Store the current text position into slot X x is an integer from 1 to 9 lt re X gt Recall the current text position from slot X x is an integer from 1 to 9 The store recall mechanism in conjunction with lt so gt allows for accurate repositioning of text For example it allows overstrike of text and for the generation of simultaneous super and subscripts as well as formatted fractions Note that slot O is reserved for the first character in the current line of text lt sy gt XXX Insert a single glyph from the Symbol font at this position Note that 3 decimal digits must follow the lt sy gt text lt uc nu An arbitrary glyph from a font using its Unicode number The number must be specified as four hexadecimal digits For example lt uc 00A9 gt will produce the copyright symbol if it is available in the current font m gt G B A gt set the color of the subsequent text The user may supply up to 4 floating point values in the range 0 0 1 0 for the Red Green Blue and Alpha opacity of the text The alpha value defaults to 1 0 while other values default
549. t send the correct address if the client computer has multiple network interfaces e g WiFi and wired ethernet em o Doarmanl eorecton of seer Applies context file f as soon as connection is made d Command line display display delay_refresh Graphics window is not updated during command file playback until finished Extended CFD variables automatically placed in variable list externalcmdport Specify the port on which to receive external commands See externalcmds externalcmds Has EnSight start listening for a connection on port 1104 or the port specified with the externalcmdport for an external command stream Once connected all commands must then come from the external source as the GUI commands will be ignored god Fores the license manager to look fora goldtoken Plays playfile f as soon as connection is made User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS 2 000e part_ loader If a file is specified on the command line this command will bring up the part loader to allow for part selection Ifa file is specified on the command line without this command all parts will be loaded Allows user specification of socket communication port passed on to server or sos prdist Specify a parallel rendering distribution config file pyargv endpyargv Anything on the command line between these two options will appear as sys argv in Python sys argv O ensight
550. t start a particle trace in one halt and expect the trace to cross the plane of symmetry into the other half although you can make the particle trace part symmetric as well EnSight also provides true or computational symmetry operations mirror rotational translational as an attribute of the part s reference frame With computational symmetry you can trace particles across a periodic boundary Both types of symmetry visual or computational are based on the part s reference frame Although you can use simple visual or computational symmetry without having to manipulate the frame more advanced usage of symmetry could require a working knowledge of frames See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information BASIC OPERATION Visual Symmetry Visual symmetry is an attribute of parts You can enable display of a mirrored copy of a part into one or more of the seven octants of the part s reference frame You can also enable display of a number of rotational instances about the x y or z axes of the part s reference frame To display visual symmetry 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list T a a 2 Click the Visual Symmetry icon from the Part Quick va mind e Action Icon Bar _ ee sae oe ee eee nee bone eee E eset Part Visual Symm Show Original Instance Visual Mirror Symmetry Type Mirror 3 Select Mirror from the Type pulldown menu _ eee
551. t the desired attribute as described below Off RO eGSSEwWIPAAL Click the Axis Visibility Toggle to toggle display of 3 A the axis triad of selected frames on or off af OSE8IVAAC On A A A A Click opens the Color Selector to set the color for the axis triad of selected frames Click the Frame Line Width pull down to set the line width for the axis triad of selected frames EE eee wees Click the Axis Attributes icon to set axis attributes described below SHEA ane eer eaaeeceatoassyceseenemaeeamerad Click Computational symmetry icon to set translational rotational or mirror symmetry OCSCIIDEG DCIOW vecesessscsceereenceedstee tee a ses aE R ase ee ee ee Create edit Frames To adjust the length of the frame axes Define F Transform F enter new values in the X Y and Z Length Q efine frame Transform frame fields and press return gt gt General attributes To display a series of evenly spaced labels Axis attributes along an axis Showing distance from the Length axis origin toggle on the applicable Label 5 ee E button enter the desired number of labels tete in the of field and press return Hl Cxtabets offs g Y Labels Fis B z Labels of To choose the type of computational Computational symmetry symmetry translatat
552. t the gauge s of interest in the list then To change visibility a To change whether border is drawn Toggle Border on or off To change the variable range Adjust the min and max values If the variable value being tracked is greater than or equal to the maximum value the gauge will be full Similarly if the variable value is less than or equal to the minimum value the gauge will be empty To change the orientation Set the orientation to Vertical or Horizontal Enter a new width height value or use the sliders Values are 0 to 1 To change location d Either select the gauge and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the Origin X Y fields The origin of a gauge is the lower left corner To delete a gauge right click on it in the graphics window and select Delete Create edit Annotation Gauges Limited redraw EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA 1 CEINEN6E81 1 data guard_ra File Edit X _ slale nan o BE visible Use constant variable ponalysis Time Border Variable Min 0 000000 Vertical vertical loa Max 1 000000 Orientation Width Height Origin x 0 850 oy 0 150 onana Value Background Gauge level Example The Gauge level Value and Background area is explained on the next page Us
553. tant colored but more often you will color the volume using a palette corresponding to a variable or a variable component Color palettes include transparency alpha values allowing control of transparency based on variable value BASIC OPERATION x 1 Select the 3D parent part Name Id Show Color gt Part Color Editor El Casel Constant temperature W velocity Coordinates Computational mesh 1 x 2 Open the color dialog 3 Color the part by a variable 4 nr t 09 0E 3D border 2D full 30 feature 2D full 3D nonvisual 2D full Border Feature angle Bounding box Full Volume NonVisual Options 4 Set the Element Representation to Volume temperature 4 4619e 00 4 6 14e 00 2410e 00 1 2035e 00 0 000e 000 Volume rendering is one of several element representations for a part Results are generally loaded into EnSight by default in Border Feature Angle or Full representation These representations include only point line or surface data The volume element representation will activate volume rendering for a part Just as for surfaces the part color dialog can be used to control the color and opacity of the volume You can color the volume by a scalar vector or vector component and the colors will be assigned based on the palette For large unstructured parts please see the Advanced Usage which describes how to utilize bloc
554. te mode this AE Off to return to standard display Reduced a p Sparse Model option will not be one opal meee available here Invisible Note that this can also be done in the General attributes section of the Part Feature Panel Create edit Parts x a Model Parts Simple G Advanced Desc empl Creation attributes Elements defined by Input dataset wal Adjust part coordinates Coordinates coordinates scale Factor 0 000000 E variable translation scale Factor 1 variable Translation Y 0 000000 z 0 000000 Step Min ee General attributes visible Visible in Viewportts Aux Clip Active Points Reduced poly Sparse model Invisible Ref Frame 0 User Manual Page 125 How To SET GLOBAL VIEWING PARAMETERS f T J A i n iy ADVANCED USAGE If using immediate mode and you desire to use the Sparse Model option for Fast Display you can control the percentage of the model that is displayed See Fast Display Mode This mode is intended for large models It generally will not be pleasing nor should it be needed for small models SEE ALSO User Manual Part Mode User Manual Page 126 How To SET Z CLIPPING A e000 INTRODUCTION As you apply zoom transformations in EnSight you may have noticed that the model begins to progressively disappear as you move close to the model This happens when the v
555. te new variables 1 Click the Variable Calculator icon in the Feature Icon bar to open the Calculator Tool 777 gt amy Box There are by default three tabs and usually a fourth as you can see The left mouse icon is for Predefined functions the Calculator Tool Box ii icon with the pencil is for Defining your own the third tab is used for modal variable Pend Dal f gt F feedback Then multiple other user defined KA tabs might exist with various functions The Sum of F tab is a user defined tool distributed by default It finds the summation of forces and moments Variable name Mach _ Expression Mach density total energy velocity ratio 2 Select the desired tab to either use predefined functions or define your own equation using _ Select a predefined function math operators and functions Search Search J Or category All functions Predefined functions Tab ae IntegralVolume You can search for a function name or find the KinEn Length function in the list a When you select a function the Variable Name ___ vach z i i D fJakescalciem field at the top of the section is loaded with the ae es a l l l MakeScalNode name of the function This will be the name of MakeVect the variable as seen in the Variables list You MassedParticle can change this name by entering a new name hussain a nd Dr essi ng r eturn Computes
556. te the part a series of point locations must be defined The point locations can be read from an external file or can be created by placing the cursor tool at desired locations and adding points You can later edit the locations of or delete any of the points When you select a parent part and click Create a new part with only nodes Is created This type of part can represent probes in the data or lends itself well to meshing into a 2D or 3D part As the per node variables of the model parts are mapped to the point part locations it is also a great way to write out nodal variable information using File gt Save gt Geometric Entities for further calculations Note if a parent part has per element variables then they must be moved to the nodes using the calculator function Elem ToNode BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part 2 Click Create gt Point parts To open the Feature Panel for Point PANS sedetesceesageoteeadsacaceeda ae 3 Make the cursor tool visible 4 Move the cursor to the desired spot Interactively or by using the Transformation Editor and Click the Add Point at cursor button Repeat as many times as needed Create Point Parts using default attributes EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA 1 CEINEN6E81 1 data cube c File Edit Sai Query View Tools Window Case Help m a Contours e Q Isosurfaces Farts g clips S Vector arrows Mame olor Color by
557. ted or derived parts Created parts are built using one or more other parts as the parent parts The created parts are said to depend on the parent parts If one or more of the parent parts change all parts depending on those parent parts are automatically recalculated and redisplayed to reflect the change As an example consider the following case A clipping plane is created through some 3D computational domain and a contour is created on the clipping plane The contour s parent is the clipping plane and the clipping plane s parent is the 3D domain If the 3D domain is changed e g the time step changes the clipping plane will first be recalculated followed by the contour In this way part coherence is maintained This article is divided into the following sections The Parts List Creating Parts Part Types Part Operations Part Attributes Where Parts Are Created and Maintained Hints and Tips The Parts List Both model parts as well as all derived parts are displayed as items in the Parts List There are several ways that the Parts list can be displayed the default looks something like Parts Gf x Case number important when 0 ame Id Show Color Color by multiple datasets have been ree ed Cae loaded gt P Computati 1 Constant Isosurface p 2 x C velocity chy ani C velocity P indicates Parent of 7 5 4 5155rrrrttnnni wap plane i currently selected part A Partnumbers
558. ted viewport viewport reste Style m u e m m gt Edit Hide gt gt Delete Mew Copy Transform Faste Transform Link User Manual How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A e000 Other Notes Border visibility and color and lighting attributes for the viewports can also be controlled in the Create edit Viewports dialog You can interactively transform multiple viewports simultaneously by selecting the viewports you want to link together and turning on the Link Interactive Transforms toggle in the Transformation Editor dialog Those viewports that are highlighted in green will now transform together for any transformations performed in the Transformation dialog Linking does not apply to transformations performed by the mouse in the graphics window You can copy the transformations from one viewport to another First select the viewport you wish to copy then select Editor Function gt Copy Transformation State Next select the viewport s you wish to modify and select Editor Function gt Paste Transformation State SEE ALSO How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Control Lighting Attributes User Manual VPort Mode User Manual Page 145 How TO CONTROL LIGHTING ATTRIBUTES i ap 1 a INTRODUCTION EnSight allows control over the location of the light source for each viewport This location is specified in terms of Azimuth and Elevation relative to the viewport or in what is c
559. ter Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader Another SOS Example 1 EnSight is started with this command line ensight100 2 The Case gt Connection Settings dialog is opened On the SOS tab an entry for host borg is created For that entry Executable is set to the name of command file my_sos Use default rsh cmd is deselected and Alt rsh cmd is set to ssh The entry is saved and EnSight is terminated 3 The following resource file my hosts res is created User Manual How TO USE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A 2608 CEITResourceFile 1 0 DOS host borg SERVER host dronel host drone2 hosts dTONes host dronel 4 On computer borg assuming it s running Unix or Linux the file my sos is created bin csh setenv ENSIGHT1LO SERVER HOSTS cat PBS NODEFILE ensight100 sos The file must be in the user s default path and must be executable 5 EnSight is started with this command line SnSsigntlOO res my hosts res Sos The EnSight Client will check out a gold license key and run on the local workstation the command file my_ sos will run on computer borg which must be able to connect back to the local workstation by hostname The client will Startup my sos viassh my sos sets the environment variable ENSIGH
560. ter over the item and click the left mouse button twice in rapid Feature Panel area for succession parts Creating Parts The mechanism for creating derived parts is largely the same regardless of part type 1 In the Parts List select the part s to use as parents 2 Select the desired creation feature This can be done via the Feature Icon Bar if the required creation feature is visible or can be selected via the Create pulldown from the main interface or from the right click on the part either in the Parts list or in the graphics window Any one of these will bring up the Feature Panel for the part type in question in create mode 3 Set any desired attributes in the Feature Panel 4 Click the Create with selected parts button to create the part There are also right click methods to create parts These go through the same steps as above but may make some assumptions to quickly create a part The example below shows Isosurface part creation Parts F x Name Id Show Color Color by Create edit Parts cies 3 Select the variable to use soak putatio ep Isosurfaces Create Edit Advanced psurace p 2 velocity Wp _plane 4 x _ velocity s Desc Variable temperature 1 Select the parent part s Y Creation attributes Ww RANGE jpet To Mid Range ofsurfaces 1 Delta 1 0000e 000 Interactive By Value 4 Select an appropriate isovalue A ep of p a g Often there is a sensible de
561. terface Advanced interface Double clicking the file in Ai 7 7 File C Program Files cEIensight100idataicubetcube case step 4 is also allowed i 4 Hon User Manual Page 28 HOW TO READ DATA E 5 1 l 1 2 r z At this point provided the association is successful and the data is readable all parts of the model will be loaded into EnSight and will appear in the graphics screen and in the Parts List If the association is not successful an error message will result EnSight 10 0 0 a KE File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Number Show Color Case 1 Computational mesh 1 x CJ C Si e Variables a x Mame MiniMax Location Or Variables Coordinates 0 000000 4 690416 Mode Time O 000000 0 00000 CASE Y J 3 a amp AB a F lt lt i x Variables Annotations Plots Queries Viewports j pml m or eg io F F a n Note that variables in the data are also listed at this point They have not yet been activated The process for doing so will be discussed in How To Activate Variables Ensight_reader_extension map file example The following is a sample containing associations for EnSight Case EnSight5 STL and MSC Dytran EnSight file extension to format association file Version 1 0 Comment lines start with a The format of this file is as follows READER NAME reader name as 10 appears in the Format chooser a
562. th Save_to preference file iis Help 6 Change the annotation symbol and label fonts individually tes om o om al am oom Annotation font i Se a Family Arial sti r 7 Change the size E i a Style Regular l l f i Symbol Font T Ra Th Family Symbol 8 Click here to save the preferences gt a Ste Rear o r Label font Family Arial Style Regular Size 18 Default values Save Ok User Manual Page 406 How TO SET OR MODIFY PREFERENCES 0000 To Set Color Palette Defaults Select Color Palettes from the Preference Categories list Toggle on if you want the color legend to automatically appear when you color a part by a variable Toggle on if you want color legends to be replaced when the current legend is no longer in use i e no parts are colored by the variable and a new variable is in use ____ Toggle on if you wish the legend ranges to be updated when time is changed thus based on values of variable at the current time Set the default legend for per element 7 variables to be constant over the element or to vary continuously over the element averages with neighbors If you have predefined color palettes you can set one of them to be the default by entering the name or picking one from the list of defined palettes Click here t
563. th Scale Factors if you want to scale and add algebraically 3 Click Create query 22 eee e erence eens Query item None Note if integrate or differentiate is chosen you will only need to choose the query to operate on 3 v Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query ree Create query Update Query Help Queries From External Sources You can import previously created and saved or externally generated EnSight queries or Dytran time history ths files Read From An External File 1 Select Sample as Read From An External File G Create edit Query plot Query Plot 2 Click the Load XY Data From File button to open E the File Selection dialog and select any previously saved desc EnSight XY data file or a Dytran ths file Read from an external file gt Load X Data From File v Auto Plot queries Plot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Read from server file You can ask the server for any queries that it knows about Some data formats accessed by user defined readers have such If any are available they will show up in the list of Queries User Manual Page 311 How TO QUERY PLOT A 2 00e Plotting Once Queries exist they can be easily plotted in a new plotter in EnSight or if an existing plotter of the correct t
564. than or equal to N number of casefiles 2 Unstructured data only Note a similar capability exists for structured data See How to Use Block Continuation 3 Auto distribute may not be specified in the SOS casefile 4 None of the following can be specified in the partition casefiles GEOMETRY measured match boundary rigid body Vector_glyphs BLOCK_CONTINUATION lt any of the options gt MATERIAL lt any of the options gt Note that some of the restrictions such as measured may eventually be lifted But currently all of the above are in effect 5 All of the normal SOS requirements still apply a All parts must be present in all cases Empty parts are allowed b The same variables must exist in all cases c The same timesets must be used in all cases Note If the desired number of servers is equal to the number of casefiles one can either use the procedure described in this How To or could use the normal SOS procedures see How To Use Server of Servers BASIC OPERATION To postprocess your partitioned EnSight Gold unstructured data on fewer servers than casefiles run SOS using an SOS casefile that has a MULTIPLE CASEFILES section Three possible methods are available for your convenience They all accomplish the same thing in slightly different ways So use whichever is easiest for your situation Note in using one of the 3 the methods below one should determine something about how the data resides or is
565. the Control key as you hit p modifies this behavior if the picked part is not currently selected it will be added to the existing selection So you can select multiple parts by picking otherwise the picked part is de selected OTHER NOTES 1 By default parts selected in the part list are shown highlighted by the highlight color and transparency 2 A global toggle turns this on default and off To modify the select unselect highlighting preferences open Edit gt Preferences gt View and set new settings 3 Unselected parts are also modified according to the unselected color and transparency SEE ALSO User Manual Part List Panel G EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help ELECT IAEF G Farts F x Mame Id Show El Case 1 flow field WL WS e Wo l a d User Manual Page 340 How To SET SYMMETRY INTRODUCTION In many instances a modeler can take advantage of symmetry present in a problem to reduce the computational complexity of a subsequent analysis EnSight can impart visual realism to such models by mirroring parts around any or all axes of the part s reference frame or performing rotational symmetry about any of the axes Although the mirrored or rotated portions appear identical to the source part except for the reflection or rotation they are only visual client based and cannot be used for calculation For example you canno
566. the Line endpoints 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To rotate the line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse over the end of one of the tool axes e 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the axis endpoint until the line has rotated as desired 4 Release the mouse button Note selecting the X axis endpoint will rotate about the Y axis selecting the Y axis endpoint will rotate about the X axis and selecting the Z axis endpoint will rotate in a general fashion about the centerpoint Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint Undo Redo button can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Line moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Line in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Line will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer User Manual Page 174 How To USE THE LINE TOOL To position the Line on a part with the p key 1 Click the Pick button on the Tools Icon Bar ia a Pick part 2 Select Pick line tool location from the pop up menu EEEE a Pick line tool location F Using 2 points Then pick either by 2 points or 2nodes ara hs ace ck Pick elernent s to blank Using sur
567. the left mouse button This action will extend a selection to include all those items sequentially listed between the first selection and this one Extend a non contiguous Control click Place the mouse pointer over the item Press the control key and selection click the left mouse button This action will extend a selection by adding the new item but not those in between any previously selected items De select an item Control click Place the mouse pointer over the selected item Press the control key and click the left mouse button This action will de select the item Open the Feature Panel Double click Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button twice in rapid succession Selecting Parts using the Right click Select Options There are several other useful options for selecting parts available from right clicking in the part list or the graphics window 1 Right click in the part list or the graphics window and select Part Select from the list E Part Select All 2 Select the desired option R nvert Points All Selects all parts in the list zm Invert Inverts the selection Namely all parts currently 3D selected become unselected and all unselected Visible become selected Invisible Visible Selects all visible Invisible parts Region Invisible None 2D 3D Selects parts that contain 2d or 3d elements ini Region Selects all parts that are within the selection tool Requires that the selectio
568. the number of polygons that are ania rendered There is naturally a trade off in image quality and e Ange 10 0 speed Note that the original model is not modified just its N E Load points and normals only rendered image Reduce Polygons 2 Fewer E More Polygons Polygons OTHER NOTES Note that some derived parts Such as contours or vector arrows are based on the client s representation of the parent part If the parent s representation changes the derived parts will change as well You cannot change the representation of a copied part A copy always exhibits the current representation of the Original part A part s representation can be made permanent by creating a new part based on the current representation See How to Extract Part Representations for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Part Element Settings Icon User Manual Page 330 How TO SET ATTRIBUTES A e000 INTRODUCTION Part attributes control the appearance and behavior of parts Much of the power of EnSight derives from the broad range of attributes available and the ease with which they can be changed Attributes are grouped into several classes Creation Creation attributes are unique for each non model part type e g the isovalue of an isosurface The creation attributes for a part are accessible in the Feature Panel after double clicking the part in the Main Parts List or by the main menu structure Create gt lsosurfaces for examp
569. the picked part contains element labels Toggle visibility for the query text label Label W Visible R 1 00 G 1 00 B Set the color of the label Marker Visible Toggle visibility for the probe marker g R 100 G 100 y B Set the color of the marker See the Elements surrounding the query It is possible to extract the elements that contain the query locations if element ids exist 1 After creating a query open the Display Style tab 2 Click the up arrow for the Display expansion factor An expansion factor of 1 indicates that the elements that contains the query will be extracted and shown 3 Click the up arrow again An expansion factor of 2 indicates that the elements from the step 2 will be shown along with the elements that neighbor these elements Since the expansion factor feature uses a subset part if you wish to display the subset part differently Such as turn on node labels this can easily be done through the subset part attribute editing The name of the subset part in the part list will be Query show expand If you wish to keep the subset part that was the result of the display expansion factor setting you may do so when you turn off the interactive query A pop up dialog will ask you if you wish to keep or delete the expansion factor subset part m2 e000 Always On Top Format Exponential Decimal places 5 size 1 0000 Toggle whether query text labels
570. the time step changes the clipping plane will first be recalculated followed by the contour In this way part coherence is maintained Since operating on parts is integral to the operations you will perform in EnSight it is important that you are aware of the different ways this can be done See How To Select Parts See the Introduction to Part Creation for more information on parts Online Documentation Documentation for EnSight is available online See How To Use the Online Documentation for more information as well as hyperlinks to the main documents Online documentation is accessed from the Main Help menu in the user interface In addition major dialog windows contain Help buttons that will open a relevant How To article User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER A 2 00e INTRODUCTION EnSight is a distributed application with a client that manages the user interface and graphics and a server that reads data and performs compute intensive calculations The client and server each run as separate processes on one or more computers Before EnSight can do anything useful the client process must be connected to the server process For a simple operation on the same machine standalone the client and server processes will be started and connected for you If you desire more control over the standalone operation or want to take advantage of a distributed operation you have the options described below N
571. the tool is selected def run self Do whatever operation this menu should do replace with your own code In the example we use the generic dialog to display Hello world items ICom append Cextva LITEM beer Hello Worldi A TOOLTIP P s dlg CeiQtGenericDialog items None Hello world Ok cancel None ret dlg doit if ret gt 0 If the user pressed ok do something pass Construct a list of menu objects to be added to the global list of user defined tools def ctor parent list Ob NELLO COOL list append obj return list User Manual How TO PRODUCE CUSTOMIZED ACCESS TO TOOLS amp FEATURES A 2 e000 Batch aware tool with custom command language Shown below is a more complex tool example Again it can be installed in the same manner as described above and the resulting tool is illustrated in the following image examples E 5 x bd EnSight 10 0 0 e Early release C PROGRA 1 CEINMEN6E81 1 data guard_rail crash case fe 2a view Dais Tase We Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help Qes QB Asah ree FH lo PB41OOBak ROY Es i ata r a Address C C Program Files CETensight100 srcjuser_defined_ext examples ka 0 Folders x Mame Size Type User Defi
572. their own fonts in EnSight on any platform Fonts are always specified in EnSight as a family name and an optional style with a separator For example Arial BoldItalic specifies the Arial family with the styles Bold and Italic applied Style names of Roman Italic Bold and Oblique and combinations are all recognized by EnSight and are mapped against the internal flags in the TrueType files themselves The default fonts styles and sizes used by EnSight can also be set through a collection of environmental variables ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL family to be used instead of the symbol font default symbol family to be used for ID axis labeling default Arial family to be used for annotations default Times New Roman style to be used with the annotation font ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE SCALE specifies the relative scale for the outline font The value 100 0 is the default 200 0 is 2x larger 50 0 is 72 size The ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT STYLE environmental variables use a numbering scheme for the styles The following values may be added together to form the style BOLD 1 ITALIC 2 OBLIQUE 4 ROMAN 8 For example if the user wanted annotations to default to Arial Boldltalic the following environmental variables should be set Windows syntax set ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT Arial set ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT STYLE 3 This selects Arial and BOLD ITALIC 3 The default font is
573. themet device name suchas h0 O Print some debugging info for EnSight format geometries User Manual How TO COMMAND LINE START UP OPTIONS A 2608 n0 _ghasts no_mettic a readerdbg scaleg lt gt scalev lt H gt security 4 soshostname lt host gt Allows different name for servers to connect back to Server of Servers with Prints out timing information writerdbg Prints user defined reader lib loading information in shell window upon startup of server L a 1 3 5 IPE J N a S O Server Examples when started manually ensight100 server c clientmachine readerdbg Specifies clientmachine as the machine on which the client is running and that information on user defined reader library loading should be printed out ensight100 server ports 1310 scaleg 10 0 scalev 10 0 Specifies that communication is to occur on port 1310 and that the geometry and all vectors are to be scaled by a factor of 10 ensight100 sos options buffer_size lt gt Set element buffer size for Unstructured Auto Distribute passes on to servers C lt host gt host indicates where the client is running Cports Allows specification of socket communication port to the client See also ports sports The number of times 1 second per try to try to connect client and server Forces the server to use a named pipe connection must be on same machine passes on to servers ports lt gt
574. this technique your solution will be sampled onto a regular grid something to be aware of f 1 Select the 3D parent part s oo oo oo oo oo o a T os so os 2 Turn on the visibility of the Box tool GI Region selector Pa Cursor 3 Move the mouse pointer on top of the box tool and right click A i to get the box tool pulldown Then select Fit to Selected _ al Parts This will make the box tool fit the parts you selected gt A E Plane in step 1 M Box Quadric p 4 Right click again on the box tool and choose Volume gt Create Tool positions 5 In the resulting pop up dialog set the number of samples in the box tool s X Y and Z direction 7 oe Box Tool Style d Align to Axes m X 16 tt y Y 16 we ceeees Origin and Size Fit to Selected Parts Create Clin e B ae Create Clip s x x Volurne 7 Reinit Hide Edit 6 Color the resulting Volume Clip part using the palette instructions given above 7 The Volume clip just created is a Box Clip It can be edited or initially created via the Part Feature Panel for clips OTHER NOTES Volume rendering requires a DirectX 10 capable graphics card Newer cards with more memory and up to date software drivers will perform best Volume rendering will use roughly 1GB of graphics memory per 10M tetrahedra Other cells will be decompose
575. timeli a i aye a cand rin what Is available for this timeline jij jo hae i paneer d ti ie e H is cae oe wae he Neareekvaliesrmekedne nterpolate between detined time earest value or make the variable values use the Left Right or Undefined variable Undefined Nearest value or make the variable Undefined User Manual Page 267 How TO CHANGE TIME STEPS A e000 SEE ALSO How To Load Transient Data How To Animate Transient Data User Manual Flipbook Animation User Manual Page 268 How TO EXTRACT VORTEX CORES 2 0000 INTRODUCTION Vortex cores are centers of swirling flow where the velocity is parallel to the vorticity For a more complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CEl ensight100 data plo Edit File Query View Tools Window Case Help i 4A Contours j Isosurfaces Clips aie lt Vector arrows olor Color by set Particle traces 1 Select the parent part i E 3 7 Subset parts Constant gt Profiles 2 Select Create gt Vortex cores T Elevated surfaces W Developed surfaces of Worbex cores 777707 U TTT 3 Shock regions surfaces 2 A Separatio Create edit Parts f se Point parl f Vortex Cores Create Edit Advance 3 Bring up the Vortex Core ai Extrude Variable Settings dialog by Cl
576. ting the EnSight server The name of the remote shell command varies from system to system While logged on to the client host system execute one of the following where serverhost is the name of your server host system ssh serverhost date rsh serverhost date If successful the command should print the current date If condition 1 or 2 is not met you will be unable to establish a connection automatically and will have to use the manual connection mechanism Note that it is not uncommon for system administrators to disable operation of all remote commands for security reasons Consult your local system administrator for help or more information Manual connection Troubleshooting An automatic connection can fail for any of several reasons Because of the complexity of networking and customized computing environments we recommend that you consult your local system administrator and or CEI support if the following remedies fail to resolve the problem Automatic connection fails or is Server remote host name is Is the server host entered correctly in the Hostname refused incorrect for some reason field Try running telnet serverhost from the client machine Incorrect or missing rhosts file Follow the instructions on rhosts files as described in in your home directory on the the Basic Operation section step 1 above If you cannot server host successfully execute a remote command such rlogin or rsh from the client host to th
577. tion Model filename is 3by3s geo at line 5 Static geometry Opened 3by3s geo successfully File type is ASCII Description 1 EnSight test geometry file node ids assign element ids assign Global section Number of nodes 0 Part 1 Description is 3 x 3 xy block Structured Part Not iblanked 1j kK 441 i 2 O User Manual How TO USE ENS_ CHECKER 4 4 gt o Number of nodes 16 Number of cells 9 Block X coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Y coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Z coordinates for 16 nodes found Part 2 Description 15i 3 X 3 yz block Structured Part Not iblanked ijk 441 Number of nodes 16 Number of cells 9 gt Problem Previous lines end with 1 extra chars on the line but line 2 has 2 extra chars The lines must be consistent or EnSight will have trouble reading it gt Problem gt lt gt GEOMETRY section FAILED lt gt lt gt kK KAKA KK bummer Ae KR KA KAKA KAS gt lt gt Verification of the data FAILED lt gt lt gt A K KAKA KAKA KA KA KA KA KA KKK KK After eliminating the extra space the file then checked out fine ADVANCED USAGE Redirecting Output to a File ens_checker is writing to stderr so if you want to redirect output to a file you need to use gt amp For example the following will place the output of the run into a file
578. tion described in How To Connect EnSight Client and Server EnSight s cases feature allows you to postprocess multiple datasets simultaneously Cases is implemented by having a single client connected to multiple servers running on the same or different machines EnSight s Parts Concept One of the central concepts of EnSight is that of the part A part is a named collection of elements or cells and associated nodes The nodes and or elements may have zero or more variables such as pressure or stress All components of a part share the same set of attributes Such as color or line width Parts are either built during the loading process based on your computational mesh and associated surfaces or created during an EnSight session Parts created during loading are called model parts All other parts are created during an EnSight session and are called created or derived parts Created parts are built using one or more other parts as the parent parts The created parts are said to depend on the parent parts If one or more of the parent parts change all parts depending on those parent parts are automatically recalculated and redisplayed to reflect the change As an example consider the following case A clipping plane is created through some 3D computational domain and a contour is created on the clipping plane The contour s parent is the clipping plane and the clipping plane s parent is the 3D domain If the 3D domain is changed e g
579. tion File This file provides pointers to the client and server archive files as well as additional information required to load the archive An example is given in the Advanced Usage section below 2 The Client Archive file This is the client s binary dump file 3 The Server Archive file This is the server s binary dump file Note that for Server of Servers there will be an SOS archive file and then a server archive file per server Although each file has a default location you can override the default during the archiving process Saving an Archive 1 Close all open EnSight windows except the main window 2 Select File gt Save gt Full Backup to open the Save Full Backup Archive dialog Save Full Backup Archive Archive Information File MyModel archive Server Directory CHDocuments and Settings Bruce My Documents server_archives Select File Mame or Directory Mames Archive Information File ns Client Directory 7 Server Directory m a 2 If desired enter a new name for the Archive Information file You can set the directory for the Archive Information File by clicking the Archive Information File button to open a standard File Selection dialog 2 eee eee eee eee eens 3 If desired select a directory for the client s binary dump file by either entering the directory in the Client Directory field or clicking the Client Directory button to open a standard
580. tracers head representation Either None or Spheres If Spheres the radius can be Constant set by the Scale value or sized by a variable and scaled by the Scale value Sphere detail set via Detail field See eee eee Click to load good default values to the Tracer Time Tracer Delta and Pulse Intervals fields Toggle on Multiple pulses and set the interval between pulses see below e cere e reece reer e renee wee eee eee Sa aE a piei greta tee ecerec Tracer Parameter Descriptions Tracer Time Length The Tracer Time Length parameter acts as a scaling factor for all tracer lengths the higher the value the longer the tracer Tracer length varies as the local velocity changes along the trace For example the tracer will lengthen as the leading edge of the tracer moves into a higher velocity region Tracer Delta Speed The Tracer Delta Speed parameter acts as a scaling factor for the tracer speed the higher the value the faster the tracer The speed of the leading and trailing tracer edges varies as the local velocity changes along the trace Pulse Interval The interval between successive tracer emissions when in multiple pulse mode the higher the value the longer the interval between pulses Note that the distance between tracers will increase when the local velocity increases Record Once animated traces are computed they can be recorded The Record current graphics window animation Off On icon will be on
581. transformations You can however program the transformation action attached to each mouse button See Customize Mouse Button Actions for more information The transformation operations described here also apply to frame transformations If additional frames have been created and if operating on frames then any transform will apply to the currently selected frame See Create and Manipulate Frames for more information Pressing the F5 F6 or F7 keys while the mouse is within the EnSight graphics window or desktop area will transform the scene to show a standard right top or front view respectively Pressing the F8 key will return the scene to that which existed prior to F5 F6 or F7 being pressed Further holding the Control key down while pressing F5 F6 or F7 will store the current view to the selected Fx button Pressing F9 while the mouse is in the Graphics Window or the desktop area will zoom the display to full screen 5 lo A A o User Manual Page 118 How TO ROTATE ZOOM TRANSLATE SCALE A e000 Press F9 again to return to the normal display SEE ALSO Other viewing operations How To Set LookFrom LookAt How To Set Z Clipping How To Create and Manipulate Frames How To Reset Tools and Viewports How To Use the Selection Tool User Manual Page 119 How TO SET DRAWING MODE im 2 8008 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides two basic drawing styles for graphics objects line or shaded Line mode draws only the l
582. tte ee ee SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Maps How To Map Textures User Manual Page 322 How TO Copy A PART A 2 00e INTRODUCTION The copy operation creates a dependent shallow only on client copy of another part The new part has its own set of attributes except for representation but shares geometric and variable data with the original One of the best reasons to create a copy is to show multiple variables on one part at the same time in a side by side configuration The copy can be moved independently since new copies are automatically assigned a new frame BASIC OPERATION To create a copy of a part or parts 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List A separate copy will be created for each selected part File Create Query View Tools Window Case Help fe 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Copy 7f i ee i select all Flipbook animation editor Select Parts keyframe animation editor Delete Del Nam Solution time editor i Pa E Cas Assign to single new viewport fli Transformation editor B i W Assign to multiple new viewports Ve Preferences mi Copy Copy image Ctrl C Py Vi Extract i i x E p 9 x E Merge The new copies will be added to the end of the Parts List with COPY appended to the part description ADVANCED USAGE The most common reason for needing a copy of a part is to display multiple variables on the same geometry simulta
583. tter defaults if none are selected To select plotters 1 Left click on the plotter in the Plotters list OR 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and click the left mouse button anywhere on the plotter axis or titles Curves have one set of attributes even though they may be plotted on multiple plotters To select curves 1 Left click on the query in the Queries list OR 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics window and click the left mouse button on the desired curve You can add to an existing selection by holding down the Control key as you click on additional curves Move and Resize Plotters Plotters can be easily moved and resized You can either reposition a plotter with the mouse in the Graphics Window or precisely by entering exact values To move or resize a plotter interactively 1 Move the mouse pointer over the plotter The touch n go handles will appear 2 Click and drag anywhere on the plotter to move it 3 To resize the plotter move the click and drag the resize handle in the upper right corner A plotter can also be positioned precisely See below for details Plotter Quick Action icons Foreground color Legend visibility 1 Click to select a plotter The Quick Action icon bar a E configures to display plotter attributes which may be ifi t TT ag Fai modified Meneoe S a2 Visibility Axis settings Pa Swap x y axis Border visibility Plotters that are currently invisible are
584. ttings The default settings are used if connname is not listed ensight100 client c connname Starts up client and auto connects the sos to the host specified in the job launch configuration settings SOS ensight100 client cm Starts up a client and prompts for a manual connection Note that if you are starting from a PC in a command window change the period to an underscore ensight100 client becomes ensight100_ client Also if you specify a resource file to use in the start up it takes precedence over connection settings Connection Details You can always check the status of the current connection by accessing the Connection details dialog from the Case menu l l l l E O Connection details The Connection details dialog is Help informational the fields cannot be Add e changed by the user Replace jostname DEFAULT ensight100_ server bat Press Update to refresh the hiii information if this dialog has been gba Ee 2 2 au a 2 a ae a ae JAKnoWwn open while activity is occurring Connection details ee Job launch settings Bytes sent 0 000081 MBs Bytes received 0 058953 MBs vo Casel Update Close User Manual How TO CONNECT ENSIGHT CLIENT amp SERVER ies gt 2 4 Ki 4 gt Adding Another Case You would add another case when you want to add an additional dataset called a case to your EnSight session This is often used for things like A B comparisons or fo
585. ty In addition to the built in functions you can also compose your own functions using the equation editor in conjunction with previously defined variables This article is divided into the following sections Introduction Variable Creation Examples of Expressions Extended CFD Variables BASIC OPERATION Introduction EnSight provides five distinct types of variables Constant A constant variable is a single value Constants do not vary across a part although a constant can vary over time Examples include Analysis_ Time Temperature 123 the value of temperature at node 123 Stress 3 321 the value of stress at node 321 at time step 3 or the value of a function that produces a constant e g Area Scalar A scalar variable is a set of values one for each node or element of the applicable part s Examples include Pressure Velocity Z the Z component of velocity Stress 3 the value of stress at time step 3 or the value of a function that produces a scalar e g Flow Vector A vector variable is a set of values three the X Y Z components for each node or element of the applicable part s Examples include Velocity Velocity 3 the value of velocity at time step 3 Coordinates a given variable equal to the XYZ coordinate at a node or the value of a function that produces a vector e g Vorticity Tensor A tensor variable is a set of values six if symmetric or nine if asymmetric for each node or element of t
586. type of symmetry desired Mirror Symmetry is similar to graphical symmetry as described above Create edit Frames Define frame Transform frame H General attributes 5 Set the Type to Mirror and set the desired z octant s b Axis attributes 6 Click Apply 4oiei titi oi itetit tetteren arenen Computational symmetry i p Type Mirror Rotational Symmetry creates instances by rotating Zi x around the selected axis of the frame the specified number of degrees The selected frame s axis must be aligned with the desired symmetry axis E ETE ae gt Apply computational symmetry changes 5 Select Rotational from the Type pulldown 6 Select the frame rotational axis eee 7 Set the desired rotation angle in degrees in the Angle field 8 Set the desired number of instances inthe a aaa Instances field number 1 is the original set oe 2 2 Instances to 2 to yield one copy Create edit Frames b Axis attributes 9 If a periodic match file is available toggle Use Y Computational symmetry Periodic File and enter the file name o E J mnn Periodic match files are discussed below E p Avis zor B Ange 3 0000e 001 Instances 10 Click Apply a n A ee er ey ee a ee ee gt gt Apply computational s
587. u can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Cone Window Case Help E Region selector i Cursor Line te Plane Box Quadric t 09 Cylinder Tool positions Sphere DOn E a E ae ane E EE sapere ey Cone Revolution The Cone tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog Y To move the Cone with the mouse w 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool meee 2 Click and hold the left mouse button ES A 3 Drag the Cone to the desired location s on a i 4 Release the mouse button a To stretch the Cone with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoints 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To change the Cone radius with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the base ring 2 Click and drag to the desired radius To rotate the Cone with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the gt ff central AXCS 0 cqee2ecs 22 ee arses cence eeseumesceccugheers epee eee er eee eee ere 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is i No accomplished 3 Release the mouse button Note Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Selecting the y
588. ual How To DO STRUCTURED EXTRACTION Extracting the same portions over multiple parts 1 Select the structured zones desired T ae Optionally you can change the domain 7 Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window 2 Modify the From and To values A E FEJ 0 Ba pF These can be anything between the ranges shown in the Min ae 4 4 ss and Max columns which will now be the min and max of all parts selected By default the From and To will be the entire ane id aa range but you can modify them Additionally 1 is a valid k entry indicating the last plane Minus numbers are ways to specify the plane from the max back toward the min thus 2 equals the next to last plane Note Zero is treated the same ptn tAn nansttttnensttennanententanneneeneen wt aaa Aa 3 Hit the Load as new part button Structured Part Builder In this example 4 parts will be created and they will each be the full extent IK plane at J 1 for each ofthe _ ie Lrg step vii a four zones Note that the IK ranges can actually vary Pg uu i ai per part because the max is specified but each zone EN i may be less than the max J 1 1 k l 0 1 1 a30 1 1 J5 Domain All Element visual rep Use Default Feature angle Description Load as new part x Close dialog after create A Structured Part E ay Fror To 0 All Step Def 1 All 1 3 Min I 1 0 1 yw ere yp 1 1 watt Kit 0 Domain Al
589. ual Page 392 How TO MANIPULATE FONTS The text to be edited is typed into the scrolling text field Note that pressing enter inserts a new line into the annotation The results of the edit are dynamically redrawn in the graphics window as you make changes The Fonts and their weights can be inserted by selecting them under the Fonts tab Special EnSight values can be inserted under the Special values tab Under the Super Sub tab the Normal Subscript and Superscript radio buttons allow the user to mark sections of the text to be in super or subscript form by inserting the special codes lt no gt lt up gt and lt dn gt into the text stream Symbols can be selected under the Symbols tab Any of the codes shown in the Font Formatting Codes on the next page can be typed in manually as well if desired This is lt Fo 4rial BoldItalic dynamically updated lt Fo Courier Wew BoldItalic multi line lt Fo Times Mew Roman Regular text 4 symbol lt sy gt 120 lt st 1 gt Stored location lt re 1 gt Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub Arial Courier Mew Symbal System Locale Times Mew Roman Agency FE Algerian tml mla ol 4 Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub Constant Variable Part Value Part Description Units Date Time Geometry Header 1 Geometry Header 2 Measured Header Variable Header Insert special item Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub O Superscrip
590. ubberband zoom Rubberband selection tool Selected pick action Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank Nothing When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be the currently selected function in the Transformation Control area When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be rotate When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be translate When this mouse button is clicked and dragged if Zoom Style is Manual Drag then a zoom displacement will occur and if Zoom Style is Automatic Slide then a zoom velocity will occur When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be a rubberband ZOOM When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be a rubberband selection tool manipulation When this mouse button is clicked the currently selected pick action as previously selected under the pick icon will be performed When this mouse button is clicked the pick part action will be performed causing the part under the mouse to be selected in the main parts list When this mouse button is clicked the pick cursor tool action will be performed causing the cursor tool to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the pick transformation center action will be performed causing the center of transformation to move to the pi
591. ues are normalized to the width and height of the default viewport i e the Graphics Window EnSight permits overlapping viewports You can control the ordering from front to back Click the Pop viewport s forward icon to bring the selected viewports to the top Note Viewport 0 is always displayed first thus it cannot be pushed or popped with these icons User Manual Page 136 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A 2608 Set Viewport Background Color or Image Viewport background colors can be constant blended or inherited from the default viewport To set viewport background color 1 Click Viewports tab and select a viewport in the list to bring up the Viewport Quick Action icons You can alternatively click in the background of one of the viewports 2 Select the desired viewport s by any of the 3 a ir 2 a ahb wo A eG methods described above moo y F pE New a P ra 3 Click the Selected viewport s background color icon to open the Create edit Viewports vette eee dialog in the Background attributes section The Type pull down controls the type of background coloring used There are four types Constant blended inherit and image Constant A constant color will be used for the entire Create edit Viewports background To set a constant color Background attributes 4 Select Constant from the Type pull down Constant eg 5 Eithe
592. upport is moving to the newer technology called cei shell BASIC OPERATION Resource Files Resources can be specified via a resource file Here is an example of a resource file CETResourceFile 1 0 DOO host localnosi SERVER prologue setup Job epilogue cleanup ToD host serverl host server2 host server3 host server4 COLLABHUB host pco RENDERER prologue setenv DISPLAY 0 0 epilogue host pel Host pez Host pC Resource files must begin with the CEIResourceFile 1 0 line Afterwards they may have up to four optional sections SOS SERVER COLLABHUB and RENDERER Each of the four sections contains one or more host hostname lines These lines specify which computers to use for the corresponding section hostname must be an Internet intranet routable host name or IP address A given host name may appear on multiple lines within a section or in different sections If it appears multiple times within a section then that host will run multiple instances of the corresponding EnSight component if needed Additionally each section may have an optional prologue cmd line and or an optional epilogue cmd line These specify a command to execute on each host before and after the corresponding EnSight component Note that the cmd string must be quoted and may include appropriate job backgrounding symbols e g amp At version 2 0 the resource file can accept an optional shel1
593. ures to the shape These are the same textures used by the parts and the Edit textures button will open the part texture dialog where textures or animations can be loaded and other attributes set Note that 2D shape textures always replace the current shape color and modes like modulate and decal as well as custom projections and repeat behavior are not supported Other attributes To Rotate the shape According to the selected shape other attributes may exist such as rotation attributes arrowhead attributes etc To delete a shape Right click the shape in the Annotations object panel and Delete Page 377 How To CREATE 2D SHAPES f T J A i n T 7 SEE ALSO User Manual Shape Annotation User Manual Page 378 How To CREATE 3D ARROWS A e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display 3D arrows The 3D arrow is defined in model space and transforms with the scene The 3D arrow is visible in the viewport s specified BASIC OPERATION 1 Click Annotation icon ee lt EnSight 10 0 0 a C PROGRA 1 CEIEN6E81 1 datafc Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help 2 Click 3D Annotation Arrow tab in the f viewport visibility Create edit Annotation dialog MP doe a 3 Create a new 3D annotation arrow in the Graphics Window and in the Arrows Annotations list by clicking the Create button ree Lighting Size A
594. variables to query simultaneously over time for efficiency Leave Variable 2 as None and it will default to Time because of sample F Auto Plot queries type sue a C Limited redraw Show text 7 Create query Update Query 5 Click Create query 6 The query is created and plotted because the Auto Plot curves toggle is on Had it been off the query would have been created and VOU COMA TREN PIOC iepa arin EE E E ee For more information on plotting see the Plotting section towards the end of this How To User Manual Page 304 How TO QUERY PLOT A 2608 Managing Query Entities The Feature Panel combined with the Plots Query lists provides various controls for managing existing Query Entities Plots Queries List of Query Entities The tagged pencil marker pore items are edited in the Feature Panel _ Maximum PRESSION vs Time VITESSE vs Distance for line tool Plotters H Maximum PRESSION vs Time Vitesse ws Distance for Line Tool Piots Queris B Any query can be plotted by a right click on the query via the Add to new plot on the pulldown SE VITESSE vs Dista 2E F ay Maxirnum pres Et There are several ways to view and use the query data B Vitesse vs Distal Delete by right clicking on the query in the Query list and a choosing Data from the pulldown ee ee ee ee ee ee ee e
595. veal are geometry viewers only As such they are not capable of creating or modifying any new existing information such as variables or parts or of changing timesteps EnLiten only since EnLiten is only a geometry viewer only keyframe transformation information is stored when saving a scenario file i e no transient data keyframing is possible consider loading a flipbook instead PackNGo simplifies distribution of scenario files for other users as these files do not require that the other user have Reveal installed on their computer The PackNGo file is an executable that encapsulates Reveal for a user specified computer platform e g MS Windows Linux 2 6 along with the specified Scenario file A user can simply execute this file on their computer and it will automatically run Reveal with the embedded scenario file Reveal is not installed on the user s computer Note that a particular PackNGo file can only support a single computer platform whereas the scenario file can be distributed to any version of Reveal SEE ALSO User Manual File Menu Functions i W 4 Hon User Manual Page 110 How To SAVE RESTORE SESSION A 2 00e INTRODUCTION EnSight session file is a single file used to restore an EnSight state When a session file is restored the current case s are deleted and new case s from the session file are loaded and restored to the saved state BASIC OPERATION Saving a Session 1 Select File gt Save gt Sessi
596. ving and stretching with the mouse is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Cylinder in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Cylinder will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer To set the Cylinder by specifying coordinates G Transformation Editor Cylinder tool 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Tool location editor from the Tool Locations settings icon File Editor function Help Transform Action i il u4 eral A gt J F About Axis X Y z All a i a nF y Tool location editor E ee Which Frame Scale Settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 Limit 390 000000 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Cylinder 5 if the panel is not set to Cylinder Tool Cartesian Coordinates 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the of Cylinder Tool in Frame 0 Origin location of the center point the Axis direction vector and the Radius and press return x Y z Origin 7 5000e 001 5 0000e 001 1 0000e 000 ORE TAR D EAE ye E E a a aaiig ae J Axis 1 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 1 6689e 007 Radius 5 0000e 001 You can also rotate translate or scale the Cylinder by setting the desired t
597. ving graphics display speed EnSight provides six representation modes for parts as well as three modes that are a combination of the six depending on the dimensional order of parts Full Every face and edge of every element is displayed Border Only unshared faces for 3D parts or unshared edges for 2D parts are displayed 3D Border 2D Full Display 3D parts in Border representation display 2D parts in Full representation 3D Feature 2D Full Display 3D parts in Feature representation display 2D parts in Full representation 3D nonvisual 2D Full Display 3D parts in Non Visual representation display 2D parts in Full representation Feature Angle Only those edges joining faces in the Border representation for which the angle between the faces is less than some threshold are displayed Feature Angle typically extracts the topological features of interest in a model Bounding Box Only a wireframe box representing the XYZ extents is displayed Non Visual No visual representation exists on the client It is often useful to use Non Visual as the representation for 3D computational domain parts provided you also have some sort of shell part to display the outer surface Volume Every element is displayed with a controllable level of transparency Use this with caution as this can require a large amount of memory on your hardware graphics card Additionally one can specify that only a point and normal instead of the element
598. visibility Stereo Fullscreen OTHER NOTES Note that created parts except clips through model parts do not have node or element labels Note The font size of the node and element labels can be modified under Edit gt Preferences gt Annotation Simply change the value in the 3D label size field and hit a return If desired this change can be made permanent for future EnSight sessions by hitting the Save to preference file button Another useful technique for reducing label clutter is to use the front and back Z clipping planes to display only a thin slice of interest See How To Set Z Clipping for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Label Visibility User Manual Page 337 How To SET TRANSPARENCY im 2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display parts as transparent using two different methods True aloha True transparency uses the hardware alpha planes Although the resulting visual effect is superior to fill patterns true transparency is slower to draw especially for large models since multiple draw passes must be performed Fill Pattern Fill pattern or screen door transparency uses polygon fill patterns to provide a pseudo transparency effect EnSight provides three patterns BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List 2 Click the Part color lighting amp transparency i OR icon from the Part Quick Action Icon Bar to open J m the corresponding dialog A For true transparen
599. visible the Line tool appears as a typically white line with an axis system at the center point and an arrow head on one end The Line tool is used to supply EnSight with a linear specification for example to specify the location for a line clip or a rake for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Line tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling the Line entry in the Tools menu or by clicking the Line toggle on the Tools Icon Bar EnSight 10 0 0 a File Edit Create Query View Window Case Ff y ZE 2 BE E Region selector 3 E j i g ES5 EL M Cursor J Line meee E Plane M Box Quadric d Tool positions The Line tool can be placed or manipulated in three ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a part and typing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog and or rotating the tool about its axis With surface normal options the line remains normal To move the Line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool CEEE 2 erates eee eee ana 2 Click and hold the left mouse button l 3 Drag the Line to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over one of
600. visual symmetry computational symmetry actually produces the symmetric geometry and variables on the server allowing for more than just visual symmetry You enable computational symmetry by selecting the frame specifying the type Mirror Translational Rotational and setting type specific attributes such as the rotation angle and the number of instances to create Each part assigned to the frame will be updated on the server to reflect the specified symmetry Note that each new instance of a part created through computational symmetry creates a new part on the server To use computational symmetry you will need to enable the Frame feature if it isn t already enabled Then 1 Click the Frame feature from the Feature Icon Bar If you do not see this option you will need to turn it on by right clicking in the Feature Icon Bar to Customize the ribbon to show the Frame feature 2 If the default frame frame 0 is not correctly positioned for the Frames F X desired symmetry operation create a new frame position the frame Name in the proper location and orientation and assign the part s to the ee cee new frame See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for details _ Vari Anno Plots View 3 Click the Frame tab then select the desired frame to edit 77 7 e 4 Click the Computational Symmetry Attributes Icon wane eee ee The remaining steps depend on the
601. w 777 7 gt peewee Either interactively drag the text to the desired location using the touch and go handles or precisely specify the location in the Origin XY fields You can also specify the viewport that the text is to be positioned relative to If O the position is relative to the graphics window User Manual Page 373 How TO CREATE TEXT ANNOTATION 28008 Special Coded Items EnSight can automatically build text strings based on information from various sources To use one of these special strings select the desired item from the Special String list select any required options and click Insert Special Item A code will be inserted into the Text field The following special strings are available If multiple cases are loaded any reference to parts or variables applies to the currently selected case select Case gt casename to changes cases Fonts Brings up the TrueType font selection dialog allowing a new font to be selected Mew Text Fonts Special values Symbols Super Sub rial Courier Mew Symbol System Locale Times Mew Koman Agency FE Algerian aiel Mla nl Information on manipulating fonts including additional text font formatting codes that can be used are described in How To Manipulate Fonts Symbols Brings up a symbol dialog Click on any symbol to insert it at the current character insertion point of the string The symbol wil
602. w User Manual How To USE SERVER OF SERVERS A 2608 INTRODUCTION EnSight100 with gold license key has the capability of dealing with partitioned data in an efficient distributed manner by utilizing what we call a server of servers SOS for short An SOS server resides between a normal client and a number of normal servers Thus it appears as a normal server to the client and as a normal client to the various normal servers Server of Servers This arrangement allows for distributed parallel processing of the various portions of a model and has been shown to scale quite well Currently EnSight SOS capability is only available for EnSight5 EnSight6 EnSight Gold Plot3d and any EnSight User Defined Reader data Please recognize that your data must be partitioned in some manner hopefully in a way that will be reasonably load balanced in order for this approach to be useful This partitioning can be done externally be done by a reader internally or be auto_ distributed by the EnSight servers Each of these options will now be discussed because they have limitations External partitioning This method requires that each portion of the model be prepared as a stand alone dataset that can be read as such by an EnSight server For example if it were EnSight gold format there will be a casefile and associated gold geometry and variable results file s for each dataset There will also need to be an sos casefile which is a
603. w the instructions in the Feedback area pressure max pres 2 Scalar variable equal to squared normalized pressure To build first calculate the MAX constant variable as described in the preceding example here named max pres Click or type select pressure from the Active Variable list click or type select max pres from the Active Variable list and click or type 2 Since EnSight can compute only one variable at a time one must break down involved equations into multiple smaller ones using temporary or intermediate variables Calculator limitations include the following 1 The variable name cannot be used in the expression The following is invalid temperature temperature 100 Instead use temperature2 temperature 100 2 The result of a function cannot be used in an expression pressure MAX plist pressure 2 Instead use two steps Define p max as MAX plist pressure then define norm press sar as pressure p max 2 3 Created parts or changing geometry model parts cannot be used with a time calculation using 4 Calculations occur only on server based parts Client based parts are ignored and variable values may be undefined For information on the arguments and equations see General Functions or Math Functions in the User Manual User Manual How TO CREATE NEW VARIABLES A 2 00e Extended CFD Variables Rather than having to individually create the various common CFD var
604. wer row of images in the example dialog above are all the same texture but drawn with a different function The leftmost image is the full RGBA image r r ttre Peete eter eee the middle one is just the RGB part of the image 7 7 coe and the rightmost one is just the A part of the image rer reece eres Notice how the A channel masks out the black and white pixels in the RGB image This masking can be used to place non rectangular images icons on EnSight parts Users often make use of a common set of textures for many different analyses e g company logos standard palettes etc The Save Default Textures button allows the user to save the currently loaded selection of textures and their display mode into the user s preferences directory These will be automatically loaded every time EnSight is launched User Manual Page 345 How TO MAP TEXTURES A e000 Setting Texture Options In Ensight animated textures e g EVO or MPEG files can be used to texture parts and 2D annotations Each animated texture is linked to the current solution time in EnSight This temporal mapping can be set using the Texture options dialog selected from the button popup This includes the filename border color dimensions and number of frames in the texture It also includes temporal reference information for animated textures Animated textures have a start and ending frame
605. when the flipbook was saved lf data is not read before restoring the context file the data that was used when the context file was saved will be loaded Context files use EnSight s command language and other state files Such as palette view and keyframe animation to recreate the parts variables and view state SEE ALSO User Manual File Menu Functions User Manual Page 107 How TO SAVE SCENARIO INTRODUCTION scenario files are used by CEIl s viewer products which are capable of viewing all geometry Such as parts annotation plots etc that EnSight can display including flipbook keyframe and particle trace animations A scenario defines all visible entities you wish to view with EnLiten or Reveal and includes any saved views and notes that you want to make available to the viewer user BASIC OPERATION 1 Create the display you want to share with the EnLiten or Reveal user _ wesc ss sess sss sss DEK PackNGo Save Scenario 2 Select File gt Export gt Scenario to open the Save Scenario dialog Nokes File Variables Tire 4nimation VIEWS 3 Select Single File to save a scenario file only or Project to save the scenario jpg image file and EnSight context file Please specify a file name For the scenario file The scenario File will be created with csf as the extension This file contains a scenario with views and notes that can be read into Reveal Use the Ensigh
606. whether required or not Relates to the third data field of the Data Reader Dialog bndfile yourfile bnd Depends on format as to whether required or not Relates to the fourth data field of the Data Reader Dialog Repeat pertinent lines for as many servers as declared to be in this file BASIC OPERATION To use Server of Servers depending on the method of partitioning described above you do the following External partitioning 1 Partition your data and distribute it or make it available to the various machines on which you will run servers 2 Create the sos casefile which defines the data format to use the server machines the location of server executables on those machines and the name and location of the partitioned data for the servers Each server in the casefile will reference different data Examples will be shown below 3 Run EnSight with the sos command line option or use ensight100 sos in place of ensight100 server if connecting manually and provide it with the sos casefile You can run EnSight like ensight100 sos Look in home bjn dat sos File type All Files aza EE J prolate cubi temperature EB cube temperature cube 10 50 Dj simple_struct cubi velocity EB cube velocity EB cube toy amp D simple_tran cubl O1 geo EB cub 01 geo EB cube toy 9 gy small cubi 01 temperature EB cube 01 temperature B cube tran s J small cubl 01 velocity EB cub 01 velocity B cube tran J
607. while the upper limit for a Gold license is 128 EnSight by default uses threading according to the license and the number of processors available and will echo this information out to the console at startup Detected 2 CPU s ensight100 client using 2 threads Detected 2 CPU s ensight100 server using 2 threads When manually setting these parameters it is a good idea to take into account the number of processors on the system In general you will not see benefit from setting the parameters higher than the number of total processors Because the server server of servers and client operate in a pipelined fashion it is not necessary to limit one in order to apply more threads to another Compute intensive server operations that make use of shared memory parallel computations include isosurface clipping and particle trace computations Client threaded operations include transparency resort and display list creation User Manual Page 432 How To SETUP FOR PARALLEL RENDERING 4 gt 5 g n T 7 INTRODUCTION EnSight Gold now supports general parallel rendering for increased performance increased display resolution and arbitrary screen orientations The configuration file format and several examples are described in the User Manual Just click the link below to see this information SEE ALSO User Manual Parallel and Distributed Rendering User Manual Page 433 How To SELECT FILES INTRODUCTION
608. wist follows the local flow rotation around the path e Particle traces can be easily animated to provide intuitive comprehension of the flow field Complete control over all aspects of the animating tracers is provided including length speed and release interval for multiple pulses Node Tracks Another form of trace that is available in EnSight is entitled node tracking This trace is constructed by connecting the locations of nodes through time It is useful for changing geometry or transient displacement models including measured particles which have node ids Min Max Variable Tracks A further type of trace that is available is a min or max variable track This trace is constructed by connecting the min or max of a chosen variable for the selected parts though time Thus on transient models one can follow where the min or max variable location occurs Both the node tracking and the min max variable tracking options are like a connect the dots through time trace User Manual Page 215 How TO CREATE PARTICLE TRACES 2 0000 BASIC OPERATION To trace particles through a steady state flow field streamline 2 Click the Particle Traces icon EnSight 10 0 0 a C Program Files CElensight100 data ami ami case Fie Edit Create Query View Tools Window Case Help IH 1 Select the flow field h t tot Mame Id Shor Color Color by mesh part s to trace ___ through extern
609. x example The following text annotation example illustrates the use of text colors and some scaling and offset options The string entered into the View Text Create Edit Dialog to A tranenaren i SE a create this annotation is shown below note that this is i actually three lines of text the first is a single very long line A lt 90 U22 03s ee ea Oe a OL UU more lt re 1 gt lt so 0 5 gt lt co 0 1 0 gt complex lt so 2 0 25 gt lt co gt lt sy gt 093 lt so gt lt co 0 0 1 gt example lt co 1 1 1 0 5 gt A transparent example This example begins by drawing an A then scaling up the text while dropping it a bit below the line before drawing a left brace It then stores off that location and sets up drawing at the original size but above the baseline The color is changed to red and the word more is drawn The stored location is recalled and a similar operation is done for the word complex below the baseline The scale is set to the same as the first brace the color is reset to white and the right brace is drawn To end the line the scale and offset are reset and example is drawn in blue The second line is a blank line The final line is a simple example of how to make a piece of text partially transparent Note that the red object behind the text can been seen through the text SEE ALSO How To Create Text Annotation User Manual Annot Mode User Manual Page 395 How TO CUSTOMIZE ICON BARS AND P
610. xis component vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh RTZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user To quickly create an RTZ clip simply right click on a part and choose Clip and then choose the direction Revolution Tool Clips A Revolution Tool clip can be made using the surface of revolution tool It can be the surface created by the intersection of the surface of revolution tool and the model the elements intersected by the surface of revolution tool crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the revolution tool This clip cannot be interactively manipulated Revolve 1D Part Clips A Revolution of 1D Part clip can be made using a 1D part and a user specified axis It can be the surface created by the intersection of the 1D part about the axis and the model the elements intersected by the 1D part about the axis crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the 1D part about the axis This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However if the 1D part is capable of being moved you can move it and the revolution clip will update Create Clip Splines Spline clips will sample a defined spline on evenly spaced intervals along the spline Valu
611. xtrusion can occur in a rotational way making the whole pie from a thin slice such as would be needed for reconstruction of a model from an axi symmetric slice Or it can be done in a translational manner as if the part were glued in place but could be stretched in one direction For rotation extrusions you must define an origin and axis vector in the global coordinate system about which the rotational extrusion will occur as well as the number of slices and the total rotation angle to sweep through For translation extrusions you define a direction vector in the global coordinate system as well as the number of slices and the total distance to stretch BASIC OPERATION Rotational Extrusion 1 Select the parent part in the part list 2 In the top EnSight menu Create gt Extrude sf Extruded Parts Desc Y Creation attributes Extrude by Rotation ma ee ee ee ee 3 Select Rotation type eee a 4 Set the number of slices that will be created Total rotation degrees 3 600000e 002 __ i p ee 14 5 Set the total rotation to extrude Orig 9 000000e 000 0 000000e 000 0 000000e 000 eg Needs to be between 360 and 360 Axis 0 000000e 000 0 000000e 000 miniin 6 Set the origin of the rotation axis Get origin from cursor Set cursor from origin rel f 7 Set the components direction cosines of the rotation general axis 8 Create This will cause a 2D slice to b
612. y a a a amp a e gA The Prefix select option will allow a standard file Advanced save dialog to be used to fill in this field 4 Set various options 4 1 4 peo The Convert to Default Print Color option will invert the color of the display For example the background can be changed from black to white The Show Plotters Only option will print only the plots in the display Set Format Current Format CEI Envideo Movie 7 To fle pref Princ set 5 Select any advanced options aii The Advanced toggle brings up the following Convert To Default Print Color Show Plotters Only Options e eee eee ee eee eee ss Advanced Window size The Normal option picks a window the same size as the current window Full picks a full screen window Other options select various NTSC and DVD standards The User defined option allows the user to select any size output image Note there are no limits to the size of the image that can be rendered some formats cannot handle extremely large images EnSight may need to render the scene in multiple passes to render at larger sizes which can slow rendering down ee eee Render to offscreen buffer EnSight can use off screen OpenGL p buffers on graphics cards that support them This avoids artifacts that can show up with on screen rendering Save multiple images This option causes EnSight to
613. y increasing the disk space the I O and the geometry reassembly and limiting functionality e g cannot interpolate between the timesteps A better solution to this situation is to save the changing connectivity created parts separately as a case gold file and then the model parts as a separate case gold file and then load them as two separate cases into EnSight Rigid Body Transformations Present Since EnSight does something special with the model timeset when rigid body information is read via the rigid_body option in the casefile or from a user defined reader with rigid_body reading capability you need to be aware of a few important issues EnSight assumes that the rigid body timeset encompasses the normal geometry timeset and it replaces the normal geometry timeset with the rigid body timeset thus the following occurs when using this option 1 If any created parts are in the list to be saved EnSight will save as true changing coordinates Namely a geometry file containing the coordinates for each part will be saved at each time Upon re reading this model you will be able to duplicate all actions but it will be done as a true changing coordinate model In other words the original rigid body file nature will not be duplicated 2 If the original model had static geometry and rigid body file information and you do not have any created parts in the list to be saved saving will preserve the single static geometry and rigid body file
614. y over time in Variable 1 ae a as PRESSION ics m VITESSE Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two el 3 HS5 CPU different variables over time DIVERGENCE RESIDU LOGI RESIDU LOG 3 Either type in the desired xyz location or place the cursor where TE desired in the model either through picking or other transformation T a methods and click the cursor Get button TEETE e 7 081034 8 102196 0 000000 Dee eee p Get cursor Set cursor Sampla 20 TT ARN DE ae Beg End time seme value T v Auto Plot queries Flot this query Limited redraw Show text Save query Create query Update Query Help User Manual Page 309 How TO QUERY PLOT A 2 00e At Minimum Maximum Over Time After selecting the part to query in the Parts list and clicking the Query Plot icon S Create edit Query plot 1 Select Sample as At Minimum Over Time or At Maximum Over Time yK 2 Select variable s to query over time in Variable 1 _ OP i sacs VITESSE PAS DE_TEMPS Note for max or min over time you can select multiple variables to query TEMPS CPU simultaneously over time for efficiency DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOG1L P 3 RESIDU LOG2 i Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two different deio i variables over time ore 160
615. yaeees E O Instant Arrows Shortcut To quickly create vector arrows on a part right click in the part list or in the graphics area and choose Vector Arrows Delete Edit Hide 1 User will be presented with a list of vector variables and Color By then vector arrows will be instantly created on the part Part Select i using all the defaults e 2 If only one vector variable is in the dataset then vector Clips arrows will be created using that variable on the selected Contour pa rt Isosurface 3 Vector arrows are then colored by the vector Vector Arrows User Manual Page 249 How TO CREATE VECTOR ARROWS A 2608 Advanced Vector Arrow Attributes Other vector arrow attributes control the type of arrow the location of the arrow origin and arrow filtering options 1 To change vector arrow attributes at any time simply double click the desired vector arrow part in the parts list 2 Click on the Advanced Toggle 3 Select the desired type from the Type pulldown Create edit Parts _ E Choices are Rectilinear Standard vector arrows shaft points in local vector Vector Arrows Create Edit direction with length equal to vector magnitude e scaled by Scale Factor Value Rect Fixed Same as Rectilinear except that length is set by scale Factor value independent of vector magnitude Desc Variable displacement tains x Curved Arrow shaft is the path of
616. yles These controls will toggle the respective attribute for the selected viewports See How To Set Drawing Style and or How To Set Global Viewing for more information o bY leit da Y POOS ee view Dimension aD w In addition a viewport can be 3D or 2D in nature Ifthe A viewport is designated as 2D only planar parts may be A He displayed in the viewport and transformations will Shaded become 2D limited Hidden Line A viewport can be set such that it will track a node number a part centroid or one of the part min or max values Thus as a model changes in time the viewport will stay centered on that location See How To Do Phd Part ID Viewport Tracking for more information a sede TT n YDE User Manual Page 139 How TO DEFINE AND CHANGE VIEWPORTS A e000 Display Selected Parts in Viewports Part visibility can be a set on a per viewport basis such that some parts are visible in some viewports but not in others To set part visibility per viewport 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list HLH dih a DA Parm F 2 Click the Visibility per OLL ae hi A Aik it E ah BE f VIEWDON ICON sertene iara E R E E E E E E E EEN E E E E The Part Viewport Visibility dialog displays a schematic of the Part Viewport Visibility x current viewports The part is currently visible in the green a l Visible in wiewportis viewports but invisible in the black viewports
617. ymmetry changes Hep e User Manual Page 342 How To SET SYMMETRY Translational Symmetry creates instances in the direction of the specified translation vector The translation vector is first rotated by the frame s Define frame Transform frame rotation but is independent of the frame s origin P General attributes location Create edit Frames b Axis attributes 5 Select Translational from the Type pulldown Computational symmetry 6 Enter the desired translation vector in the XYZ 19 Type Translational fields and press return X Y Fa 7 Set the desired number of instances in the Co 3000024000 0 0000e 000 0 0000e 000 Instances field number 1 is the original set Da Instances to 2 to yield one copy 5555577777777777 Instances 2 8 If a periodic match file is available toggle Use __ om ename Select file Periodic File and enter the file name Appl y computational symmetry changes Periodic match files are discussed below Help 9 Click Apply Periodic Matching for Computational Symmetry When a model is created with periodic boundary conditions there is typically a built in correspondence or match between certain nodes and elements For example The elements defined by nodes 1 2 3 and nodes 1 6 7 should 5 match when rotated about an axis passing through
618. ype exists they can be added to the existing plotter 1 Right click on the query to be plotted Plots Queries 2 Select Add to New Plot from the pulldown to create a new plotter showing the selected query pe PRESSION vs D If you want to plot the query on an existing plotter 1 Click and drag the query over the plotter and release the mouse button Similarly you can click and drag the query to the graphics window and release the mouse button on top of the axis system of an existing plotter Plots Queries F x Name Show Queries Drag the query and AEE vs Distance for line tool drop it onto the PRESSION vs Distance for line tool x plotter Beene J Unused Plotter x OTHER NOTES see XY Plot Data Format in the User Manual for a description of the plot file format SEE ALSO How To Probe Interactively How To Change Plot Attributes User Manual Query Plotter User Manual Edit Delete Edit Description Add to New Plot Color Line Width Line Style Line Type Marker Type Data Page 312 How TO CHANGE PLOT ATTRIBUTES am 2 00e INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a full featured X Y plotting system fully integrated with the query and transient data handling capabilities Query entities see How To Query Plot are assigned to plotters Plotters display one or more curves where each curve is based on the data from a single query entity If the query entity is changed the corresp
619. z xsize 264 ysize 2450 A user defined method that performs the desired operation taking its parameters from a Python dictionary This method can be called from interactive operation or in batch so it should not display anything def compute self params Render and save an image to disk This is only an example A deeper example can be found in the ensight core qtimageutils module found in SCEI HOME ensight92 site preferences extensions core qtimageutils py img ensight render x params xsize y params ysize fname params file The render method returns an EnVe image object simplifying saving 1f img save fname 0 return True if img errstr find Unknown file format gt 0 fname png 1f img save fname 0 return True return False Method that is called when the tool is selected interactively def run self it Do whatever operation this tool should do replace with your own code In the example we use the generic dialog to prompt the user for and image size and a filename items Leems append tile TEM FILE Fulename Name Of tile CO Gave selt Params fiile 7 0PI FILE SAVE IteMms append xsize TEM INT Width Width Of the image in pixels self params xsize 10 2046 Items aAppSnd gt yS1ze ITEM_INT Hegne Height of the image in pixels self params ysize 10 1536 dlg CeiQtGeneric

EnSight 10 How To Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents